<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>12</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Banks and Banking</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>1</VOL>
    <DATE>2008-01-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>2008-01-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE>COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</TITLE>
    <GRANULENUM>I</GRANULENUM>
    <HEADING>CHAPTER I</HEADING>
    <ANCESTORS>
      <PARENT HEADING="Title 12" SEQ="0">Banks and Banking</PARENT>
    </ANCESTORS>
  </FDSYS>
  <CHAPTER>
    <TOC>
      <TOCHD>
        <PRTPAGE P="3"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER I—COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HD>
      </TOCHD>
      <PTHD>Part</PTHD>
      <PGHD>Page</PGHD>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>1</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Investment securities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>5</PG>
        <PT>2</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Sales of credit life insurance</SUBJECT>
        <PG>12</PG>
        <PT>3</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Minimum capital ratios; issuance of directives</SUBJECT>
        <PG>13</PG>
        <PT>4</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Organization and functions, availability and release of information, contracting outreach program, post-employment restrictions for senior examiners</SUBJECT>
        <PG>102</PG>
        <PT>5</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Rules, policies, and procedures for corporate activities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>124</PG>
        <PT>6</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Prompt corrective action</SUBJECT>
        <PG>175</PG>
        <PT>7</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Bank activities and operations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>182</PG>
        <PT>8</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Assessment of fees</SUBJECT>
        <PG>204</PG>
        <PT>9</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Fiduciary activities of national banks</SUBJECT>
        <PG>209</PG>
        <PT>10</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Municipal securities dealers</SUBJECT>
        <PG>220</PG>
        <PT>11</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Securities Exchange Act disclosure rules</SUBJECT>
        <PG>220</PG>
        <PT>12</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and confirmation requirements for securities transactions</SUBJECT>
        <PG>221</PG>
        <PT>13</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Government securities sales practices</SUBJECT>
        <PG>229</PG>
        <PT>14</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Consumer protection in sales of insurance</SUBJECT>
        <PG>232</PG>
        <PT>15</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>16</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Securities offering disclosure rules</SUBJECT>
        <PG>236</PG>
        <PT>18</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure of financial and other information by national banks</SUBJECT>
        <PG>242</PG>
        <PT>19</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Rules of practice and procedure</SUBJECT>
        <PG>244</PG>
        <PT>21</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Minimum security devices and procedures, reports of suspicious activities, and Bank Secrecy Act Compliance Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>284</PG>
        <PT>22</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Loans in areas having special flood hazards</SUBJECT>
        <PG>288</PG>
        <PT>23</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Leasing</SUBJECT>
        <PG>292</PG>
        <PT>24</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Community and economic development entities, community development projects, and other public welfare investments</SUBJECT>
        <PG>296</PG>
        <PT>25</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Community Reinvestment Act and Interstate Deposit Production regulations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>306</PG>
        <PT>26</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Management official interlocks</SUBJECT>
        <PG>328<PRTPAGE P="4"/>
        </PG>
        <PT>27</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Fair housing home loan data system</SUBJECT>
        <PG>332</PG>
        <PT>28</PT>
        <SUBJECT>International banking activities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>343</PG>
        <PT>29</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>30</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Safety and soundness standards</SUBJECT>
        <PG>357</PG>
        <PT>31</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Extensions of credit to insiders and transactions with affiliates</SUBJECT>
        <PG>371</PG>
        <PT>32</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Lending limits</SUBJECT>
        <PG>375</PG>
        <PT>33</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>34</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Real estate lending and appraisals</SUBJECT>
        <PG>387</PG>
        <PT>35</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure and reporting of CRA-related agreements</SUBJECT>
        <PG>401</PG>
        <PT>36</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>37</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Debt cancellation contracts and debt suspension agreements</SUBJECT>
        <PG>414</PG>
        <PT>38-39</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>40</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy of consumer financial information</SUBJECT>
        <PG>418</PG>
        <PT>41</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Fair Credit Reporting</SUBJECT>
        <PG>436</PG>
        <PT>42-199</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
    </TOC>
    <PART>
      <PRTPAGE P="5"/>
      <EAR>Pt. 1</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INVESTMENT SECURITIES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>1.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Limitations on dealing in, underwriting, and purchase and sale of securities.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Calculation of limits.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Safe and sound banking practices; credit information required.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Convertible securities.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Securities held in satisfaction of debts previously contracted; holding period; disposal; accounting treatment; non-speculative purpose.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Nonconforming investments.</SUBJECT>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTNO>1.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Indirect general obligations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>1.110</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Taxing powers of a State or political subdivision.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>1.120</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Prerefunded or escrowed bonds and obligations secured by Type I securities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>1.130</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Type II securities; guidelines for obligations issued for university and housing purposes.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 24 (Seventh), and 93a.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 63982, Dec. 2, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> This part is issued pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), and 12 U.S.C. 93a.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose</E> This part prescribes standards under which national banks may purchase, sell, deal in, underwrite, and hold securities, consistent with the authority contained in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) and safe and sound banking practices.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> The standards set forth in this part apply to national banks, District of Columbia banks, and federal branches of foreign banks. Further, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 335, State banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System are subject to the same limitations and conditions that apply to national banks in connection with purchasing, selling, dealing in, and underwriting securities and stock. In addition to activities authorized under this part, foreign branches of national banks are authorized to conduct international activities and invest in securities pursuant to 12 CFR part 211.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital and surplus</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A bank's Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital calculated under the OCC's risk-based capital standards set forth in appendix A to 12 CFR part 3 (or comparable capital guidelines of the appropriate Federal banking agency) as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161 (or under 12 U.S.C. 1817 in the case of a state member bank); plus</P>
        <P>(2) The balance of a bank's allowance for loan and lease losses not included in the bank's Tier 2 capital, for purposes of the calculation of risk-based capital described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161 (or under 12 U.S.C. 1817 in the case of a state member bank).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">General obligation of a State or political subdivision</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) An obligation supported by the full faith and credit of an obligor possessing general powers of taxation, including property taxation; or</P>
        <P>(2) An obligation payable from a special fund or by an obligor not possessing general powers of taxation, when an obligor possessing general powers of taxation, including property taxation, has unconditionally promised to make payments into the fund or otherwise provide funds to cover all required payments on the obligation.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Investment company</E> means an investment company, including a mutual fund, registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-8.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Investment grade</E> means a security that is rated in one of the four highest rating categories by:</P>
        <P>(1) Two or more NRSROs; or</P>
        <P>(2) One NRSRO if the security has been rated by only one NRSRO.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Investment security</E> means a marketable debt obligation that is not predominantly speculative in nature. A security is not predominantly speculative in nature if it is rated investment grade. When a security is not rated, the security must be the credit equivalent of a security rated investment grade.</P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Marketable</E> means that the security:<PRTPAGE P="6"/>
        </P>

        <P>(1) Is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <E T="03">et seq</E>.;</P>
        <P>(2) Is a municipal revenue bond exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(2);</P>
        <P>(3) Is offered and sold pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144A, 17 CFR 230.144A, and rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent of investment grade; or</P>
        <P>(4) Can be sold with reasonable promptness at a price that corresponds reasonably to its fair value.</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Municipal bonds</E> means obligations of a State or political subdivision other than general obligations, and includes limited obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and obligations that satisfy the requirements of section 142(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 issued by or on behalf of any State or political subdivision of a State, including any municipal corporate instrumentality of 1 or more States, or any public agency or authority of any State or political subdivision of a State.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">NRSRO</E> means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Political subdivision</E> means a county, city, town, or other municipal corporation, a public authority, and generally any publicly-owned entity that is an instrumentality of a State or of a municipal corporation.</P>
        <P>(j) <E T="03">Type I security</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) Obligations of the United States;</P>
        <P>(2) Obligations issued, insured, or guaranteed by a department or an agency of the United States Government, if the obligation, insurance, or guarantee commits the full faith and credit of the United States for the repayment of the obligation;</P>
        <P>(3) Obligations issued by a department or agency of the United States, or an agency or political subdivision of a State of the United States, that represent an interest in a loan or a pool of loans made to third parties, if the full faith and credit of the United States has been validly pledged for the full and timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the loans in the event of non-payment by the third party obligor(s);</P>
        <P>(4) General obligations of a State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; and municipal bonds if the national bank is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1);</P>
        <P>(5) Obligations authorized under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) as permissible for a national bank to deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell for the bank's own account, including qualified Canadian government obligations; and</P>
        <P>(6) Other securities the OCC determines to be eligible as Type I securities under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        <P>(k) <E T="03">Type II security</E> means an investment security that represents:</P>
        <P>(1) Obligations issued by a State, or a political subdivision or agency of a State, for housing, university, or dormitory purposes that would not satisfy the definition of Type I securities pursuant to paragraph (j) of § 1.2;</P>
        <P>(2) Obligations of international and multilateral development banks and organizations listed in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh);</P>
        <P>(3) Other obligations listed in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) as permissible for a bank to deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell for the bank's own account, subject to a limitation per obligor of 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus; and</P>
        <P>(4) Other securities the OCC determines to be eligible as Type II securities under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        <P>(l) <E T="03">Type III security</E> means an investment security that does not qualify as a Type I, II, IV, or V security. Examples of Type III securities include corporate bonds and municipal bonds that do not satisfy the definition of Type I securities pursuant to paragraph (j) of § 1.2 or the definition of Type II securities pursuant to paragraph (k) of § 1.2.</P>
        <P>(m) <E T="03">Type IV security</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A small business-related security as defined in section 3(a)(53)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(53)(A), that is rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent thereof, that is fully secured by interests in a pool of loans to numerous obligors.</P>

        <P>(2) A commercial mortgage-related security that is offered or sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77d(5), that is rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent thereof, or a commercial mortgage-related security as described in <PRTPAGE P="7"/>section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41), that is rated investment grade in one of the two highest investment grade rating categories, and that represents ownership of a promissory note or certificate of interest or participation that is directly secured by a first lien on one or more parcels of real estate upon which one or more commercial structures are located and that is fully secured by interests in a pool of loans to numerous obligors.</P>
        <P>(3) A residential mortgage-related security that is offered and sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77d(5), that is rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent thereof, or a residential mortgage-related security as described in section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)), that is rated investment grade in one of the two highest investment grade rating categories, and that does not otherwise qualify as a Type I security.</P>
        <P>(n) <E T="03">Type V security</E> means a security that is:</P>
        <P>(1) Rated investment grade;</P>
        <P>(2) Marketable;</P>
        <P>(3) Not a Type IV security; and</P>
        <P>(4) Fully secured by interests in a pool of loans to numerous obligors and in which a national bank could invest directly.</P>
        <CITA>[61 FR 63982, Dec. 2, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Limitations on dealing in, underwriting, and purchase and sale of securities.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Type I securities.</E> A national bank may deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell Type I securities for its own account. The amount of Type I securities that the bank may deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell is not limited to a specified percentage of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Type II securities.</E> A national bank may deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell Type II securities for its own account, provided the aggregate par value of Type II securities issued by any one obligor held by the bank does not exceed 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. In applying this limitation, a national bank shall take account of Type II securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Type III securities.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell Type III securities for its own account, provided the aggregate par value of Type III securities issued by any one obligor held by the bank does not exceed 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. In applying this limitation, a national bank shall take account of Type III securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Type II and III securities; other investment securities limitations.</E> A national bank may not hold Type II and III securities issued by any one obligor with an aggregate par value exceeding 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. However, if the proceeds of each issue are to be used to acquire and lease real estate and related facilities to economically and legally separate industrial tenants, and if each issue is payable solely from and secured by a first lien on the revenues to be derived from rentals paid by the lessee under net noncancellable leases, the bank may apply the 10 percent investment limitation separately to each issue of a single obligor.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Type IV securities</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell Type IV securities for its own account. Except as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the amount of the Type IV securities that a bank may purchase and sell is not limited to a specified percentage of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Limitation on small business-related securities rated in the third and fourth highest rating categories by an NRSRO.</E> A national bank may hold small business-related securities, as defined in section 3(a)(53)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(53)(A), of any one issuer with an aggregate par value not exceeding 25 percent of the bank's capital and surplus if those securities are rated investment grade in the third or fourth highest investment grade rating categories. In applying this limitation, a <PRTPAGE P="8"/>national bank shall take account of securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings. No percentage of capital and surplus limit applies to small business related securities rated investment grade in the highest two investment grade rating categories.</P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Type V securities.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell Type V securities for its own account provided that the aggregate par value of Type V securities issued by any one issuer held by the bank does not exceed 25 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. In applying this limitation, a national bank shall take account of Type V securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings.</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Securitization.</E> A national bank may securitize and sell assets that it holds, as a part of its banking business. The amount of securitized loans and obligations that a bank may sell is not limited to a specified percentage of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">Investment company shares</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell for its own account investment company shares provided that:</P>
        <P>(i) The portfolio of the investment company consists exclusively of assets that the national bank may purchase and sell for its own account under this part; and</P>
        <P>(ii) The bank's holdings of investment company shares do not exceed the limitations in § 1.4(e).</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Other issuers.</E> The OCC may determine that a national bank may invest in an entity that is exempt from registration as an investment company under section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, provided that the portfolio of the entity consists exclusively of assets that a national bank may purchase and sell for its own account under this part.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Securities held based on estimates of obligor's performance.</E> (1) Notwithstanding §§ 1.2(d) and (e), a national bank may treat a debt security as an investment security for purposes of this part if the bank concludes, on the basis of estimates that the bank reasonably believes are reliable, that the obligor will be able to satisfy its obligations under that security, and the bank believes that the security may be sold with reasonable promptness at a price that corresponds reasonably to its fair value.</P>
        <P>(2) The aggregate par value of securities treated as investment securities under paragraph (i)(1) of this section may not exceed 5 percent of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <CITA>[61 FR 63982, Dec. 2, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Calculation of limits.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Calculation date.</E> For purposes of determining compliance with 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) and this part, a bank shall determine its investment limitations as of the most recent of the following dates:</P>
        <P>(1) The last day of the preceding calendar quarter; or</P>
        <P>(2) The date on which there is a change in the bank's capital category for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR 6.3.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Effective date.</E> (1) A bank's investment limit calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section will be effective on the earlier of the following dates:</P>
        <P>(i) The date on which the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report) is submitted; or</P>
        <P>(ii) The date on which the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income is required to be submitted.</P>
        <P>(2) A bank's investment limit calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section will be effective on the date that the limit is to be calculated.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Authority of OCC to require more frequent calculations.</E> If the OCC determines for safety and soundness reasons that a bank should calculate its investment limits more frequently than required by paragraph (a) of this section, the OCC may provide written notice to the bank directing the bank to calculate its investment limitations at a more frequent interval. The bank shall thereafter calculate its investment limits at that interval until further notice.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Calculation of Type III and Type V securities holdings</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In calculating the amount of its investment in Type III or Type V securities issued by <PRTPAGE P="9"/>any one obligor, a bank shall aggregate:</P>
        <P>(i) Obligations issued by obligors that are related directly or indirectly through common control; and</P>
        <P>(ii) Securities that are credit enhanced by the same entity.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Aggregation by type.</E> The aggregation requirement in paragraph (d)(1) of this section applies separately to the Type III and Type V securities held by a bank.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Limit on investment company holdings</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In calculating the amount of its investment in investment company shares under this part, a bank shall use reasonable efforts to calculate and combine its pro rata share of a particular security in the portfolio of each investment company with the bank's direct holdings of that security. The bank's direct holdings of the particular security and the bank's pro rata interest in the same security in the investment company's portfolio may not, in the aggregate, exceed the investment limitation that would apply to that security.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Alternate limit for diversified investment companies.</E> A national bank may elect not to combine its pro rata interest in a particular security in an investment company with the bank's direct holdings of that security if:</P>
        <P>(i) The investment company's holdings of the securities of any one issuer do not exceed 5 percent of its total portfolio; and</P>
        <P>(ii) The bank's total holdings of the investment company's shares do not exceed the most stringent investment limitation that would apply to any of the securities in the company's portfolio if those securities were purchased directly by the bank.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Safe and sound banking practices; credit information required.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) A national bank shall adhere to safe and sound banking practices and the specific requirements of this part in conducting the activities described in § 1.3. The bank shall consider, as appropriate, the interest rate, credit, liquidity, price, foreign exchange, transaction, compliance, strategic, and reputation risks presented by a proposed activity, and the particular activities undertaken by the bank must be appropriate for that bank.</P>
        <P>(b) In conducting these activities, the bank shall determine that there is adequate evidence that an obligor possesses resources sufficient to provide for all required payments on its obligations, or, in the case of securities deemed to be investment securities on the basis of reliable estimates of an obligor's performance, that the bank reasonably believes that the obligor will be able to satisfy the obligation.</P>
        <P>(c) Each bank shall maintain records available for examination purposes adequate to demonstrate that it meets the requirements of this part. The bank may store the information in any manner that can be readily retrieved and reproduced in a readable form.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Convertible securities.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A national bank may not purchase securities convertible into stock at the option of the issuer.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Securities held in satisfaction of debts previously contracted; holding period; disposal; accounting treatment; non-speculative purpose.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Securities held in satisfaction of debts previously contracted.</E> The restrictions and limitations of this part, other than those set forth in paragraphs (b),(c), and (d) of this section, do not apply to securities acquired:</P>
        <P>(1) Through foreclosure on collateral;</P>
        <P>(2) In good faith by way of compromise of a doubtful claim; or</P>
        <P>(3) To avoid loss in connection with a debt previously contracted.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Holding period.</E> A national bank holding securities pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section may do so for a period not to exceed five years from the date that ownership of the securities was originally transferred to the bank. The OCC may extend the holding period for up to an additional five years if a bank provides a clearly convincing demonstration as to why an additional holding period is needed.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Accounting treatment.</E> A bank shall account for securities held pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Non-speculative purpose.</E> A bank may not hold securities pursuant to <PRTPAGE P="10"/>paragraph (a) of this section for speculative purposes.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Nonconforming investments.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) A national bank's investment in securities that no longer conform to this part but conformed when made will not be deemed in violation but instead will be treated as nonconforming if the reason why the investment no longer conforms to this part is because:</P>
        <P>(1) The bank's capital declines;</P>
        <P>(2) Issuers, obligors, or credit-enhancers merge;</P>
        <P>(3) Issuers become related directly or indirectly through common control;</P>
        <P>(4) The investment securities rules change;</P>
        <P>(5) The security no longer qualifies as an investment security; or</P>
        <P>(6) Other events identified by the OCC occur.</P>
        <P>(b) A bank shall exercise reasonable efforts to bring an investment that is nonconforming as a result of events described in paragraph (a) of this section into conformity with this part unless to do so would be inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Indirect general obligations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Obligation issued by an obligor not possessing general powers of taxation.</E> Pursuant to § 1.2(b), an obligation issued by an obligor not possessing general powers of taxation qualifies as a general obligation of a State or political subdivision for the purposes of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), if a party possessing general powers of taxation unconditionally promises to make sufficient funds available for all required payments in connection with the obligation.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Indirect commitment of full faith and credit.</E> The indirect commitment of the full faith and credit of a State or political subdivision (that possesses general powers of taxation) in support of an obligation may be demonstrated by any of the following methods, alone or in combination, when the State or political subdivision pledges its full faith and credit in support of the obligation.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Lease/rental agreement.</E> The lease agreement must be valid and binding on the State or the political subdivision, and the State or political subdivision must unconditionally promise to pay rentals that, together with any other available funds, are sufficient for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. These lease/rental agreement may, for instance, provide support for obligations financing the acquisition or operation of public projects in the areas of education, medical care, transportation, recreation, public buildings, and facilities.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Service/purchase agreement.</E> The agreement must be valid and binding on the State or the political subdivision, and the State or political subdivision must unconditionally promise in the agreement to make payments for services or resources provided through or by the issuer of the obligation. These payments, together with any other available funds, must be sufficient for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. An agreement to purchase municipal sewer, water, waste disposal, or electric services may, for instance, provide support for obligations financing the construction or acquisition of facilities supplying those services.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Refillable debt service reserve fund.</E> The reserve fund must at least equal the amount necessary to meet the annual payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation as required by applicable law. The maintenance of a refillable reserve fund may be provided, for instance, by statutory direction for an appropriation, or by statutory automatic apportionment and payment from the State funds of amounts necessary to restore the fund to the required level.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Other grants or support.</E> A statutory provision or agreement must unconditionally commit the State or the political subdivision to provide funds which, together with other available funds, are sufficient for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. Those funds may, for instance, be supplied in the form of annual grants or may be advanced whenever the other available revenues are not sufficient for the payment of principal and interest.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="11"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.110</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Taxing powers of a State or political subdivision.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) An obligation is considered supported by the full faith and credit of a State or political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation when the promise or other commitment of the State or the political subdivision will produce funds, which (together with any other funds available for the purpose) will be sufficient to provide for all required payments on the obligation. In order to evaluate whether a commitment of a State or political subdivision is likely to generate sufficient funds, a bank shall consider the impact of any possible limitations regarding the State's or political subdivision's taxing powers, as well as the availability of funds in view of the projected revenues and expenditures. Quantitative restrictions on the general powers of taxation of the State or political subdivision do not necessarily mean that an obligation is not supported by the full faith and credit of the State or political subdivision. In such case, the bank shall determine the eligibility of obligations by reviewing, on a case-by-case basis, whether tax revenues available under the limited taxing powers are sufficient for the full and timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. The bank shall use current and reasonable financial projections in calculating the availability of the revenues. An obligation expressly or implicitly dependent upon voter or legislative authorization of appropriations may be considered supported by the full faith and credit of a State or political subdivision if the bank determines, on the basis of past actions by the voters or legislative body in similar situations involving similar types of projects, that it is reasonably probable that the obligor will obtain all necessary appropriations.</P>
          <P>(b) An obligation supported exclusively by excise taxes or license fees is not a general obligation for the purposes of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh). Nevertheless, an obligation that is primarily payable from a fund consisting of excise taxes or other pledged revenues qualifies as a “general obligation,” if, in the event of a deficiency of those revenues, the obligation is also supported by the general revenues of a State or a political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.120</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Prerefunded or escrowed bonds and obligations secured by Type I securities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) An obligation qualifies as a Type I security if it is secured by an escrow fund consisting of obligations of the United States or general obligations of a State or a political subdivision, and the escrowed obligations produce interest earnings sufficient for the full and timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation.</P>
          <P>(b) If the interest earnings from the escrowed Type I securities alone are not sufficient to guarantee the full repayment of an obligation, a promise of a State or a political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation to maintain a reserve fund for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation may further support a guarantee of the full repayment of an obligation.</P>
          <P>(c) An obligation issued to refund an indirect general obligation may be supported in a number of ways that, in combination, are sufficient at all times to support the obligation with the full faith and credit of the United States or a State or a political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation. During the period following its issuance, the proceeds of the refunding obligation may be invested in U.S. obligations or municipal general obligations that will produce sufficient interest income for payment of principal and interest. Upon the retirement of the outstanding indirect general obligation bonds, the same indirect commitment, such as a lease agreement or a reserve fund, that supported the prior issue, may support the refunding obligation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.130</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Type II securities; guidelines for obligations issued for university and housing purposes.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Investment quality.</E> An obligation issued for housing, university, or dormitory purposes is a Type II security only if it:</P>
          <P>(1) Qualifies as an investment security, as defined in § 1.2(e); and</P>

          <P>(2) Is issued for the appropriate purpose and by a qualifying issuer.<PRTPAGE P="12"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Obligation issued for university purposes.</E> (1) An obligation issued by a State or political subdivision or agency of a State or political subdivision for the purpose of financing the construction or improvement of facilities at or used by a university or a degree-granting college-level institution, or financing loans for studies at such institutions, qualifies as a Type II security. Facilities financed in this manner may include student buildings, classrooms, university utility buildings, cafeterias, stadiums, and university parking lots.</P>

          <P>(2) An obligation that finances the construction or improvement of facilities used by a hospital may be eligible as a Type II security, if the hospital is a department or a division of a university, or otherwise provides a nexus with university purposes, such as an affiliation agreement between the university and the hospital, faculty positions of the hospital staff, and training of medical students, interns, residents, and nurses (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a “teaching hospital”).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Obligation issued for housing purposes.</E> An obligation issued for housing purposes may qualify as a Type II security if the security otherwise meets the criteria for a Type II security.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 2</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—SALES OF CREDIT LIFE INSURANCE</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>2.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Distribution of credit life insurance income.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bonus and incentive plans.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bank compensation.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), 93a, and 1818(n).</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 51781, Oct. 4, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> A national bank may provide credit life insurance to loan customers pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purpose of this part is to set forth the principles and standards that apply to a national bank's provision of credit life insurance and the limitations that apply to the receipt of income from those sales by certain individuals and entities associated with the bank.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This part applies to the provision of credit life insurance by any national bank employee, officer, director, or principal shareholder, and certain entities in which such persons own an interest of more than ten percent.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank</E> means a national banking association or a bank located in the District of Columbia and subject to the supervision of the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Credit life insurance</E> means credit life, health, and accident insurance, sometimes referred to as credit life and disability insurance, and mortgage life and disability insurance.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Owning an interest</E> includes:</P>
        <P>(1) Ownership through a spouse or minor child;</P>
        <P>(2) Ownership through a broker, nominee, or other agent; or</P>
        <P>(3) Ownership through any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture, or proprietorship, that is controlled by the director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder of the bank.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Officer, director, employee, or principal shareholder</E> includes the spouse and minor children of an officer, director, employee, or principal shareholder.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Principal shareholder</E> means any shareholder who directly or indirectly owns or controls an interest of more than ten percent of the bank's outstanding voting securities.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Distribution of credit life insurance income.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Distribution of credit life insurance income by a national bank must be consistent with the requirements and principles of this section.</P>

        <P>(b) It is an unsafe and unsound practice for any director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder of a national bank (including any entity in which this person owns an interest of more than ten percent), who is involved in the sale of credit life insurance to loan customers of the national bank, to <PRTPAGE P="13"/>take advantage of that business opportunity for personal profit. Recommendations to customers to buy insurance should be based on the benefits of the policy, not the commissions received from the sale.</P>
        <P>(c) Except as provided in §§ 2.4 and 2.5(b), and paragraph (d) of this section, a director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder of a national bank, or an entity in which such person owns an interest of more than ten percent, may not retain commissions or other income from the sale of credit life insurance in connection with any loan made by that bank, and income from credit life insurance sales to loan customers must be credited to the income accounts of the bank.</P>
        <P>(d) The requirements of paragraph (c) of this section do not apply to a director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder if:</P>
        <P>(1) The person is employed by a third party that has contracted with the bank on an arm's-length basis to sell financial products on bank premises; and</P>
        <P>(2) The person is not involved in the bank's credit decision process.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bonus and incentive plans.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A bank employee or officer may participate in a bonus or incentive plan based on the sale of credit life insurance if payments to the employee or officer in any one year do not exceed the greater of:</P>
        <P>(a) Five percent of the recipient's annual salary; or</P>
        <P>(b) Five percent of the average salary of all loan officers participating in the plan.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bank compensation.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Nothing contained in this part prohibits a bank employee, officer, director, or principal shareholder who holds an insurance agent's license from agreeing to compensate the bank for the use of its premises, employees, or good will. However, the employee, officer, director, or principal shareholder shall turn over to the bank as compensation all income received from the sale of the credit life insurance to the bank's loan customers.</P>

        <P>(b) Income derived from credit life insurance sales to loan customers may be credited to an affiliate operating under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> or to a trust for the benefit of all shareholders, provided that the bank receives reasonable compensation in recognition of the role played by its personnel, premises, and good will in credit life insurance sales. Reasonable compensation generally means an amount equivalent to at least 20 percent of the affiliate's net income attributable to the bank's credit life insurance sales.</P>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 3</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 3—MINIMUM CAPITAL RATIOS; ISSUANCE OF DIRECTIVES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Authority and Definitions</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>3.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Transitional rules.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Minimum Capital Ratios</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Plan to achieve minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Establishment of Minimum Capital Ratios for an Individual Bank</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Standards for determination of appropriate individual minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other actions.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Enforcement</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Remedies.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Issuance of a Directive</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Issuance of a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in circumstances.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other administrative actions.</SUBJECT>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
            <SECTNO>3.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Capital and surplus.</SUBJECT>
            <APP>Appendix A to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines</APP>

            <APP>Appendix B to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Market Risk Adjustment<PRTPAGE P="14"/>
            </APP>
            <APP>Appendix C to Part 3—Capital Adequacy Guidelines for [Banks]: Internal-Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches </APP>
          </SUBJGRP>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 161, 1818, 1828(n), 1828 note, 1831n note, 1835, 3907, and 3909.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>50 FR 10216, Mar. 14, 1985, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Authority and Definitions</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This part is issued under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 93a, 161, 1818, 3907 and 3909.</P>
          <CITA>[59 FR 64563, Dec. 15, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For the purposes of this part:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Adjusted total assets</E> means the average total assets figure required to be computed for and stated in a bank's most recent quarterly <E T="03">Consolidated Report of Condition and Income</E> (Call Report) minus end-of-quarter intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and credit-enhancing interest-only strips, that are deducted from Tier 1 capital, and minus nonfinancial equity investments for which a Tier 1 capital deduction is required pursuant to section 2(c)(5) of appendix A of this part 3. The OCC reserves the right to require a bank to compute and maintain its capital ratios on the basis of actual, rather than average, total assets when necessary to carry out the purposes of this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Bank</E> means a national banking association or District of Columbia Bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> means <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> as determined according to section 2 of appendix A of this part, including the deductions described therein.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> means <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> as determined according to section 2 of appendix A of this part, including the limitations described therein.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Total capital</E> means <E T="03">Total capital</E> as determined according to section 1(25) and section 2 of appendix A of this part, including the deductions described therein.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 7907, Feb. 10, 1995; 67 FR 3795, Jan. 25, 2002]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Transitional rules.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights, purchased prior to April 15, 1985, and accounted for in accordance with the instruction of the OCC, need not be deducted from Tier 1 capital until December 31, 1992. However, when combined with other qualifying intangible assets, these intangibles may not exceed 25 percent of Tier 1 capital. After December 31, 1992, only those intangible assets that meet the criteria contained in section 2(c)(2) of appendix A will not be deducted from Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Deductions from capital.</E> Notwithstanding the definitions of <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> and <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> in § 3.2 (c) and (d), the OCC may find that a newly developed or modified capital instrument constitutes <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> or <E T="03">Tier 2 capital,</E> and may permit one or more banks to include all or a portion of funds obtained through such capital instruments as Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital, permanently or on a temporary basis, for the purposes of compliance with this part or for other purposes. Similarly, the OCC may find that a particular intangible asset, deferred tax asset or credit-enhancing interest-only strip need not be deducted from Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital. Conversely, the OCC may find that a particular intangible asset, deferred tax asset, credit-enhancing interest-only strip or other Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital component has characteristics or terms that diminish its contribution to a bank's ability to absorb losses, and may require the deduction from Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital of all of the component or of a greater portion of the component than is otherwise required.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Risk weight categories.</E> Notwithstanding the risk categories in sections 3 and 4 of appendix A to this part, the OCC will look to the substance of the transaction and may find that the assigned risk weight for any asset or the credit equivalent amount or credit conversion factor for any off-balance sheet item does not appropriately reflect the <PRTPAGE P="15"/>risks imposed on a bank and may require another risk weight, credit equivalent amount, or credit conversion factor that the OCC deems appropriate. Similarly, if no risk weight, credit equivalent amount, or credit conversion factor is specifically assigned, the OCC may assign any risk weight, credit equivalent amount, or credit conversion factor that the OCC deems appropriate. In making its determination, the OCC considers risks associated with the asset or off-balance sheet item as well as other relevant factors.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 59630, Nov. 29, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Minimum Capital Ratios</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart is applicable to all banks unless the Office determines, pursuant to the procedures set forth in subpart C, that different minimum capital ratios are appropriate for an individual bank based upon its particular circumstances, or unless different minimum capital ratios have been established or are established for an individual bank in a written agreement or a temporary or final order pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818 (b) or (c), or as a condition for approval of an application.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratio.</E> All national banks must have and maintain the minimum risk-based capital ratio as set forth in appendix A (and, for certain banks, in appendix B).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Total assets leverage ratio.</E> All national banks must have and maintain Tier 1 capital in an amount equal to at least 3.0 percent of adjusted total assets.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional leverage ratio requirement.</E> An institution operating at or near the level in paragraph (b) of this section should have well-diversified risks, including no undue interest rate risk exposure; excellent control systems; good earnings; high asset quality; high liquidity; and well managed on-and off-balance sheet activities; and in general be considered a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS) rating system of banks. For all but the most highly-rated banks meeting the conditions set forth in this paragraph (c), the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is 4 percent. In all cases, banking institutions should hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of all risks.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990, as amended at 61 FR 47367, Sept. 6, 1996; 64 FR 10199, Mar. 2, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Plan to achieve minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Effective December 31, 1990, any bank having capital ratios less than the minimums required under § 3.6 (a) and (b) shall, within 60 days, submit to the OCC a plan describing the means and schedule by which the bank shall achieve the applicable minimum capital ratios. The plan may be considered acceptable unless the bank is notified to the contrary by the OCC. A bank in compliance with an acceptable plan to achieve the applicable minimum capital ratios will not be deemed to be in violation of § 3.6.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When, in the opinion of the Office the circumstances so require, a bank may be authorized to have less than the minimum capital ratios in § 3.6 during a time period specified by the Office.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Establishment of Minimum Capital Ratios for an Individual Bank</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>

          <P>The rules and procedures specified in this subpart are applicable to a proceeding to establish required minimum capital ratios that would otherwise be applicable to a bank under § 3.6. The OCC is authorized under 12 U.S.C. 3907 (a)(2) to establish such minimum capital requirements for a bank as the OCC, in its discretion, deems appropriate in light of the particular circumstances at that bank. Proceedings under this subpart also may be initiated to require a bank having capital ratios above those set forth in § 3.6, or <PRTPAGE P="16"/>other legal authority to continue to maintain those higher ratios.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC may require higher minimum capital ratios for an individual bank in view of its circumstances. For example, higher capital ratios may be appropriate for:</P>
          <P>(a) A newly chartered bank;</P>
          <P>(b) A bank receiving special supervisory attention;</P>
          <P>(c) A bank that has, or is expected to have, losses resulting in capital inadequacy;</P>
          <P>(d) A bank with significant exposure due to the risks from concentrations of credit, certain risks arising from nontraditional activities, or management's overall inability to monitor and control financial and operating risks presented by concentrations of credit and nontraditional activities;</P>
          <P>(e) A bank with significant exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates;</P>
          <P>(f) A bank with significant exposure due to fiduciary or operational risk;</P>
          <P>(g) A bank exposed to a high degree of asset depreciation, or a low level of liquid assets in relation to short term liabilities;</P>
          <P>(h) A bank exposed to a high volume or, or particularly severe, problem loans;</P>
          <P>(i) A bank that is growing rapidly, either internally or through acquisitions; or</P>
          <P>(j) A bank that may be adversely affected by the activities or condition of its holding company, affiliate(s), or other persons or institutions including chain banking organizations, with which it has significant business relationships.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 39493, Aug. 2, 1995]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Standards for determination of appropriate individual minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The appropriate minimum capital ratios for an individual bank cannot be determined solely through the application of a rigid mathematical formula or wholly objective criteria. The decision is necessarily based in part on subjective judgment grounded in agency expertise. The factors to be considered in the determination will vary in each case and may include, for example:</P>
          <P>(a) The conditions or circumstances leading to the Office's determination that higher minimum capital ratios are appropriate or necessary for the bank;</P>
          <P>(b) The exigency of those circumstances or potential problems;</P>
          <P>(c) The overall condition, management strength, and future prospects of the bank and, if applicable, its holding company and/or affiliate(s);</P>
          <P>(d) The bank's liquidity, capital, risk asset and other ratios compared to the ratios of its peer group; and</P>
          <P>(e) The views of the bank's directors and senior management.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice.</E> When the OCC determines that minimum capital ratios above those set forth in § 3.6 or other legal authority are necessary or appropriate for a particular bank, the OCC will notify the bank in writing of the proposed minimum capital ratios and the date by which they should be reached (if applicable) and will provide an explanation of why the ratios proposed are considered necessary or appropriate for the bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Response.</E> (1) The bank may respond to any or all of the items in the notice. The response should include any matters which the bank would have the Office consider in deciding whether individual minimum capital ratios should be established for the bank, what those capital ratios should be, and, if applicable, when they should be achieved. The response must be in writing and delivered to the designated OCC official within 30 days after the date on which the bank received the notice. The Office may shorten the time period when, in the opinion of the Office, the condition of the bank so requires, provided that the bank is informed promptly of the new time period, or with the consent of the bank. In its discretion, the Office may extend the time period for good cause.</P>

          <P>(2) Failure to respond within 30 days or such other time period as may be specified by the Office shall constitute <PRTPAGE P="17"/>a waiver of any objections to the proposed minimum capital ratios or the deadline for their achievement.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Decision.</E> After the close of the bank's response period, the Office will decide, based on a review of the bank's response and other information concerning the bank, whether individual minimum capital ratios should be established for the bank and, if so, the ratios and the date the requirements will become effective. The bank will be notified of the decision in writing. The notice will include an explanation of the decision, except for a decision not to establish individual minimum capital requirements for the bank.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Submission of plan.</E> The decision may require the bank to develop and submit to the Office, within a time period specified, an acceptable plan to reach the minimum capital ratios established for the bank by the date required.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Change in circumstances.</E> If, after the Office's decision in paragraph (c) of this section, there is a change in the circumstances affecting the bank's capital adequacy or its ability to reach the required minimum capital ratios by the specified date, either the bank or the Office may propose to the other a change in the minimum capital ratios for the bank, the date when the minimums must be achieved, or the bank's plan (if applicable). The Office may decline to consider proposals that are not based on a significant change in circumstances or are repetitive or frivolous. Pending a decision on reconsideration, the Office's original decision and any plan required under that decision shall continue in full force and effect.</P>
          <CITA>[50 FR 10216, Mar. 14, 1985, as amended at 55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other actions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In lieu of, or in addition to, the procedures in this subpart, the required minimum capital ratios for a bank may be established or revised through a written agreement or cease and desist proceedings under 12 U.S.C. 1818 (b) or (c) (12 CFR 19.0 through 19.21), or as a condition for approval of an application.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Enforcement</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Remedies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A bank that does not have or maintain the minimum capital ratios applicable to it, whether required in subpart B of this part, in a decision pursuant to subpart C of this part, in a written agreement or temporary or final order under 12 U.S.C. 1818 (b) or (c), or in a condition for approval of an application, or a bank that has failed to submit or comply with an acceptable plan to attain those ratios, will be subject to such administrative action or sanctions as the OCC considers appropriate. These sanctions may include the issuance of a Directive pursuant to subpart E of this part or other enforcement action, assessment of civil money penalties, and/or the denial, conditioning, or revocation of applications. A national bank's failure to achieve or maintain minimum capital ratios in § 3.6 (a) or (b) may also be the basis for an action by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to terminate federal deposit insurance. See 12 CFR 325.4.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38801, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Issuance of a Directive</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart is applicable to proceedings by the Office to issue a directive under 12 U.S.C. 3907(b)(2). A directive is an order issued to a bank that does not have or maintain capital at or above the minimum ratios set forth in § 3.6, or established for the bank under subpart C, by a written agreement under 12 U.S.C. 1818(b), or as a condition for approval of an application. A directive may order the bank to:</P>
          <P>(a) Achieve the minimum capital ratios applicable to it by a specified date;</P>
          <P>(b) Adhere to a previously submitted plan to achieve the applicable capital ratios;</P>
          <P>(c) Submit and adhere to a plan acceptable to the Office describing the means and time schedule by which the bank shall achieve the applicable capital ratios;</P>

          <P>(d) Take other action, such as reduction of assets or the rate of growth of assets, or restrictions on the payment <PRTPAGE P="18"/>of dividends, to achieve the applicable capital ratios; or</P>
          <P>(e) A combination of any of these or similar actions.</P>
          <FP>A directive issued under this rule, including a plan submitted under a directive, is enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as an effective and outstanding cease and desist order which has become final as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1818(k). Violation of a directive may result in assessment of civil money penalties in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 3909(d).</FP>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Office will notify a bank in writing of its intention to issue a directive. The notice will state:</P>
          <P>(a) Reasons for issuance of the directive; and</P>
          <P>(b) The proposed contents of the directive.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A bank may respond to the notice by stating why a directive should not be issued and/or by proposing alternative contents for the directive. The response should include any matters which the bank would have the Office consider in deciding whether to issue a directive and/or what the contents of the directive should be. The response may include a plan for achieving the minimum capital ratios applicable to the bank. The response must be in writing and delivered to the designated OCC official within 30 days after the date on which the bank received the notice. The Office may shorten the 30-day time period:</P>
          <P>(1) When, in the opinion of the Office, the condition of the bank so requires, provided that the bank shall be informed promptly of the new time period;</P>
          <P>(2) With the consent of the bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) When the bank already has advised the Office that it cannot or will not achieve its applicable minimum capital ratios. In its discretion, the Office may extend the time period for good cause.</P>
          <P>(b) Failure to respond within 30 days or such other time period as may be specified by the Office shall constitute a waiver of any objections to the proposed directive.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision.</SUBJECT>
          <P>After the closing date of the bank's response period, or receipt of the bank's response, if earlier, the Office will consider the bank's response, and may seek additional information or clarification of the response. Thereafter, the Office will determine whether or not to issue a directive, and if one is to be issued, whether it should be as originally proposed or in modified form.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Issuance of a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A directive will be served by delivery to the bank. It will include or be accompanied by a statement of reasons for its issuance.</P>
          <P>(b) A directive is effective immediately upon its receipt by the bank, or upon such later date as may be specified therein, and shall remain effective and enforceable until it is stayed, modified, or terminated by the Office.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in circumstances.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Upon a change in circumstances, a bank may request the Office to reconsider the terms of its directive or may propose changes in the plan to achieve the bank's applicable minimum capital ratios. The Office also may take such action on its own motion. The Office may decline to consider requests or proposals that are not based on a significant change in circumstances or are repetitive or frivolous. Pending a decision on reconsideration, the directive and plan shall continue in full force and effect.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other administrative actions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A directive may be issued in addition to, or in lieu of, any other action authorized by law, including cease and desist proceedings, civil money penalties, or the conditioning or denial of applications. The Office also may, in its discretion, take any action authorized by law, in lieu of a directive, in response to a bank's failure to achieve or maintain the applicable minimum capital ratios.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <PRTPAGE P="19"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Capital and surplus.</SUBJECT>

            <P>For purposes of determining statutory limits that are based on the amount of bank's <E T="03">capital</E> and/or <E T="03">surplus,</E> the provisions of this section are to be used, rather than the definitions of capital contained in § 3.2.</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital.</E> The term <E T="03">capital</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the capital of national banking associations shall include the amount of common stock outstanding and unimpaired plus the amount of perpetual preferred stock outstanding and unimpaired.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Capital Stock.</E> The term <E T="03">capital stock</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the capital stock of national banking associations, other than 12 U.S.C. 101, 177 and 178, shall have the same meaning as the term <E T="03">capital</E> set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Surplus.</E> The term <E T="03">surplus</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the surplus of national banking associations means the sum of paragraphs (c) (1), (2), (3) and (4) of this section:</P>
            <P>(1) Capital surplus; undivided profits; reserves for contingencies and other capital reserves (excluding accrued dividends on perpetual and limited life preferred stock); net worth certificates issued pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1823(i); minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries; and allowances for loan and lease losses; minus intangible assets;</P>
            <P>(2) Mortgage servicing assets;</P>
            <P>(3) Mandatory convertible debt to the extent of 20% of the sum of paragraphs (a) and (c) (1) and (2) of this section;</P>
            <P>(4) Other mandatory convertible debt, limited life preferred stock and subordinated notes and debentures to the extent set forth in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Unimpaired Surplus Fund.</E> The term <E T="03">unimpaired surplus fund</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the unimpaired surplus fund of national banking associations shall have the same meaning as the term <E T="03">surplus</E> set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> (1) <E T="03">Allowance for loan and lease losses</E> means the balance of the valuation reserve on December 31, 1968, plus additions to the reserve charged to operations since that date, less losses charged against the allowance net of recoveries.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Capital surplus</E> means the total of those accounts reflecting:</P>
            <P>(i) Amounts paid in in excess of the par or stated value of capital stock;</P>
            <P>(ii) Amounts contributed to the bank other than for capital stock;</P>
            <P>(iii) amounts transferred from undivided profits pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 60; and</P>
            <P>(iv) Other amounts transferred from undivided profits.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Intangible assets</E> means those purchased assets that are to be reported as intangible assets in accordance with the <E T="03">Instructions—Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income</E> (Call Report).</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Limited Life preferred stock</E> means preferred stock which has a maturity or which may be redeemed at the option of the holder.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Mandatory convertible debt</E> means subordinated debt instruments which unqualifiedly require the issuer to exchange either common or perpetual preferred stock for such instruments by a date at or before the maturity of the instrument. The maturity of these instruments must be 12 years or less. In addition, the instrument must meet the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (v) of this section for subordinated notes and debentures or other requirements published by the OCC.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries</E> means the portion of equity capital accounts of all consolidated subsidiaries of the bank that is allocated to minority shareholders of such subsidiaries.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Mortgage servicing assets</E> means the bank-owned rights to service for a fee mortgage loans that are owned by others.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Perpetual preferred stock</E> means preferred stock that does not have a stated maturity date and cannot be redeemed at the option of the holder.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Requirements and restrictions: Limited life preferred stock, mandatory convertible debt, and other subordinated debt—</E>(1) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> Issues of limited life preferred stock and subordinated notes and debentures (except mandatory convertible debt) shall have original weighted average maturities of at least five years to be included in the <PRTPAGE P="20"/>definition of <E T="03">surplus.</E> In addition, a subordinated note or debenture must also:</P>
            <P>(i) Be subordinated to the claims of depositors;</P>
            <P>(ii) State on the instrument that it is not a deposit and is not insured by the FDIC;</P>
            <P>(iii) Be unsecured;</P>
            <P>(iv) Be ineligible as collateral for a loan by the issuing bank;</P>
            <P>(v) Provide that once any scheduled payments of principal begin, all scheduled payments shall be made at least annually and the amount repaid in each year shall be no less than in the prior year; and</P>
            <P>(vi) Provide that no prepayment (including payment pursuant to an acceleration clause or redemption prior to maturity) shall be made without prior OCC approval unless the bank remains an eligible bank, as defined in 12 CFR 5.3(g), after the prepayment.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Restrictions.</E> The total amount of mandatory convertible debt not included in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, limited life preferred stock, and subordinated notes and debentures considered as surplus is limited to 50 percent of the sum of paragraphs (a) and (c) (1), (2) and (3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Reservation of authority.</E> The OCC expressly reserves the authority to waive the requirements and restrictions set forth in paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section, in order to allow the inclusion of other limited life preferred stock, mandatory convertible notes and subordinated notes and debentures in the capital base of any national bank for capital adequacy purposes or for purposes of determining statutory limits. The OCC further expressly reserves the authority to impose more stringent conditions than those set forth in paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section to exclude any component of Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital, in whole or in part, as part of a national bank's capital and surplus for any purpose.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Transitional rules.</E> (1) Equity commitment notes approved by the OCC as capital and issued prior to April 15, 1985, may continue to be included in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. All other instruments approved by the OCC as capital and issued prior to April 15, 1985, are to be included in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) Intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing assets) purchased prior to April 15, 1985, and accounted for in accordance with OCC instructions, may continue to be included as surplus up to 25% of the sum of paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) of this section.</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1557-0166)</APPRO>
            <CITA>[50 FR 10216, Mar. 14, 1985, as amended at 55 FR 38801, Sept. 21, 1990; 60 FR 39229, Aug. 1, 1995; 61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996; 63 FR 42674, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 3, App. A</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 1. Purpose, Applicability of Guidelines, and Definitions.</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> (1) An important function of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (<E T="03">OCC</E>) is to evaluate the adequacy of capital maintained by each national bank. Such an evaluation involves the consideration of numerous factors, including the riskiness of a bank's assets and off-balance sheet items. This appendix A implements the OCC's risk-based capital guidelines. The risk-based capital ratio derived from those guidelines is more systematically sensitive to the credit risk associated with various bank activities than is a capital ratio based strictly on a bank's total balance sheet assets. A bank's risk-based capital ratio is obtained by dividing its capital base (as defined in section 2 of this appendix A) by its risk-weighted assets (as calculated pursuant to section 3 of this appendix A). These guidelines were created within the framework established by the report issued by the Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices in July 1988. The OCC believes that the risk-based capital ratio is a useful tool in evaluating the capital adequacy of all national banks, not just those that are active in the international banking system.</P>
          <P>(2) The purpose of this appendix A is to explain precisely (i) how a national bank's risk-based capital ratio is determined and (ii) how these risk-based capital guidelines are applied to national banks. The OCC will review these guidelines periodically for possible adjustments commensurate with its experience with the risk-based capital ratio and with changes in the economy, financial markets and domestic and international banking practices.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> (1) The risk-based capital ratio derived from these guidelines is an important factor in the OCC's evaluation of a bank's capital adequacy. However, since this measure addresses only credit risk, the 8% minimum ratio should not be viewed as the level to be targeted, but rather as a floor. <PRTPAGE P="21"/>The final supervisory judgment on a bank's capital adequacy is based on an individualized assessment of numerous factors, including those listed in 12 CFR 3.10. With respect to the consideration of these factors, the OCC will give particular attention to any bank with significant exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates. As a result, it may differ from the conclusion drawn from an isolated comparison of a bank's risk-based capital ration to the 8% minimum specified in these guidelines. In addition to the standards established by these risk-based capital guidelines, all national banks must maintain a minimum capital-to-total assets ratio in accordance with the provisions of 12 CFR part 3.</P>
          <P>(2) Effective December 31, 1990, these risk-based capital guidelines will apply to all national banks. In the interim, banks must maintain minimum capital-to-total assets ratios as required by 12 CFR part 3, and should begin preparing for the implementation of these risk-based capital guidelines. In this regard, each national bank that does not currently meet the final minimum ratio established in section 4(b)(1) of this appendix A should begin planning for achieving that standard.</P>
          <P>(3) These risk-based capital guidelines will not be applied to federal branches and agencies of foreign banks.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this appendix A, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Adjusted carrying value</E> means, for purposes of section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A, the aggregate value that investments are carried on the balance sheet of the bank reduced by any unrealized gains on the investments that are reflected in such carrying value but excluded from the bank's Tier 1 capital and reduced by any associated deferred tax liabilities. For example, for investments held as available-for-sale (AFS), the adjusted carrying value of the investments would be the aggregate carrying value of the investments (as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the bank) less any unrealized gains on those investments that are included in other comprehensive income and that are not reflected in Tier 1 capital, and less any associated deferred tax liabilities. Unrealized losses on AFS nonfinancial equity investments must be deducted from Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 1(c)(8) of this appendix A. The treatment of small business investment companies that are consolidated for accounting purposes under generally accepted accounting principles is discussed in section 2(c)(5)(ii) of this appendix A. For investments in a nonfinancial company that is consolidated for accounting purposes, the bank's adjusted carrying value of the investment is determined under the equity method of accounting (net of any intangibles associated with the investment that are deducted from the bank's Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 2(c)(2) of this appendix A). Even though the assets of the nonfinancial company are consolidated for accounting purposes, these assets (as well as the credit equivalent amounts of the company's off-balance sheet items) are excluded from the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Allowances for loan and lease losses</E> means the balance of the valuation reserve on December 31, 1968, plus additions to the reserve charged to operations since that date, less losses charged against the allowance net of recoveries.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Asset-backed commercial paper program</E> means a program that primarily issues externally rated commercial paper backed by assets or other exposures held in a bankruptcy-remote, special-purpose entity.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Asset-backed commercial paper sponsor</E> means a bank that:</P>
          <P>(i) Establishes an asset-backed commercial paper program;</P>
          <P>(ii) Approves the sellers permitted to participate in an asset-backed commercial paper program;</P>
          <P>(iii) Approves the asset pools to be purchased by an asset-backed commercial paper program; or</P>
          <P>(iv) Administers the asset-backed commercial paper program by monitoring the assets, arranging for debt placement, compiling monthly reports, or ensuring compliance with the program documents and with the program's credit and investment policy.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Associated company</E> means any corporation, partnership, business trust, joint venture, association or similar organization in which a national bank directly or indirectly holds a 20 to 50 percent ownership interest.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Banking and finance subsidiary</E> means any subsidiary of a national bank that engages in banking- and finance-related activities.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Cash items in the process of collection</E> means checks or drafts in the process of collection that are drawn on another depository institution, including a central bank, and that are payable immediately upon presentation in the country in which the reporting bank's office that is clearing or collecting the check or draft is located; U.S. Government checks that are drawn on the United States Treasury or any other U.S. Government or Government-sponsored agency and that are payable immediately upon presentation; broker's security drafts and commodity or bill-of-lading drafts payable immediately upon presentation in the United States or the country in which the reporting bank's office that is handling the drafts is located; and unposted debits.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Central government</E> means the national governing authority of a country; it includes the departments, ministries and agencies of the central government and the central <PRTPAGE P="22"/>bank. The U.S. Central Bank includes the 12 Federal Reserve Banks. The definition of central government does not include the following: State, provincial, or local governments; commercial enterprises owned by the central government, which are entities engaged in activities involving trade, commerce, or profit that are generally conducted or performed in the private sector of the United States economy; and non-central government entities whose obligations are guaranteed by the central government.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Commitment</E> means any arrangement that obligates a national bank to: (i) Purchase loans or securities; or (ii) extend credit in the form of loans or leases, participations in loans or leases, overdraft facilities, revolving credit facilities, home equity lines of credit, liquidity facilities, or similar transactions.</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Common stockholders' equity</E> means common stock, common stock surplus, undivided profits, capital reserves, and adjustments for the cumulative effect of foreign currency translation, less net unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Conditional guarantee</E> means a contingent obligation of the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country, the validity of which to the beneficiary is dependent upon some affirmative action—<E T="03">e.g.,</E> servicing requirements—on the part of the beneficiary of the guarantee or a third party.</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Deferred tax assets</E> means the tax consequences attributable to tax carryforwards and deductible temporary differences. Tax carryforwards are deductions or credits that cannot be used for tax purposes during the current period, but can be carried forward to reduce taxable income or taxes payable in a future period or periods. Temporary differences are financial events or transactions that are recognized in one period for financial statement purposes, but are recognized in another period or periods for income tax purposes. Deductible temporary differences are temporary differences that result in a reduction of taxable income in a future period or periods.</P>
          <P>(13) <E T="03">Derivative contract</E> means generally a financial contract whose value is derived from the values of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes of asset values. Derivative contracts include interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity, precious metals and commodity contracts, or any other instrument that poses similar credit risks.</P>
          <P>(14) <E T="03">Depository institution</E> means a financial institution that engages in the business of banking; that is recognized as a bank by the bank supervisory or monetary authorities of the country of its incorporation and the country of its principal banking operations; that receives deposits to a substantial extent in the regular course of business; and that has the power to accept demand deposits. In the U.S., this definition encompasses all federally insured offices of commercial banks, mutual and stock savings banks, savings or building and loan associations (stock and mutual), cooperative banks, credit unions, and international banking facilities of domestic depository institution. Bank holding companies are excluded from this definition. For the purposes of assigning risk weights, the differentiation between OECD depository institutions and non-OECD depository institutions is based on the country of incorporation. Claims on branches and agencies of foreign banks located in the United States are to be categorized on the basis of the parent bank's country of incorporation.</P>
          <P>(15) <E T="03">Equity investment</E> means, for purposes of section 1(c)(19) and section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A, any equity instrument including warrants and call options that give the holder the right to purchase an equity instrument, any equity feature of a debt instrument (such as a warrant or call option), and any debt instrument that is convertible into equity. An investment in any other instrument, including subordinated debt or other types of debt instruments, may be treated as an equity investment if the OCC determines that the instrument is the functional equivalent of equity or exposes the bank to essentially the same risks as an equity instrument.</P>
          <P>(16) <E T="03">Exchange rate contracts</E> include: Cross-currency interest rate swaps; forward foreign exchange rate contracts; currency options purchased; and any similar instrument that, in the opinion of the OCC, gives rise to similar risks.</P>
          <P>(17) <E T="03">Goodwill</E> means an intangible asset that represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in purchases accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.</P>
          <P>(18) <E T="03">Intangible assets</E> include mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets (but exclude any interest only (IO) strips receivable related to these mortgage and nonmortgage servicing assets), purchased credit card relationships, goodwill, favorable leaseholds, and core deposit value.</P>
          <P>(19) <E T="03">Interest rate contracts</E> include: Single currency interest rate swaps; basis swaps; forward rate agreements; interest rate options purchased; forward forward deposits accepted; and any similar instrument that, in the opinion of the OCC, gives rise to similar risks, including when-issued securities.</P>
          <P>(20) <E T="03">Liquidity facility</E> means a legally binding commitment to provide liquidity to various types of transactions, structures or programs. A liquidity facility that supports asset-backed commercial paper, in any amount, by lending to, or purchasing assets <PRTPAGE P="23"/>from any structure, program, or conduit constitutes an <E T="03">asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(21) <E T="03">Multifamily residential property</E> means any residential property consisting of five or more dwelling units including apartment buildings, condominiums, cooperatives, and other similar structures primarily for residential use, but not including hospitals, nursing homes, or other similar facilities.</P>
          <P>(22) <E T="03">Nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO)</E> means an entity recognized by the Division of Market Regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor Division) (Commission or SEC) as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for various purposes, including the Commission's uniform net capital requirements for brokers and dealers.</P>
          <P>(23) <E T="03">Nonfinancial equity investment</E> means any equity investment held by a bank in a nonfinancial company through a small business investment company (SBIC) under section 302(b) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 682(b)) or under the portfolio investment provisions of Regulation K (12 CFR 211.8(c)(3)). An equity investment made under section 302(b) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 in a SBIC that is not consolidated with the bank is treated as a nonfinancial equity investment in the manner provided in section 2(c)(5)(ii)(C) of this appendix A. A nonfinancial company is an entity that engages in any activity that has not been determined to be permissible for a bank to conduct directly or to be financial in nature or incidental to financial activities under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)).</P>
          <P>(24) The <E T="03">OECD-based group of countries</E> comprises all full members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) regardless of entry date, as well as countries that have concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) associated with the IMF's General Arrangements to Borrow,<SU>1</SU>

            <FTREF/> but excludes any country that has rescheduled its external sovereign debt within the previous five years. These countries are hereinafter referred to as <E T="03">OECD countries.</E> A rescheduling of external sovereign debt generally would include any renegotiation of terms arising from a country's inability or unwillingness to meet its external debt service obligations, but generally would not include renegotiations of debt in the normal course of business, such as a renegotiation to allow the borrower to take advantage of a decline in interest rates or other change in market conditions.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> As of November 1995, the OECD included the following countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and the United States; and Saudi Arabia had concluded special lending arrangements with the IMF associated with the IMF's General Arrangements to Borrow.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(25) <E T="03">Original maturity</E> means, with respect to a commitment, the earliest possible date after a commitment is made on which the commitment is scheduled to expire (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> it will reach its stated maturity and cease to be binding on either party), <E T="03">provided that</E> either:</P>
          <P>(i) The commitment is not subject to extension or renewal and will actually expire on its stated expiration date; or</P>

          <P>(ii) If the commitment is subject to extension or renewal beyond its stated expiration date, the stated expiration date will be deemed the original maturity only if the extension or renewal must be based upon terms and conditions independently negotiated in good faith with the customer at the time of the extension or renewal and upon a new, <E T="03">bona fide</E> credit analysis utilizing current information on financial condition and trends.</P>
          <P>(26) <E T="03">Preferred stock</E> includes the following instruments: (i) <E T="03">Convertible preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock that is mandatorily convertible into either common or perpetual preferred stock; (ii) <E T="03">Intermediate-term preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock with an original maturity of at least five years, but less than 20 years; (iii) <E T="03">Long-term preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock with an original maturity of 20 years or more; and (iv) <E T="03">Perpetual preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock without a fixed maturity date that cannot be redeemed at the option of the holder, and that has no other provisions that will require future redemption of the issue. For purposes of these instruments, preferred stock that can be redeemed at the option of the holder is deemed to have an <E T="03">original maturity</E> of the earliest possible date on which it may be so redeemed.</P>
          <P>(27) <E T="03">Public-sector entities</E> include states, local authorities and governmental subdivisions below the central government level in an OECD country. In the United States, this definition encompasses a state, county, city, town, or other municipal corporation, a public authority, and generally any publicly-owned entity that is an instrumentality of a state or municipal corporation. This definition does not include commercial companies owned by the public sector.<SU>1a</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1a</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E> Definition (5), <E T="03">Central government,</E> for further explanation of commercial companies owned by the public sector.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="24"/>
          <P>(28) <E T="03">Reciprocal holdings of bank capital instruments</E> means cross-holdings or other formal or informal arrangements in which two or more banking organizations swap, exchange, or otherwise agree to hold each other's capital instruments. This definition does not include holdings of capital instruments issued by other banking organizations that were taken in satisfaction of debts previously contracted, provided that the reporting national bank has not held such instruments for more than five years or a longer period approved by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(29) <E T="03">Replacement cost</E> means, with respect to interest rate and exchange rate contracts, the loss that would be incurred in the event of a counterparty default, as measured by the net cost of replacing the contract at the current market value. If default would result in a theoretical profit, the replacement value is considered to be zero. The mark-to-market process should incorporate changes in both interest rates and counterparty credit quality.</P>
          <P>(30) <E T="03">Residential properties</E> means houses, condominiums, cooperative units, and manufactured homes. This definition does not include boats or motor homes, even if used as a primary residence.</P>
          <P>(31) <E T="03">Risk-weighted assets</E> means the sum of total risk-weighted balance sheet assets and the total of risk-weighted off-balance sheet credit equivalent amounts. Risk-weighted balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets are calculated in accordance with section 3 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(32) <E T="03">State</E> means any one of the several states of the United States of America, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.</P>
          <P>(33) <E T="03">Subsidiary</E> means any corporation, partnership, business trust, joint venture, association or similar organization in which a national bank directly or indirectly holds more than a 50% ownership interest. This definition does not include ownership interests that were taken in satisfaction of debts previously contracted, provided that the reporting bank has not held the interest for more than five years or a longer period approved by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(34) <E T="03">Total capital</E> means the sum of a national bank's core (Tier 1) and qualifying supplementary (Tier 2) capital elements.</P>
          <P>(35) <E T="03">Unconditionally cancelable</E> means, with respect to a commitment-type lending arrangement, that the bank may, at any time, with or without cause, refuse to advance funds or extend credit under the facility. In the case of home equity lines of credit, the bank is deemed able to unconditionally cancel the commitment if it can, at its option, prohibit additional extensions of credit, reduce the line, and terminate the commitment to the full extent permitted by relevant Federal law.</P>
          <P>(36) <E T="03">United States Government or its agencies</E> means an instrumentality of the U.S. Government whose debt obligations are fully and explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.</P>
          <P>(37) <E T="03">United States Government-sponsored agency</E> means an agency originally established or chartered to serve public purposes specified by the United States Congress, but whose obligations are not explicitly guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.</P>
          <P>(38) <E T="03">Walkaway clause</E> means a provision in a bilateral netting contract that permits a nondefaulting counterparty to make a lower payment than it would make otherwise under the bilateral netting contract, or no payment at all, to a defaulter or the estate of a defaulter, even if the defaulter or the estate of the defaulter is a net creditor under the bilateral netting contract.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 2. Components of Capital.</HD>
          <P>A national bank's qualifying capital base consists of two types of capital—core (Tier 1) and supplementary (Tier 2).</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Tier 1 Capital.</E> The following elements comprise a national bank's Tier 1 capital:</P>
          <P>(1) Common stockholders' equity;</P>
          <P>(2) Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; and <SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Preferred stock issues where the dividend is reset periodically based upon current market conditions and the bank's current credit rating, including but not limited to, auction rate, money market or remarketable preferred stock, are assigned to Tier 2 capital, regardless of whether the dividends are cumulative or noncumulative.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(3) Minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, except that the following are not included in Tier 1 capital or total capital:</P>
          <P>(i) Minority interests in a small business investment company or investment fund that holds nonfinancial equity investments and minority interests in a subsidiary that is engaged in a nonfinancial activities and is held under one of the legal authorities listed in section 1(c)(23) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(ii) Minority interests in consolidated asset-backed commercial paper programs sponsored by a bank if the consolidated assets are excluded from risk-weighted assets pursuant to section 3(a)(5)(i) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Tier 2 Capital.</E> The following elements comprise a national bank's Tier 2 capital:<PRTPAGE P="25"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) Allowance for loan and lease losses, up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets,<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/> subject to the transition rules in section 4(a)(2) of this appendix A;</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>3</SU> The amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses that may be included in capital is based on a percentage of risk-weighted assets. The gross sum of risk-weighted assets used in this calculation includes all risk-weighted assets, with the exception of the assets required to be deducted under section 3 in establishing risk-weighted assets (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> the assets required to be deducted from capital under section 2(c)) of this appendix. A banking organization may deduct reserves for loan and lease losses in excess of the amount permitted to be included as capital, as well as allocated transfer risk reserves and reserves held against other real estate owned, from the gross sum of risk-weighted assets in computing the denominator of the risk-based capital ratio.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) Cumulative perpetual preferred stock, long-term preferred stock, convertible preferred stock, and any related surplus, without limit, if the issuing national bank has the option to defer payment of dividends on these instruments. For long-term preferred stock, the amount that is eligible to be included as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20% of the original amount of the instrument (net of redemptions) at the beginning of each of the last five years of the life of the instrument;</P>
          <P>(3) Hybrid capital instruments, without limit. Hybrid capital instruments are those instruments that combine certain characteristics of debt and equity, such as perpetual debt. To be included as Tier 2 capital, these instruments must meet the following criteria: <SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU> Mandatory convertible debt instruments that meet the requirements of 12 CFR 3.100(e)(5), or that have been previously approved as capital by the OCC, are treated as qualifying hybrid capital instruments.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) The instrument must be unsecured, subordinated to the claims of depositors and general creditors, and fully paid-up;</P>
          <P>(ii) The instrument must not be redeemable at the option of the holder prior to maturity, except with the prior approval of the OCC;</P>
          <P>(iii) The instrument must be available to participate in losses while the issuer is operating as a going concern (in this regard, the instrument must automatically convert to common stock or perpetual preferred stock, if the sum of the retained earnings and capital surplus accounts of the issuer shows a negative balance); and</P>
          <P>(iv) The instrument must provide the option for the issuer to defer principal and interest payments, if</P>
          <P>(A) The issuer does not report a net profit for the most recent combined four quarters, and</P>
          <P>(B) The issuer eliminates cash dividends on its common and preferred stock.</P>
          <P>(4) Term subordinated debt instruments, and intermediate-term preferred stock and related surplus are included in Tier 2 capital, but only to a maximum of 50% of Tier 1 capital as calculated after deductions pursuant to section 2(c) of this appendix. To be considered capital, term subordinated debt instruments shall meet the requirements of § 3.100(f)(1). However, pursuant to 12 CFR 5.47, the OCC may, in some cases, require that the subordinated debt be approved by the OCC before the subordinated debt may qualify as Tier 2 capital or may require prior approval for any prepayment (including payment pursuant to an acceleration clause or redemption prior to maturity) of the subordinated debt. Also, at the beginning of each of the last five years for the life of either type of instrument, the amount that is eligible to be included as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20% of the original amount of that instrument (net of redemptions).</P>
          <P>(5) Up to 45 percent of the pretax net unrealized holding gains (that is, the excess, if any, of the fair value over historical cost) on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.<SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/> Unrealized gains (losses) on other types of assets, such as bank premises and available-for-sale debt securities, are not included in Tier 2 capital, but the OCC may take these unrealized gains (losses) into account as additional factors when assessing a bank's overall capital adequacy.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU> The OCC reserves the authority to exclude all or a portion of unrealized gains from Tier 2 capital if the OCC determines that the equity securities are not prudently valued.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Deductions from Capital.</E> The following items are deducted from the appropriate portion of a national bank's capital base when calculating its risk-based capital ratio:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Deductions from Tier 1 Capital.</E> The following items are deducted from Tier 1 capital before the Tier 2 portion of the calculation is made:</P>
          <P>(i) Goodwill;</P>
          <P>(ii) Other intangible assets, except as provided in section 2(c)(2) of this appendix A;</P>
          <P>(iii) Deferred tax assets, except as provided in section 2(c)(3) of this appendix A, that are dependent upon future taxable income, which exceed the lesser of either:</P>

          <P>(A) The amount of deferred tax assets that the bank could reasonably expect to realize within one year of the quarter-end Call Report, based on its estimate of future taxable income for that year; or<PRTPAGE P="26"/>
          </P>
          <P>(B) 10% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill and all intangible assets other than purchased credit card relationships, mortgage servicing assets and non-mortgage servicing assets; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Credit-enhancing interest-only strips (as defined in section 4(a)(3) of this appendix A), as provided in section 2(c)(4).</P>
          <P>(v) Nonfinancial equity investments as provided by section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Qualifying intangible assets.</E> Subject to the following conditions, mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets <SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/> and purchased credit card relationships need not be deducted from Tier 1 capital:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU> Intangible assets are defined to exclude IO strips receivable related to these mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets. See section 1(c)(14) of this appendix A. Consequently, IO strips receivable related to mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets are not required to be deducted under section 2(c)(2) of this appendix A. However, credit-enhancing interest-only strips as defined in section 4(a)(3) are deducted from Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 2(c)(4) of this appendix A. Any non credit-enhancing IO strips receivable are subject to a 100% risk weight under section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) The total of all intangible assets that are included in Tier 1 capital is limited to 100 percent of Tier 1 capital, of which no more than 25 percent of Tier 1 capital can consist of purchased credit card relationships and non-mortgage servicing assets in the aggregate. Calculation of these limitations must be based on Tier 1 capital net of goodwill and all other identifiable intangibles, other than purchased credit card relationships, mortgage servicing assets and non-mortgage servicing assets.</P>
          <P>(ii) Banks must value each intangible asset included in Tier 1 capital at least quarterly at the lesser of:</P>
          <P>(A) 90 percent of the fair value of each intangible asset, determined in accordance with section 2(c)(2)(iii) of this appendix A; or</P>
          <P>(B) 100 percent of the remaining unamortized book value.</P>
          <P>(iii) The quarterly determination of the current fair value of the intangible asset must include adjustments for any significant changes in original valuation assumptions, including changes in prepayment estimates.</P>
          <P>(iv) Banks may elect to deduct disallowed servicing assets on a basis that is net of any associated deferred tax liability. Deferred tax liabilities netted in this manner cannot also be netted against deferred tax assets when determining the amount of deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Deferred tax assets</E>—(i) Net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. Before calculating the amount of deferred tax assets subject to the limit in section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A, a bank may eliminate the deferred tax effects of any net unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities. Banks report these net unrealized holding gains and losses in their Call Reports as a separate component of equity capital, but exclude them from the definition of common stockholders' equity for regulatory capital purposes. A bank that adopts a policy to deduct these amounts must apply that approach consistently in all future calculations of the amount of disallowed deferred tax assets under section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Consolidated groups.</E> The amount of deferred tax assets that a bank can realize from taxes paid in prior carryback years and from reversals of existing taxable temporary differences generally would not be deducted from capital. However, for a bank that is a member of a consolidated group (for tax purposes), the amount of carryback potential a bank may consider in calculating the limit on deferred tax assets under section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A, may not exceed the amount that the bank could reasonably expect to have refunded by its parent holding company.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Nontaxable Purchase Business Combination.</E> In calculating the amount of net deferred tax assets under section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A, a deferred tax liability that is specifically associated with an intangible asset (other than purchased mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships) due to a nontaxable purchase business combination may be netted against that intangible asset. Only the net amount of the intangible asset must be deducted from Tier 1 capital. Deferred tax liabilities netted in this manner cannot also be netted against deferred tax assets when determining the amount of net deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Estimated future taxable income.</E> Estimated future taxable income does not include net operating loss carryforwards to be used during that year or the amount of existing temporary differences expected to reverse within the year. A bank may use future taxable income projections for their closest fiscal year, provided it adjusts the projections for any significant changes that occur or that it expects to occur. Such projections must include the estimated effect of tax planning strategies that the bank expects to implement to realize net operating losses or tax credit carryforwards that will otherwise expire during the year.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strips.</E> Credit-enhancing interest-only strips, whether purchased or retained, that exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital must be deducted from Tier 1 capital. Purchased and retained credit-enhancing interest-only strips, on a non-tax <PRTPAGE P="27"/>adjusted basis, are included in the total amount that is used for purposes of determining whether a bank exceeds its Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(i) The 25% limitation on credit-enhancing interest-only strips will be based on Tier 1 capital net of goodwill and all identifiable intangibles, other than purchased credit card relationships, mortgage servicing assets and non-mortgage servicing assets.</P>
          <P>(ii) Banks must value each credit-enhancing interest-only strip included in Tier 1 capital at least quarterly. The quarterly determination of the current fair value of the credit-enhancing interest-only strip must include adjustments for any significant changes in original valuation assumptions, including changes in prepayment estimates.</P>
          <P>(iii) Banks may elect to deduct disallowed credit-enhancing interest-only strips on a basis that is net of any associated deferred tax liability. Deferred tax liabilities netted in this manner cannot also be netted against deferred tax assets when determining the amount of deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Nonfinancial equity investments—(i) General.</E> (A) A bank must deduct from its Tier 1 capital the appropriate percentage, as determined in accordance with Table A, of the adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held by the bank and its subsidiaries.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s200,xs84" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table A—Deduction for Nonfinancial Equity Investments</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Aggregate adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held directly or indirectly by banks (as a percentage of the Tier 1 capital of the bank)<SU>1</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Deduction from Tier 1 Capital (as a percentage of the adjusted carrying value of the investment)</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Less than 15 percent</ENT>
              <ENT>8.0 percent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Greater than or equal to 15 percent but less than 25 percent</ENT>
              <ENT>12.0 percent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Greater than or equal to 25 percent</ENT>
              <ENT>25.0 percent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> For purposes of calculating the adjusted carrying value of nonfinancial equity investments as a percentage of Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital is defined as the sum of the Tier 1 capital elements net of goodwill and net of all identifiable intangible assets other than mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships, but prior to the deduction for disallowed mortgage servicing assets, disallowed nonmortgage servicing assets, disallowed purchased credit card relationships, disallowed credit-enhancing interest only strips (both purchased and retained), disallowed deferred tax assets, and nonfinancial equity investments.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(B) Deductions for nonfinancial equity investments must be applied on a marginal basis to the portions of the adjusted carrying value of nonfinancial equity investments that fall within the specified ranges of the bank's Tier 1 capital. For example, if the adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held by a bank equals 20 percent of the Tier 1 capital of the bank, then the amount of the deduction would be 8 percent of the adjusted carrying value of all investments up to 15 percent of the bank's Tier 1 capital, and 12 percent of the adjusted carrying value of all investments equal to, or in excess of, 15 percent of the bank's Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(C) The total adjusted carrying value of any nonfinancial equity investment that is subject to deduction under section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A is excluded from the bank's weighted risk assets for purposes of computing the denominator of the bank's risk-based capital ratio. For example, if 8 percent of the adjusted carrying value of a nonfinancial equity investment is deducted from Tier 1 capital, the entire adjusted carrying value of the investment will be excluded from risk-weighted assets in calculating the denominator of the risk-based capital ratio.</P>
          <P>(D) Banks engaged in equity investment activities, including those banks with a high concentration in nonfinancial equity investments (e.g., in excess of 50 percent of Tier 1 capital), will be monitored and may be subject to heightened supervision, as appropriate, by the OCC to ensure that such banks maintain capital levels that are appropriate in light of their equity investment activities, and the OCC may impose a higher capital charge in any case where the circumstances, such as the level of risk of the particular investment or portfolio of investments, the risk management systems of the bank, or other information, indicate that a higher minimum capital requirement is appropriate.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Small business investment company investments.</E> (A) Notwithstanding section 2(c)(5)(i) of this appendix A, no deduction is required for nonfinancial equity investments that are made by a bank or its subsidiary through a SBIC that is consolidated with the bank, or in a SBIC that is not consolidated with the bank, to the extent that such investments, in the aggregate, do not exceed 15 percent of the Tier 1 capital of the bank. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(B) of this section, any nonfinancial equity investment that is held through or in a SBIC and not deducted from Tier 1 capital will be assigned to the 100 percent risk-weight category and included in the bank's consolidated risk-weighted assets.</P>

          <P>(B) If a bank has an investment in a SBIC that is consolidated for accounting purposes but the SBIC is not wholly owned by the <PRTPAGE P="28"/>bank, the adjusted carrying value of the bank's nonfinancial equity investments held through the SBIC is equal to the bank's proportionate share of the SBIC's adjusted carrying value of its equity investments in nonfinancial companies. The remainder of the SBIC's adjusted carrying value (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> the minority interest holders' proportionate share) is excluded from the risk-weighted assets of the bank.</P>
          <P>(C) If a bank has an investment in a SBIC that is not consolidated for accounting purposes and has current information that identifies the percentage of the SBIC's assets that are equity investments in nonfinancial companies, the bank may reduce the adjusted carrying value of its investment in the SBIC proportionately to reflect the percentage of the adjusted carrying value of the SBIC's assets that are not equity investments in nonfinancial companies. The amount by which the adjusted carrying value of the bank's investment in the SBIC is reduced under this paragraph will be risk weighted at 100 percent and included in the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(D) To the extent the adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments that the bank holds through a consolidated SBIC or in a nonconsolidated SBIC equals or exceeds, in the aggregate, 15 percent of the Tier 1 capital of the bank, the appropriate percentage of such amounts, as set forth in Table A, must be deducted from the bank's Tier 1 capital. In addition, the aggregate adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held through a consolidated SBIC and in a nonconsolidated SBIC (including any nonfinancial equity investments for which no deduction is required) must be included in determining, for purposes of Table A the total amount of nonfinancial equity investments held by the bank in relation to its Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Nonfinancial equity investments excluded.</E> (A) Notwithstanding section 2(c)(5)(i) and (ii) of this appendix A, no deduction from Tier 1 capital is required for the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Nonfinancial equity investments (or portion of such investments) made by the bank prior to March 13, 2000, and continuously held by the bank since March 13, 2000.</P>
          <P>(2) Nonfinancial equity investments made on or after March 13, 2000, pursuant to a legally binding written commitment that was entered into by the bank prior to March 13, 2000, and that required the bank to make the investment, if the bank has continuously held the investment since the date the investment was acquired.</P>
          <P>(3) Nonfinancial equity investments received by the bank through a stock split or stock dividend on a nonfinancial equity investment made prior to March 13, 2000, provided that the bank provides no consideration for the shares or interests received, and the transaction does not materially increase the bank's proportional interest in the nonfinancial company.</P>
          <P>(4) Nonfinancial equity investments received by the bank through the exercise on or after March 13, 2000, of an option, warrant, or other agreement that provides the bank with the right, but not the obligation, to acquire equity or make an investment in a nonfinancial company, if the option, warrant, or other agreement was acquired by the bank prior to March 13, 2000, and the bank provides no consideration for the nonfinancial equity investments.</P>
          <P>(B) Any excluded nonfinancial equity investments described in section 2(c)(5)(iii)(A) of this appendix A must be included in determining the total amount of nonfinancial equity investments held by the bank in relation to its Tier 1 capital for purposes of Table A. In addition, any excluded nonfinancial equity investments will be risk weighted at 100 percent and included in the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Deductions from total capital.</E> The following items are deducted from total capital:</P>
          <P>(i) Investments, both equity and debt, in unconsolidated banking and finance subsidiaries that are deemed to be capital of the subsidiary;<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/> and</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU> The OCC may require deduction of investments in other subsidiaries and associated companies, on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Reciprocal holdings of bank capital instruments.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 3. Risk Categories/Weights for On-Balance Sheet Assets and Off-Balance Sheet Items</HD>
          <P>The denominator of the risk-based capital ratio, <E T="03">i.e.,</E> a national bank's risk-weighted assets,<SU>8</SU>

            <FTREF/> is derived by assigning that bank's assets and off-balance sheet items to one of the four risk categories detailed in section 3(a) of this appendix A. Each category has a specific risk weight. Before an off-balance sheet item is assigned a risk weight, it is converted to an on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount in accordance with section 3(b) of this appendix A. The risk weight assigned to a particular asset or on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount determines the percentage of that asset/credit equivalent that is included in the denominator of the bank's risk-based capital ratio. Any <PRTPAGE P="29"/>asset deducted from a bank's capital in computing the numerator of the risk-based capital ratio is not included as part of the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>8</SU> The OCC reserves the right to require a bank to compute its risk-based capital ratio on the basis of average, rather than period-end, risk-weighted assets when necessary to carry out the purposes of these guidelines.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Some of the assets on a bank's balance sheet may represent an indirect holding of a pool of assets, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> mutual funds, that encompasses more than one risk weight within the pool. In those situations, the bank may assign the asset to the risk category applicable to the highest risk-weighted asset that pool is permitted to hold pursuant to its stated investment objectives in the fund's prospectus. Alternatively, the bank may assign the asset on a pro rata basis to different risk categories according to the investment limits in the fund's prospectus. In either case, the minimum risk weight that may be assigned to such a pool is 20%. If a bank assigns the asset on a pro rata basis, and the sum of the investment limits in the fund's prospectus exceeds 100%, the bank must assign the highest pro rata amounts of its total investment to the higher risk category. If, in order to maintain a necessary degree of liquidity, the fund is permitted to hold an insignificant amount of its assets in short-term, highly-liquid securities of superior credit quality (that do not qualify for a preferential risk weight), such securities generally will not be taken into account in determining the risk category into which the bank's holding in the overall pool should be assigned. The prudent use of hedging instruments by a fund to reduce the risk of its assets will not increase the risk weighting of the investment in that fund above the 20% category. However, if a fund engages in any activities that are deemed to be speculative in nature or has any other characteristics that are inconsistent with the preferential risk weighting assigned to the fund's assets, the bank's investment in the fund will be assigned to the 100% risk category. More detail on the treatment of mortgage-backed securities is provided in section 3(a)(3)(vi) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">On-Balance Sheet Assets.</E> The following are the risk categories/weights for on-balance sheet assets.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Zero percent risk weight.</E> (i) Cash, including domestic and foreign currency owned and held in all offices of a national bank or in transit. Any foreign currency held by a national bank should be converted into U.S. dollar equivalents.</P>
          <P>(ii) Deposit reserves and other balances at Federal Reserve Banks.</P>
          <P>(iii) Securities issued by, and other direct claims on, the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.</P>
          <P>(iv) That portion of assets directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>9</SU> For the treatment of privately-issued mortgage-backed securities where the underlying pool is comprised solely of mortgage-related securities issued by GNMA, <E T="03">see infra</E> note 10.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(v) That portion of local currency claims on or unconditionally guaranteed by central governments of non-OECD countries, to the extent the bank has local currency liabilities in that country. Any amount of such claims that exceeds the amount of the bank's local currency liabilities is assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(vi) Gold bullion held in the bank's own vaults or in another bank's vaults on an allocated basis, to the extent it is backed by gold bullion liabilities.</P>
          <P>(vii) The book value of paid-in Federal Reserve Bank stock.</P>
          <P>(viii) That portion of assets and off-balance sheet transactions <SU>9a</SU>
            <FTREF/> collateralized by cash or securities issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country, provided that: <SU>9b</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9a</SU> See footnote 22 in section 3(b)(5)(iii) of this appendix A (collateral held against derivative contracts).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9b</SU> Assets and off-balance sheet transactions collateralized by securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country include, but are not limited to, securities lending transactions, repurchase agreements, collateralized letters of credit, such as reinsurance letters of credit, and other similar financial guarantees. Swaps, forwards, futures, and options transactions are also eligible, if they meet the collateral requirements. However, the OCC may at its discretion require that certain collateralized transactions be risk weighted at 20 percent if they involve more than a minimal risk.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) The bank maintains control over the collateral:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) If the collateral consists of cash, the cash must be held on deposit by the bank or by a third-party for the account of the bank;</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If the collateral consists of OECD government securities, then the OECD government securities must be held by the bank or by a third-party acting on behalf of the bank;</P>
          <P>(B) The bank maintains a daily positive margin of collateral fully taking into account any change in the market value of the collateral held as security;</P>

          <P>(C) Where the bank is acting as a customer's agent in a transaction involving the loan or sale of securities that is <PRTPAGE P="30"/>collateralized by cash or OECD government securities delivered to the bank, any obligation by the bank to indemnify the customer is limited to no more than the difference between the market value of the securities lent and the market value of the collateral received, and any reinvestment risk associated with the collateral is borne by the customer; and</P>
          <P>(D) The transaction involves no more than minimal risk.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">20 percent risk weight.</E> (i) All claims on depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country, and all assets backed by the full faith and credit of depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country. This includes the credit equivalent amount of participations in commitments and standby letters of credit sold to other depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country, but only if the originating bank remains liable to the customer or beneficiary for the full amount of the commitment or standby letter of credit. Also included in this category are the credit equivalent amounts of risk participations in bankers' acceptances conveyed to other depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country. However, bank-issued securities that qualify as capital of the issuing bank are not included in this risk category, but are assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(ii) Claims on, or guaranteed by depository institutions, other than the central bank, incorporated in a non-OECD country, with a residual maturity of one year or less.</P>
          <P>(iii) Cash items in the process of collection.</P>
          <P>(iv) That portion of assets collateralized by cash or by securities issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country, that does not qualify for the zero percent risk-weight category.</P>
          <P>(v) That portion of assets conditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.</P>
          <P>(vi) Securities issued by, or other direct claims on, United States Government-sponsored agencies.</P>
          <P>(vii) That portion of assets guaranteed by United States Government-sponsored agencies.<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>10</SU> Privately issued mortgage-backed securities, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> CMOs and REMICs, where the underlying pool is comprised solely of mortgage-related securities issued by GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, will be treated as an indirect holding of the underlying assets and assigned to the 20% risk category of this section 3(a)(2). If the underlying pool is comprised of assets which attract different risk weights, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> FNMA securities and conventional mortgages, the bank should generally assign the security to the highest risk category appropriate for any asset in the pool. However, on a case-by-case basis, the OCC may allow the bank to assign the security proportionately to the various risk categories based on the proportion in which the risk categories are represented by the composition cash flows of the underlying pool of assets. Before the OCC will consider a request to proportionately risk-weight such a security, the bank must have current information for the reporting date that details the composition and cash flows of the underlying pool of assets. Furthermore, before a mortgage-related security will receive a risk weight lower than 100%, it must meet the criteria set forth in section 3(a)(3)(vi) of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(viii) That portion of assets collateralized by the current market value of securities issued or guaranteed by United States Government-sponsored agencies.</P>
          <P>(ix) Claims representing general obligations of any public-sector entity in an OECD country, and that portion of any claims guaranteed by any such public-sector entity. In the U.S., these obligations must meet the requirements of 12 CFR 1.2(b).</P>
          <P>(x) Claims on, or guaranteed by, official multilateral lending institutions or regional development institutions in which the United States Government is a shareholder or contributing member.<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU> These institutions include, but are not limited to, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Investments Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the Bank for International Settlements.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(xi) That portion of assets collateralized by the current market value of securities issued by official multilateral lending institutions or regional development institutions in which the United States Government is a shareholder or contributing member.</P>
          <P>(xii) That portion of local currency claims conditionally guaranteed by central governments of non-OECD countries, to the extent the bank has local currency liabilities in that country. Any amount of such claims that exceeds the amount of the bank's local currency liabilities is assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(xiii) Claims on, or guaranteed by, a securities firm incorporated in an OECD country, that satisfies the following conditions:</P>

          <P>(A) If the securities firm is incorporated in the United States, then the firm must be a broker-dealer that is registered with the SEC <PRTPAGE P="31"/>and must be in compliance with the SEC's net capital regulation (17 CFR 240.15c3(1)).</P>
          <P>(B) If the securities firm is incorporated in any other OECD country, then the bank must be able to demonstrate that the firm is subject to consolidated supervision and regulation, including its subsidiaries, comparable to that imposed on depository institutions in OECD countries; such regulation must include risk-based capital standards comparable to those applied to depository institutions under the Basel Capital Accord.<SU>11a</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11a</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E> Accord on International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards as adopted by the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (renamed as the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision), dated July 1988 (amended 1998).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>(C) The securities firm, whether incorporated in the United States or another OECD country, must also have a long-term credit rating in accordance with section 3(a)(2)(xiii)(C)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this appendix A; a parent company guarantee in accordance with section 3(a)(2)(xiii)(C)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this appendix A; or a collateralized claim in accordance with section 3(a)(2)(xiii)(C)(<E T="03">3</E>) of this appendix A. Claims representing capital of a securities firm must be risk weighted at 100 percent in accordance with section 3(a)(4) of this Appendix A.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Credit rating.</E> The securities firm must have either a long-term issuer credit rating or a credit rating on at least one issue of long-term unsecured debt, from a NRSRO that is in one of the three highest investment-grade categories used by the NRSRO. If the securities firm has a credit rating from more than one NRSRO, the lowest credit rating must be used to determine the credit rating under this paragraph.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Parent company guarantee.</E> The claim on, or guaranteed by, the securities firm must be guaranteed by the firm's parent company, and the parent company must have either a long-term issuer credit rating or a credit rating on at least one issue of long-term unsecured debt, from a NRSRO that is in one of the three highest investment-grade categories used by the NRSRO.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Collateralized claim.</E> The claim on the securities firm must be collateralized subject to all of the following requirements:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The claim must arise from a reverse repurchase/repurchase agreement or securities lending/borrowing contract executed using standard industry documentation.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The collateral must consist of debt or equity securities that are liquid and readily marketable.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The claim and collateral must be marked-to-market daily.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) The claim must be subject to daily margin maintenance requirements under standard industry documentation.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) The contract from which the claim arises can be liquidated, terminated, or accelerated immediately in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, and the security or collateral agreement will not be stayed or avoided under the applicable law of the relevant jurisdiction. To be exempt from the automatic stay in bankruptcy in the United States, the claim must arise from a securities contract or a repurchase agreement under section 555 or 559, respectively, of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555 or 559), a qualified financial contract under section 11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)), or a netting contract between or among financial institutions under sections 401-407 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (912 U.S.C. 4407), or the Regulation EE (12 CFR part 231).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">50 percent risk weight.</E> (i) Revenue obligations of any public-sector entity in an OECD country for which the underlying obligor is the public-sector entity, but which are repayable solely from the revenues generated by the project financed through the issuance of the obligations.</P>
          <P>(ii) The credit equivalent amount of derivative contracts, calculated in accordance with section 3(b)(5) of this appendix A, that do not qualify for inclusion in a lower risk category.</P>
          <P>(iii) Loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residential properties, either owner-occupied or rented, provided that such loans are not otherwise 90 days or more past due, or on nonaccrual or restructured. It is presumed that such loans will meet prudent underwriting standards. If a bank holds a first lien and junior lien on a one-to-four family residential property and no other party holds an intervening lien, the transaction is treated as a single loan secured by a first lien for the purposes of both determining the loan-to-value ratio and assigning a risk weight to the transaction. Furthermore, residential property loans made for the purpose of construction financing are assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A; however, these loans may be included in the 50% risk category of this section 3(a)(3) of this appendix A if they are subject to a legally binding sales contract and satisfy the requirements of section 3(a)(3)(iv) of this appendix A.</P>

          <P>(iv) Loans to residential real estate builders for one-to-four family residential property construction, if the bank obtains sufficient documentation demonstrating that the buyer of the home intends to purchase the home (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> a legally binding written sales contract) and has the ability to obtain a mortgage loan sufficient to purchase the home (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> a firm written commitment for <PRTPAGE P="32"/>permanent financing of the home upon completion), subject to the following additional criteria:</P>

          <P>(A) The builder must incur at least the first 10% of the direct costs (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> actual costs of the land, labor, and material) before any drawdown is made under the construction loan and the construction loan may not exceed 80% of the sales price of the resold home;</P>
          <P>(B) The individual purchaser has made a substantial “earnest money deposit” of no less than 3% of the sales price of the home that must be subject to forfeiture by the individual purchaser if the sales contract is terminated by the individual purchaser; however, the earnest money deposit shall not be subject to forfeiture by reason of breach or termination of the sales contract on the part of the builder;</P>
          <P>(C) The earnest money deposit must be held in escrow by the bank financing the builder or by an independent party in a fiduciary capacity; the escrow agreement must provide that in the event of default the escrow funds must be used to defray any cost incurred relating to any cancellation of the sales contract by the buyer;</P>
          <P>(D) If the individual purchaser terminates the contract or if the loan fails to satisfy any other criterion under this section, then the bank must immediately recategorize the loan at a 100% risk weight and must accurately report the loan in the bank's next quarterly Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report);</P>
          <P>(E) The individual purchaser must intend that the home will be owner-occupied;</P>
          <P>(F) The loan is made by the bank in accordance with prudent underwriting standards;</P>
          <P>(G) The loan is not more than 90 days past due, or on nonaccrual; and</P>
          <P>(H) The purchaser is an individual(s) and not a partnership, joint venture, trust, corporation, or any other entity (including an entity acting as a sole proprietorship) that is purchasing one or more of the homes for speculative purposes.</P>
          <P>(v) Loans secured by a first mortgage on multifamily residential properties: <SU>11b</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>11b</SU> The portion of multifamily residential property loans that is sold subject to a pro rata loss sharing arrangement may be treated by the selling bank as sold to the extent that the sales agreement provides for the purchaser of the loan to share in any loss incurred on the loan on a pro rata basis with the selling bank. The portion of multifamily residential property loans sold subject to any loss sharing arrangement other than <E T="03">pro rata</E> sharing of the loss shall be accorded the same treatment as any other asset sold under an agreement to repurchase or sold with recourse under section 4(b) of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) The amortization of principal and interest occurs in not more than 30 years;</P>
          <P>(B) The minimum original maturity for repayment of principal is not less than 7 years;</P>
          <P>(C) All principal and interest payments have been made on a timely basis in accordance with the terms of the loan for at least one year immediately preceding the risk weighting of the loan in the 50% risk weight category, and the loan is not otherwise 90 days or more past due, or on nonaccrual status;</P>
          <P>(D) The loan is made in accordance with all applicable requirements and prudent underwriting standards;</P>
          <P>(E) If the rate of interest does not change over the term of the loan:</P>
          <P>(I) The current loan amount outstanding does not exceed 80% of the current value of the property, as measured by either the value of the property at origination of the loan (which is the lower of the purchase price or the value as determined by the initial appraisal, or if appropriate, the initial evaluation) or the most current appraisal, or if appropriate, the most current evaluation; and</P>
          <P>(II) In the most recent fiscal year, the ratio of annual net operating income generated by the property (before payment of any debt service on the loan) to annual debt service on the loan is not less than 120%;<SU>11c</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11c</SU> For the purposes of the debt service requirements in sections 3(a)(3)(v)(E)(II) and 3(a)(3)(v)(F)(II) of this appendix A, other forms of debt service coverage that generate sufficient cash flows to provide comparable protection to the institution may be considered for (a) a loan secured by cooperative housing or (b) a multifamily residential property loan if the purpose of the loan is for the development or purchase of multifamily residential property primarily intended to provide low- to moderate-income housing, including special operating reserve accounts or special operating subsidies provided by federal, state, local or private sources. However, the OCC reserves the right, on a case-by-case basis, to review the adequacy of any other forms of comparable debt service coverage relied on by the bank.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(F) If the rate of interest changes over the term of the loan:</P>

          <P>(I) The current loan amount outstanding does not exceed 75% of the current value of the property, as measured by either the value of the property at origination of the loan (which is the lower of the purchase price or the value as determined by the initial appraisal, or if appropriate, the initial evaluation) or the most current appraisal, or if appropriate, the most current evaluation; and<PRTPAGE P="33"/>
          </P>
          <P>(II) In the most recent fiscal year, the ratio of annual net operating income generated by the property (before payment of any debt service on the loan) to annual debt service on the loan is not less than 115%; and</P>
          <P>(G) If the loan was refinanced by the borrower:</P>
          <P>(I) All principal and interest payments on the loan being refinanced which were made in the preceding year prior to refinancing shall apply in determining the one-year timely payment requirement under paragraph (a)(3)(v)(C) of this section; and</P>
          <P>(II) The net operating income generated by the property in the preceding year prior to refinancing shall apply in determining the applicable debt service requirements under paragraphs (a)(3)(v)(E) and (a)(3)(v)(F) of this section.</P>
          <P>(vi) Privately-issued mortgage-backed securities, <E T="03">i.e.</E> those that do not carry the guarantee of a government or government-sponsored agency, if the privately-issued mortgage-backed securities are at the time the mortgage-backed securities are originated fully secured by or otherwise represent a sufficiently secure interest in mortgages that qualify for the 50% risk weight under paragraphs (a)(3) (iii), (iv) and (v) of this section,<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/> provided that they meet the following criteria:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU> If all of the underlying mortgages in the pool do not qualify for the 50% risk weight, the bank should generally assign the entire value of the security to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A; however, on a case-by-case basis, the OCC may allow the bank to assign only the portion of the security which represents an interest in, and the cash flows of, nonqualifying mortgages to the 100% risk category, with the remainder being assigned a risk weight of 50%. Before the OCC will consider a request to risk weight a mortgage-backed security on a proportionate basis, the bank must have current information for the reporting date that details the composition and cash flows of the underlying pool of mortgages.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) The underlying assets must be held by an independent trustee that has a first priority, perfected security interest in the underlying assets for the benefit of the holders of the security;</P>
          <P>(B) The holder of the security must have an undivided pro rata ownership interest in the underlying assets or the trust that issues the security must have no liabilities unrelated to the issued securities;</P>
          <P>(C) The trust that issues the security must be structured such that the cash flows from the underlying assets fully meet the cash flows requirements of the security without undue reliance on any reinvestment income; and</P>
          <P>(D) There must not be any material reinvestment risk associated with any funds awaiting distribution to the holder of the security.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">100 percent risk weight.</E> All other assets not specified above, <SU>12a</SU>
            <FTREF/> including:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12a</SU> A bank subject to the market risk capital requirements pursuant to appendix B of this part 3 may calculate the capital requirement for qualifying securities borrowing transactions pursuant to section 3(a)(1)(ii) of appendix B of this part 3.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) Claims on or guaranteed by depository institutions incorporated in a non-OECD country, as well as claims on the central bank of a non-OECD country, with a residual maturity exceeding one year.</P>
          <P>(ii) All non-local currency claims on non-OECD central governments, as well as local currency claims on non-OECD central governments that are not included in section 3(a)(1)(v) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(iii) Asset-or mortgage backed securities that are externally rated are risk weighted in accordance with section 4(d) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(iv) All stripped mortgage-backed securities, including interest only portions (IOs), principal only portions (POs) and other similar instruments, regardless of the issuer or guarantor.</P>

          <P>(v) Obligations issued by any state or any political subdivision thereof for the benefit of a private party or enterprise where that party or enterprise, rather than the issuing state or political subdivision, is responsible for the timely payment of principal and interest on the obligation, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> industrial development bonds.</P>
          <P>(vi) Claims on commercial enterprises owned by non-OECD and OECD central governments.</P>
          <P>(vii) Any investment in an unconsolidated subsidiary that is not required to be deducted from total capital pursuant to section 2(c)(3) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(viii) Instruments issued by depository institutions incorporated in OECD and non-OECD countries that qualify as capital of the issuer.</P>
          <P>(ix) Investments in fixed assets, premises, and other real estate owned.</P>
          <P>(x) Claims representing capital of a securities firm notwithstanding section 3(a)(2)(xiii) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Asset-backed commercial paper programs subject to consolidation.</E> (i) A bank that qualifies as a primary beneficiary and must consolidate an asset-backed commercial paper program as a variable interest entity under generally accepted accounting principles may exclude the consolidated asset-backed commercial paper program assets from risk-weighted assets if the bank is the sponsor of the consolidated asset-backed commercial paper program.<PRTPAGE P="34"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) If a bank excludes such consolidated asset-backed commercial paper program assets from risk-weighted assets, the bank must assess the appropriate risk-based capital charge against any risk exposures of the bank arising in connection with such asset-backed commercial paper program, including direct credit substitutes, recourse obligations, residual interests, asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities, and loans, in accordance with section 3 and section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(iii) If a bank either is not permitted to exclude consolidated asset-backed commercial paper program assets or elects not to exclude consolidated asset-backed commercial paper program assets from its risk-weighted assets, the bank must assess a risk-based capital charge based on the appropriate risk weight of the consolidated asset-backed commercial paper program assets in accordance with sections 3(a) and 4 of this appendix A. Any direct credit substitutes and recourse obligations (including residual interests and asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities), and loans that sponsoring banks provide to such asset-backed commercial paper programs are not subject to a capital charge under this section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(iv) If a bank has multiple overlapping exposures (such as a program-wide credit enhancement and an asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility) to an asset-backed commercial paper program that is not consolidated for risk-based capital purposes, the bank must apply the highest capital charge applicable to the exposures but is not required to hold capital multiple times for the overlapping exposures under section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Other variable interest entities subject to consolidation.</E> If a bank is required to consolidate the assets of a variable interest entity other than an asset-backed commercial paper program under generally accepted accounting principles, the bank must assess a risk-based capital charge based on the appropriate risk weight of the consolidated assets in accordance with sections 3(a) and 4 of this appendix A. Any direct credit substitutes and recourse obligations (including residual interests), and loans that a bank may provide to such a variable interest entity are not subject to any capital charge under section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Off-Balance Sheet Activities.</E> The risk weight assigned to an off-balance sheet item is determined by a two-step process. First, the face amount of the off-balance sheet item is multiplied by the appropriate credit conversion factor specified in this section. This calculation translates the face amount of an off-balance sheet item into an on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount. Second, the resulting credit equivalent amount is then assigned to the proper risk category using the criteria regarding obligors, guarantors, and collateral listed in section 3(a) of this appendix A, or external credit rating in accordance with section 4(d), if applicable. Collateral and guarantees are applied to the face amount of an off-balance sheet item; however, with respect to derivative contracts under section 3(b)(5) of this appendix A, collateral and guarantees are applied to the credit equivalent amounts of such derivative contracts. The following are the credit conversion factors and the off-balance sheet items to which they apply. However, direct credit substitutes, recourse obligations, and securities issued in connection with asset securitizations are treated as described in section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">100 percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) [Reserved] <SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU> [Reserved]</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Risk participations purchased in bankers' acceptances;</P>
          <P>(iii) [Reserved] <SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU> [Reserved]</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iv) Contingent obligations with a certain draw down, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> legally binding agreements to purchase assets as a specified future date.</P>
          <P>(v) Indemnification of customers whose securities the bank has lent as agent. If the customer is not indemnified against loss by the bank, the transaction is excluded from the risk-based capital calculation.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>15</SU> When a bank lends its own securities, the transaction is treated as a loan. When a bank lends its own securities or, acting as agent, agrees to indemnify a customer, the transaction is assigned to the risk weight appropriate to the obligor or collateral that is delivered to the lending or indemnifying institution or to an independent custodian acting on their behalf.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">50 percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) Transaction-related contingencies including, among other things, performance bonds and performance-based standby letters of credit related to a particular transaction.<SU>16</SU>
            <FTREF/> To the extent permitted by law or regulation, performance-based standby letters of credit include such things as arrangements backing subcontractors' and suppliers' performance, labor and materials contracts, and construction bids;</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>16</SU> For purposes of this section 3(b)(2)(i), a “performance-based standby letter of credit” is any letter of credit, or similar arrangement, however named or described, which represents an irrevocable obligation to the beneficiary on the part of the issuer to make payment on account of any default by the account party in the performance of a non-financial or commercial obligation. Participations in performance-based standby letters of credit are treated in accordance with section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="35"/>
          <P>(ii) Unused portion of commitments with an original maturity exceeding one-year; <SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/> however, commitments that are asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities must satisfy the eligibility requirements under section 3(b)(6)(ii) of this appendix A;</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>17</SU> Participations in commitments are treated in accordance with section 4 of this Appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iii) Revolving underwriting facilities, note issuance facilities, and similar arrangements pursuant to which the bank's customer can issue short-term debt obligations in its own name, but for which the bank has a legally binding commitment to either:</P>
          <P>(A) Purchase the obligations the customer is unable to sell by a stated date; or</P>
          <P>(B) Advance funds to its customer, if the obligations cannot be sold.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">20 percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) Trade-related contingencies. These are short-term self-liquidating instruments used to finance the movement of goods and are collateralized by the underlying shipment. A commercial letter of credit is an example of such an instrument.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">10 percent credit conversion factor.</E> Unused portion of asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities with an original maturity of one year or less that satisfy the eligibility requirements under section 3(b)(6)(ii) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Zero percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) Unused portion of commitments with an original maturity of one year or less, but excluding any asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities;</P>
          <P>(ii) Unused portion of commitments with an original maturity of greater than one year, if they are unconditionally cancelable <SU>18</SU>
            <FTREF/> at any time at the option of the bank and the bank has the contractual right to make, and in fact does make, either—</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>18</SU> See section 1(c)(26) of appendix A to this part.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) A separate credit decision based upon the borrower's current financial condition, before each drawing under the lending facility; or</P>
          <P>(B) An annual (or more frequent) credit review based upon the borrower's current financial condition to determine whether or not the lending facility should be continued; and</P>
          <P>(iii) The unused portion of retail credit card lines or other related plans that are unconditionally cancelable by the bank in accordance with applicable law.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Liquidity facility provided to asset-backed commercial paper.</E> (i) <E T="03">Noneligible asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities treated as recourse or direct credit substitute.</E> Unused portion of asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities that do not meet the criteria for an eligible liquidity facility provided to asset-backed commercial paper in accordance with section 3(b)(6)(ii) of this appendix A must be treated as recourse or as a direct credit substitute, and assessed the appropriate risk-based capital charge in accordance with section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Eligible asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility.</E> Except as provided in section 3(b)(6)(iii) of this appendix A, in order for the unused portion of an asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility to be eligible for either the 50 percent or 10 percent credit conversion factors under section 3(b)(2)(ii) or 3(b)(4) of this appendix A, the asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility must satisfy the following criteria:</P>
          <P>(A) At the time of draw, the asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility must be subject to an asset quality test that:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Precludes funding of assets that are 90 days or more past due or in default; and</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If the assets that an asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility is required to fund are externally rated securities at the time they are transferred into the program, the asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility must be used to fund only securities that are externally rated investment grade at the time of funding. If the assets are not externally rated at the time they are transferred into the program, then they are not subject to this investment grade requirement.</P>
          <P>(B) The asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility must provide that, prior to any draws, the bank's funding obligation is reduced to cover only those assets that satisfy the funding criteria under the asset quality test as provided in section 3(b)(6)(ii)(A) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Exception to eligibility requirements for assets guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.</E> Notwithstanding the eligibility requirements for asset-backed commercial paper program liquidity facilities in section 3(b)(6)(ii), the unused portion of an asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facility may still qualify for either the 50 percent or 10 percent credit conversion factors under section 3(b)(2)(ii) or 3(b)(4) of this appendix A, if the assets required to be funded by the asset-back commercial paper liquidity facility are guaranteed, either conditionally or unconditionally, by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Transition period for asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities.</E> Notwithstanding the eligibility requirements for asset-backed commercial paper program liquidity facilities in section 3(b)(6)(i) of this appendix A, the unused portion of an asset-backed commercial paper liquidity will be treated as eligible liquidity facilities pursuant to section 3(b)(6)(ii) of this appendix A <PRTPAGE P="36"/>regardless of their compliance with the definition of eligible liquidity facilities until September 30, 2005. On that date and thereafter, the unused portions of asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities that do not meet the eligibility requirements in section 3(b)(6)(i) of this appendix A will be treated as recourse obligations or direct credit substitutes.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Derivative contracts</E>—(i) <E T="03">Calculation of credit equivalent amounts.</E> The credit equivalent amount of a derivative contract equals the sum of the current credit exposure and the potential future credit exposure of the derivative contract. The calculation of credit equivalent amounts must be measured in U.S. dollars, regardless of the currency or currencies specified in the derivative contract.</P>
          <P>(A) <E T="03">Current credit exposure.</E> The current credit exposure for a single derivative contract is determined by the mark-to-market value of the derivative contract. If the mark-to-market value is positive, then the current credit exposure equals that mark-to-market value. If the mark-to-market is zero or negative, then the current credit exposure is zero. The current credit exposure for multiple derivative contracts executed with a single counterparty and subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract is determined as provided by section 3(b)(5)(ii)(A) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(B) <E T="03">Potential future credit exposure.</E> The potential future credit exposure for a single derivative contract, including a derivative contract with negative mark-to-market value, is calculated by multiplying the notional principal <SU>19</SU>
            <FTREF/> of the derivative contract by one of the credit conversion factors in Table A—Conversion Factor Matrix of this appendix A, for the appropriate category.<SU>20</SU>
            <FTREF/> The potential future credit exposure for gold contracts shall be calculated using the foreign exchange rate conversion factors. For any derivative contract that does not fall within one of the specified categories in Table A—Conversion Factor Matrix of this appendix A, the potential future credit exposure shall be calculated using the other commodity conversion factors. Subject to examiner review, banks should use the effective rather than the apparent or stated notional amount in calculating the potential future credit exposure. The potential future credit exposure for multiple derivatives contracts executed with a single counterparty and subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract is determined as provided by section 3(b)(5)(ii)(A) of this appendix A.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>19</SU> For purposes of calculating either the potential future credit exposure under section 3(b)(5)(i)(B) of this appendix A or the gross potential future credit exposure under section 3(b)(5)(ii)(A)(2) of this appendix A for foreign exchange contracts and other similar contracts in which the notional principal is equivalent to the cash flows, total notional principal is the net receipts to each party falling due on each value date in each currency.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>20</SU> No potential future credit exposure is calculated for single currency interest rate swaps in which payments are made based upon two floating indices, so-called floating/floating or basis swaps; the credit equivalent amount is measured solely on the basis of the current credit exposure.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,10,10,10,10,10" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table B—Conversion Factor Matrix<SU>1</SU>
            </TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Remaining maturity <SU>2</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Interest rate</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Foreign exchange rate and gold</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Equity<SU>2</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Precious metals</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Other commodity</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One year or less</ENT>
              <ENT>0.0</ENT>
              <ENT>1.0</ENT>
              <ENT>6.0</ENT>
              <ENT>7.0</ENT>
              <ENT>10.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Over one to five years</ENT>
              <ENT>0.5</ENT>
              <ENT>5.0</ENT>
              <ENT>8.0</ENT>
              <ENT>7.0</ENT>
              <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Over five years</ENT>
              <ENT>1.5</ENT>
              <ENT>7.5</ENT>
              <ENT>10.0</ENT>
              <ENT>8.0</ENT>
              <ENT>15.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> For derivative contracts with multiple exchanges of principal, the conversion factors are multiplied by the number of remaining payments in the derivative contract.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>2</SU> For derivative contracts that automatically reset to zero value following a payment, the remaining maturity equals the time until the next payment. However, interest rate contracts with remaining maturities of greater than one year shall be subject to a minimum conversion factor of 0.5 percent.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract</E>—(A) <E T="03">Netting calculation.</E> The credit equivalent amount for multiple derivative contracts executed with a single counterparty and subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract as provided by section (3)(b)(5)(ii)(B) of this appendix A is calculated by adding the net current credit exposure and the adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure for all derivative contracts subject to the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Net current credit exposure.</E> The net current credit exposure is the net sum of all positive and negative mark-to-market values of the individual derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract. If the net sum of the mark-to-market value is positive, then the net current credit exposure equals that net sum of the mark-to-market value. If the net sum of the mark-to-<PRTPAGE P="37"/>market value is zero or negative, then the net current credit exposure is zero.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure.</E> The adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure is calculated as:
          </P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">net</E>=0.4×A<E T="52">gross</E>+(0.6×NGR×A<E T="52">gross</E>)</FP>
          
          <FP>A<E T="52">net</E> is the adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure, A<E T="52">gross</E> is the gross potential future credit exposure, and NGR is the net to gross ratio. A<E T="52">gross</E> is the sum of the potential future credit exposure (as determined under section 3(b)(5)(i)(B) of this appendix A) for each individual derivative contract subject to the qualifying bilateral netting contract. The NGR is the ratio of the net current credit exposure to the gross current credit exposure. In calculating the NGR, the gross current credit exposure equals the sum of the positive current credit exposures (as determined under section 3(b)(5)(i)(A) of this appendix A) of all individual derivative contracts subject to the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</FP>
          <P>(B) <E T="03">Qualifying bilateral netting contract.</E> In determining the current credit exposure for multiple derivative contracts executed with a single counterparty, a bank may net derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract by offsetting positive and negative mark-to-market values, provided that:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The qualifying bilateral netting contract is in writing.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The qualifying bilateral netting contract is not subject to a walkaway clause.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The qualifying bilateral netting contract creates a single legal obligation for all individual derivative contracts covered by the qualifying bilateral netting contract. In effect, the qualifying bilateral netting contract must provide that the bank would have a single claim or obligation either to receive or to pay only the net amount of the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values on the individual derivative contracts covered by the qualifying bilateral netting contract. The single legal obligation for the net amount is operative in the event that a counterparty, or a counterparty to whom the qualifying bilateral netting contract has been assigned, fails to perform due to any of the following events: default, insolvency, bankruptcy, or other similar circumstances.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The bank obtains a written and reasoned legal opinion(s) that represents, with a high degree of certainty, that in the event of a legal challenge, including one resulting from default, insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar circumstances, the relevant court and administrative authorities would find the bank's exposure to be the net amount under:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The law of the jurisdiction in which the counterparty is chartered or the equivalent location in the case of noncorporate entities, and if a branch of the counterparty is involved, then also under the law of the jurisdiction in which the branch is located;</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The law of the jurisdiction that governs the individual derivative contracts covered by the bilateral netting contract; and</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The law of the jurisdiction that governs the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) The bank establishes and maintains procedures to monitor possible changes in relevant law and to ensure that the qualifying bilateral netting contract continues to satisfy the requirement of this section.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) The bank maintains in its files documentation adequate to support the netting of a derivative contract.<SU>21</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>21</SU> By netting individual derivative contracts for the purpose of calculating its credit equivalent amount, a bank represents that documentation adequate to support the netting of a set of derivative contract is in the bank's files and available for inspection by the OCC. Upon determination by the OCC that a bank's files are inadequate or that a qualifying bilateral netting contract may not be legally enforceable in any one of the bodies of law described in section 3(b)(5)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) through (<E T="03">iii</E>) of this appendix A, the underlying derivative contracts may not be netted for the purposes of this section.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Risk weighting.</E> Once the bank determines the credit equivalent amount for a derivative contract or a set of derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract, the bank assigns that amount to the risk weight category appropriate to the counterparty, or, if relevant, the nature of any collateral or guarantee.<SU>22</SU>
            <FTREF/> However, the maximum weight that will be applied to the credit equivalent amount of such derivative contract(s) is 50 percent.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>22</SU> Derivative contracts are an exception to the general rule of applying collateral and guarantees to the face value of off-balance sheet items. The sufficiency of collateral and guarantees is determined on the basis of the credit equivalent amount of derivative contracts. However, collateral and guarantees held against a qualifying bilateral netting contract is not recognized for capital purposes unless it is legally available for all contracts included in the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> The following derivative contracts are not subject to the above calculation, and therefore, are not part of the denominator of a national bank's risk-based capital ratio:<PRTPAGE P="38"/>
          </P>
          <P>(A) An exchange rate contract with an original maturity of 14 calendar days or less;<SU>23</SU>
            <FTREF/> and</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>23</SU> Notwithstanding section 3(b)(5)(B) of this appendix A, gold contracts do not qualify for this exception.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(B) A derivative contract that is traded on an exchange requiring the daily payment of any variations in the market value of the contract.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 4. Recourse, Direct Credit Substitutes and Positions in Securitizations</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section 4 of this appendix A, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Credit derivative</E> means a contract that allows one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer the credit risk of an asset or off-balance sheet credit exposure to another party (the protection provider). The value of a credit derivative is dependent, at least in part, on the credit performance of a “reference asset.”</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strip</E> means an on-balance sheet asset that, in form or in substance:</P>
          <P>(i) Represents the contractual right to receive some or all of the interest due on transferred assets; and</P>

          <P>(ii) Exposes the bank to credit risk directly or indirectly associated with the transferred assets that exceeds its <E T="03">pro rata</E> claim on the assets whether through subordination provisions or other credit enhancing techniques.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing representations and warranties</E> means representations and warranties that are made or assumed in connection with a transfer of assets (including loan servicing assets) and that obligate a bank to protect investors from losses arising from credit risk in the assets transferred or the loans serviced. Credit-enhancing representations and warranties include promises to protect a party from losses resulting from the default or nonperformance of another party or from an insufficiency in the value of the collateral. Credit-enhancing representations and warranties do not include:</P>
          <P>(i) Early-default clauses and similar warranties that permit the return of, or premium refund clauses covering, 1-4 family residential first mortgage loans (as described in section 3(a)(3)(iii) of this appendix A) for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of transfer. These warranties may cover only those loans that were originated within 1 year of the date of transfer;</P>
          <P>(ii) Premium refund clauses that cover assets guaranteed, in whole or in part, by the U.S. Government, a U.S. Government agency, or a U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise, provided the premium refund clauses are for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of transfer; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Warranties that permit the return of assets in instances of fraud, misrepresentation or incomplete documentation.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Direct credit substitute</E> means an arrangement in which a bank assumes, in form or in substance, credit risk associated with an on- or off-balance sheet asset or exposure that was not previously owned by the bank (third-party asset) and the risk assumed by the bank exceeds the <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the bank's interest in the third-party asset. If a bank has no claim on the third-party asset, then the bank's assumption of any credit risk is a direct credit substitute. Direct credit substitutes include:</P>

          <P>(i) Financial standby letters of credit that support financial claims on a third party that exceed a bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share in the financial claim;</P>

          <P>(ii) Guarantees, surety arrangements, credit derivatives and similar instruments backing financial claims that exceed a bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share in the financial claim;</P>

          <P>(iii) Purchased subordinated interests that absorb more than their <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of losses from the underlying assets;</P>

          <P>(iv) Credit derivative contracts under which the bank assumes more than its <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of credit risk on a third-party asset or exposure;</P>
          <P>(v) Loans or lines of credit that provide credit enhancement for the financial obligations of a third party;</P>
          <P>(vi) Purchased loan servicing assets if the servicer is responsible for credit losses or if the servicer makes or assumes credit-enhancing representations and warranties with respect to the loans serviced. Mortgage servicer case advances that meet the conditions of section 4(a)(8)(i) and (ii) of this appendix A, are not direct credit substitutes;</P>
          <P>(vii) Clean-up calls on third-party assets. Clean-up calls that are 10% or less of the original pool balance and that are exercisable at the option of the bank are not direct credit substitutes; and</P>
          <P>(viii) Unused portion of noneligible asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Externally rated</E> means that an instrument or obligation has received a credit rating from at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Face amount</E> means the notional principal, or face value, amount of an off-balance sheet item; the amortized cost of an asset not held for trading purposes; and the fair value of a trading asset.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Financial asset</E> means cash or other monetary instrument, evidence of debt, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that conveys a right to receive or exchange cash or another financial instrument from another party.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Financial standby letter of credit</E> means a letter of credit or similar arrangement that represents an irrevocable obligation to a third-party beneficiary:<PRTPAGE P="39"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) To repay money borrowed by, or advanced to, or for the account of, a second party (the account party); or</P>
          <P>(ii) To make payment on behalf of the account party, in the event that the account party fails to fulfill its obligation to the beneficiary.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Mortgage servicer cash advance</E> means funds that a residential mortgage servicer advances to ensure an uninterrupted flow of payments, including advances made to cover foreclosure costs or other expenses to facilitate the timely collection of the loan. A mortgage servicer cash advance is not a recourse obligation or a direct credit substitute if:</P>
          <P>(i) The servicer is entitled to full reimbursement and this right is not subordinated to other claims on the cash flows from the underlying asset pool; or</P>
          <P>(ii) For any one loan, the servicer's obligation to make nonreimbursable advances is contractually limited to an insignificant amount of the outstanding principal amount of that loan.</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO)</E> means an entity recognized by the Division of Market Regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor Division) (Commission) as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for various purposes, including the Commission's uniform net capital requirements for brokers and dealers.</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Recourse</E> means a bank's retention, in form or in substance, of any credit risk directly or indirectly associated with an asset it has sold that exceeds a <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of that bank's claim on the asset. If a bank has no claim on a sold asset, then the retention of any credit risk is recourse. A recourse obligation typically arises when a bank transfers assets and retains an explicit obligation to repurchase assets or to absorb losses due to a default on the payment of principal or interest or any other deficiency in the performance of the underlying obligor or some other party. Recourse may also exist implicitly if a bank provides credit enhancement beyond any contractual obligation to support assets it has sold. The following are examples of recourse arrangements:</P>
          <P>(i) Credit-enhancing representations and warranties made on transferred assets;</P>
          <P>(ii) Loan servicing assets retained pursuant to an agreement under which the bank will be responsible for losses associated with the loans serviced. Mortgage servicer cash advances that meet the conditions of section 4(a)(9)(i) and (ii) of this appendix A, are not recourse arrangements;</P>

          <P>(iii) Retained subordinated interests that absorb more than their <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of losses from the underlying assets;</P>
          <P>(iv) Assets sold under an agreement to repurchase, if the assets are not already included on the balance sheet;</P>
          <P>(v) Loan strips sold without contractual recourse where the maturity of the transferred portion of the loan is shorter than the maturity of the commitment under which the loan is drawn;</P>
          <P>(vi) Credit derivatives issued that absorb more than the bank's pro rata share of losses from the transferred assets;</P>
          <P>(vii) Clean-up calls. Clean-up calls that are 10% or less of the original pool balance and that are exercisable at the option of the bank are not recourse arrangements; and</P>
          <P>(viii) Noneligible asset-backed commercial paper liquidity facilities.</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Residual interest</E> means any on-balance sheet asset that represents an interest (including a beneficial interest) created by a transfer that qualifies as a sale (in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of financial assets, whether through a securitization or otherwise, and that exposes a bank to any credit risk directly or indirectly associated with the transferred asset that exceeds a <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of that bank's claim on the asset, whether through subordination provisions or other credit enhancement techniques. Residual interests generally include credit-enhancing interest-only strips, spread accounts, cash collateral accounts, retained subordinated interests (and other forms of overcollateralization) and similar assets that function as a credit enhancement. Residual interests further include those exposures that, in substance, cause the bank to retain the credit risk of an asset or exposure that had qualified as a residual interest before it was sold. Residual interests generally do not include interests purchased from a third party.</P>
          <P>(13) <E T="03">Risk participation</E> means a participation in which the originating party remains liable to the beneficiary for the full amount of an obligation (<E T="03">e.g.</E> a direct credit substitute) notwithstanding that another party has acquired a participation in that obligation.</P>
          <P>(14) <E T="03">Securitization</E> means the pooling and repackaging by a special purpose entity of assets or other credit exposures that can be sold to investors. Securitization includes transactions that create stratified credit risk positions whose performance is dependent upon an underlying pool of credit exposures, including loans and commitments.</P>
          <P>(15) <E T="03">Structured finance program</E> means a program where receivable interests and asset-backed securities issued by multiple participants are purchased by a special purpose entity that repackages those exposures into securities that can be sold to investors. Structured finance programs allocate credit risks, generally, between the participants and credit enhancement provided to the program.</P>
          <P>(16) <E T="03">Traded position</E> means a position retained, assumed or issued in connection with a securitization that is externally rated, where there is a reasonable expectation that, <PRTPAGE P="40"/>in the near future, the rating will be relied upon by:</P>
          <P>(i) Unaffiliated investors to purchase the position; or</P>
          <P>(ii) An unaffiliated third party to enter into a transaction involving the position, such as a purchase, loan or repurchase agreement.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Credit equivalent amounts and risk weights of recourse obligations and direct credit substitutes</E>—(1) <E T="03">Credit-equivalent amount.</E> Except as otherwise provided, the credit-equivalent amount for a recourse obligation or direct credit substitute is the full amount of the credit-enhanced assets for which the bank directly or indirectly retains or assumes credit risk multiplied by a 100% conversion factor.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Risk-weight factor.</E> To determine the bank's risk-weighted assets for off-balance sheet recourse obligations and direct credit substitutes, the credit equivalent amount is assigned to the risk category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral. For a direct credit substitute that is an on-balance sheet asset (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a purchased subordinated security), a bank must calculate risk-weighted assets using the amount of the direct credit substitute and the full amount of the assets it supports, <E T="03">i.e.,</E> all the more senior positions in the structure.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Credit equivalent amount and risk weight of participations in, and syndications of, direct credit substitutes.</E> The credit equivalent amount for a participation interest in, or syndication of, a direct credit substitute is calculated and risk weighted as follows:</P>

          <P>(1) In the case of a direct credit substitute in which a bank has conveyed a risk participation, the full amount of the assets that are supported by the direct credit substitute is converted to a credit equivalent amount using a 100% conversion factor. The <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the credit equivalent amount that has been conveyed through a risk participation is then assigned to whichever risk-weight category is lower: the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral, or the risk-weight category appropriate to the party acquiring the participation. The <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the credit equivalent amount that has not been participated out is assigned to the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor after considering any associated guarantees or collateral.</P>

          <P>(2) In the case of a direct credit substitute in which the bank has acquired a risk participation, the acquiring bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the direct credit substitute is multiplied by the full amount of the assets that are supported by the direct credit substitute and converted using a 100% credit conversion factor. The resulting credit equivalent amount is then assigned to the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral.</P>

          <P>(3) In the case of a direct credit substitute that takes the form of a syndication where each bank or participating entity is obligated only for its <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the risk and there is no recourse to the originating entity, each bank's credit equivalent amount will be calculated by multiplying only its <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the assets supported by the direct credit substitute by a 100% conversion factor. The resulting credit equivalent amount is then assigned to the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Externally rated positions: credit-equivalent amounts and risk weights.</E>—(1) <E T="03">Traded positions.</E> With respect to a recourse obligation, direct credit substitute, residual interest (other than a credit-enhancing interest-only strip) or asset- or mortgage-backed security that is a “traded position” and that has received an external rating on a long-term position that is one grade below investment grade or better or a short-term position that is investment grade, the bank may multiply the face amount of the position by the appropriate risk weight, determined in accordance with Tables C or D of this Appendix A.<SU>24</SU>
            <FTREF/> If a traded position receives more than one external rating, the lowest single rating will apply.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>24</SU> Stripped mortgage-backed securities or other similar instruments, such as interest-only or principal-only strips, that are not credit enhancing must be assigned to the 100% risk category.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table C</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Long-term rating category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Examples</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Risk weight<LI>(In percent)</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Highest or second highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>AAA, AA</ENT>
              <ENT>20</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Third highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>50</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BBB</ENT>
              <ENT>100</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BB</ENT>
              <ENT>200</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="41"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table D</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Short-term rating category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Examples</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Risk weight<LI>(In percent)</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A-1, P-1</ENT>
              <ENT>20</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Second highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A-2, P-2</ENT>
              <ENT>50</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A-3, P-3</ENT>
              <ENT>100</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Non-traded positions.</E> A recourse obligation, direct credit substitute, residual interest (but not a credit-enhancing interest-only strip) or asset- or mortgage-backed security extended in connection with a securitization that is not a “traded position” may be assigned a risk weight in accordance with section 4(d)(1) of this appendix A if:</P>
          <P>(i) It has been externally rated by more than one NRSRO;</P>
          <P>(ii) It has received an external rating on a long-term position that is one category below investment grade or better or a short-term position that is investment grade by all NRSROs providing a rating;</P>
          <P>(iii) The ratings are publicly available; and</P>

          <P>(iv) The ratings are based on the same criteria used to rate traded positions.
          </P>
          <FP>If the ratings are different, the lowest rating will determine the risk category to which the recourse obligation, residual interest or direct credit substitute will be assigned.</FP>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Senior positions not externally rated.</E> For a recourse obligation, direct credit substitute, residual interest or asset- or mortgage-backed security that is not externally rated but is senior or preferred in all features to a traded position (including collateralization and maturity), a bank may apply a risk weight to the face amount of the senior position in accordance with section 4(d)(1) of this appendix A, based upon the traded position, subject to any current or prospective supervisory guidance and the bank satisfying the OCC that this treatment is appropriate. This section will apply only if the traded position provides substantive credit support to the unrated position until the unrated position matures.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Residual Interests</E>—(1) <E T="03">Concentration limit on credit-enhancing interest-only strips.</E> In addition to the capital requirement provided by section 4(f)(2) of this appendix A, a bank must deduct from Tier 1 capital all credit-enhancing interest-only strips in excess of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 2(c)(2)(iv) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strip capital requirement.</E> After applying the concentration limit to credit-enhancing interest-only strips in accordance with section (f)(1), a bank must maintain risk-based capital for a credit-enhancing interest-only strip equal to the remaining amount of the credit-enhancing interest-only strip (net of any existing associated deferred tax liability), even if the amount of risk-based capital required to be maintained exceeds the full risk-based capital requirement for the assets transferred. Transactions that, in substance, result in the retention of credit risk associated with a transferred credit-enhancing interest-only strip will be treated as if the credit-enhancing interest-only strip was retained by the bank and not transferred.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Other residual interests capital requirement.</E> Except as provided in sections (d) or (e) of this section, a bank must maintain risk-based capital for a residual interest (excluding a credit-enhancing interest-only strip) equal to the face amount of the residual interest that is retained on the balance sheet (net of any existing associated deferred tax liability), even if the amount of risk-based capital required to be maintained exceeds the full risk-based capital requirement for the assets transferred. Transactions that, in substance, result in the retention of credit risk associated with a transferred residual interest will be treated as if the residual interest was retained by the bank and not transferred.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Residual interests and other recourse obligations.</E> Where the aggregate capital requirement for residual interests (including credit-enhancing interest-only strips) and recourse obligations arising from the same transfer of assets exceed the full risk-based capital requirement for those assets, a bank must maintain risk-based capital equal to the greater of the risk-based capital requirement for the residual interest as calculated under sections 4(f)(1) through (3) of this appendix A or the full risk-based capital requirement for the assets transferred.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Positions that are not rated by an NRSRO.</E> A position (but not a residual interest) extended in connection with a securitization and that is not rated by an NRSRO may be risk-weighted based on the bank's determination of the credit rating of the position, as specified in Table E of this appendix A, multiplied by the face amount of the position. In order to qualify for this treatment, the bank's system for determining the credit rating of the position must meet one of the three alternative standards set out in section 4(g)(1)through (3) of this appendix A.<PRTPAGE P="42"/>
          </P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table E</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Rating category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Examples</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Risk weight<LI>(In percent)</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BBB, or better</ENT>
              <ENT>100</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BB</ENT>
              <ENT>200</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Internal risk rating used for asset-backed programs.</E> A direct credit substitute (but not a purchased credit-enhancing interest-only strip) is assumed by a bank in connection with an asset-backed commercial paper program sponsored by the bank and the bank is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OCC, prior to relying upon its use, that the bank's internal credit risk rating system is adequate. Adequate internal credit risk rating systems usually contain the following criteria:</P>
          <P>(i) The internal credit risk system is an integral part of the bank's risk management system that explicitly incorporates the full range of risks arising from a bank's participation in securitization activities;</P>
          <P>(ii) Internal credit ratings are linked to measurable outcomes, such as the probability that the position will experience any loss, the position's expected loss given default, and the degree of variance in losses given default on that position;</P>
          <P>(iii) The bank's internal credit risk system must separately consider the risk associated with the underlying loans or borrowers, and the risk associated with the structure of a particular securitization transaction;</P>
          <P>(iv) The bank's internal credit risk system must identify gradations of risk among “pass” assets and other risk positions;</P>
          <P>(v) The bank must have clear, explicit criteria that are used to classify assets into each internal risk grade, including subjective factors;</P>
          <P>(vi) The bank must have independent credit risk management or loan review personnel assigning or reviewing the credit risk ratings;</P>
          <P>(vii) An internal audit procedure should periodically verify that internal risk ratings are assigned in accordance with the bank's established criteria.</P>
          <P>(viii) The bank must monitor the performance of the internal credit risk ratings assigned to nonrated, nontraded direct credit substitutes over time to determine the appropriateness of the initial credit risk rating assignment and adjust individual credit risk ratings, or the overall internal credit risk ratings system, as needed; and</P>
          <P>(ix) The internal credit risk system must make credit risk rating assumptions that are consistent with, or more conservative than, the credit risk rating assumptions and methodologies of NRSROs.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Program Ratings.</E> A direct credit substitute or recourse obligation (but not a residual interest) is assumed or retained by a bank in connection with a structured finance program and a NRSRO has reviewed the terms of the program and stated a rating for positions associated with the program. If the program has options for different combinations of assets, standards, internal credit enhancements and other relevant factors, and the NRSRO specifies ranges of rating categories to them, the bank may apply the rating category applicable to the option that corresponds to the bank's position. In order to rely on a program rating, the bank must demonstrate to the OCC's satisfaction that the credit risk rating assigned to the program meets the same standards generally used by NRSROs for rating traded positions. The bank must also demonstrate to the OCC's satisfaction that the criteria underlying the NRSRO's assignment of ratings for the program are satisfied for the particular position. If a bank participates in a securitization sponsored by another party, the OCC may authorize the bank to use this approach based on a program rating obtained by the sponsor of the program.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Computer Program.</E> The bank is using an acceptable credit assessment computer program to determine the rating of a direct credit substitute or recourse obligation (but not a residual interest) extended in connection with a structured finance program. A NRSRO must have developed the computer program and the bank must demonstrate to the OCC's satisfaction that ratings under the program correspond credibly and reliably with the rating of traded positions.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Limitations on risk-based capital requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Low-level exposure rule.</E> If the maximum contractual exposure to loss retained or assumed by a bank is less than the effective risk-based capital requirement, as determined in accordance with section 4(b) of this appendix A, for the asset supported by the bank's position, the risk based capital required under this appendix A is limited to the bank's contractual exposure, less any recourse liability account established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This limitation does not apply when a bank provides credit enhancement beyond any contractual obligation to support assets that it has sold.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Related on-balance sheet assets.</E> If an asset is included in the calculation of the risk-based capital requirement under this section 4 of this appendix A and also appears as an asset on a bank's balance sheet, the <PRTPAGE P="43"/>asset is risk-weighted only under this section 4 of this appendix A, except in the case of loan servicing assets and similar arrangements with embedded recourse obligations or direct credit substitutes. In that case, both the on-balance sheet servicing assets and the related recourse obligations or direct credit substitutes must both be separately risk weighted and incorporated into the risk-based capital calculation.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Alternative Capital Calculation for Small Business Obligations</E>—(1) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section 4(i):</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Qualified bank</E> means a bank that:</P>
          <P>(A) Is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4 without applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i), or</P>
          <P>(B) Is adequately capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4 without applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i) and has received written permission from the appropriate district office of the OCC to apply the capital treatment described in this section 4(i).</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Recourse</E> has the meaning given to such term under generally accepted accounting principles.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Small business</E> means a business that meets the criteria for a small business concern established by the Small Business Administration in 13 CFR part 121 pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 632.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Capital and reserve requirements.</E> Notwithstanding the risk-based capital treatment outlined in section 2(c)(4) and any other subsection (other than subsection (i)) of this section 4, with respect to a transfer of a small business loan or a lease of personal property with recourse that is a sale under generally accepted accounting principles, a qualified bank may elect to apply the following treatment:</P>
          <P>(i) The bank establishes and maintains a non-capital reserve under generally accepted accounting principles sufficient to meet the reasonable estimated liability of the bank under the recourse arrangement; and</P>
          <P>(ii) For purposes of calculating the bank's risk-based capital ratio, the bank includes only the face amount of its recourse in its risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Limit on aggregate amount of recourse.</E> The total outstanding amount of recourse retained by a qualified bank with respect to transfers of small business loans and leases of personal property and included in the risk-weighted assets of the bank as described in section 4(i)(2) of this appendix A may not exceed 15 percent of the bank's total capital after adjustments and deductions, unless the OCC specifies a greater amount by order.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Bank that ceases to be qualified or that exceeds aggregate limit.</E> If a bank ceases to be a qualified bank or exceeds the aggregate limit in section 4(i)(3) of this appendix A, the bank may continue to apply the capital treatment described in section 4(i)(2) of this appendix A to transfers of small business loans and leases of personal property that occurred when the bank was qualified and did not exceed the limit.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Prompt Corrective Action not affected.</E> (i) A bank shall compute its capital without regard to this section 4(i) for purposes of prompt corrective action (12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR part 6) unless the bank is an adequately or well capitalized bank (without applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i)) and, after applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i), the bank would be well capitalized.</P>
          <P>(ii) A bank shall compute its capital without regard to this section 4(i) for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 1831o(g) regardless of the bank's capital level.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 5.Implementation, Transition Rules, and Target Ratios</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">December 31, 1990 to December 30, 1992.</E> During this time period:</P>
          <P>(1) All national banks are expected to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital (after deductions) to risk-weighted assets of 7.25%.</P>
          <P>(i) Fifty percent of this 7.25% must be made up of Tier 1 capital; however, up to 10% of Tier 1 capital can be comprised of Tier 2 capital elements, before any deductions for goodwill. The amount of Tier 2 elements included in Tier 1 will not be subject to the sublimits on the amount of such elements in Tier 2 capital, with the exception of the allowance for loan and lease losses.</P>
          <P>(ii) Goodwill that national banks have been allowed to count as capital as a result of the transition rules contained in 12 CFR 3.3 is grandfathered until December 31, 1992, but will be deducted from Tier 1 capital after that date.</P>
          <P>(2) The allowance for loan and lease losses can be included in total capital up to a maximum of 1.5% of a bank's risk-weighted assets, including the portion that can be borrowed to make up Tier 1.</P>
          <P>(3) Tier 2 capital elements that are not used as part of Tier 1 capital will qualify as part of a national bank's total capital base up to a maximum of 100% of the bank's Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(4) In addition to the standards established by these risk-based capital guidelines, all national banks must maintain a minimum capital-to-total assets ratio in accordance with the provisions of 12 CFR part 3.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">On December 31, 1992.</E> (1) All national banks are expected to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital (after deductions) to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.</P>

          <P>(2) Tier 2 capital elements qualify as part of a national bank's total capital base up to a maximum of 100% of that bank's Tier 1 capital.<PRTPAGE P="44"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) In addition to the standards established by these risk-based capital guidelines, all national banks must maintain a minimum capital-to-total assets ratio in accordance with the provisions of 12 CFR part 3.</P>
          <CITA>[54 FR 4177, Jan. 27, 1989]</CITA>
          <EDNOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Editorial Note:</HD>
            <P>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Appendix A to part 3 of title 12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.</P>
          </EDNOTE>
        </APPENDIX>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 3, App. B</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix B to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Market Risk Adjustment</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 1. Purpose, Applicability, Scope, and Effective Date</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purpose of this appendix is to ensure that banks with significant exposure to market risk maintain adequate capital to support that exposure.<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/> This appendix supplements and adjusts the risk-based capital ratio calculations under appendix A of this part with respect to those banks.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> This appendix is based on a framework developed jointly by supervisory authorities from the countries represented on the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision and endorsed by the Group of Ten Central Bank Governors. The framework is described in a Basle Committee paper entitled “Amendment to the Capital Accord to Incorporate Market Risk,” January 1996.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> (1) This appendix applies to any national bank whose trading activity <SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/> (on a worldwide consolidated basis) equals:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Trading activity means the gross sum of trading assets and liabilities as reported in the bank's most recent quarterly Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) 10 percent or more of total assets; <SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/> or</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>3</SU> Total assets means quarter-end total assets as reported in the bank's most recent Call Report.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) $1 billion or more.</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC may apply this appendix to any national bank if the OCC deems it necessary or appropriate for safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC may exclude a national bank otherwise meeting the criteria of paragraph (b)(1) of this section from coverage under this appendix if it determines the bank meets such criteria as a consequence of accounting, operational, or similar considerations, and the OCC deems it consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> The capital requirements of this appendix support market risk associated with a bank's covered positions.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Effective date.</E> This appendix is effective as of January 1, 1997. Compliance is not mandatory until January 1, 1998. Subject to supervisory approval, a bank may opt to comply with this appendix as early as January 1, 1997.<SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU> A bank that voluntarily complies with the final rule prior to January 1, 1998, must comply with all of its provisions.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 2. Definitions</HD>
          <P>For purposes of this appendix, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Covered positions</E> means all positions in a bank's trading account, and all foreign exchange <SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/> and commodity positions, whether or not in the trading account.<SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/> Positions include on-balance-sheet assets and liabilities and off-balance-sheet items. Securities subject to repurchase and lending agreements are included as if they are still owned by the lender. Asset backed commercial paper liquidity facilities, in form or in substance, in a bank's trading account are excluded from covered positions, and instead, are subject to the risk-based capital requirements as provided in appendix A of this part.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU> Subject to supervisory review, a bank may exclude structural positions in foreign currencies from its covered positions.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU> The term trading account is defined in the instructions to the Call Report.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Market risk</E> means the risk of loss resulting from movements in market prices. Market risk consists of general market risk and specific risk components.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">General market risk</E> means changes in the market value of covered positions resulting from broad market movements, such as changes in the general level of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, or commodity prices.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Specific risk</E> means changes in the market value of specific positions due to factors other than broad market movements and includes default and event risk as well as idiosyncratic variations.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Tier 1</E> and <E T="03">Tier 2</E> capital are the same as defined in appendix A of this part.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Tier 3 capital</E> is subordinated debt that is unsecured; is fully paid up; has an original maturity of at least two years; is not redeemable before maturity without prior approval by the OCC; includes a lock-in clause precluding payment of either interest or principal (even at maturity) if the payment would cause the issuing bank's risk-based capital ratio to fall or remain below the minimum required under appendix A of this part; and does not contain and is not covered by any covenants, terms, or restrictions that are inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Value-at-risk (VAR)</E> means the estimate of the maximum amount that the value of <PRTPAGE P="45"/>covered positions could decline during a fixed holding period within a stated confidence level, measured in accordance with section 4 of this appendix.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 3. Adjustments to the Risk-Based Capital Ratio Calculations</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratio denominator.</E> A bank subject to this appendix shall calculate its risk-based capital ratio denominator as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Adjusted risk-weighted assets.</E> (i) <E T="03">Covered positions.</E> Calculate adjusted risk-weighted assets, which equal risk-weighted assets (as determined in accordance with appendix A of this part), excluding the risk-weighted amount of all covered positions (except foreign exchange positions outside the trading account and over-the-counter derivatives positions).<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU> Foreign exchange position outside the trading account and all over-the-counter derivative positions, whether or not in the trading account, must be included in adjusted risk-weighted assets as determined in appendix A of this part 3.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Securities borrowing transactions.</E> In calculating adjusted risk-weighted assets, a bank also may exclude a receivable that results from the bank's posting of cash collateral in a securities borrowing transaction to the extent that the receivable is collateralized by the market value of the borrowed securities and subject to the following conditions:</P>
          <P>(A) The borrowed securities must be includable in the trading account and must be liquid and readily marketable;</P>
          <P>(B) The borrowed securities must be marked to market daily;</P>
          <P>(C) The receivable must be subject to a daily margining requirement; and</P>
          <P>(D) (<E T="03">1</E>) The transaction is a securities contract for the purposes of section 555 of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555), a qualified financial contract for the purposes of section 11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)), or a netting contract between or among financial institutions for the purposes of sections 401-407 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4401-4407), or the Board's Regulation EE (12 CFR Part 231); or</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If the transaction does not meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(D)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section, then either:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The bank has conducted sufficient legal review to reach a well-founded conclusion that:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">A</E>) The securities borrowing agreement executed in connection with the transaction provides the bank the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly upon an event of counterparty default, including in a bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar proceeding of the counterparty; and</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">B</E>) Under applicable law of the relevant jurisdiction, its rights under the agreement are legal, valid, binding, and enforceable and any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided; or</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The transaction is either overnight or unconditionally cancelable at any time by the bank, and the bank has conducted sufficient legal review to reach a well-founded conclusion that:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">A</E>) The securities borrowing agreement executed in connection with the transaction provides the bank the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly upon an event of counterparty default; and</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">B</E>) Under the law governing the agreement, its rights under the agreement are legal, valid, binding, and enforceable.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Measure for market risk.</E> Calculate the measure for market risk, which equals the sum of the VAR-based capital charge, the specific risk add-on (if any), and the capital charge for de minimis exposure (if any).</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">VAR-based capital charge.</E> The VAR-based capital charge equals the higher of:</P>
          <P>(A) The previous day's VAR measure; or</P>
          <P>(B) The average of the daily VAR measures for each of the preceding 60 business days multiplied by three, except as provided in section 4(e) of this appendix;</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Specific risk add-on.</E> The specific risk add-on is calculated in accordance with section 5 of this appendix; and</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Capital charge for de minimis exposure.</E> The capital charge for de minimis exposure is calculated in accordance with section 4(a) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Market risk equivalent assets.</E> Calculate market risk equivalent assets by multiplying the measure for market risk (as calculated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section) by 12.5.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Denominator calculation.</E> Add market risk equivalent assets (as calculated in paragraph (a)(3) of this section) to adjusted risk-weighted assets (as calculated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section). The resulting sum is the bank's risk-based capital ratio denominator.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratio numerator.</E> A bank subject to this appendix shall calculate its risk-based capital ratio numerator by allocating capital as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Credit risk allocation.</E> Allocate Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital equal to 8.0 percent of adjusted risk-weighted assets (as calculated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section).<SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>8</SU> A bank may not allocate Tier 3 capital to support credit risk (as calculated under appendix A).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="46"/>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Market risk allocation.</E> Allocate Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 capital equal to the measure for market risk as calculated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital allocated for market risk must not exceed 250 percent of Tier 1 capital allocated for market risk. (This requirement means that Tier 1 capital allocated in this paragraph (b)(2) must equal at least 28.6 percent of the measure for market risk.)</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Restrictions.</E> (i) The sum of Tier 2 capital (both allocated and excess) and Tier 3 capital (allocated in paragraph (b)(2) of this section) may not exceed 100 percent of Tier 1 capital (both allocated and excess).<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU> Excess Tier 1 capital means Tier 1 capital that has not been allocated in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section. Excess Tier 2 capital means Tier 2 capital that has not been allocated in paragraph (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section, subject to the restrictions in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Term subordinated debt (and intermediate-term preferred stock and related surplus) included in Tier 2 capital (both allocated and excess) may not exceed 50 percent of Tier 1 capital (both allocated and excess).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Numerator calculation.</E> Add Tier 1 capital (both allocated and excess), Tier 2 capital (both allocated and excess), and Tier 3 capital (allocated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section). The resulting sum is the bank's risk-based capital ratio numerator.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 4. Internal Models</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> For risk-based capital purposes, a bank subject to this appendix must use its internal model to measure its daily VAR, in accordance with the requirements of this section.<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/> The OCC may permit a bank to use alternative techniques to measure the market risk of de minimis exposures so long as the techniques adequately measure associated market risk.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>10</SU> A bank's internal model may use any generally accepted measurement techniques, such as variance-covariance models, historical simulations, or Monte Carlo simulations. However, the level of sophistication and accuracy of a bank's internal model must be commensurate with the nature and size of its covered positions. A bank that modifies its existing modeling procedures to comply with the requirements of this appendix for risk-based capital purposes should, nonetheless, continue to use the internal model it considers most appropriate in evaluating risks for other purposes.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Qualitative requirements.</E> A bank subject to this appendix must have a risk management system that meets the following minimum qualitative requirements:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank must have a risk control unit that reports directly to senior management and is independent from business trading units.</P>
          <P>(2) The bank's internal risk measurement model must be integrated into the daily management process.</P>
          <P>(3) The bank's policies and procedures must identify, and the bank must conduct, appropriate stress tests and backtests.<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/> The bank's policies and procedures must identify the procedures to follow in response to the results of such tests.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU> Stress tests provide information about the impact of adverse market events on a bank's covered positions. Backtests provide information about the accuracy of an internal model by comparing a bank's daily VAR measures to its corresponding daily trading profits and losses.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(4) The bank must conduct independent reviews of its risk measurement and risk management systems at least annually.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Market risk factors.</E> The bank's internal model must use risk factors sufficient to measure the market risk inherent in all covered positions. The risk factors must address interest rate risk,<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/> equity price risk, foreign exchange rate risk, and commodity price risk.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU> For material exposures in the major currencies and markets, modeling techniques must capture spread risk and must incorporate enough segments of the yield curve—at least six—to capture differences in volatility and less than perfect correlation of rates along the yield curve.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Quantitative requirements.</E> For regulatory capital purposes, VAR measures must meet the following quantitative requirements:</P>
          <P>(1) The VAR measures must be calculated on a daily basis using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with a price shock equivalent to a ten-business day movement in rates and prices. In order to calculate VAR measures based on a ten-day price shock, the bank may either calculate ten-day figures directly or convert VAR figures based on holding periods other than ten days to the equivalent of a ten-day holding period (for instance, by multiplying a one-day VAR measure by the square root of ten).</P>
          <P>(2) The VAR measures must be based on an historical observation period (or effective observation period for a bank using a weighting scheme or other similar method) of at least one year. The bank must update data sets at least once every three months or more frequently as market conditions warrant.</P>

          <P>(3) The VAR measures must include the risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of options positions and the sensitivity of the market value of the positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying <PRTPAGE P="47"/>rates or prices. A bank with a large or complex options portfolio must measure the volatility of options positions by different maturities.</P>
          <P>(4) The VAR measures may incorporate empirical correlations within and across risk categories, provided that the bank's process for measuring correlations is sound. In the event that the VAR measures do not incorporate empirical correlations across risk categories, then the bank must add the separate VAR measures for the four major risk categories to determine its aggregate VAR measure.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Backtesting.</E> (1) Beginning one year after a bank starts to comply with this appendix, a bank must conduct backtesting by comparing each of its most recent 250 business days' actual net trading profit or loss <SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/> with the corresponding daily VAR measures generated for internal risk measurement purposes and calibrated to a one-day holding period and a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU> Actual net trading profits and losses typically include such things as realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio positions as well as fee income and commissions associated with trading activities.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) Once each quarter, the bank must identify the number of exceptions, that is, the number of business days for which the magnitude of the actual daily net trading loss, if any, exceeds the corresponding daily VAR measure.</P>
          <P>(3) A bank must use the multiplication factor indicated in Table 1 of this appendix in determining its capital charge for market risk under section 3(a)(2)(i)(B) of this appendix until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results, unless the OCC determines that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,9" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 1—Multiplication Factor Based on Results of Backtesting</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Number of exceptions</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Multiplication factor</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4 or fewer</ENT>
              <ENT>3.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">5</ENT>
              <ENT>3.40</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6</ENT>
              <ENT>3.50</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">7</ENT>
              <ENT>3.65</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8</ENT>
              <ENT>3.75</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9</ENT>
              <ENT>3.85</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">10 or more</ENT>
              <ENT>4.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 5. Specific Risk</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Specific risk surcharge.</E> For purposes of section 3(a)(2)(ii) of this appendix, a bank shall calculate its specific risk surcharge as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Internal models that incorporate specific risk.</E> (i) <E T="03">No specific risk surcharge required for qualifying internal models.</E> A bank that incorporates specific risk in its internal model has no specific risk surcharge for purposes of section 3(a)(2)(ii) of this appendix if the bank demonstrates to the OCC that its internal model adequately measures all aspects of specific risk, including default and event risk, of covered debt and equity positions. In evaluating a bank's internal model the OCC will take into account the extent to which the internal model:</P>
          <P>(A) Explains the historical price variation in the trading portfolio; and</P>
          <P>(B) Captures concentrations.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Specific risk surcharge for modeled specific risk that fails to adequately measure default or event risk.</E> A bank that incorporates specific risk in its internal model but fails to demonstrate that its internal model adequately measures all aspects of specific risk, including default and event risk, as provided by this section 5(a)(1), must calculate its specific risk surcharge in accordance with one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>(A) If the bank's internal model separates the VAR measure into a specific risk portion and a general market risk portion, then the specific risk surcharge equals the previous day's specific risk portion.</P>
          <P>(B) If the bank's internal model does not separate the VAR measure into a specific risk portion and a general market risk portion, then the specific risk surcharge equals the sum of the previous day's VAR measure for subportfolios of covered debt and equity positions.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Specific risk surcharge for specific risk not modeled.</E> If a bank does not model specific risk in accordance with section 5(a)(1) of this appendix, then the bank shall calculate its specific risk surcharge using the standard specific risk capital charge in accordance with section 5(c) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Covered debt and equity positions.</E> If a model includes the specific risk of covered debt positions but not covered equity positions (or vice versa), then the bank may reduce its specific risk charge for the included positions under section 5(a)(1)(ii) of this appendix. The specific risk charge for the positions not included equals the standard specific risk capital charge under paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Standard specific risk capital charge.</E> The standard specific risk capital charge equals the sum of the components for covered debt and equity positions as follows:</P>

          <P>(1) Covered debt positions. (i) For purposes of this section 5, covered debt positions means fixed-rate or floating-rate debt instruments located in the trading account and instruments located in the trading account with values that react primarily to changes in interest rates, including certain non-convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds, and instruments subject to repurchase and lending agreements. Also included are derivatives (including written and purchased <PRTPAGE P="48"/>options) for which the underlying instrument is a covered debt instrument that is subject to a non-zero specific risk capital charge.</P>
          <P>(A) For covered debt positions that are derivatives, a bank must risk-weight (as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying debt instrument or index portfolio. Swaps must be included as the notional position in the underlying debt instrument or index portfolio, with a receiving side treated as a long position and a paying side treated as a short position; and</P>
          <P>(B) For covered debt positions that are options, whether long or short, a bank must risk-weight (as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying debt instrument or index multiplied by the option's delta.</P>
          <P>(ii) A bank may net long and short covered debt positions (including derivatives) in identical debt issues or indices.</P>
          <P>(iii) A bank must multiply the absolute value of the current market value of each net long or short covered debt position by the appropriate specific risk weighting factor indicated in Table 2 of this appendix. The specific risk capital charge component for covered debt positions is the sum of the weighted values.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,r10,7" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 2—Specific Risk Weighting Factors for Covered Debt Positions</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Remaining maturity (contractual)</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Weighting factor (in percent)</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Government <SU>1</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>0.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Qualifying <SU>2</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>6 months or less</ENT>
              <ENT>0.25</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Over 6 months to 24 months</ENT>
              <ENT>1.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Over 24 months</ENT>
              <ENT>1.60</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Other <SU>3</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>N/A</ENT>
              <ENT>8.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> The “government” category includes all debt instruments of central governments of OECD countries (as defined in appendix A of this part) including bonds, Treasury bills, and other short-term instruments, as well as local currency instruments of non-OECD central governments to the extent the bank has liabilities booked in that currency.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>2</SU> The “qualifying” category includes debt instruments of U.S. government-sponsored agencies (as defined in appendix A of this part), general obligation debt instruments issued by states and other political subdivisions of OECD countries, multilateral development banks (as defined in appendix A of this part), and debt instruments issued by U.S. depository institutions or OECD-banks (as defined in appendix A of this part) that do not qualify as capital of the issuing institution. This category also includes other debt instruments, including corporate debt and revenue instruments issued by states and other political subdivisions of OECD countries, that are: (1) Rated investment grade by at least two nationally recognized credit rating services; (2) rated investment grade by one nationally recognized credit rating agency and not rated less than investment grade by any other credit rating agency; or (3) unrated, but deemed to be of comparable investment quality by the reporting bank and the issuer has instruments listed on a recognized stock exchange, subject to review by the OCC.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>3</SU> The “other” category includes debt instruments that are not included in the government or qualifying categories.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Covered equity positions.</E> (i) For purposes of this section 5, covered equity positions means equity instruments located in the trading account and instruments located in the trading account with values that react primarily to changes in equity prices, including voting or non-voting common stock, certain convertible bonds, and commitments to buy or sell equity instruments. Also included are derivatives (including written and purchased options) for which the underlying is a covered equity position.</P>
          <P>(A) For covered equity positions that are derivatives, a bank must risk weight (as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying equity instrument or equity portfolio. Swaps must be included as the notional position in the underlying equity instrument or index portfolio, with a receiving side treated as a long position and a paying side treated as a short position; and</P>
          <P>(B) For covered equity positions that are options, whether long or short, a bank must risk weight (as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying equity instrument or index multiplied by the option's delta.</P>
          <P>(ii) A bank may net long and short covered equity positions (including derivatives) in identical equity issues or equity indices in the same market.<SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU> A bank may also net positions in depository receipts against an opposite position in the underlying equity or identical equity in different markets, provided that the bank includes the costs of conversion.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iii)(A) A bank must multiply the absolute value of the current market value of each net long or short covered equity position by a risk weighting factor of 8.0 percent, or by 4.0 percent if the equity is held in a portfolio that is both liquid and well-diversified.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/> For covered equity positions that are index contracts comprising a well-diversified portfolio of equity instruments, the net long or short position is multiplied by a risk weighting factor of 2.0 percent.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>15</SU> A portfolio is liquid and well-diversified if: (1) It is characterized by a limited sensitivity to price changes of any single equity issue or closely related group of equity issues held in the portfolio; (2) the volatility of the portfolio's value is not dominated by the volatility of any individual equity issue or by equity issues from any single industry or economic sector; (3) it contains a large number of individual equity positions, with no single position representing a substantial portion of the portfolio's total market value; and (4) it consists mainly of issues traded on organized exchanges or in well-established over-the-counter markets.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="49"/>
          <P>(B) For covered equity positions from the following futures-related arbitrage strategies, a bank may apply a 2.0 percent risk weighting factor to one side (long or short) of each position with the opposite side exempt from charge:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Long and short positions in exactly the same index at different dates or in different market centers; or</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Long and short positions in index contracts at the same date in different but similar indices.</P>
          <P>(C) For futures contracts on broadly-based indices that are matched by offsetting positions in a basket of stocks comprising the index, a bank may apply a 2.0 percent risk weighting factor to the futures and stock basket positions (long and short), provided that such trades are deliberately entered into and separately controlled, and that the basket of stocks comprises at least 90 percent of the capitalization of the index.</P>
          <P>(iv) The specific risk capital charge component for covered equity positions is the sum of the weighted values.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 6. Reservation of Authority</HD>
          <P>The OCC reserves the authority to modify the application of any of the provisions in this appendix to any bank, upon reasonable justification.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 47367, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 68067, Dec. 30, 1997; 65 FR 75858, Dec. 5, 2000; 69 FR 44916, July 28, 2004; 71 FR 8936, Feb. 22, 2006]</CITA>
        </APPENDIX>
        <APPENDIX>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix C to Part 3—Capital Adequacy Guidelines for [Banks]: Internal-Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches</HD>
          <EXT-XREF HREF="20071207" REFID="42">Link to an amendment published at 72 FR 69396, Dec. 7, 20072007.</EXT-XREF>
          <EXT-XREF HREF="20071207" REFID="50">Link to an amendment published at 72 FR 69429, Dec. 7, 20072007.</EXT-XREF>
          <EXT-XREF HREF="20071207" REFID="51">Link to an amendment published at 72 FR 69430, Dec. 7, 20072007.</EXT-XREF>
          <EFFDNOTP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Notes:</HD>
            <P>1. At 72 FR 69429, Dec. 7, 2007, Part 3 was amended by adding Appendix C, effective Apr. 1, 2008. For the convenience of the user, the added text is set forth as follows:</P>
            <REVTXT>
              <APPENDIX>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix C to Part 3—Capital Adequacy Guidelines for [Banks]: Internal-Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part IGeneral Provisions</FP>
                <P>Section 1Purpose, Applicability, Reservation of Authority, and Principle of Conservatism</P>
                <P>Section 2Definitions</P>
                <P>Section 3Minimum Risk-Based Capital Requirements</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part IIQualifying Capital</FP>
                <P>Section 11Additional Deductions</P>
                <P>Section 12Deductions and Limitations Not Required</P>
                <P>Section 13Eligible Credit Reserves</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part IIIQualification</FP>
                <P>Section 21Qualification Process</P>
                <P>Section 22Qualification Requirements</P>
                <P>Section 23Ongoing Qualification</P>
                <P>Section 24Merger and Acquisition Transitional Arrangements</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part IVRisk-Weighted Assets for General Credit Risk</FP>
                <P>Section 31Mechanics for Calculating Total Wholesale and Retail Risk-Weighted Assets</P>
                <P>Section 32Counterparty Credit Risk of Repo-Style Transactions, Eligible Margin Loans, and OTC Derivative Contracts</P>
                <P>Section 33Guarantees and Credit Derivatives: PD Substitution and LGD Adjustment Approaches</P>
                <P>Section 34Guarantees and Credit Derivatives: Double Default Treatment</P>
                <P>Section 35Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Unsettled Transactions</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part VRisk-Weighted Assets for Securitization Exposures</FP>
                <P>Section 41Operational Criteria for Recognizing the Transfer of Risk</P>
                <P>Section 42Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Securitization Exposures</P>
                <P>Section 43Ratings-Based Approach (RBA)</P>
                <P>Section 44Internal Assessment Approach (IAA)</P>
                <P>Section 45Supervisory Formula Approach (SFA)</P>
                <P>Section 46Recognition of Credit Risk Mitigants for Securitization Exposures</P>
                <P>Section 47Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Early Amortization Provisions</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part VIRisk-Weighted Assets for Equity Exposures</FP>
                <P>Section 51Introduction and Exposure Measurement</P>
                <P>Section 52Simple Risk Weight Approach (SRWA)</P>
                <P>Section 53Internal Models Approach (IMA)</P>
                <P>Section 54Equity Exposures to Investment Funds</P>
                <P>Section 55Equity Derivative Contracts</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part VIIRisk-Weighted Assets for Operational Risk</FP>
                <P>Section 61Qualification Requirements for Incorporation of Operational Risk Mitigants</P>
                <P>Section 62Mechanics of Risk-Weighted Asset Calculation</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Part VIIIDisclosure</FP>
                <P>Section 71Disclosure Requirements</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part I. General Provisions</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 1. Purpose, Applicability, Reservation of Authority, and Principle of Conservatism</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose</E>. This appendix establishes:</P>
                <P>(1) Minimum qualifying criteria for [banks] using [bank]-specific internal risk measurement and management processes for calculating risk-based capital requirements;</P>

                <P>(2) Methodologies for such [banks] to calculate their risk-based capital requirements; and<PRTPAGE P="50"/>
                </P>
                <P>(3) Public disclosure requirements for such [banks].</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. (1) This appendix applies to a [bank] that:</P>
                <P>(i) Has consolidated total assets, as reported on the most recent year-end Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report) or Thrift Financial Report (TFR), equal to $250 billion or more;</P>
                <P>(ii) Has consolidated total on-balance sheet foreign exposure at the most recent year-end equal to $10 billion or more (where total on-balance sheet foreign exposure equals total cross-border claims less claims with head office or guarantor located in another country plus redistributed guaranteed amounts to the country of head office or guarantor plus local country claims on local residents plus revaluation gains on foreign exchange and derivative products, calculated in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) 009 Country Exposure Report);</P>
                <P>(iii) Is a subsidiary of a depository institution that uses 12 CFR part 3, Appendix C, 12 CFR part 208, Appendix F, 12 CFR part 325, Appendix D, or 12 CFR part 567, Appendix C, to calculate its risk-based capital requirements; or</P>
                <P>(iv) Is a subsidiary of a bank holding company that uses 12 CFR part 225, Appendix G, to calculate its risk-based capital requirements.</P>
                <P>(2) Any [bank] may elect to use this appendix to calculate its risk-based capital requirements.</P>
                <P>(3) A [bank] that is subject to this appendix must use this appendix unless the [AGENCY] determines in writing that application of this appendix is not appropriate in light of the [bank]'s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile, or scope of operations. In making a determination under this paragraph, the [AGENCY] will apply notice and response procedures in the same manner and to the same extent as the notice and response procedures in 12 CFR 3.12 (for national banks), 12 CFR 263.202 (for bank holding companies and state member banks), 12 CFR 325.6(c) (for state nonmember banks), and 12 CFR 567.3(d) (for savings associations).</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Reservation of authority</E>—(1) <E T="03">Additional capital in the aggregate</E>. The [AGENCY] may require a [bank] to hold an amount of capital greater than otherwise required under this appendix if the [AGENCY] determines that the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement under this appendix is not commensurate with the [bank]'s credit, market, operational, or other risks. In making a determination under this paragraph, the [AGENCY] will apply notice and response procedures in the same manner and to the same extent as the notice and response procedures in 12 CFR 3.12 (for national banks), 12 CFR 263.202 (for bank holding companies and state member banks), 12 CFR 325.6(c) (for state nonmember banks), and 12 CFR 567.3(d) (for savings associations).</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Specific risk-weighted asset amounts</E>. (i) If the [AGENCY] determines that the risk-weighted asset amount calculated under this appendix by the [bank] for one or more exposures is not commensurate with the risks associated with those exposures, the [AGENCY] may require the [bank] to assign a different risk-weighted asset amount to the exposures, to assign different risk parameters to the exposures (if the exposures are wholesale or retail exposures), or to use different model assumptions for the exposures (if relevant), all as specified by the [AGENCY].</P>
                <P>(ii) If the [AGENCY] determines that the risk-weighted asset amount for operational risk produced by the [bank] under this appendix is not commensurate with the operational risks of the [bank], the [AGENCY] may require the [bank] to assign a different risk-weighted asset amount for operational risk, to change elements of its operational risk analytical framework, including distributional and dependence assumptions, or to make other changes to the [bank]'s operational risk management processes, data and assessment systems, or quantification systems, all as specified by the [AGENCY].</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Other supervisory authority</E>. Nothing in this appendix limits the authority of the [AGENCY] under any other provision of law or regulation to take supervisory or enforcement action, including action to address unsafe or unsound practices or conditions, deficient capital levels, or violations of law.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Principle of conservatism</E>. Notwithstanding the requirements of this appendix, a [bank] may choose not to apply a provision of this appendix to one or more exposures, provided that:</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank] can demonstrate on an ongoing basis to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY] that not applying the provision would, in all circumstances, unambiguously generate a risk-based capital requirement for each such exposure greater than that which would otherwise be required under this appendix;</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank] appropriately manages the risk of each such exposure;</P>
                <P>(3) The [bank] notifies the [AGENCY] in writing prior to applying this principle to each such exposure; and</P>
                <P>(4) The exposures to which the [bank] applies this principle are not, in the aggregate, material to the [bank].</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 2. Definitions</HD>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Advanced internal ratings-based (IRB) systems</E> means a [bank]'s internal risk rating and segmentation system; risk parameter quantification system; data management and maintenance system; and control, oversight, and validation system for credit risk of wholesale and retail exposures.<PRTPAGE P="51"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Advanced systems</E> means a [bank]'s advanced IRB systems, operational risk management processes, operational risk data and assessment systems, operational risk quantification systems, and, to the extent the [bank] uses the following systems, the internal models methodology, double default excessive correlation detection process, IMA for equity exposures, and IAA for securitization exposures to ABCP programs.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Affiliate</E> with respect to a company means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the company.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Applicable external rating</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) With respect to an exposure that has multiple external ratings assigned by NRSROs, the lowest solicited external rating assigned to the exposure by any NRSRO; and</P>
                <P>(2) With respect to an exposure that has a single external rating assigned by an NRSRO, the external rating assigned to the exposure by the NRSRO.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Applicable inferred rating</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) With respect to an exposure that has multiple inferred ratings, the lowest inferred rating based on a solicited external rating; and</P>
                <P>(2) With respect to an exposure that has a single inferred rating, the inferred rating.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) program</E> means a program that primarily issues commercial paper that:</P>
                <P>(1) Has an external rating; and</P>
                <P>(2) Is backed by underlying exposures held in a bankruptcy-remote SPE.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) program sponsor</E> means a [bank] that:</P>
                <P>(1) Establishes an ABCP program;</P>
                <P>(2) Approves the sellers permitted to participate in an ABCP program;</P>
                <P>(3) Approves the exposures to be purchased by an ABCP program; or</P>
                <P>(4) Administers the ABCP program by monitoring the underlying exposures, underwriting or otherwise arranging for the placement of debt or other obligations issued by the program, compiling monthly reports, or ensuring compliance with the program documents and with the program's credit and investment policy.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Backtesting</E> means the comparison of a [bank]'s internal estimates with actual outcomes during a sample period not used in model development. In this context, backtesting is one form of out-of-sample testing.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Bank holding company</E> is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Benchmarking</E> means the comparison of a [bank]'s internal estimates with relevant internal and external data or with estimates based on other estimation techniques.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Business environment and internal control factors</E> means the indicators of a [bank]'s operational risk profile that reflect a current and forward-looking assessment of the [bank]'s underlying business risk factors and internal control environment.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Carrying value</E> means, with respect to an asset, the value of the asset on the balance sheet of the [bank], determined in accordance with GAAP.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Clean-up call</E> means a contractual provision that permits an originating [bank] or servicer to call securitization exposures before their stated maturity or call date. See also <E T="03">eligible clean-up call</E>.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Commodity derivative contract</E> means a commodity-linked swap, purchased commodity-linked option, forward commodity-linked contract, or any other instrument linked to commodities that gives rise to similar counterparty credit risks.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Company</E> means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, depository institution, business trust, special purpose entity, association, or similar organization.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Control</E>. A person or company <E T="03">controls</E> a company if it:</P>
                <P>(1) Owns, controls, or holds with power to vote 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities of the company; or</P>
                <P>(2) Consolidates the company for financial reporting purposes.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Controlled early amortization provision</E> means an early amortization provision that meets all the following conditions:</P>
                <P>(1) The originating [bank] has appropriate policies and procedures to ensure that it has sufficient capital and liquidity available in the event of an early amortization;</P>
                <P>(2) Throughout the duration of the securitization (including the early amortization period), there is the same pro rata sharing of interest, principal, expenses, losses, fees, recoveries, and other cash flows from the underlying exposures based on the originating [bank]'s and the investors' relative shares of the underlying exposures outstanding measured on a consistent monthly basis;</P>
                <P>(3) The amortization period is sufficient for at least 90 percent of the total underlying exposures outstanding at the beginning of the early amortization period to be repaid or recognized as in default; and</P>
                <P>(4) The schedule for repayment of investor principal is not more rapid than would be allowed by straight-line amortization over an 18-month period.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Credit derivative</E> means a financial contract executed under standard industry credit derivative documentation that allows one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer the credit risk of one or more exposures (reference exposure) to another party (the protection provider). See also <E T="03">eligible credit derivative</E>.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strip (CEIO)</E> means an on-balance sheet asset that, in form or in substance:<PRTPAGE P="52"/>
                </P>
                <P>(1) Represents a contractual right to receive some or all of the interest and no more than a minimal amount of principal due on the underlying exposures of a securitization; and</P>
                <P>(2) Exposes the holder to credit risk directly or indirectly associated with the underlying exposures that exceeds a pro rata share of the holder's claim on the underlying exposures, whether through subordination provisions or other credit-enhancement techniques.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Credit-enhancing representations and warranties</E> means representations and warranties that are made or assumed in connection with a transfer of underlying exposures (including loan servicing assets) and that obligate a [bank] to protect another party from losses arising from the credit risk of the underlying exposures. Credit-enhancing representations and warranties include provisions to protect a party from losses resulting from the default or nonperformance of the obligors of the underlying exposures or from an insufficiency in the value of the collateral backing the underlying exposures. Credit-enhancing representations and warranties do not include:</P>
                <P>(1) Early default clauses and similar warranties that permit the return of, or premium refund clauses that cover, first-lien residential mortgage exposures for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of transfer, provided that the date of transfer is within one year of origination of the residential mortgage exposure;</P>
                <P>(2) Premium refund clauses that cover underlying exposures guaranteed, in whole or in part, by the U.S. government, a U.S. government agency, or a U.S. government sponsored enterprise, provided that the clauses are for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of transfer; or</P>
                <P>(3) Warranties that permit the return of underlying exposures in instances of misrepresentation, fraud, or incomplete documentation.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Credit risk mitigant</E> means collateral, a credit derivative, or a guarantee.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Credit-risk-weighted assets</E> means 1.06 multiplied by the sum of:</P>
                <P>(1) Total wholesale and retail risk-weighted assets;</P>
                <P>(2) Risk-weighted assets for securitization exposures; and</P>
                <P>(3) Risk-weighted assets for equity exposures.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Current exposure</E> means, with respect to a netting set, the larger of zero or the market value of a transaction or portfolio of transactions within the netting set that would be lost upon default of the counterparty, assuming no recovery on the value of the transactions. Current exposure is also called replacement cost.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Default</E>—(1) <E T="03">Retail</E>. (i) A retail exposure of a [bank] is in default if:</P>
                <P>(A) The exposure is 180 days past due, in the case of a residential mortgage exposure or revolving exposure;</P>
                <P>(B) The exposure is 120 days past due, in the case of all other retail exposures; or</P>
                <P>(C) The [bank] has taken a full or partial charge-off, write-down of principal, or material negative fair value adjustment of principal on the exposure for credit-related reasons.</P>
                <P>(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(i) of this definition, for a retail exposure held by a non-U.S. subsidiary of the [bank] that is subject to an internal ratings-based approach to capital adequacy consistent with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards: A Revised Framework” in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, the [bank] may elect to use the definition of default that is used in that jurisdiction, provided that the [bank] has obtained prior approval from the [AGENCY] to use the definition of default in that jurisdiction.</P>
                <P>(iii) A retail exposure in default remains in default until the [bank] has reasonable assurance of repayment and performance for all contractual principal and interest payments on the exposure.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Wholesale</E>. (i) A [bank]'s wholesale obligor is in default if:</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank] determines that the obligor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the [bank] in full, without recourse by the [bank] to actions such as realizing collateral (if held); or</P>
                <P>(B) The obligor is past due more than 90 days on any material credit obligation(s) to the [bank].<SU>1</SU>
                  <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                  <P>
                    <SU>1</SU> Overdrafts are past due once the obligor has breached an advised limit or been advised of a limit smaller than the current outstanding balance.</P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(ii) An obligor in default remains in default until the [bank] has reasonable assurance of repayment and performance for all contractual principal and interest payments on all exposures of the [bank] to the obligor (other than exposures that have been fully written-down or charged-off).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Dependence</E> means a measure of the association among operational losses across and within units of measure.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Depository institution</E> is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Derivative contract</E> means a financial contract whose value is derived from the values of one or more underlying assets, reference rates, or indices of asset values or reference rates. Derivative contracts include interest rate derivative contracts, exchange rate derivative contracts, equity derivative contracts, commodity derivative contracts, credit derivatives, and any other instrument <PRTPAGE P="53"/>that poses similar counterparty credit risks. Derivative contracts also include unsettled securities, commodities, and foreign exchange transactions with a contractual settlement or delivery lag that is longer than the lesser of the market standard for the particular instrument or five business days.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Early amortization provision</E> means a provision in the documentation governing a securitization that, when triggered, causes investors in the securitization exposures to be repaid before the original stated maturity of the securitization exposures, unless the provision:</P>
                <P>(1) Is triggered solely by events not directly related to the performance of the underlying exposures or the originating [bank] (such as material changes in tax laws or regulations); or</P>
                <P>(2) Leaves investors fully exposed to future draws by obligors on the underlying exposures even after the provision is triggered.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Economic downturn conditions</E> means, with respect to an exposure held by the [bank], those conditions in which the aggregate default rates for that exposure's wholesale or retail exposure subcategory (or subdivision of such subcategory selected by the [bank]) in the exposure's national jurisdiction (or subdivision of such jurisdiction selected by the [bank]) are significantly higher than average.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Effective maturity (M)</E> of a wholesale exposure means:</P>
                <P>(1) For wholesale exposures other than repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, and OTC derivative contracts described in paragraph (2) or (3) of this definition:</P>
                <P>(i) The weighted-average remaining maturity (measured in years, whole or fractional) of the expected contractual cash flows from the exposure, using the undiscounted amounts of the cash flows as weights; or</P>
                <P>(ii) The nominal remaining maturity (measured in years, whole or fractional) of the exposure.</P>
                <P>(2) For repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, and OTC derivative contracts subject to a qualifying master netting agreement for which the [bank] does not apply the internal models approach in paragraph (d) of section 32 of this appendix, the weighted-average remaining maturity (measured in years, whole or fractional) of the individual transactions subject to the qualifying master netting agreement, with the weight of each individual transaction set equal to the notional amount of the transaction.</P>
                <P>(3) For repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, and OTC derivative contracts for which the [bank] applies the internal models approach in paragraph (d) of section 32 of this appendix, the value determined in paragraph (d)(4) of section 32 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Effective notional amount</E> means, for an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative, the lesser of the contractual notional amount of the credit risk mitigant and the EAD of the hedged exposure, multiplied by the percentage coverage of the credit risk mitigant. For example, the effective notional amount of an eligible guarantee that covers, on a pro rata basis, 40 percent of any losses on a $100 bond would be $40.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible clean-up call</E> means a clean-up call that:</P>
                <P>(1) Is exercisable solely at the discretion of the originating [bank] or servicer;</P>
                <P>(2) Is not structured to avoid allocating losses to securitization exposures held by investors or otherwise structured to provide credit enhancement to the securitization; and</P>
                <P>(3) (i) For a traditional securitization, is only exercisable when 10 percent or less of the principal amount of the underlying exposures or securitization exposures (determined as of the inception of the securitization) is outstanding; or</P>
                <P>(ii) For a synthetic securitization, is only exercisable when 10 percent or less of the principal amount of the reference portfolio of underlying exposures (determined as of the inception of the securitization) is outstanding.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible credit derivative</E> means a credit derivative in the form of a credit default swap, n<SU>th</SU>-to-default swap, total return swap, or any other form of credit derivative approved by the [AGENCY], provided that:</P>
                <P>(1) The contract meets the requirements of an eligible guarantee and has been confirmed by the protection purchaser and the protection provider;</P>
                <P>(2) Any assignment of the contract has been confirmed by all relevant parties;</P>
                <P>(3) If the credit derivative is a credit default swap or n<SU>th</SU>-to-default swap, the contract includes the following credit events:</P>
                <P>(i) Failure to pay any amount due under the terms of the reference exposure, subject to any applicable minimal payment threshold that is consistent with standard market practice and with a grace period that is closely in line with the grace period of the reference exposure; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Bankruptcy, insolvency, or inability of the obligor on the reference exposure to pay its debts, or its failure or admission in writing of its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due, and similar events;</P>
                <P>(4) The terms and conditions dictating the manner in which the contract is to be settled are incorporated into the contract;</P>

                <P>(5) If the contract allows for cash settlement, the contract incorporates a robust valuation process to estimate loss reliably and specifies a reasonable period for obtaining post-credit event valuations of the reference exposure;<PRTPAGE P="54"/>
                </P>
                <P>(6) If the contract requires the protection purchaser to transfer an exposure to the protection provider at settlement, the terms of at least one of the exposures that is permitted to be transferred under the contract provides that any required consent to transfer may not be unreasonably withheld;</P>
                <P>(7) If the credit derivative is a credit default swap or n<SU>th</SU>-to-default swap, the contract clearly identifies the parties responsible for determining whether a credit event has occurred, specifies that this determination is not the sole responsibility of the protection provider, and gives the protection purchaser the right to notify the protection provider of the occurrence of a credit event; and</P>
                <P>(8) If the credit derivative is a total return swap and the [bank] records net payments received on the swap as net income, the [bank] records offsetting deterioration in the value of the hedged exposure (either through reductions in fair value or by an addition to reserves).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible credit reserves</E> means all general allowances that have been established through a charge against earnings to absorb credit losses associated with on- or off-balance sheet wholesale and retail exposures, including the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) associated with such exposures but excluding allocated transfer risk reserves established pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 3904 and other specific reserves created against recognized losses.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible double default guarantor,</E> with respect to a guarantee or credit derivative obtained by a [bank], means:</P>
                <P>(1) <E T="03">U.S.-based entities.</E> A depository institution, a bank holding company, a savings and loan holding company (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1467a) provided all or substantially all of the holding company's activities are permissible for a financial holding company under 12 U.S.C. 1843(k), a securities broker or dealer registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o <E T="03">et seq.</E>), or an insurance company in the business of providing credit protection (such as a monoline bond insurer or re-insurer) that is subject to supervision by a State insurance regulator, if:</P>
                <P>(i) At the time the guarantor issued the guarantee or credit derivative or at any time thereafter, the [bank] assigned a PD to the guarantor's rating grade that was equal to or lower than the PD associated with a long-term external rating in the third-highest investment-grade rating category; and</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank] currently assigns a PD to the guarantor's rating grade that is equal to or lower than the PD associated with a long-term external rating in the lowest investment-grade rating category; or</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Non-U.S.-based entities.</E> A foreign bank (as defined in § 211.2 of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.2)), a non-U.S.-based securities firm, or a non-U.S.-based insurance company in the business of providing credit protection, if:</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank] demonstrates that the guarantor is subject to consolidated supervision and regulation comparable to that imposed on U.S. depository institutions, securities broker-dealers, or insurance companies (as the case may be), or has issued and outstanding an unsecured long-term debt security without credit enhancement that has a long-term applicable external rating of at least investment grade;</P>
                <P>(ii) At the time the guarantor issued the guarantee or credit derivative or at any time thereafter, the [bank] assigned a PD to the guarantor's rating grade that was equal to or lower than the PD associated with a long-term external rating in the third-highest investment-grade rating category; and</P>
                <P>(iii) The [bank] currently assigns a PD to the guarantor's rating grade that is equal to or lower than the PD associated with a long-term external rating in the lowest investment-grade rating category.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible guarantee</E> means a guarantee that:</P>
                <P>(1) Is written and unconditional;</P>
                <P>(2) Covers all or a pro rata portion of all contractual payments of the obligor on the reference exposure;</P>
                <P>(3) Gives the beneficiary a direct claim against the protection provider;</P>
                <P>(4) Is not unilaterally cancelable by the protection provider for reasons other than the breach of the contract by the beneficiary;</P>
                <P>(5) Is legally enforceable against the protection provider in a jurisdiction where the protection provider has sufficient assets against which a judgment may be attached and enforced;</P>
                <P>(6) Requires the protection provider to make payment to the beneficiary on the occurrence of a default (as defined in the guarantee) of the obligor on the reference exposure in a timely manner without the beneficiary first having to take legal actions to pursue the obligor for payment;</P>
                <P>(7) Does not increase the beneficiary's cost of credit protection on the guarantee in response to deterioration in the credit quality of the reference exposure; and</P>
                <P>(8) Is not provided by an affiliate of the [bank], unless the affiliate is an insured depository institution, bank, securities broker or dealer, or insurance company that:</P>
                <P>(i) Does not control the [bank]; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Is subject to consolidated supervision and regulation comparable to that imposed on U.S. depository institutions, securities broker-dealers, or insurance companies (as the case may be).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible margin loan</E> means an extension of credit where:</P>

                <P>(1) The extension of credit is collateralized exclusively by liquid and readily marketable <PRTPAGE P="55"/>debt or equity securities, gold, or conforming residential mortgages;</P>
                <P>(2) The collateral is marked to market daily, and the transaction is subject to daily margin maintenance requirements;</P>
                <P>(3) The extension of credit is conducted under an agreement that provides the [bank] the right to accelerate and terminate the extension of credit and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly upon an event of default (including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding) of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions; <SU>2</SU>
                  <FTREF/> and</P>
                <FTNT>
                  <P>
                    <SU>2</SU> This requirement is met where all transactions under the agreement are (i) executed under U.S. law and (ii) constitute “securities contracts” under section 555 of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555), qualified financial contracts under section 11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)), or netting contracts between or among financial institutions under sections 401-407 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4401-4407) or the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation EE (12 CFR part 231).</P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(4) The [bank] has conducted sufficient legal review to conclude with a well-founded basis (and maintains sufficient written documentation of that legal review) that the agreement meets the requirements of paragraph (3) of this definition and is legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible operational risk offsets</E> means amounts, not to exceed expected operational loss, that:</P>
                <P>(1) Are generated by internal business practices to absorb highly predictable and reasonably stable operational losses, including reserves calculated consistent with GAAP; and</P>
                <P>(2) Are available to cover expected operational losses with a high degree of certainty over a one-year horizon.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible purchased wholesale exposure</E> means a purchased wholesale exposure that:</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank] or securitization SPE purchased from an unaffiliated seller and did not directly or indirectly originate;</P>
                <P>(2) Was generated on an arm's-length basis between the seller and the obligor (intercompany accounts receivable and receivables subject to contra-accounts between firms that buy and sell to each other do not satisfy this criterion);</P>
                <P>(3) Provides the [bank] or securitization SPE with a claim on all proceeds from the exposure or a pro rata interest in the proceeds from the exposure;</P>
                <P>(4) Has an M of less than one year; and</P>
                <P>(5) When consolidated by obligor, does not represent a concentrated exposure relative to the portfolio of purchased wholesale exposures.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible securitization guarantor</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) A sovereign entity, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, the European Central Bank, the European Commission, a Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (Farmer Mac), a multilateral development bank, a depository institution, a bank holding company, a savings and loan holding company (as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1467a) provided all or substantially all of the holding company's activities are permissible for a financial holding company under 12 U.S.C. 1843(k), a foreign bank (as defined in § 211.2 of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation K (12 CFR 211.2)), or a securities firm;</P>
                <P>(2) Any other entity (other than a securitization SPE) that has issued and outstanding an unsecured long-term debt security without credit enhancement that has a long-term applicable external rating in one of the three highest investment-grade rating categories; or</P>
                <P>(3) Any other entity (other than a securitization SPE) that has a PD assigned by the [bank] that is lower than or equal to the PD associated with a long-term external rating in the third highest investment-grade rating category.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Eligible servicer cash advance facility</E> means a servicer cash advance facility in which:</P>
                <P>(1) The servicer is entitled to full reimbursement of advances, except that a servicer may be obligated to make non-reimbursable advances for a particular underlying exposure if any such advance is contractually limited to an insignificant amount of the outstanding principal balance of that exposure;</P>
                <P>(2) The servicer's right to reimbursement is senior in right of payment to all other claims on the cash flows from the underlying exposures of the securitization; and</P>
                <P>(3) The servicer has no legal obligation to, and does not, make advances to the securitization if the servicer concludes the advances are unlikely to be repaid.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Equity derivative contract</E> means an equity-linked swap, purchased equity-linked option, forward equity-linked contract, or any other instrument linked to equities that gives rise to similar counterparty credit risks.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Equity exposure</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) A security or instrument (whether voting or non-voting) that represents a direct or indirect ownership interest in, and is a residual claim on, the assets and income of a company, unless:</P>
                <P>(i) The issuing company is consolidated with the [bank] under GAAP;</P>

                <P>(ii) The [bank] is required to deduct the ownership interest from tier 1 or tier 2 capital under this appendix;<PRTPAGE P="56"/>
                </P>
                <P>(iii) The ownership interest incorporates a payment or other similar obligation on the part of the issuing company (such as an obligation to make periodic payments); or</P>
                <P>(iv) The ownership interest is a securitization exposure;</P>
                <P>(2) A security or instrument that is mandatorily convertible into a security or instrument described in paragraph (1) of this definition;</P>
                <P>(3) An option or warrant that is exercisable for a security or instrument described in paragraph (1) of this definition; or</P>
                <P>(4) Any other security or instrument (other than a securitization exposure) to the extent the return on the security or instrument is based on the performance of a security or instrument described in paragraph (1) of this definition.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Excess spread</E> for a period means:</P>
                <P>(1) Gross finance charge collections and other income received by a securitization SPE (including market interchange fees) over a period minus interest paid to the holders of the securitization exposures, servicing fees, charge-offs, and other senior trust or similar expenses of the SPE over the period; divided by</P>
                <P>(2) The principal balance of the underlying exposures at the end of the period.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Exchange rate derivative contract</E> means a cross-currency interest rate swap, forward foreign-exchange contract, currency option purchased, or any other instrument linked to exchange rates that gives rise to similar counterparty credit risks.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Excluded mortgage exposure</E> means any one-to four-family residential pre-sold construction loan for a residence for which the purchase contract is cancelled that would receive a 100 percent risk weight under section 618(a)(2) of the Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act and under 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A, section 3(a)(3)(iii) (for national banks), 12 CFR part 208, Appendix A, section III.C.3. (for state member banks), 12 CFR part 225, Appendix A, section III.C.3. (for bank holding companies), 12 CFR part 325, Appendix A, section II.C.a. (for state nonmember banks), or 12 CFR 567.1 (definition of “qualifying residential construction loan”) and 12 CFR 567.6(a)(1)(iv) (for savings associations).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Expected credit loss (ECL)</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) For a wholesale exposure to a non-defaulted obligor or segment of non-defaulted retail exposures that is carried at fair value with gains and losses flowing through earnings or that is classified as held-for-sale and is carried at the lower of cost or fair value with losses flowing through earnings, zero.</P>
                <P>(2) For all other wholesale exposures to non-defaulted obligors or segments of non-defaulted retail exposures, the product of PD times LGD times EAD for the exposure or segment.</P>
                <P>(3) For a wholesale exposure to a defaulted obligor or segment of defaulted retail exposures, the [bank]'s impairment estimate for allowance purposes for the exposure or segment.</P>
                <P>(4) Total ECL is the sum of expected credit losses for all wholesale and retail exposures other than exposures for which the [bank] has applied the double default treatment in section 34 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Expected exposure (EE)</E> means the expected value of the probability distribution of non-negative credit risk exposures to a counterparty at any specified future date before the maturity date of the longest term transaction in the netting set. Any negative market values in the probability distribution of market values to a counterparty at a specified future date are set to zero to convert the probability distribution of market values to the probability distribution of credit risk exposures.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Expected operational loss (EOL)</E> means the expected value of the distribution of potential aggregate operational losses, as generated by the [bank]'s operational risk quantification system using a one-year horizon.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Expected positive exposure (EPE)</E> means the weighted average over time of expected (non-negative) exposures to a counterparty where the weights are the proportion of the time interval that an individual expected exposure represents. When calculating risk-based capital requirements, the average is taken over a one-year horizon.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Exposure at default (EAD).</E> (1) For the on-balance sheet component of a wholesale exposure or segment of retail exposures (other than an OTC derivative contract, or a repo-style transaction or eligible margin loan for which the [bank] determines EAD under section 32 of this appendix), EAD means:</P>
                <P>(i) If the exposure or segment is a security classified as available-for-sale, the [bank]'s carrying value (including net accrued but unpaid interest and fees) for the exposure or segment less any allocated transfer risk reserve for the exposure or segment, less any unrealized gains on the exposure or segment, and plus any unrealized losses on the exposure or segment; or</P>
                <P>(ii) If the exposure or segment is not a security classified as available-for-sale, the [bank]'s carrying value (including net accrued but unpaid interest and fees) for the exposure or segment less any allocated transfer risk reserve for the exposure or segment.</P>

                <P>(2) For the off-balance sheet component of a wholesale exposure or segment of retail exposures (other than an OTC derivative contract, or a repo-style transaction or eligible margin loan for which the [bank] determines EAD under section 32 of this appendix) in the form of a loan commitment, line of credit, trade-related letter of credit, or transaction-related contingency, EAD means the [bank]'s <PRTPAGE P="57"/>best estimate of net additions to the outstanding amount owed the [bank], including estimated future additional draws of principal and accrued but unpaid interest and fees, that are likely to occur over a one-year horizon assuming the wholesale exposure or the retail exposures in the segment were to go into default. This estimate of net additions must reflect what would be expected during economic downturn conditions. Trade-related letters of credit are short-term, self-liquidating instruments that are used to finance the movement of goods and are collateralized by the underlying goods. Transaction-related contingencies relate to a particular transaction and include, among other things, performance bonds and performance-based letters of credit.</P>
                <P>(3) For the off-balance sheet component of a wholesale exposure or segment of retail exposures (other than an OTC derivative contract, or a repo-style transaction or eligible margin loan for which the [bank] determines EAD under section 32 of this appendix) in the form of anything other than a loan commitment, line of credit, trade-related letter of credit, or transaction-related contingency, EAD means the notional amount of the exposure or segment.</P>
                <P>(4) EAD for OTC derivative contracts is calculated as described in section 32 of this appendix. A [bank] also may determine EAD for repo-style transactions and eligible margin loans as described in section 32 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(5) For wholesale or retail exposures in which only the drawn balance has been securitized, the [bank] must reflect its share of the exposures' undrawn balances in EAD. Undrawn balances of revolving exposures for which the drawn balances have been securitized must be allocated between the seller's and investors' interests on a pro rata basis, based on the proportions of the seller's and investors' shares of the securitized drawn balances.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Exposure category</E> means any of the wholesale, retail, securitization, or equity exposure categories.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">External operational loss event data</E> means, with respect to a [bank], gross operational loss amounts, dates, recoveries, and relevant causal information for operational loss events occurring at organizations other than the [bank].</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">External rating</E> means a credit rating that is assigned by an NRSRO to an exposure, provided:</P>
                <P>(1) The credit rating fully reflects the entire amount of credit risk with regard to all payments owed to the holder of the exposure. If a holder is owed principal and interest on an exposure, the credit rating must fully reflect the credit risk associated with timely repayment of principal and interest. If a holder is owed only principal on an exposure, the credit rating must fully reflect only the credit risk associated with timely repayment of principal; and</P>
                <P>(2) The credit rating is published in an accessible form and is or will be included in the transition matrices made publicly available by the NRSRO that summarize the historical performance of positions rated by the NRSRO.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Financial collateral</E> means collateral:</P>
                <P>(1) In the form of:</P>
                <P>(i) Cash on deposit with the [bank] (including cash held for the [bank] by a third-party custodian or trustee);</P>
                <P>(ii) Gold bullion;</P>
                <P>(iii) Long-term debt securities that have an applicable external rating of one category below investment grade or higher;</P>
                <P>(iv) Short-term debt instruments that have an applicable external rating of at least investment grade;</P>
                <P>(v) Equity securities that are publicly traded;</P>
                <P>(vi) Convertible bonds that are publicly traded;</P>
                <P>(vii) Money market mutual fund shares and other mutual fund shares if a price for the shares is publicly quoted daily; or</P>
                <P>(viii) Conforming residential mortgages; and</P>
                <P>(2) In which the [bank] has a perfected, first priority security interest or, outside of the United States, the legal equivalent thereof (with the exception of cash on deposit and notwithstanding the prior security interest of any custodial agent).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">GAAP</E> means generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Gain-on-sale</E> means an increase in the equity capital (as reported on Schedule RC of the Call Report, Schedule HC of the FR Y-9C Report, or Schedule SC of the Thrift Financial Report) of a [bank] that results from a securitization (other than an increase in equity capital that results from the [bank]'s receipt of cash in connection with the securitization).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Guarantee</E> means a financial guarantee, letter of credit, insurance, or other similar financial instrument (other than a credit derivative) that allows one party (beneficiary) to transfer the credit risk of one or more specific exposures (reference exposure) to another party (protection provider). See also <E T="03">eligible guarantee.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">High volatility commercial real estate (HVCRE) exposure</E> means a credit facility that finances or has financed the acquisition, development, or construction (ADC) of real property, unless the facility finances:</P>
                <P>(1) One- to four-family residential properties; or</P>
                <P>(2) Commercial real estate projects in which:</P>

                <P>(i) The loan-to-value ratio is less than or equal to the applicable maximum supervisory loan-to-value ratio in the [AGENCY]'s real estate lending standards at 12 CFR part <PRTPAGE P="58"/>34, Subpart D (OCC); 12 CFR part 208, Appendix C (Board); 12 CFR part 365, Subpart D (FDIC); and 12 CFR 560.100-560.101 (OTS);</P>
                <P>(ii) The borrower has contributed capital to the project in the form of cash or unencumbered readily marketable assets (or has paid development expenses out-of-pocket) of at least 15 percent of the real estate's appraised “as completed” value; and</P>
                <P>(iii) The borrower contributed the amount of capital required by paragraph (2)(ii) of this definition before the [bank] advances funds under the credit facility, and the capital contributed by the borrower, or internally generated by the project, is contractually required to remain in the project throughout the life of the project. The life of a project concludes only when the credit facility is converted to permanent financing or is sold or paid in full. Permanent financing may be provided by the [bank] that provided the ADC facility as long as the permanent financing is subject to the [bank]'s underwriting criteria for long-term mortgage loans.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Inferred rating.</E> A securitization exposure has an <E T="03">inferred rating</E> equal to the external rating referenced in paragraph (2)(i) of this definition if:</P>
                <P>(1) The securitization exposure does not have an external rating; and</P>
                <P>(2) Another securitization exposure issued by the same issuer and secured by the same underlying exposures:</P>
                <P>(i) Has an external rating;</P>
                <P>(ii) Is subordinated in all respects to the unrated securitization exposure;</P>
                <P>(iii) Does not benefit from any credit enhancement that is not available to the unrated securitization exposure; and</P>
                <P>(iv) Has an effective remaining maturity that is equal to or longer than that of the unrated securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Interest rate derivative contract</E> means a single-currency interest rate swap, basis swap, forward rate agreement, purchased interest rate option, when-issued securities, or any other instrument linked to interest rates that gives rise to similar counterparty credit risks.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Internal operational loss event data</E> means, with respect to a [bank], gross operational loss amounts, dates, recoveries, and relevant causal information for operational loss events occurring at the [bank].</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Investing [bank]</E> means, with respect to a securitization, a [bank] that assumes the credit risk of a securitization exposure (other than an originating [bank] of the securitization). In the typical synthetic securitization, the investing [bank] sells credit protection on a pool of underlying exposures to the originating [bank].</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Investment fund</E> means a company:</P>
                <P>(1) All or substantially all of the assets of which are financial assets; and</P>
                <P>(2) That has no material liabilities.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Investors' interest EAD</E> means, with respect to a securitization, the EAD of the underlying exposures multiplied by the ratio of:</P>
                <P>(1) The total amount of securitization exposures issued by the securitization SPE to investors; divided by</P>
                <P>(2) The outstanding principal amount of underlying exposures.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Loss given default (LGD)</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) For a wholesale exposure, the greatest of:</P>
                <P>(i) Zero;</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the long-run default-weighted average economic loss, per dollar of EAD, the [bank] would expect to incur if the obligor (or a typical obligor in the loss severity grade assigned by the [bank] to the exposure) were to default within a one-year horizon over a mix of economic conditions, including economic downturn conditions; or</P>
                <P>(iii) The [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the economic loss, per dollar of EAD, the [bank] would expect to incur if the obligor (or a typical obligor in the loss severity grade assigned by the [bank] to the exposure) were to default within a one-year horizon during economic downturn conditions.</P>
                <P>(2) For a segment of retail exposures, the greatest of:</P>
                <P>(i) Zero;</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the long-run default-weighted average economic loss, per dollar of EAD, the [bank] would expect to incur if the exposures in the segment were to default within a one-year horizon over a mix of economic conditions, including economic downturn conditions; or</P>
                <P>(iii) The [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the economic loss, per dollar of EAD, the [bank] would expect to incur if the exposures in the segment were to default within a one-year horizon during economic downturn conditions.</P>
                <P>(3) The economic loss on an exposure in the event of default is all material credit-related losses on the exposure (including accrued but unpaid interest or fees, losses on the sale of collateral, direct workout costs, and an appropriate allocation of indirect workout costs). Where positive or negative cash flows on a wholesale exposure to a defaulted obligor or a defaulted retail exposure (including proceeds from the sale of collateral, workout costs, additional extensions of credit to facilitate repayment of the exposure, and draw-downs of unused credit lines) occur after the date of default, the economic loss must reflect the net present value of cash flows as of the default date using a discount rate appropriate to the risk of the defaulted exposure.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Main index</E> means the Standard &amp; Poor's 500 Index, the FTSE All-World Index, and any other index for which the [bank] can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the <PRTPAGE P="59"/>[AGENCY] that the equities represented in the index have comparable liquidity, depth of market, and size of bid-ask spreads as equities in the Standard &amp; Poor's 500 Index and FTSE All-World Index.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Multilateral development bank</E> means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Investment Bank, the European Investment Fund, the Nordic Investment Bank, the Caribbean Development Bank, the Islamic Development Bank, the Council of Europe Development Bank, and any other multilateral lending institution or regional development bank in which the U.S. government is a shareholder or contributing member or which the [AGENCY] determines poses comparable credit risk.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO)</E> means an entity registered with the SEC as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization under section 15E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o-7).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Netting set</E> means a group of transactions with a single counterparty that are subject to a qualifying master netting agreement or qualifying cross-product master netting agreement. For purposes of the internal models methodology in paragraph (d) of section 32 of this appendix, each transaction that is not subject to such a master netting agreement is its own netting set.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">N<SU>th</SU>-to-default credit derivative</E> means a credit derivative that provides credit protection only for the n<SU>th</SU>-defaulting reference exposure in a group of reference exposures.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Obligor</E> means the legal entity or natural person contractually obligated on a wholesale exposure, except that a [bank] may treat the following exposures as having separate obligors:</P>
                <P>(1) Exposures to the same legal entity or natural person denominated in different currencies;</P>
                <P>(2) (i) An income-producing real estate exposure for which all or substantially all of the repayment of the exposure is reliant on the cash flows of the real estate serving as collateral for the exposure; the [bank], in economic substance, does not have recourse to the borrower beyond the real estate collateral; and no cross-default or cross-acceleration clauses are in place other than clauses obtained solely out of an abundance of caution; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Other credit exposures to the same legal entity or natural person; and</P>
                <P>(3) (i) A wholesale exposure authorized under section 364 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 364) to a legal entity or natural person who is a debtor-in-possession for purposes of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Other credit exposures to the same legal entity or natural person.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Operational loss</E> means a loss (excluding insurance or tax effects) resulting from an operational loss event. Operational loss includes all expenses associated with an operational loss event except for opportunity costs, forgone revenue, and costs related to risk management and control enhancements implemented to prevent future operational losses.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Operational loss event</E> means an event that results in loss and is associated with any of the following seven operational loss event type categories:</P>
                <P>(1) Internal fraud, which means the operational loss event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from an act involving at least one internal party of a type intended to defraud, misappropriate property, or circumvent regulations, the law, or company policy, excluding diversity- and discrimination-type events.</P>
                <P>(2) External fraud, which means the operational loss event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from an act by a third party of a type intended to defraud, misappropriate property, or circumvent the law. Retail credit card losses arising from non-contractual, third-party initiated fraud (for example, identity theft) are external fraud operational losses. All other third-party initiated credit losses are to be treated as credit risk losses.</P>
                <P>(3) Employment practices and workplace safety, which means the operational loss event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from an act inconsistent with employment, health, or safety laws or agreements, payment of personal injury claims, or payment arising from diversity- and discrimination-type events.</P>
                <P>(4) Clients, products, and business practices, which means the operational loss event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from the nature or design of a product or from an unintentional or negligent failure to meet a professional obligation to specific clients (including fiduciary and suitability requirements).</P>
                <P>(5) Damage to physical assets, which means the operational loss event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from the loss of or damage to physical assets from natural disaster or other events.</P>
                <P>(6) Business disruption and system failures, which means the operational loss event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from disruption of business or system failures.</P>

                <P>(7) Execution, delivery, and process management, which means the operational loss <PRTPAGE P="60"/>event type category that comprises operational losses resulting from failed transaction processing or process management or losses arising from relations with trade counterparties and vendors.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Operational risk</E> means the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events (including legal risk but excluding strategic and reputational risk).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Operational risk exposure</E> means the 99.9<SU>th</SU> percentile of the distribution of potential aggregate operational losses, as generated by the [bank]'s operational risk quantification system over a one-year horizon (and not incorporating eligible operational risk offsets or qualifying operational risk mitigants).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Originating [bank]</E>, with respect to a securitization, means a [bank] that:</P>
                <P>(1) Directly or indirectly originated or securitized the underlying exposures included in the securitization; or</P>
                <P>(2) Serves as an ABCP program sponsor to the securitization.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Other retail exposure</E> means an exposure (other than a securitization exposure, an equity exposure, a residential mortgage exposure, an excluded mortgage exposure, a qualifying revolving exposure, or the residual value portion of a lease exposure) that is managed as part of a segment of exposures with homogeneous risk characteristics, not on an individual-exposure basis, and is either:</P>
                <P>(1) An exposure to an individual for non-business purposes; or</P>
                <P>(2) An exposure to an individual or company for business purposes if the [bank]'s consolidated business credit exposure to the individual or company is $1 million or less.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contract</E> means a derivative contract that is not traded on an exchange that requires the daily receipt and payment of cash-variation margin.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Probability of default (PD)</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) For a wholesale exposure to a non-defaulted obligor, the [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the long-run average one-year default rate for the rating grade assigned by the [bank] to the obligor, capturing the average default experience for obligors in the rating grade over a mix of economic conditions (including economic downturn conditions) sufficient to provide a reasonable estimate of the average one-year default rate over the economic cycle for the rating grade.</P>
                <P>(2) For a segment of non-defaulted retail exposures, the [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the long-run average one-year default rate for the exposures in the segment, capturing the average default experience for exposures in the segment over a mix of economic conditions (including economic downturn conditions) sufficient to provide a reasonable estimate of the average one-year default rate over the economic cycle for the segment and adjusted upward as appropriate for segments for which seasoning effects are material. For purposes of this definition, a segment for which seasoning effects are material is a segment where there is a material relationship between the time since origination of exposures within the segment and the [bank]'s best estimate of the long-run average one-year default rate for the exposures in the segment.</P>
                <P>(3) For a wholesale exposure to a defaulted obligor or segment of defaulted retail exposures, 100 percent.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Protection amount (P)</E> means, with respect to an exposure hedged by an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative, the effective notional amount of the guarantee or credit derivative, reduced to reflect any currency mismatch, maturity mismatch, or lack of restructuring coverage (as provided in section 33 of this appendix).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Publicly traded</E> means traded on:</P>
                <P>(1) Any exchange registered with the SEC as a national securities exchange under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f); or</P>
                <P>(2) Any non-U.S.-based securities exchange that:</P>
                <P>(i) Is registered with, or approved by, a national securities regulatory authority; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Provides a liquid, two-way market for the instrument in question, meaning that there are enough independent bona fide offers to buy and sell so that a sales price reasonably related to the last sales price or current bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations can be determined promptly and a trade can be settled at such a price within five business days.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Qualifying central counterparty</E> means a counterparty (for example, a clearinghouse) that:</P>
                <P>(1) Facilitates trades between counterparties in one or more financial markets by either guaranteeing trades or novating contracts;</P>
                <P>(2) Requires all participants in its arrangements to be fully collateralized on a daily basis; and</P>
                <P>(3) The [bank] demonstrates to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY] is in sound financial condition and is subject to effective oversight by a national supervisory authority.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Qualifying cross-product master netting agreement</E> means a qualifying master netting agreement that provides for termination and close-out netting across multiple types of financial transactions or qualifying master netting agreements in the event of a counterparty's default, provided that:</P>
                <P>(1) The underlying financial transactions are OTC derivative contracts, eligible margin loans, or repo-style transactions; and</P>

                <P>(2) The [bank] obtains a written legal opinion verifying the validity and enforceability <PRTPAGE P="61"/>of the agreement under applicable law of the relevant jurisdictions if the counterparty fails to perform upon an event of default, including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Qualifying master netting agreement</E> means any written, legally enforceable bilateral agreement, provided that:</P>
                <P>(1) The agreement creates a single legal obligation for all individual transactions covered by the agreement upon an event of default, including bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty;</P>
                <P>(2) The agreement provides the [bank] the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions;</P>
                <P>(3) The [bank] has conducted sufficient legal review to conclude with a well-founded basis (and maintains sufficient written documentation of that legal review) that:</P>
                <P>(i) The agreement meets the requirements of paragraph (2) of this definition; and</P>
                <P>(ii) In the event of a legal challenge (including one resulting from default or from bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding) the relevant court and administrative authorities would find the agreement to be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under the law of the relevant jurisdictions;</P>
                <P>(4) The [bank] establishes and maintains procedures to monitor possible changes in relevant law and to ensure that the agreement continues to satisfy the requirements of this definition; and</P>
                <P>(5) The agreement does not contain a walkaway clause (that is, a provision that permits a non-defaulting counterparty to make a lower payment than it would make otherwise under the agreement, or no payment at all, to a defaulter or the estate of a defaulter, even if the defaulter or the estate of the defaulter is a net creditor under the agreement).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Qualifying revolving exposure (QRE)</E> means an exposure (other than a securitization exposure or equity exposure) to an individual that is managed as part of a segment of exposures with homogeneous risk characteristics, not on an individual-exposure basis, and:</P>
                <P>(1) Is revolving (that is, the amount outstanding fluctuates, determined largely by the borrower's decision to borrow and repay, up to a pre-established maximum amount);</P>
                <P>(2) Is unsecured and unconditionally cancelable by the [bank] to the fullest extent permitted by Federal law; and</P>
                <P>(3) Has a maximum exposure amount (drawn plus undrawn) of up to $100,000.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Repo-style transaction</E> means a repurchase or reverse repurchase transaction, or a securities borrowing or securities lending transaction, including a transaction in which the [bank] acts as agent for a customer and indemnifies the customer against loss, provided that:</P>
                <P>(1) The transaction is based solely on liquid and readily marketable securities, cash, gold, or conforming residential mortgages;</P>
                <P>(2) The transaction is marked-to-market daily and subject to daily margin maintenance requirements;</P>
                <P>(3)(i) The transaction is a “securities contract” or “repurchase agreement” under section 555 or 559, respectively, of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555 or 559), a qualified financial contract under section 11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)), or a netting contract between or among financial institutions under sections 401-407 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4401-4407) or the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation EE (12 CFR part 231); or</P>
                <P>(ii) If the transaction does not meet the criteria set forth in paragraph (3)(i) of this definition, then either:</P>
                <P>(A) The transaction is executed under an agreement that provides the [bank] the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out the transaction on a net basis and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly upon an event of default (including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding) of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions; or</P>
                <P>(B) The transaction is:</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Either overnight or unconditionally cancelable at any time by the [bank]; and</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Executed under an agreement that provides the [bank] the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out the transaction on a net basis and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly upon an event of counterparty default; and</P>
                <P>(4) The [bank] has conducted sufficient legal review to conclude with a well-founded basis (and maintains sufficient written documentation of that legal review) that the agreement meets the requirements of paragraph (3) of this definition and is legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Residential mortgage exposure</E> means an exposure (other than a securitization exposure, equity exposure, or excluded mortgage exposure) that is managed as part of a segment of exposures with homogeneous risk characteristics, not on an individual-exposure basis, and is:</P>

                <P>(1) An exposure that is primarily secured by a first or subsequent lien on one- to four-family residential property; or<PRTPAGE P="62"/>
                </P>
                <P>(2) An exposure with an original and outstanding amount of $1 million or less that is primarily secured by a first or subsequent lien on residential property that is not one to four family.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Retail exposure</E> means a residential mortgage exposure, a qualifying revolving exposure, or an other retail exposure.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Retail exposure subcategory</E> means the residential mortgage exposure, qualifying revolving exposure, or other retail exposure subcategory.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Risk parameter</E> means a variable used in determining risk-based capital requirements for wholesale and retail exposures, specifically probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EAD), or effective maturity (M).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Scenario analysis</E> means a systematic process of obtaining expert opinions from business managers and risk management experts to derive reasoned assessments of the likelihood and loss impact of plausible high-severity operational losses. Scenario analysis may include the well-reasoned evaluation and use of external operational loss event data, adjusted as appropriate to ensure relevance to a [bank]'s operational risk profile and control structure.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">SEC</E> means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Securitization</E> means a traditional securitization or a synthetic securitization.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Securitization exposure</E> means an on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet credit exposure that arises from a traditional or synthetic securitization (including credit-enhancing representations and warranties).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Securitization special purpose entity (securitization SPE)</E> means a corporation, trust, or other entity organized for the specific purpose of holding underlying exposures of a securitization, the activities of which are limited to those appropriate to accomplish this purpose, and the structure of which is intended to isolate the underlying exposures held by the entity from the credit risk of the seller of the underlying exposures to the entity.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Senior securitization exposure</E> means a securitization exposure that has a first priority claim on the cash flows from the underlying exposures. When determining whether a securitization exposure has a first priority claim on the cash flows from the underlying exposures, a [bank] is not required to consider amounts due under interest rate or currency derivative contracts, fees due, or other similar payments. Both the most senior commercial paper issued by an ABCP program and a liquidity facility that supports the ABCP program may be senior securitization exposures if the liquidity facility provider's right to reimbursement of the drawn amounts is senior to all claims on the cash flows from the underlying exposures except amounts due under interest rate or currency derivative contracts, fees due, or other similar payments.</P>
                <P>S<E T="03">ervicer cash advance facility</E> means a facility under which the servicer of the underlying exposures of a securitization may advance cash to ensure an uninterrupted flow of payments to investors in the securitization, including advances made to cover foreclosure costs or other expenses to facilitate the timely collection of the underlying exposures. See also <E T="03">eligible servicer cash advance facility</E>.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Sovereign entity</E> means a central government (including the U.S. government) or an agency, department, ministry, or central bank of a central government.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Sovereign exposure</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) A direct exposure to a sovereign entity; or</P>
                <P>(2) An exposure directly and unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of a sovereign entity.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Subsidiary</E> means, with respect to a company, a company controlled by that company.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Synthetic securitization</E> means a transaction in which:</P>
                <P>(1) All or a portion of the credit risk of one or more underlying exposures is transferred to one or more third parties through the use of one or more credit derivatives or guarantees (other than a guarantee that transfers only the credit risk of an individual retail exposure);</P>
                <P>(2) The credit risk associated with the underlying exposures has been separated into at least two tranches reflecting different levels of seniority;</P>
                <P>(3) Performance of the securitization exposures depends upon the performance of the underlying exposures; and</P>
                <P>(4) All or substantially all of the underlying exposures are financial exposures (such as loans, commitments, credit derivatives, guarantees, receivables, asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, other debt securities, or equity securities).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> is defined in [the general risk-based capital rules], as modified in part II of this appendix.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> is defined in [the general risk-based capital rules], as modified in part II of this appendix.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Total qualifying capital</E> means the sum of tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital, after all deductions required in this appendix.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Total risk-weighted assets</E> means:</P>
                <P>(1) The sum of:</P>
                <P>(i) Credit risk-weighted assets; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Risk-weighted assets for operational risk; minus</P>
                <P>(2) Excess eligible credit reserves not included in tier 2 capital.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Total wholesale and retail risk-weighted assets</E> means the sum of risk-weighted assets for wholesale exposures to non-defaulted obligors and segments of non-defaulted retail <PRTPAGE P="63"/>exposures; risk-weighted assets for wholesale exposures to defaulted obligors and segments of defaulted retail exposures; risk-weighted assets for assets not defined by an exposure category; and risk-weighted assets for non-material portfolios of exposures (all as determined in section 31 of this appendix) and risk-weighted assets for unsettled transactions (as determined in section 35 of this appendix) minus the amounts deducted from capital pursuant to [the general risk-based capital rules] (excluding those deductions reversed in section 12 of this appendix).</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Traditional securitization</E> means a transaction in which:</P>
                <P>(1) All or a portion of the credit risk of one or more underlying exposures is transferred to one or more third parties other than through the use of credit derivatives or guarantees;</P>
                <P>(2) The credit risk associated with the underlying exposures has been separated into at least two tranches reflecting different levels of seniority;</P>
                <P>(3) Performance of the securitization exposures depends upon the performance of the underlying exposures;</P>
                <P>(4) All or substantially all of the underlying exposures are financial exposures (such as loans, commitments, credit derivatives, guarantees, receivables, asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, other debt securities, or equity securities);</P>
                <P>(5) The underlying exposures are not owned by an operating company;</P>
                <P>(6) The underlying exposures are not owned by a small business investment company described in section 302 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 682); and</P>
                <P>(7) The underlying exposures are not owned by a firm an investment in which qualifies as a community development investment under 12 U.S.C. 24(Eleventh).</P>
                <P>(8) The [AGENCY] may determine that a transaction in which the underlying exposures are owned by an investment firm that exercises substantially unfettered control over the size and composition of its assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet exposures is not a traditional securitization based on the transaction's leverage, risk profile, or economic substance.</P>
                <P>(9) The [AGENCY] may deem a transaction that meets the definition of a traditional securitization, notwithstanding paragraph (5), (6), or (7) of this definition, to be a traditional securitization based on the transaction's leverage, risk profile, or economic substance.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Tranche</E> means all securitization exposures associated with a securitization that have the same seniority level.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Underlying exposures</E> means one or more exposures that have been securitized in a securitization transaction.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Unexpected operational loss (UOL)</E> means the difference between the [bank]'s operational risk exposure and the [bank]'s expected operational loss.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Unit of measure</E> means the level (for example, organizational unit or operational loss event type) at which the [bank]'s operational risk quantification system generates a separate distribution of potential operational losses.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Value-at-Risk (VaR)</E> means the estimate of the maximum amount that the value of one or more exposures could decline due to market price or rate movements during a fixed holding period within a stated confidence interval.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Wholesale exposure</E> means a credit exposure to a company, natural person, sovereign entity, or governmental entity (other than a securitization exposure, retail exposure, excluded mortgage exposure, or equity exposure). Examples of a wholesale exposure include:</P>
                <P>(1) A non-tranched guarantee issued by a [bank] on behalf of a company;</P>
                <P>(2) A repo-style transaction entered into by a [bank] with a company and any other transaction in which a [bank] posts collateral to a company and faces counterparty credit risk;</P>
                <P>(3) An exposure that a [bank] treats as a covered position under [the market risk rule] for which there is a counterparty credit risk capital requirement;</P>
                <P>(4) A sale of corporate loans by a [bank] to a third party in which the [bank] retains full recourse;</P>
                <P>(5) An OTC derivative contract entered into by a [bank] with a company;</P>
                <P>(6) An exposure to an individual that is not managed by a [bank] as part of a segment of exposures with homogeneous risk characteristics; and</P>
                <P>(7) A commercial lease.</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Wholesale exposure subcategory</E> means the HVCRE or non-HVCRE wholesale exposure subcategory.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 3. Minimum Risk-Based Capital Requirements</HD>
                <P>(a) Except as modified by paragraph (c) of this section or by section 23 of this appendix, each [bank] must meet a minimum ratio of:</P>
                <P>(1) Total qualifying capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent; and</P>
                <P>(2) Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent.</P>
                <P>(b) Each [bank] must hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of all risks to which the [bank] is exposed.</P>

                <P>(c) When a [bank] subject to [the market risk rule] calculates its risk-based capital requirements under this appendix, the [bank] must also refer to [the market risk rule] for supplemental rules to calculate risk-based capital requirements adjusted for market risk.<PRTPAGE P="64"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part II. Qualifying Capital</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 11. Additional Deductions</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A [bank] that uses this appendix must make the same deductions from its tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital required in [the general risk-based capital rules], except that:</P>
                <P>(1) A [bank] is not required to deduct certain equity investments and CEIOs (as provided in section 12 of this appendix); and</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] also must make the deductions from capital required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Deductions from tier 1 capital.</E> A [bank] must deduct from tier 1 capital any gain-on-sale associated with a securitization exposure as provided in paragraph (a) of section 41 and paragraphs (a)(1), (c), (g)(1), and (h)(1) of section 42 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Deductions from tier 1 and tier 2 capital.</E> A [bank] must deduct the exposures specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(7) in this section 50 percent from tier 1 capital and 50 percent from tier 2 capital. If the amount deductible from tier 2 capital exceeds the [bank]'s actual tier 2 capital, however, the [bank] must deduct the excess from tier 1 capital.</P>
                <P>(1) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strips (CEIOs).</E> In accordance with paragraphs (a)(1) and (c) of section 42 of this appendix, any CEIO that does not constitute gain-on-sale.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Non-qualifying securitization exposures.</E> In accordance with paragraphs (a)(4) and (c) of section 42 of this appendix, any securitization exposure that does not qualify for the Ratings-Based Approach, the Internal Assessment Approach, or the Supervisory Formula Approach under sections 43, 44, and 45 of this appendix, respectively.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Securitizations of non-IRB exposures.</E> In accordance with paragraphs (c) and (g)(4) of section 42 of this appendix, certain exposures to a securitization any underlying exposure of which is not a wholesale exposure, retail exposure, securitization exposure, or equity exposure.</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Low-rated securitization exposures.</E> In accordance with section 43 and paragraph (c) of section 42 of this appendix, any securitization exposure that qualifies for and must be deducted under the Ratings-Based Approach.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">High-risk securitization exposures subject to the Supervisory Formula Approach.</E> In accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of section 45 of this appendix and paragraph (c) of section 42 of this appendix, certain high-risk securitization exposures (or portions thereof) that qualify for the Supervisory Formula Approach.</P>
                <P>(6) <E T="03">Eligible credit reserves shortfall.</E> In accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of section 13 of this appendix, any eligible credit reserves shortfall.</P>
                <P>(7) <E T="03">Certain failed capital markets transactions.</E> In accordance with paragraph (e)(3) of section 35 of this appendix, the [bank]'s exposure on certain failed capital markets transactions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 12. Deductions and Limitations Not Required</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Deduction of CEIOs.</E> A [bank] is not required to make the deductions from capital for CEIOs in 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A, section 2(c) (for national banks), 12 CFR part 208, Appendix A, section II.B.1.e. (for state member banks), 12 CFR part 225, Appendix A, section II.B.1.e. (for bank holding companies), 12 CFR part 325, Appendix A, section II.B.5. (for state nonmember banks), and 12 CFR 567.5(a)(2)(iii) and 567.12(e) (for savings associations).</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Deduction of certain equity investments.</E> A [bank] is not required to make the deductions from capital for nonfinancial equity investments in 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A, section 2(c) (for national banks), 12 CFR part 208, Appendix A, section II.B.5. (for state member banks), 12 CFR part 225, Appendix A, section II.B.5. (for bank holding companies), and 12 CFR part 325, Appendix A, section II.B. (for state nonmember banks).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 13. Eligible Credit Reserves</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Comparison of eligible credit reserves to expected credit losses</E>—(1) <E T="03">Shortfall of eligible credit reserves.</E> If a [bank]'s eligible credit reserves are less than the [bank]'s total expected credit losses, the [bank] must deduct the shortfall amount 50 percent from tier 1 capital and 50 percent from tier 2 capital. If the amount deductible from tier 2 capital exceeds the [bank]'s actual tier 2 capital, the [bank] must deduct the excess amount from tier 1 capital.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Excess eligible credit reserves.</E> If a [bank]'s eligible credit reserves exceed the [bank]'s total expected credit losses, the [bank] may include the excess amount in tier 2 capital to the extent that the excess amount does not exceed 0.6 percent of the [bank]'s credit-risk-weighted assets.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Treatment of allowance for loan and lease losses.</E> Regardless of any provision in [the general risk-based capital rules], the ALLL is included in tier 2 capital only to the extent provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and in section 24 of this appendix.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part III. Qualification</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 21. Qualification Process</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Timing.</E> (1) A [bank] that is described in paragraph (b)(1) of section 1 of this appendix must adopt a written implementation plan no later than six months after the later of April 1, 2008, or the date the [bank] meets a criterion in that section. The implementation plan must incorporate an explicit first <PRTPAGE P="65"/>floor period start date no later than 36 months after the later of April 1, 2008, or the date the [bank] meets at least one criterion under paragraph (b)(1) of section 1 of this appendix. The [AGENCY] may extend the first floor period start date.</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] that elects to be subject to this appendix under paragraph (b)(2) of section 1 of this appendix must adopt a written implementation plan.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Implementation plan.</E> (1) The [bank]'s implementation plan must address in detail how the [bank] complies, or plans to comply, with the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix. The [bank] also must maintain a comprehensive and sound planning and governance process to oversee the implementation efforts described in the plan. At a minimum, the plan must:</P>
                <P>(i) Comprehensively address the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix for the [bank] and each consolidated subsidiary (U.S. and foreign-based) of the [bank] with respect to all portfolios and exposures of the [bank] and each of its consolidated subsidiaries;</P>
                <P>(ii) Justify and support any proposed temporary or permanent exclusion of business lines, portfolios, or exposures from application of the advanced approaches in this appendix (which business lines, portfolios, and exposures must be, in the aggregate, immaterial to the [bank]);</P>
                <P>(iii) Include the [bank]'s self-assessment of:</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank]'s current status in meeting the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix; and</P>
                <P>(B) The consistency of the [bank]'s current practices with the [AGENCY]'s supervisory guidance on the qualification requirements;</P>
                <P>(iv) Based on the [bank]'s self-assessment, identify and describe the areas in which the [bank] proposes to undertake additional work to comply with the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix or to improve the consistency of the [bank]'s current practices with the [AGENCY]'s supervisory guidance on the qualification requirements (gap analysis);</P>
                <P>(v) Describe what specific actions the [bank] will take to address the areas identified in the gap analysis required by paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section;</P>
                <P>(vi) Identify objective, measurable milestones, including delivery dates and a date when the [bank]'s implementation of the methodologies described in this appendix will be fully operational;</P>
                <P>(vii) Describe resources that have been budgeted and are available to implement the plan; and</P>
                <P>(viii) Receive approval of the [bank]'s board of directors.</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank] must submit the implementation plan, together with a copy of the minutes of the board of directors' approval, to the [AGENCY] at least 60 days before the [bank] proposes to begin its parallel run, unless the [AGENCY] waives prior notice.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Parallel run.</E> Before determining its risk-based capital requirements under this appendix and following adoption of the implementation plan, the [bank] must conduct a satisfactory parallel run. A satisfactory parallel run is a period of no less than four consecutive calendar quarters during which the [bank] complies with the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY]. During the parallel run, the [bank] must report to the [AGENCY] on a calendar quarterly basis its risk-based capital ratios using [the general risk-based capital rules] and the risk-based capital requirements described in this appendix. During this period, the [bank] is subject to [the general risk-based capital rules].</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Approval to calculate risk-based capital requirements under this appendix.</E> The [AGENCY] will notify the [bank] of the date that the [bank] may begin its first floor period if the [AGENCY] determines that:</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank] fully complies with all the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix;</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank] has conducted a satisfactory parallel run under paragraph (c) of this section; and</P>
                <P>(3) The [bank] has an adequate process to ensure ongoing compliance with the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Transitional floor periods.</E> Following a satisfactory parallel run, a [bank] is subject to three transitional floor periods.</P>
                <P>(1) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratios during the transitional floor periods</E>—(i) <E T="03">Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.</E> During a [bank]'s transitional floor periods, the [bank]'s tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is equal to the lower of:</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank]'s floor-adjusted tier 1 risk-based capital ratio; or</P>
                <P>(B) The [bank]'s advanced approaches tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Total risk-based capital ratio.</E> During a [bank]'s transitional floor periods, the [bank]'s total risk-based capital ratio is equal to the lower of:</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank]'s floor-adjusted total risk-based capital ratio; or</P>
                <P>(B) The [bank]'s advanced approaches total risk-based capital ratio.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Floor-adjusted risk-based capital ratios.</E> (i) A [bank]'s floor-adjusted tier 1 risk-based capital ratio during a transitional floor period is equal to the [bank]'s tier 1 capital as calculated under [the general risk-based capital rules], divided by the product of:</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank]'s total risk-weighted assets as calculated under [the general risk-based capital rules]; and</P>

                <P>(B) The appropriate transitional floor percentage in Table 1.<PRTPAGE P="66"/>
                </P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank]'s floor-adjusted total risk-based capital ratio during a transitional floor period is equal to the sum of the [bank]'s tier 1 and tier 2 capital as calculated under [the general risk-based capital rules], divided by the product of:</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank]'s total risk-weighted assets as calculated under [the general risk-based capital rules]; and</P>
                <P>(B) The appropriate transitional floor percentage in Table 1.</P>
                <P>(iii) A [bank] that meets the criteria in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of section 1 of this appendix as of April 1, 2008, must use [the general risk-based capital rules] during the parallel run and as the basis for its transitional floors.</P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,il">
                  <TTITLE>Table 1.—Transitional Floors</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Transitional floor period</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Transitional floor percentage</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">First floor period</ENT>
                    <ENT>95 percent.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Second floor period</ENT>
                    <ENT>90 percent.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Third floor period</ENT>
                    <ENT>85 percent.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Advanced approaches risk-based capital ratios.</E> (i) A [bank]'s advanced approaches tier 1 risk-based capital ratio equals the [bank]'s tier 1 risk-based capital ratio as calculated under this appendix (other than this section on transitional floor periods).</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank]'s advanced approaches total risk-based capital ratio equals the [bank]'s total risk-based capital ratio as calculated under this appendix (other than this section on transitional floor periods).</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Reporting.</E> During the transitional floor periods, a [bank] must report to the [AGENCY] on a calendar quarterly basis both floor-adjusted risk-based capital ratios and both advanced approaches risk-based capital ratios.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">Exiting a transitional floor period.</E> A [bank] may not exit a transitional floor period until the [bank] has spent a minimum of four consecutive calendar quarters in the period and the [AGENCY] has determined that the [bank] may exit the floor period. The [AGENCY]'s determination will be based on an assessment of the [bank]'s ongoing compliance with the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(6) <E T="03">Interagency study.</E> After the end of the second transition year (2010), the Federal banking agencies will publish a study that evaluates the advanced approaches to determine if there are any material deficiencies. For any primary Federal supervisor to authorize any institution to exit the third transitional floor period, the study must determine that there are no such material deficiencies that cannot be addressed by then-existing tools, or, if such deficiencies are found, they are first remedied by changes to this appendix. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a primary Federal supervisor that disagrees with the finding of material deficiency may not authorize any institution under its jurisdiction to exit the third transitional floor period unless it provides a public report explaining its reasoning.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 22. Qualification Requirements</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Process and systems requirements.</E> (1) A [bank] must have a rigorous process for assessing its overall capital adequacy in relation to its risk profile and a comprehensive strategy for maintaining an appropriate level of capital.</P>
                <P>(2) The systems and processes used by a [bank] for risk-based capital purposes under this appendix must be consistent with the [bank]'s internal risk management processes and management information reporting systems.</P>
                <P>(3) Each [bank] must have an appropriate infrastructure with risk measurement and management processes that meet the qualification requirements of this section and are appropriate given the [bank]'s size and level of complexity. Regardless of whether the systems and models that generate the risk parameters necessary for calculating a [bank]'s risk-based capital requirements are located at any affiliate of the [bank], the [bank] itself must ensure that the risk parameters and reference data used to determine its risk-based capital requirements are representative of its own credit risk and operational risk exposures.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Risk rating and segmentation systems for wholesale and retail exposures.</E> (1) A [bank] must have an internal risk rating and segmentation system that accurately and reliably differentiates among degrees of credit risk for the [bank]'s wholesale and retail exposures.</P>
                <P>(2) For wholesale exposures:</P>
                <P>(i) A [bank] must have an internal risk rating system that accurately and reliably assigns each obligor to a single rating grade (reflecting the obligor's likelihood of default). A [bank] may elect, however, not to assign to a rating grade an obligor to whom the [bank] extends credit based solely on the financial strength of a guarantor, provided that all of the [bank]'s exposures to the obligor are fully covered by eligible guarantees, the [bank] applies the PD substitution approach in paragraph (c)(1) of section 33 of this appendix to all exposures to that obligor, and the [bank] immediately assigns the obligor to a rating grade if a guarantee can no longer be recognized under this appendix. The [bank]'s wholesale obligor rating system must have at least seven discrete rating grades for non-defaulted obligors and at least one rating grade for defaulted obligors.</P>

                <P>(ii) Unless the [bank] has chosen to directly assign LGD estimates to each wholesale exposure, the [bank] must have an internal risk rating system that accurately and reliably assigns each wholesale exposure to a <PRTPAGE P="67"/>loss severity rating grade (reflecting the [bank]'s estimate of the LGD of the exposure). A [bank] employing loss severity rating grades must have a sufficiently granular loss severity grading system to avoid grouping together exposures with widely ranging LGDs.</P>
                <P>(3) For retail exposures, a [bank] must have an internal system that groups retail exposures into the appropriate retail exposure subcategory, groups the retail exposures in each retail exposure subcategory into separate segments with homogeneous risk characteristics, and assigns accurate and reliable PD and LGD estimates for each segment on a consistent basis. The [bank]'s system must identify and group in separate segments by subcategories exposures identified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (iii) of section 31 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(4) The [bank]'s internal risk rating policy for wholesale exposures must describe the [bank]'s rating philosophy (that is, must describe how wholesale obligor rating assignments are affected by the [bank]'s choice of the range of economic, business, and industry conditions that are considered in the obligor rating process).</P>
                <P>(5) The [bank]'s internal risk rating system for wholesale exposures must provide for the review and update (as appropriate) of each obligor rating and (if applicable) each loss severity rating whenever the [bank] receives new material information, but no less frequently than annually. The [bank]'s retail exposure segmentation system must provide for the review and update (as appropriate) of assignments of retail exposures to segments whenever the [bank] receives new material information, but generally no less frequently than quarterly.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Quantification of risk parameters for wholesale and retail exposures.</E> (1) The [bank] must have a comprehensive risk parameter quantification process that produces accurate, timely, and reliable estimates of the risk parameters for the [bank]'s wholesale and retail exposures.</P>
                <P>(2) Data used to estimate the risk parameters must be relevant to the [bank]'s actual wholesale and retail exposures, and of sufficient quality to support the determination of risk-based capital requirements for the exposures.</P>
                <P>(3) The [bank]'s risk parameter quantification process must produce appropriately conservative risk parameter estimates where the [bank] has limited relevant data, and any adjustments that are part of the quantification process must not result in a pattern of bias toward lower risk parameter estimates.</P>
                <P>(4) The [bank]'s risk parameter estimation process should not rely on the possibility of U.S. government financial assistance, except for the financial assistance that the U.S. government has a legally binding commitment to provide.</P>
                <P>(5) Where the [bank]'s quantifications of LGD directly or indirectly incorporate estimates of the effectiveness of its credit risk management practices in reducing its exposure to troubled obligors prior to default, the [bank] must support such estimates with empirical analysis showing that the estimates are consistent with its historical experience in dealing with such exposures during economic downturn conditions.</P>
                <P>(6) PD estimates for wholesale obligors and retail segments must be based on at least five years of default data. LGD estimates for wholesale exposures must be based on at least seven years of loss severity data, and LGD estimates for retail segments must be based on at least five years of loss severity data. EAD estimates for wholesale exposures must be based on at least seven years of exposure amount data, and EAD estimates for retail segments must be based on at least five years of exposure amount data.</P>
                <P>(7) Default, loss severity, and exposure amount data must include periods of economic downturn conditions, or the [bank] must adjust its estimates of risk parameters to compensate for the lack of data from periods of economic downturn conditions.</P>
                <P>(8) The [bank]'s PD, LGD, and EAD estimates must be based on the definition of default in this appendix.</P>
                <P>(9) The [bank] must review and update (as appropriate) its risk parameters and its risk parameter quantification process at least annually.</P>
                <P>(10) The [bank] must at least annually conduct a comprehensive review and analysis of reference data to determine relevance of reference data to the [bank]'s exposures, quality of reference data to support PD, LGD, and EAD estimates, and consistency of reference data to the definition of default contained in this appendix.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Counterparty credit risk model.</E> A [bank] must obtain the prior written approval of the [AGENCY] under section 32 of this appendix to use the internal models methodology for counterparty credit risk.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Double default treatment.</E> A [bank] must obtain the prior written approval of the [AGENCY] under section 34 of this appendix to use the double default treatment.</P>
                <P>(f) <E T="03">Securitization exposures.</E> A [bank] must obtain the prior written approval of the [AGENCY] under section 44 of this appendix to use the Internal Assessment Approach for securitization exposures to ABCP programs.</P>
                <P>(g) <E T="03">Equity exposures model.</E> A [bank] must obtain the prior written approval of the [AGENCY] under section 53 of this appendix to use the Internal Models Approach for equity exposures.</P>
                <P>(h) <E T="03">Operational risk</E>—(1) <E T="03">Operational risk management processes.</E> A [bank] must:<PRTPAGE P="68"/>
                </P>
                <P>(i) Have an operational risk management function that:</P>
                <P>(A) Is independent of business line management; and</P>
                <P>(B) Is responsible for designing, implementing, and overseeing the [bank]'s operational risk data and assessment systems, operational risk quantification systems, and related processes;</P>
                <P>(ii) Have and document a process (which must capture business environment and internal control factors affecting the [bank]'s operational risk profile) to identify, measure, monitor, and control operational risk in [bank] products, activities, processes, and systems; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Report operational risk exposures, operational loss events, and other relevant operational risk information to business unit management, senior management, and the board of directors (or a designated committee of the board).</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Operational risk data and assessment systems.</E> A [bank] must have operational risk data and assessment systems that capture operational risks to which the [bank] is exposed. The [bank]'s operational risk data and assessment systems must:</P>
                <P>(i) Be structured in a manner consistent with the [bank]'s current business activities, risk profile, technological processes, and risk management processes; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Include credible, transparent, systematic, and verifiable processes that incorporate the following elements on an ongoing basis:</P>
                <P>(A) <E T="03">Internal operational loss event data.</E> The [bank] must have a systematic process for capturing and using internal operational loss event data in its operational risk data and assessment systems.</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The [bank]'s operational risk data and assessment systems must include a historical observation period of at least five years for internal operational loss event data (or such shorter period approved by the [AGENCY] to address transitional situations, such as integrating a new business line).</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The [bank] must be able to map its internal operational loss event data into the seven operational loss event type categories.</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The [bank] may refrain from collecting internal operational loss event data for individual operational losses below established dollar threshold amounts if the [bank] can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY] that the thresholds are reasonable, do not exclude important internal operational loss event data, and permit the [bank] to capture substantially all the dollar value of the [bank]'s operational losses.</P>
                <P>(B) <E T="03">External operational loss event data.</E> The [bank] must have a systematic process for determining its methodologies for incorporating external operational loss event data into its operational risk data and assessment systems.</P>
                <P>(C) <E T="03">Scenario analysis.</E> The [bank] must have a systematic process for determining its methodologies for incorporating scenario analysis into its operational risk data and assessment systems.</P>
                <P>(D) <E T="03">Business environment and internal control factors.</E> The [bank] must incorporate business environment and internal control factors into its operational risk data and assessment systems. The [bank] must also periodically compare the results of its prior business environment and internal control factor assessments against its actual operational losses incurred in the intervening period.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Operational risk quantification systems.</E> (i) The [bank]'s operational risk quantification systems:</P>
                <P>(A) Must generate estimates of the [bank]'s operational risk exposure using its operational risk data and assessment systems;</P>
                <P>(B) Must employ a unit of measure that is appropriate for the [bank]'s range of business activities and the variety of operational loss events to which it is exposed, and that does not combine business activities or operational loss events with demonstrably different risk profiles within the same loss distribution;</P>
                <P>(C) Must include a credible, transparent, systematic, and verifiable approach for weighting each of the four elements, described in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section, that a [bank] is required to incorporate into its operational risk data and assessment systems;</P>
                <P>(D) May use internal estimates of dependence among operational losses across and within units of measure if the [bank] can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY] that its process for estimating dependence is sound, robust to a variety of scenarios, and implemented with integrity, and allows for the uncertainty surrounding the estimates. If the [bank] has not made such a demonstration, it must sum operational risk exposure estimates across units of measure to calculate its total operational risk exposure; and</P>
                <P>(E) Must be reviewed and updated (as appropriate) whenever the [bank] becomes aware of information that may have a material effect on the [bank]'s estimate of operational risk exposure, but the review and update must occur no less frequently than annually.</P>

                <P>(ii) With the prior written approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may generate an estimate of its operational risk exposure using an alternative approach to that specified in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section. A [bank] proposing to use such an alternative operational risk quantification system must submit a proposal to the [AGENCY]. In determining whether to approve a [bank]'s proposal to use an alternative operational risk <PRTPAGE P="69"/>quantification system, the [AGENCY] will consider the following principles:</P>
                <P>(A) Use of the alternative operational risk quantification system will be allowed only on an exception basis, considering the size, complexity, and risk profile of the [bank];</P>
                <P>(B) The [bank] must demonstrate that its estimate of its operational risk exposure generated under the alternative operational risk quantification system is appropriate and can be supported empirically; and</P>
                <P>(C) A [bank] must not use an allocation of operational risk capital requirements that includes entities other than depository institutions or the benefits of diversification across entities.</P>
                <P>(i) <E T="03">Data management and maintenance.</E> (1) A [bank] must have data management and maintenance systems that adequately support all aspects of its advanced systems and the timely and accurate reporting of risk-based capital requirements.</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] must retain data using an electronic format that allows timely retrieval of data for analysis, validation, reporting, and disclosure purposes.</P>
                <P>(3) A [bank] must retain sufficient data elements related to key risk drivers to permit adequate monitoring, validation, and refinement of its advanced systems.</P>
                <P>(j) <E T="03">Control, oversight, and validation mechanisms.</E> (1) The [bank]'s senior management must ensure that all components of the [bank]'s advanced systems function effectively and comply with the qualification requirements in this section.</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank]'s board of directors (or a designated committee of the board) must at least annually review the effectiveness of, and approve, the [bank]'s advanced systems.</P>
                <P>(3) A [bank] must have an effective system of controls and oversight that:</P>
                <P>(i) Ensures ongoing compliance with the qualification requirements in this section;</P>
                <P>(ii) Maintains the integrity, reliability, and accuracy of the [bank]'s advanced systems; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Includes adequate governance and project management processes.</P>
                <P>(4) The [bank] must validate, on an ongoing basis, its advanced systems. The [bank]'s validation process must be independent of the advanced systems' development, implementation, and operation, or the validation process must be subjected to an independent review of its adequacy and effectiveness. Validation must include:</P>
                <P>(i) An evaluation of the conceptual soundness of (including developmental evidence supporting) the advanced systems;</P>
                <P>(ii) An ongoing monitoring process that includes verification of processes and benchmarking; and</P>
                <P>(iii) An outcomes analysis process that includes back-testing.</P>
                <P>(5) The [bank] must have an internal audit function independent of business-line management that at least annually assesses the effectiveness of the controls supporting the [bank]'s advanced systems and reports its findings to the [bank]'s board of directors (or a committee thereof).</P>
                <P>(6) The [bank] must periodically stress test its advanced systems. The stress testing must include a consideration of how economic cycles, especially downturns, affect risk-based capital requirements (including migration across rating grades and segments and the credit risk mitigation benefits of double default treatment).</P>
                <P>(k) <E T="03">Documentation.</E> The [bank] must adequately document all material aspects of its advanced systems.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 23. Ongoing Qualification</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Changes to advanced systems.</E> A [bank] must meet all the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix on an ongoing basis. A [bank] must notify the [AGENCY] when the [bank] makes any change to an advanced system that would result in a material change in the [bank]'s risk-weighted asset amount for an exposure type, or when the [bank] makes any significant change to its modeling assumptions.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Failure to comply with qualification requirements.</E> (1) If the [AGENCY] determines that a [bank] that uses this appendix and has conducted a satisfactory parallel run fails to comply with the qualification requirements in section 22 of this appendix, the [AGENCY] will notify the [bank] in writing of the [bank]'s failure to comply.</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank] must establish and submit a plan satisfactory to the [AGENCY] to return to compliance with the qualification requirements.</P>
                <P>(3) In addition, if the [AGENCY] determines that the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirements are not commensurate with the [bank]'s credit, market, operational, or other risks, the [AGENCY] may require such a [bank] to calculate its risk-based capital requirements:</P>
                <P>(i) Under [the general risk-based capital rules]; or</P>
                <P>(ii) Under this appendix with any modifications provided by the [AGENCY].</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 24. Merger and Acquisition Transitional Arrangements</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Mergers and acquisitions of companies without advanced systems.</E> If a [bank] merges with or acquires a company that does not calculate its risk-based capital requirements using advanced systems, the [bank] may use [the general risk-based capital rules] to determine the risk-weighted asset amounts for, and deductions from capital associated with, the merged or acquired company's exposures for up to 24 months after the calendar quarter during which the merger or acquisition consummates. The [AGENCY] may extend <PRTPAGE P="70"/>this transition period for up to an additional 12 months. Within 90 days of consummating the merger or acquisition, the [bank] must submit to the [AGENCY] an implementation plan for using its advanced systems for the acquired company. During the period when [the general risk-based capital rules] apply to the merged or acquired company, any ALLL, net of allocated transfer risk reserves established pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 3904, associated with the merged or acquired company's exposures may be included in the acquiring [bank]'s tier 2 capital up to 1.25 percent of the acquired company's risk-weighted assets. All general allowances of the merged or acquired company must be excluded from the [bank]'s eligible credit reserves. In addition, the risk-weighted assets of the merged or acquired company are not included in the [bank]'s credit-risk-weighted assets but are included in total risk-weighted assets. If a [bank] relies on this paragraph, the [bank] must disclose publicly the amounts of risk-weighted assets and qualifying capital calculated under this appendix for the acquiring [bank] and under [the general risk-based capital rules] for the acquired company.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Mergers and acquisitions of companies with advanced systems</E>—(1) If a [bank] merges with or acquires a company that calculates its risk-based capital requirements using advanced systems, the [bank] may use the acquired company's advanced systems to determine the risk-weighted asset amounts for, and deductions from capital associated with, the merged or acquired company's exposures for up to 24 months after the calendar quarter during which the acquisition or merger consummates. The [AGENCY] may extend this transition period for up to an additional 12 months. Within 90 days of consummating the merger or acquisition, the [bank] must submit to the [AGENCY] an implementation plan for using its advanced systems for the merged or acquired company.</P>
                <P>(2) If the acquiring [bank] is not subject to the advanced approaches in this appendix at the time of acquisition or merger, during the period when [the general risk-based capital rules] apply to the acquiring [bank], the ALLL associated with the exposures of the merged or acquired company may not be directly included in tier 2 capital. Rather, any excess eligible credit reserves associated with the merged or acquired company's exposures may be included in the [bank]'s tier 2 capital up to 0.6 percent of the credit-risk-weighted assets associated with those exposures.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part IV. Risk-Weighted Assets for General Credit Risk</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 31. Mechanics for Calculating Total Wholesale and Retail Risk-Weighted Assets</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Overview.</E> A [bank] must calculate its total wholesale and retail risk-weighted asset amount in four distinct phases:</P>
                <P>(1) Phase 1—categorization of exposures;</P>
                <P>(2) Phase 2—assignment of wholesale obligors and exposures to rating grades and segmentation of retail exposures;</P>
                <P>(3) Phase 3—assignment of risk parameters to wholesale exposures and segments of retail exposures; and</P>
                <P>(4) Phase 4—calculation of risk-weighted asset amounts.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Phase 1—Categorization.</E> The [bank] must determine which of its exposures are wholesale exposures, retail exposures, securitization exposures, or equity exposures. The [bank] must categorize each retail exposure as a residential mortgage exposure, a QRE, or an other retail exposure. The [bank] must identify which wholesale exposures are HVCRE exposures, sovereign exposures, OTC derivative contracts, repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, eligible purchased wholesale exposures, unsettled transactions to which section 35 of this appendix applies, and eligible guarantees or eligible credit derivatives that are used as credit risk mitigants. The [bank] must identify any on-balance sheet asset that does not meet the definition of a wholesale, retail, equity, or securitization exposure, as well as any non-material portfolio of exposures described in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Phase 2—Assignment of wholesale obligors and exposures to rating grades and retail exposures to segments—(1) Assignment of wholesale obligors and exposures to rating grades.</E>
                </P>
                <P>(i) The [bank] must assign each obligor of a wholesale exposure to a single obligor rating grade and must assign each wholesale exposure to which it does not directly assign an LGD estimate to a loss severity rating grade.</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank] must identify which of its wholesale obligors are in default.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Segmentation of retail exposures.</E> (i) The [bank] must group the retail exposures in each retail subcategory into segments that have homogeneous risk characteristics.</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank] must identify which of its retail exposures are in default. The [bank] must segment defaulted retail exposures separately from non-defaulted retail exposures.</P>

                <P>(iii) If the [bank] determines the EAD for eligible margin loans using the approach in paragraph (b) of section 32 of this appendix, the [bank] must identify which of its retail exposures are eligible margin loans for which the [bank] uses this EAD approach and must segment such eligible margin loans separately from other retail exposures.<PRTPAGE P="71"/>
                </P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Eligible purchased wholesale exposures.</E> A [bank] may group its eligible purchased wholesale exposures into segments that have homogeneous risk characteristics. A [bank] must use the wholesale exposure formula in Table 2 in this section to determine the risk-based capital requirement for each segment of eligible purchased wholesale exposures.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Phase 3—Assignment of risk parameters to wholesale exposures and segments of retail exposures</E>—(1) <E T="03">Quantification process.</E> Subject to the limitations in this paragraph (d), the [bank] must:</P>
                <P>(i) Associate a PD with each wholesale obligor rating grade;</P>
                <P>(ii) Associate an LGD with each wholesale loss severity rating grade or assign an LGD to each wholesale exposure;</P>
                <P>(iii) Assign an EAD and M to each wholesale exposure; and</P>
                <P>(iv) Assign a PD, LGD, and EAD to each segment of retail exposures.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Floor on PD assignment.</E> The PD for each wholesale obligor or retail segment may not be less than 0.03 percent, except for exposures to or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by a sovereign entity, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, the European Commission, the European Central Bank, or a multilateral development bank, to which the [bank] assigns a rating grade associated with a PD of less than 0.03 percent.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Floor on LGD estimation.</E> The LGD for each segment of residential mortgage exposures (other than segments of residential mortgage exposures for which all or substantially all of the principal of each exposure is directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of a sovereign entity) may not be less than 10 percent.</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Eligible purchased wholesale exposures.</E> A [bank] must assign a PD, LGD, EAD, and M to each segment of eligible purchased wholesale exposures. If the [bank] can estimate ECL (but not PD or LGD) for a segment of eligible purchased wholesale exposures, the [bank] must assume that the LGD of the segment equals 100 percent and that the PD of the segment equals ECL divided by EAD. The estimated ECL must be calculated for the exposures without regard to any assumption of recourse or guarantees from the seller or other parties.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">Credit risk mitigation—credit derivatives, guarantees, and collateral.</E> (i) A [bank] may take into account the risk reducing effects of eligible guarantees and eligible credit derivatives in support of a wholesale exposure by applying the PD substitution or LGD adjustment treatment to the exposure as provided in section 33 of this appendix or, if applicable, applying double default treatment to the exposure as provided in section 34 of this appendix. A [bank] may decide separately for each wholesale exposure that qualifies for the double default treatment under section 34 of this appendix whether to apply the double default treatment or to use the PD substitution or LGD adjustment treatment without recognizing double default effects.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] may take into account the risk reducing effects of guarantees and credit derivatives in support of retail exposures in a segment when quantifying the PD and LGD of the segment.</P>
                <P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(6) of this section, a [bank] may take into account the risk reducing effects of collateral in support of a wholesale exposure when quantifying the LGD of the exposure and may take into account the risk reducing effects of collateral in support of retail exposures when quantifying the PD and LGD of the segment.</P>
                <P>(6)<E T="03"> EAD for OTC derivative contracts, repo-style transactions, and eligible margin loans.</E> (i) A [bank] must calculate its EAD for an OTC derivative contract as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of section 32 of this appendix. A [bank] may take into account the risk-reducing effects of financial collateral in support of a repo-style transaction or eligible margin loan and of any collateral in support of a repo-style transaction that is included in the [bank]'s VaR-based measure under [the market risk rule] through an adjustment to EAD as provided in paragraphs (b) and (d) of section 32 of this appendix. A [bank] that takes collateral into account through such an adjustment to EAD under section 32 of this appendix may not reflect such collateral in LGD.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] may attribute an EAD of zero to:</P>
                <P>(A) Derivative contracts that are publicly traded on an exchange that requires the daily receipt and payment of cash-variation margin;</P>
                <P>(B) Derivative contracts and repo-style transactions that are outstanding with a qualifying central counterparty (but not for those transactions that a qualifying central counterparty has rejected); and</P>
                <P>(C) Credit risk exposures to a qualifying central counterparty in the form of clearing deposits and posted collateral that arise from transactions described in paragraph (d)(6)(ii)(B) of this section.</P>
                <P>(7) <E T="03">Effective maturity.</E> An exposure's M must be no greater than five years and no less than one year, except that an exposure's M must be no less than one day if the exposure has an original maturity of less than one year and is not part of a [bank]'s ongoing financing of the obligor. An exposure is not part of a [bank]'s ongoing financing of the obligor if the [bank]:</P>

                <P>(i) Has a legal and practical ability not to renew or roll over the exposure in the event of credit deterioration of the obligor;<PRTPAGE P="72"/>
                </P>
                <P>(ii) Makes an independent credit decision at the inception of the exposure and at every renewal or roll over; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Has no substantial commercial incentive to continue its credit relationship with the obligor in the event of credit deterioration of the obligor.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Phase 4—Calculation of risk-weighted assets</E>—(1) <E T="03">Non-defaulted exposures.</E> (i) A [bank] must calculate the dollar risk-based capital requirement for each of its wholesale exposures to a non-defaulted obligor (except eligible guarantees and eligible credit derivatives that hedge another wholesale exposure and exposures to which the [bank] applies the double default treatment in section 34 of this appendix) and segments of non-defaulted retail exposures by inserting the assigned risk parameters for the wholesale obligor and exposure or retail segment into the appropriate risk-based capital formula specified in Table 2 and multiplying the output of the formula (K) by the EAD of the exposure or segment. Alternatively, a [bank] may apply a 300 percent risk weight to the EAD of an eligible margin loan if the [bank] is not able to meet the agencies” requirements for estimation of PD and LGD for the margin loan.</P>
                <GPH DEEP="371" SPAN="2">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.005</GID>
                </GPH>
                <PRTPAGE P="73"/>
                <P>(ii) The sum of all the dollar risk-based capital requirements for each wholesale exposure to a non-defaulted obligor and segment of non-defaulted retail exposures calculated in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section and in paragraph (e) of section 34 of this appendix equals the total dollar risk-based capital requirement for those exposures and segments.</P>
                <P>(iii) The aggregate risk-weighted asset amount for wholesale exposures to non-defaulted obligors and segments of non-defaulted retail exposures equals the total dollar risk-based capital requirement calculated in paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section multiplied by 12.5.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Wholesale exposures to defaulted obligors and segments of defaulted retail exposures.</E> (i) The dollar risk-based capital requirement for each wholesale exposure to a defaulted obligor equals 0.08 multiplied by the EAD of the exposure.</P>
                <P>(ii) The dollar risk-based capital requirement for a segment of defaulted retail exposures equals 0.08 multiplied by the EAD of the segment.</P>
                <P>(iii) The sum of all the dollar risk-based capital requirements for each wholesale exposure to a defaulted obligor calculated in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section plus the dollar risk-based capital requirements for each segment of defaulted retail exposures calculated in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section equals the total dollar risk-based capital requirement for those exposures and segments.</P>
                <P>(iv) The aggregate risk-weighted asset amount for wholesale exposures to defaulted obligors and segments of defaulted retail exposures equals the total dollar risk-based capital requirement calculated in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section multiplied by 12.5.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Assets not included in a defined exposure category.</E> (i) A [bank] may assign a risk-weighted asset amount of zero to cash owned and held in all offices of the [bank] or in transit and for gold bullion held in the [bank]'s own vaults, or held in another [bank]'s vaults on an allocated basis, to the extent the gold bullion assets are offset by gold bullion liabilities.</P>
                <P>(ii) The risk-weighted asset amount for the residual value of a retail lease exposure equals such residual value.</P>
                <P>(iii) The risk-weighted asset amount for any other on-balance-sheet asset that does not meet the definition of a wholesale, retail, securitization, or equity exposure equals the carrying value of the asset.</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Non-material portfolios of exposures.</E> The risk-weighted asset amount of a portfolio of exposures for which the [bank] has demonstrated to the [AGENCY]'s satisfaction that the portfolio (when combined with all other portfolios of exposures that the [bank] seeks to treat under this paragraph) is not material to the [bank] is the sum of the carrying values of on-balance sheet exposures plus the notional amounts of off-balance sheet exposures in the portfolio. For purposes of this paragraph (e)(4), the notional amount of an OTC derivative contract that is not a credit derivative is the EAD of the derivative as calculated in section 32 of this appendix.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 32. Counterparty Credit Risk of Repo-Style Transactions, Eligible Margin Loans, and OTC Derivative Contracts</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">In General.</E> (1) This section describes two methodologies—a collateral haircut approach and an internal models methodology—that a [bank] may use instead of an LGD estimation methodology to recognize the benefits of financial collateral in mitigating the counterparty credit risk of repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, collateralized OTC derivative contracts, and single product netting sets of such transactions and to recognize the benefits of any collateral in mitigating the counterparty credit risk of repo-style transactions that are included in a [bank]'s VaR-based measure under [the market risk rule]. A third methodology, the simple VaR methodology, is available for single product netting sets of repo-style transactions and eligible margin loans.</P>
                <P>(2) This section also describes the methodology for calculating EAD for an OTC derivative contract or a set of OTC derivative contracts subject to a qualifying master netting agreement. A [bank] also may use the internal models methodology to estimate EAD for qualifying cross-product master netting agreements.</P>
                <P>(3) A [bank] may only use the standard supervisory haircut approach with a minimum 10-business-day holding period to recognize in EAD the benefits of conforming residential mortgage collateral that secures repo-style transactions (other than repo-style transactions included in the [bank]'s VaR-based measure under [the market risk rule]), eligible margin loans, and OTC derivative contracts.</P>
                <P>(4) A [bank] may use any combination of the three methodologies for collateral recognition; however, it must use the same methodology for similar exposures.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">EAD for eligible margin loans and repo-style transactions</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> A [bank] may recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of financial collateral that secures an eligible margin loan, repo-style transaction, or single-product netting set of such transactions by factoring the collateral into its LGD estimates for the exposure. Alternatively, a [bank] may estimate an unsecured LGD for the exposure, as well as for any repo-style transaction that is included in the [bank]'s VaR-based measure under [the market risk rule], and determine the EAD of the exposure using:<PRTPAGE P="74"/>
                </P>
                <P>(i) The collateral haircut approach described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section;</P>
                <P>(ii) For netting sets only, the simple VaR methodology described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section; or</P>
                <P>(iii) The internal models methodology described in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Collateral haircut approach</E>—(i) <E T="03">EAD equation.</E> A [bank] may determine EAD for an eligible margin loan, repo-style transaction, or netting set by setting EAD equal to max {0, [(ΣE−ΣC) + Σ(Es × Hs) + Σ(Efx × Hfx)]}, where:</P>
                <P>(A) ΣE equals the value of the exposure (the sum of the current market values of all instruments, gold, and cash the [bank] has lent, sold subject to repurchase, or posted as collateral to the counterparty under the transaction (or netting set));</P>
                <P>(B) ΣC equals the value of the collateral (the sum of the current market values of all instruments, gold, and cash the [bank] has borrowed, purchased subject to resale, or taken as collateral from the counterparty under the transaction (or netting set));</P>
                <P>(C) Es equals the absolute value of the net position in a given instrument or in gold (where the net position in a given instrument or in gold equals the sum of the current market values of the instrument or gold the [bank] has lent, sold subject to repurchase, or posted as collateral to the counterparty minus the sum of the current market values of that same instrument or gold the [bank] has borrowed, purchased subject to resale, or taken as collateral from the counterparty);</P>
                <P>(D) Hs equals the market price volatility haircut appropriate to the instrument or gold referenced in Es;</P>
                <P>(E) Efx equals the absolute value of the net position of instruments and cash in a currency that is different from the settlement currency (where the net position in a given currency equals the sum of the current market values of any instruments or cash in the currency the [bank] has lent, sold subject to repurchase, or posted as collateral to the counterparty minus the sum of the current market values of any instruments or cash in the currency the [bank] has borrowed, purchased subject to resale, or taken as collateral from the counterparty); and</P>
                <P>(F) Hfx equals the haircut appropriate to the mismatch between the currency referenced in Efx and the settlement currency.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Standard supervisory haircuts.</E> (A) Under the standard supervisory haircuts approach:</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A [bank] must use the haircuts for market price volatility (Hs) in Table 3, as adjusted in certain circumstances as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">3</E>) and (<E T="03">4</E>) of this section;</P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs96,15,15" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 3.—Standard Supervisory Market Price Volatility Haircuts <SU>1</SU>
                  </TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Applicable external rating grade category for debt securities</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Residual maturity for debt securities</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Issuers exempt from the 3 basis point floor</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Other issuers</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW RUL="s">
                    <ENT I="01">Two highest investment-grade rating categories for long-term ratings/highest investment-grade rating category for short-term ratings</ENT>
                    <ENT>≤ 1 year<LI>&gt;1 year, ≤ 5 years</LI>
                      <LI>&gt; 5 years</LI>
                    </ENT>
                    <ENT>0.005<LI>0.02</LI>
                      <LI>0.04</LI>
                    </ENT>
                    <ENT>0.01<LI>0.04</LI>
                      <LI>0.08</LI>
                    </ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW RUL="s">
                    <ENT I="01">Two lowest investment-grade rating categories for both short- and long-term ratings</ENT>
                    <ENT>≤ 1 year<LI>&gt; 1 year, ≤ 5 years</LI>
                      <LI>&gt; 5 years</LI>
                    </ENT>
                    <ENT>0.01<LI>0.03</LI>
                      <LI>0.06</LI>
                    </ENT>
                    <ENT>0.02<LI>0.06</LI>
                      <LI>0.12</LI>
                    </ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW RUL="s">
                    <ENT I="01">One rating category below investment grade</ENT>
                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.15</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.25</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW EXPSTB="01" RUL="s">
                    <ENT I="01">Main index equities (including convertible bonds) and gold</ENT>
                    <ENT A="01">0.15</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW RUL="s">
                    <ENT I="01">Other publicly traded equities (including convertible bonds), conforming residential mortgages, and nonfinancial collateral</ENT>
                    <ENT A="01">0.25</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW RUL="s">
                    <ENT I="01">Mutual funds</ENT>
                    <ENT A="01">Highest haircut applicable to any security in which the fund can invest.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Cash on deposit with the [bank] (including a certificate of deposit issued by the [bank])</ENT>
                    <ENT A="01">0</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <TNOTE>
                    <SU>1</SU> The market price volatility haircuts in Table 3 are based on a ten-business-day holding period.</TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) For currency mismatches, a [bank] must use a haircut for foreign exchange rate volatility (Hfx) of 8 percent, as adjusted in certain circumstances as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">3</E>) and (<E T="03">4</E>) of this section.</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) For repo-style transactions, a [bank] may multiply the supervisory haircuts provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) and (<E T="03">2</E>) of this section by the square root of <FR>1/2</FR> (which equals 0.707107).</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) A [bank] must adjust the supervisory haircuts upward on the basis of a holding period longer than ten business days (for eligible margin loans) or five business days (for repo-style transactions) where and as appropriate to take into account the illiquidity of an instrument.<PRTPAGE P="75"/>
                </P>
                <P>(iii) <E T="03">Own internal estimates for haircuts</E>. With the prior written approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may calculate haircuts (Hs and Hfx) using its own internal estimates of the volatilities of market prices and foreign exchange rates.</P>
                <P>(A) To receive [AGENCY] approval to use its own internal estimates, a [bank] must satisfy the following minimum quantitative standards:</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A [bank] must use a 99th percentile one-tailed confidence interval.</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The minimum holding period for a repo-style transaction is five business days and for an eligible margin loan is ten business days. When a [bank] calculates an own-estimates haircut on a T<E T="8142">N</E>-day holding period, which is different from the minimum holding period for the transaction type, the applicable haircut (H<E T="8142">M</E>) is calculated using the following square root of time formula:</P>
                <MATH DEEP="33" SPAN="1">
                  <MID>ER07DE07.014</MID>
                </MATH>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(<E T="03">i</E>) T<E T="8142">M</E> equals 5 for repo-style transactions and 10 for eligible margin loans;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(<E T="03">ii</E>) T<E T="8142">N</E> equals the holding period used by the [bank] to derive H<E T="8142">N</E>; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(<E T="03">iii</E>) H<E T="8142">N</E> equals the haircut based on the holding period T<E T="8142">N</E>.</FP>
                <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A [bank] must adjust holding periods upwards where and as appropriate to take into account the illiquidity of an instrument.</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The historical observation period must be at least one year.</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) A [bank] must update its data sets and recompute haircuts no less frequently than quarterly and must also reassess data sets and haircuts whenever market prices change materially.</P>
                <P>(B) With respect to debt securities that have an applicable external rating of investment grade, a [bank] may calculate haircuts for categories of securities. For a category of securities, the [bank] must calculate the haircut on the basis of internal volatility estimates for securities in that category that are representative of the securities in that category that the [bank] has lent, sold subject to repurchase, posted as collateral, borrowed, purchased subject to resale, or taken as collateral. In determining relevant categories, the [bank] must at a minimum take into account:</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The type of issuer of the security;</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The applicable external rating of the security;</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The maturity of the security; and</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The interest rate sensitivity of the security.</P>
                <P>(C) With respect to debt securities that have an applicable external rating of below investment grade and equity securities, a [bank] must calculate a separate haircut for each individual security.</P>
                <P>(D) Where an exposure or collateral (whether in the form of cash or securities) is denominated in a currency that differs from the settlement currency, the [bank] must calculate a separate currency mismatch haircut for its net position in each mismatched currency based on estimated volatilities of foreign exchange rates between the mismatched currency and the settlement currency.</P>
                <P>(E) A [bank]'s own estimates of market price and foreign exchange rate volatilities may not take into account the correlations among securities and foreign exchange rates on either the exposure or collateral side of a transaction (or netting set) or the correlations among securities and foreign exchange rates between the exposure and collateral sides of the transaction (or netting set).</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Simple VaR methodology</E>. With the prior written approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may estimate EAD for a netting set using a VaR model that meets the requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section. In such event, the [bank] must set EAD equal to max {0, [(ΣE—ΣC) + PFE]}, where:</P>
                <P>(i) ΣE equals the value of the exposure (the sum of the current market values of all instruments, gold, and cash the [bank] has lent, sold subject to repurchase, or posted as collateral to the counterparty under the netting set);</P>
                <P>(ii) ΣC equals the value of the collateral (the sum of the current market values of all instruments, gold, and cash the [bank] has borrowed, purchased subject to resale, or taken as collateral from the counterparty under the netting set); and</P>
                <P>(iii) PFE (potential future exposure) equals the [bank]'s empirically based best estimate of the 99th percentile, one-tailed confidence interval for an increase in the value of (ΣE—ΣC) over a five-business-day holding period for repo-style transactions or over a ten-business-day holding period for eligible margin loans using a minimum one-year historical observation period of price data representing the instruments that the [bank] has lent, sold subject to repurchase, posted as collateral, borrowed, purchased subject to resale, or taken as collateral. The [bank] must validate its VaR model, including by establishing and maintaining a rigorous and regular back-testing regime.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">EAD for OTC derivative contracts.</E> (1) A [bank] must determine the EAD for an OTC derivative contract that is not subject to a qualifying master netting agreement using the current exposure methodology in paragraph (c)(5) of this section or using the internal models methodology described in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>

                <P>(2) A [bank] must determine the EAD for multiple OTC derivative contracts that are <PRTPAGE P="76"/>subject to a qualifying master netting agreement using the current exposure methodology in paragraph (c)(6) of this section or using the internal models methodology described in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Counterparty credit risk for credit derivatives.</E> Notwithstanding the above, (i) A [bank] that purchases a credit derivative that is recognized under section 33 or 34 of this appendix as a credit risk mitigant for an exposure that is not a covered position under [the market risk rule] need not compute a separate counterparty credit risk capital requirement under this section so long as the [bank] does so consistently for all such credit derivatives and either includes all or excludes all such credit derivatives that are subject to a master netting agreement from any measure used to determine counterparty credit risk exposure to all relevant counterparties for risk-based capital purposes.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] that is the protection provider in a credit derivative must treat the credit derivative as a wholesale exposure to the reference obligor and need not compute a counterparty credit risk capital requirement for the credit derivative under this section, so long as it does so consistently for all such credit derivatives and either includes all or excludes all such credit derivatives that are subject to a master netting agreement from any measure used to determine counterparty credit risk exposure to all relevant counterparties for risk-based capital purposes (unless the [bank] is treating the credit derivative as a covered position under [the market risk rule], in which case the [bank] must compute a supplemental counterparty credit risk capital requirement under this section).</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Counterparty credit risk for equity derivatives.</E> A [bank] must treat an equity derivative contract as an equity exposure and compute a risk-weighted asset amount for the equity derivative contract under part VI (unless the [bank] is treating the contract as a covered position under [the market risk rule]). In addition, if the [bank] is treating the contract as a covered position under [the market risk rule] and in certain other cases described in section 55 of this appendix, the [bank] must also calculate a risk-based capital requirement for the counterparty credit risk of an equity derivative contract under this part.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">Single OTC derivative contract.</E> Except as modified by paragraph (c)(7) of this section, the EAD for a single OTC derivative contract that is not subject to a qualifying master netting agreement is equal to the sum of the [bank]'s current credit exposure and potential future credit exposure (PFE) on the derivative contract.</P>
                <P>(i) <E T="03">Current credit exposure.</E> The current credit exposure for a single OTC derivative contract is the greater of the mark-to-market value of the derivative contract or zero.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">PFE</E>. The PFE for a single OTC derivative contract, including an OTC derivative contract with a negative mark-to-market value, is calculated by multiplying the notional principal amount of the derivative contract by the appropriate conversion factor in Table 4. For purposes of calculating either the PFE under this paragraph or the gross PFE under paragraph (c)(6) of this section for exchange rate contracts and other similar contracts in which the notional principal amount is equivalent to the cash flows, notional principal amount is the net receipts to each party falling due on each value date in each currency. For any OTC derivative contract that does not fall within one of the specified categories in Table 4, the PFE must be calculated using the “other” conversion factors. A [bank] must use an OTC derivative contract's effective notional principal amount (that is, its apparent or stated notional principal amount multiplied by any multiplier in the OTC derivative contract) rather than its apparent or stated notional principal amount in calculating PFE. PFE of the protection provider of a credit derivative is capped at the net present value of the amount of unpaid premiums.<PRTPAGE P="77"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,9.3,9.3,12,12,12,12,12" COLS="8" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 4.—Conversion Factor Matrix for OTC Derivative Contracts <SU>1</SU>
                  </TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Remaining maturity <SU>2</SU>
                    </CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Interest rate</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Foreign exchange rate and gold</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Credit (investment-grade reference obligor)<SU>3</SU>
                    </CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Credit (non-investment-grade reference obligor)</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Equity</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Precious metals (except gold)</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Other</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">One year or less</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.05</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.10</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.06</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.07</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.10</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Over one to five years</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.005</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.05</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.05</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.10</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.08</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.07</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.12</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Over five years</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.015</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.075</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.05</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.10</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.10</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.08</ENT>
                    <ENT>0.15</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <TNOTE>
                    <SU>1</SU> For an OTC derivative contract with multiple exchanges of principal, the conversion factor is multiplied by the number of remaining payments in the derivative contract.</TNOTE>
                  <TNOTE>
                    <SU>2</SU> For an OTC derivative contract that is structured such that on specified dates any outstanding exposure is settled and the terms are reset so that the market value of the contract is zero, the remaining maturity equals the time until the next reset date. For an interest rate derivative contract with a remaining maturity of greater than one year that meets these criteria, the minimum conversion factor is 0.005.</TNOTE>
                  <TNOTE>
                    <SU>3</SU> A [bank] must use the column labeled “Credit (investment-grade reference obligor)” for a credit derivative whose reference obligor has an outstanding unsecured long-term debt security without credit enhancement that has a long-term applicable external rating of at least investment grade. A [bank] must use the column labeled “Credit (non-investment-grade reference obligor)” for all other credit derivatives.</TNOTE>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="78"/>
                <P>(6) <E T="03">Multiple OTC derivative contracts subject to a qualifying master netting agreement.</E> Except as modified by paragraph (c)(7) of this section, the EAD for multiple OTC derivative contracts subject to a qualifying master netting agreement is equal to the sum of the net current credit exposure and the adjusted sum of the PFE exposure for all OTC derivative contracts subject to the qualifying master netting agreement.</P>
                <P>(i) <E T="03">Net current credit exposure.</E> The net current credit exposure is the greater of:</P>
                <P>(A) The net sum of all positive and negative mark-to-market values of the individual OTC derivative contracts subject to the qualifying master netting agreement; or</P>
                <P>(B) zero.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Adjusted sum of the PFE.</E> The adjusted sum of the PFE, Anet, is calculated as Anet = (0.4×Agross)+(0.6×NGR×Agross), where:</P>
                <P>(A) Agross = the gross PFE (that is, the sum of the PFE amounts (as determined under paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section) for each individual OTC derivative contract subject to the qualifying master netting agreement); and</P>
                <P>(B) NGR = the net to gross ratio (that is, the ratio of the net current credit exposure to the gross current credit exposure). In calculating the NGR, the gross current credit exposure equals the sum of the positive current credit exposures (as determined under paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section) of all individual OTC derivative contracts subject to the qualifying master netting agreement.</P>
                <P>(7) <E T="03">Collateralized OTC derivative contracts.</E> A [bank] may recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of financial collateral that secures an OTC derivative contract or single-product netting set of OTC derivatives by factoring the collateral into its LGD estimates for the contract or netting set. Alternatively, a [bank] may recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of financial collateral that secures such a contract or netting set that is marked to market on a daily basis and subject to a daily margin maintenance requirement by estimating an unsecured LGD for the contract or netting set and adjusting the EAD calculated under paragraph (c)(5) or (c)(6) of this section using the collateral haircut approach in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The [bank] must substitute the EAD calculated under paragraph (c)(5) or (c)(6) of this section for ΣE in the equation in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section and must use a ten-business-day minimum holding period (T<E T="8142">M</E> = 10).</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Internal models methodology.</E> (1) With prior written approval from the [AGENCY], a [bank] may use the internal models methodology in this paragraph (d) to determine EAD for counterparty credit risk for OTC derivative contracts (collateralized or uncollateralized) and single-product netting sets thereof, for eligible margin loans and single-product netting sets thereof, and for repo-style transactions and single-product netting sets thereof. A [bank] that uses the internal models methodology for a particular transaction type (OTC derivative contracts, eligible margin loans, or repo-style transactions) must use the internal models methodology for all transactions of that transaction type. A [bank] may choose to use the internal models methodology for one or two of these three types of exposures and not the other types. A [bank] may also use the internal models methodology for OTC derivative contracts, eligible margin loans, and repo-style transactions subject to a qualifying cross-product netting agreement if:</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank] effectively integrates the risk mitigating effects of cross-product netting into its risk management and other information technology systems; and</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank] obtains the prior written approval of the [AGENCY]. A [bank] that uses the internal models methodology for a transaction type must receive approval from the [AGENCY] to cease using the methodology for that transaction type or to make a material change to its internal model.</P>
                <P>(2) Under the internal models methodology, a [bank] uses an internal model to estimate the expected exposure (EE) for a netting set and then calculates EAD based on that EE.</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank] must use its internal model's probability distribution for changes in the market value of a netting set that are attributable to changes in market variables to determine EE.</P>
                <P>(ii) Under the internal models methodology, EAD = α x effective EPE, or, subject to [AGENCY] approval as provided in paragraph (d)(7), a more conservative measure of EAD.</P>
                <MATH DEEP="21" SPAN="1">
                  <MID>ER07DE07.026</MID>
                </MATH>
                <FP>(that is, effective EPE is the time-weighted average of effective EE where the weights are the proportion that an individual effective EE represents in a one-year time interval) where:</FP>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Effective EE<E T="52">t</E>
                  <E T="0362">k</E> = max (Effective EE<E T="52">t</E>
                  <E T="0362">k−1</E>, EE<E T="52">t</E>
                  <E T="0362">k</E>) (that is, for a specific date<E T="52">t</E>
                  <E T="0362">k</E>, effective EE is the greater of EE at that date or the effective EE at the previous date); and</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="52">t</E>
                  <E T="0362">k</E> represents the kth future time period in the model and there are n time periods represented in the model over the first year; and</P>
                <P>(B) α = 1.4 except as provided in paragraph (d)(6), or when the [AGENCY] has determined that the [bank] must set α higher based on the [bank]'s specific characteristics of counterparty credit risk.</P>

                <P>(iii) A [bank] may include financial collateral currently posted by the counterparty as <PRTPAGE P="79"/>collateral (but may not include other forms of collateral) when calculating EE.</P>
                <P>(iv) If a [bank] hedges some or all of the counterparty credit risk associated with a netting set using an eligible credit derivative, the [bank] may take the reduction in exposure to the counterparty into account when estimating EE. If the [bank] recognizes this reduction in exposure to the counterparty in its estimate of EE, it must also use its internal model to estimate a separate EAD for the [bank]'s exposure to the protection provider of the credit derivative.</P>
                <P>(3) To obtain [AGENCY] approval to calculate the distributions of exposures upon which the EAD calculation is based, the [bank] must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY] that it has been using for at least one year an internal model that broadly meets the following minimum standards, with which the [bank] must maintain compliance:</P>
                <P>(i) The model must have the systems capability to estimate the expected exposure to the counterparty on a daily basis (but is not expected to estimate or report expected exposure on a daily basis).</P>
                <P>(ii) The model must estimate expected exposure at enough future dates to reflect accurately all the future cash flows of contracts in the netting set.</P>
                <P>(iii) The model must account for the possible non-normality of the exposure distribution, where appropriate.</P>
                <P>(iv) The [bank] must measure, monitor, and control current counterparty exposure and the exposure to the counterparty over the whole life of all contracts in the netting set.</P>
                <P>(v) The [bank] must be able to measure and manage current exposures gross and net of collateral held, where appropriate. The [bank] must estimate expected exposures for OTC derivative contracts both with and without the effect of collateral agreements.</P>
                <P>(vi) The [bank] must have procedures to identify, monitor, and control specific wrong-way risk throughout the life of an exposure. Wrong-way risk in this context is the risk that future exposure to a counterparty will be high when the counterparty's probability of default is also high.</P>
                <P>(vii) The model must use current market data to compute current exposures. When estimating model parameters based on historical data, at least three years of historical data that cover a wide range of economic conditions must be used and must be updated quarterly or more frequently if market conditions warrant. The [bank] should consider using model parameters based on forward-looking measures, where appropriate.</P>
                <P>(viii) A [bank] must subject its internal model to an initial validation and annual model review process. The model review should consider whether the inputs and risk factors, as well as the model outputs, are appropriate.</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Maturity</E>. (i) If the remaining maturity of the exposure or the longest-dated contract in the netting set is greater than one year, the [bank] must set M for the exposure or netting set equal to the lower of five years or M(EPE),<SU>3</SU>
                  <FTREF/> where:</P>
                <FTNT>
                  <P>
                    <SU>3</SU> Alternatively, a [bank] that uses an internal model to calculate a one-sided credit valuation adjustment may use the effective credit duration estimated by the model as M(EPE) in place of the formula in paragraph (d)(4).</P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPH DEEP="64" SPAN="2">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.015</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>(B) df<E T="8142">k</E> is the risk-free discount factor for future time period t<E T="8142">k</E>; and</P>
                <P>(C) Δ<E T="03">t</E>
                  <E T="54">k</E> = <E T="03">t</E>
                  <E T="8142">k</E>−<E T="03">t</E>
                  <E T="8142">k−1</E>.</P>
                <P>(ii) If the remaining maturity of the exposure or the longest-dated contract in the netting set is one year or less, the [bank] must set M for the exposure or netting set equal to one year, except as provided in paragraph (d)(7) of section 31 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">Collateral agreements</E>. A [bank] may capture the effect on EAD of a collateral agreement that requires receipt of collateral when exposure to the counterparty increases but may not capture the effect on EAD of a collateral agreement that requires receipt of collateral when counterparty credit quality deteriorates. For this purpose, a collateral agreement means a legal contract that specifies the time when, and circumstances under which, the counterparty is required to pledge collateral to the [bank] for a single financial contract or for all financial contracts in a <PRTPAGE P="80"/>netting set and confers upon the [bank] a perfected, first priority security interest (notwithstanding the prior security interest of any custodial agent), or the legal equivalent thereof, in the collateral posted by the counterparty under the agreement. This security interest must provide the [bank] with a right to close out the financial positions and liquidate the collateral upon an event of default of, or failure to perform by, the counterparty under the collateral agreement. A contract would not satisfy this requirement if the [bank]'s exercise of rights under the agreement may be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions. Two methods are available to capture the effect of a collateral agreement:</P>
                <P>(i) With prior written approval from the [AGENCY], a [bank] may include the effect of a collateral agreement within its internal model used to calculate EAD. The [bank] may set EAD equal to the expected exposure at the end of the margin period of risk. The margin period of risk means, with respect to a netting set subject to a collateral agreement, the time period from the most recent exchange of collateral with a counterparty until the next required exchange of collateral plus the period of time required to sell and realize the proceeds of the least liquid collateral that can be delivered under the terms of the collateral agreement and, where applicable, the period of time required to re-hedge the resulting market risk, upon the default of the counterparty. The minimum margin period of risk is five business days for repo-style transactions and ten business days for other transactions when liquid financial collateral is posted under a daily margin maintenance requirement. This period should be extended to cover any additional time between margin calls; any potential closeout difficulties; any delays in selling collateral, particularly if the collateral is illiquid; and any impediments to prompt re-hedging of any market risk.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] that can model EPE without collateral agreements but cannot achieve the higher level of modeling sophistication to model EPE with collateral agreements can set effective EPE for a collateralized netting set equal to the lesser of:</P>
                <P>(A) The threshold, defined as the exposure amount at which the counterparty is required to post collateral under the collateral agreement, if the threshold is positive, plus an add-on that reflects the potential increase in exposure of the netting set over the margin period of risk. The add-on is computed as the expected increase in the netting set's exposure beginning from current exposure of zero over the margin period of risk. The margin period of risk must be at least five business days for netting sets consisting only of repo-style transactions subject to daily re-margining and daily marking-to-market, and ten business days for all other netting sets; or</P>
                <P>(B) Effective EPE without a collateral agreement.</P>
                <P>(6) <E T="03">Own estimate of alpha.</E> With prior written approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may calculate alpha as the ratio of economic capital from a full simulation of counterparty exposure across counterparties that incorporates a joint simulation of market and credit risk factors (numerator) and economic capital based on EPE (denominator), subject to a floor of 1.2. For purposes of this calculation, economic capital is the unexpected losses for all counterparty credit risks measured at a 99.9 percent confidence level over a one-year horizon. To receive approval, the [bank] must meet the following minimum standards to the satisfaction of the [AGENCY]:</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank]'s own estimate of alpha must capture in the numerator the effects of:</P>
                <P>(A) The material sources of stochastic dependency of distributions of market values of transactions or portfolios of transactions across counterparties;</P>
                <P>(B) Volatilities and correlations of market risk factors used in the joint simulation, which must be related to the credit risk factor used in the simulation to reflect potential increases in volatility or correlation in an economic downturn, where appropriate; and</P>
                <P>(C) The granularity of exposures (that is, the effect of a concentration in the proportion of each counterparty's exposure that is driven by a particular risk factor).</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank] must assess the potential model uncertainty in its estimates of alpha.</P>
                <P>(iii) The [bank] must calculate the numerator and denominator of alpha in a consistent fashion with respect to modeling methodology, parameter specifications, and portfolio composition.</P>
                <P>(iv) The [bank] must review and adjust as appropriate its estimates of the numerator and denominator of alpha on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when the composition of the portfolio varies over time.</P>
                <P>(7) <E T="03">Other measures of counterparty exposure.</E> With prior written approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may set EAD equal to a measure of counterparty credit risk exposure, such as peak EAD, that is more conservative than an alpha of 1.4 (or higher under the terms of paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section) times EPE for every counterparty whose EAD will be measured under the alternative measure of counterparty exposure. The [bank] must demonstrate the conservatism of the measure of counterparty credit risk exposure used for EAD. For material portfolios of new OTC derivative products, the [bank] may assume that the current exposure methodology in paragraphs (c)(5) and (c)(6) of this section meets the conservatism <PRTPAGE P="81"/>requirement of this paragraph for a period not to exceed 180 days. For immaterial portfolios of OTC derivative contracts, the [bank] generally may assume that the current exposure methodology in paragraphs (c)(5) and (c)(6) of this section meets the conservatism requirement of this paragraph.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 33. Guarantees and Credit Derivatives: PD Substitution and LGD Adjustment Approaches</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Scope.</E> (1) This section applies to wholesale exposures for which:</P>
                <P>(i) Credit risk is fully covered by an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative; or</P>
                <P>(ii) Credit risk is covered on a pro rata basis (that is, on a basis in which the [bank] and the protection provider share losses proportionately) by an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative.</P>
                <P>(2) Wholesale exposures on which there is a tranching of credit risk (reflecting at least two different levels of seniority) are securitization exposures subject to the securitization framework in part V.</P>
                <P>(3) A [bank] may elect to recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative covering an exposure described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section by using the PD substitution approach or the LGD adjustment approach in paragraph (c) of this section or, if the transaction qualifies, using the double default treatment in section 34 of this appendix. A [bank]'s PD and LGD for the hedged exposure may not be lower than the PD and LGD floors described in paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of section 31 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(4) If multiple eligible guarantees or eligible credit derivatives cover a single exposure described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a [bank] may treat the hedged exposure as multiple separate exposures each covered by a single eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative and may calculate a separate risk-based capital requirement for each separate exposure as described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.</P>
                <P>(5) If a single eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative covers multiple hedged wholesale exposures described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a [bank] must treat each hedged exposure as covered by a separate eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative and must calculate a separate risk-based capital requirement for each exposure as described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.</P>
                <P>(6) A [bank] must use the same risk parameters for calculating ECL as it uses for calculating the risk-based capital requirement for the exposure.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Rules of recognition</E>. (1) A [bank] may only recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of eligible guarantees and eligible credit derivatives.</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] may only recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of an eligible credit derivative to hedge an exposure that is different from the credit derivative's reference exposure used for determining the derivative's cash settlement value, deliverable obligation, or occurrence of a credit event if:</P>
                <P>(i) The reference exposure ranks pari passu (that is, equally) with or is junior to the hedged exposure; and</P>
                <P>(ii) The reference exposure and the hedged exposure are exposures to the same legal entity, and legally enforceable cross-default or cross-acceleration clauses are in place to assure payments under the credit derivative are triggered when the obligor fails to pay under the terms of the hedged exposure.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Risk parameters for hedged exposures</E>—(1) <E T="03">PD substitution approach</E>—(i) <E T="03">Full coverage</E>. If an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and the protection amount (P) of the guarantee or credit derivative is greater than or equal to the EAD of the hedged exposure, a [bank] may recognize the guarantee or credit derivative in determining the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for the hedged exposure by substituting the PD associated with the rating grade of the protection provider for the PD associated with the rating grade of the obligor in the risk-based capital formula applicable to the guarantee or credit derivative in Table 2 and using the appropriate LGD as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section. If the [bank] determines that full substitution of the protection provider's PD leads to an inappropriate degree of risk mitigation, the [bank] may substitute a higher PD than that of the protection provider.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Partial coverage</E>. If an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and the protection amount (P) of the guarantee or credit derivative is less than the EAD of the hedged exposure, the [bank] must treat the hedged exposure as two separate exposures (protected and unprotected) in order to recognize the credit risk mitigation benefit of the guarantee or credit derivative.</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank] must calculate its risk-based capital requirement for the protected exposure under section 31 of this appendix, where PD is the protection provider's PD, LGD is determined under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, and EAD is P. If the [bank] determines that full substitution leads to an inappropriate degree of risk mitigation, the [bank] may use a higher PD than that of the protection provider.</P>

                <P>(B) The [bank] must calculate its risk-based capital requirement for the unprotected exposure under section 31 of this appendix, where PD is the obligor's PD, LGD is the hedged exposure's LGD (not adjusted to reflect the guarantee or credit derivative), <PRTPAGE P="82"/>and EAD is the EAD of the original hedged exposure minus P.</P>
                <P>(C) The treatment in this paragraph (c)(1)(ii) is applicable when the credit risk of a wholesale exposure is covered on a partial pro rata basis or when an adjustment is made to the effective notional amount of the guarantee or credit derivative under paragraph (d), (e), or (f) of this section.</P>
                <P>(iii) <E T="03">LGD of hedged exposures</E>. The LGD of a hedged exposure under the PD substitution approach is equal to:</P>
                <P>(A) The lower of the LGD of the hedged exposure (not adjusted to reflect the guarantee or credit derivative) and the LGD of the guarantee or credit derivative, if the guarantee or credit derivative provides the [bank] with the option to receive immediate payout upon triggering the protection; or</P>
                <P>(B) The LGD of the guarantee or credit derivative, if the guarantee or credit derivative does not provide the [bank] with the option to receive immediate payout upon triggering the protection.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">LGD adjustment approach</E>—(i) <E T="03">Full coverage</E>. If an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and the protection amount (P) of the guarantee or credit derivative is greater than or equal to the EAD of the hedged exposure, the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for the hedged exposure is the greater of:</P>
                <P>(A) The risk-based capital requirement for the exposure as calculated under section 31 of this appendix, with the LGD of the exposure adjusted to reflect the guarantee or credit derivative; or</P>
                <P>(B) The risk-based capital requirement for a direct exposure to the protection provider as calculated under section 31 of this appendix, using the PD for the protection provider, the LGD for the guarantee or credit derivative, and an EAD equal to the EAD of the hedged exposure.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Partial coverage</E>. If an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative meets the conditions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and the protection amount (P) of the guarantee or credit derivative is less than the EAD of the hedged exposure, the [bank] must treat the hedged exposure as two separate exposures (protected and unprotected) in order to recognize the credit risk mitigation benefit of the guarantee or credit derivative.</P>
                <P>(A) The [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for the protected exposure would be the greater of:</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The risk-based capital requirement for the protected exposure as calculated under section 31 of this appendix, with the LGD of the exposure adjusted to reflect the guarantee or credit derivative and EAD set equal to P; or</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The risk-based capital requirement for a direct exposure to the guarantor as calculated under section 31 of this appendix, using the PD for the protection provider, the LGD for the guarantee or credit derivative, and an EAD set equal to P.</P>
                <P>(B) The [bank] must calculate its risk-based capital requirement for the unprotected exposure under section 31 of this appendix, where PD is the obligor's PD, LGD is the hedged exposure's LGD (not adjusted to reflect the guarantee or credit derivative), and EAD is the EAD of the original hedged exposure minus P.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">M of hedged exposures</E>. The M of the hedged exposure is the same as the M of the exposure if it were unhedged.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Maturity mismatch</E>. (1) A [bank] that recognizes an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative in determining its risk-based capital requirement for a hedged exposure must adjust the effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant to reflect any maturity mismatch between the hedged exposure and the credit risk mitigant.</P>
                <P>(2) A maturity mismatch occurs when the residual maturity of a credit risk mitigant is less than that of the hedged exposure(s).</P>
                <P>(3) The residual maturity of a hedged exposure is the longest possible remaining time before the obligor is scheduled to fulfill its obligation on the exposure. If a credit risk mitigant has embedded options that may reduce its term, the [bank] (protection purchaser) must use the shortest possible residual maturity for the credit risk mitigant. If a call is at the discretion of the protection provider, the residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant is at the first call date. If the call is at the discretion of the [bank] (protection purchaser), but the terms of the arrangement at origination of the credit risk mitigant contain a positive incentive for the [bank] to call the transaction before contractual maturity, the remaining time to the first call date is the residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant. For example, where there is a step-up in cost in conjunction with a call feature or where the effective cost of protection increases over time even if credit quality remains the same or improves, the residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant will be the remaining time to the first call.</P>
                <P>(4) A credit risk mitigant with a maturity mismatch may be recognized only if its original maturity is greater than or equal to one year and its residual maturity is greater than three months.</P>
                <P>(5) When a maturity mismatch exists, the [bank] must apply the following adjustment to the effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant: Pm = E × (t - 0.25)/(T - 0.25), where:</P>
                <P>(i) Pm = effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant, adjusted for maturity mismatch;</P>

                <P>(ii) E = effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant;<PRTPAGE P="83"/>
                </P>
                <P>(iii) t = the lesser of T or the residual maturity of the credit risk mitigant, expressed in years; and</P>
                <P>(iv) T = the lesser of five or the residual maturity of the hedged exposure, expressed in years.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Credit derivatives without restructuring as a credit event</E>. If a [bank] recognizes an eligible credit derivative that does not include as a credit event a restructuring of the hedged exposure involving forgiveness or postponement of principal, interest, or fees that results in a credit loss event (that is, a charge-off, specific provision, or other similar debit to the profit and loss account), the [bank] must apply the following adjustment to the effective notional amount of the credit derivative: Pr = Pm × 0.60, where:</P>
                <P>(1) Pr = effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant, adjusted for lack of restructuring event (and maturity mismatch, if applicable); and</P>
                <P>(2) Pm = effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant adjusted for maturity mismatch (if applicable).</P>
                <P>(f) <E T="03">Currency mismatch</E>. (1) If a [bank] recognizes an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative that is denominated in a currency different from that in which the hedged exposure is denominated, the [bank] must apply the following formula to the effective notional amount of the guarantee or credit derivative: Pc = Pr × (1 - H<E T="52">FX</E>), where:</P>
                <P>(i) Pc = effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant, adjusted for currency mismatch (and maturity mismatch and lack of restructuring event, if applicable);</P>
                <P>(ii) Pr = effective notional amount of the credit risk mitigant (adjusted for maturity mismatch and lack of restructuring event, if applicable); and</P>
                <P>(iii) H<E T="52">FX</E> = haircut appropriate for the currency mismatch between the credit risk mitigant and the hedged exposure.</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] must set H<E T="52">FX</E> equal to 8 percent unless it qualifies for the use of and uses its own internal estimates of foreign exchange volatility based on a ten-business-day holding period and daily marking-to-market and remargining. A [bank] qualifies for the use of its own internal estimates of foreign exchange volatility if it qualifies for:</P>
                <P>(i) The own-estimates haircuts in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of section 32 of this appendix;</P>
                <P>(ii) The simple VaR methodology in paragraph (b)(3) of section 32 of this appendix; or</P>
                <P>(iii) The internal models methodology in paragraph (d) of section 32 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(3) A [bank] must adjust H<E T="52">FX</E> calculated in paragraph (f)(2) of this section upward if the [bank] revalues the guarantee or credit derivative less frequently than once every ten business days using the square root of time formula provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) of section 32 of this appendix.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 34. Guarantees and Credit Derivatives: Double Default Treatment</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility and operational criteria for double default treatment.</E> A [bank] may recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of a guarantee or credit derivative covering an exposure described in paragraph (a)(1) of section 33 of this appendix by applying the double default treatment in this section if all the following criteria are satisfied.</P>
                <P>(1) The hedged exposure is fully covered or covered on a pro rata basis by:</P>
                <P>(i) An eligible guarantee issued by an eligible double default guarantor; or</P>
                <P>(ii) An eligible credit derivative that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of section 33 of this appendix and is issued by an eligible double default guarantor.</P>
                <P>(2) The guarantee or credit derivative is:</P>
                <P>(i) An uncollateralized guarantee or uncollateralized credit derivative (for example, a credit default swap) that provides protection with respect to a single reference obligor; or</P>
                <P>(ii) An nth-to-default credit derivative (subject to the requirements of paragraph (m) of section 42 of this appendix).</P>
                <P>(3) The hedged exposure is a wholesale exposure (other than a sovereign exposure).</P>
                <P>(4) The obligor of the hedged exposure is not:</P>
                <P>(i) An eligible double default guarantor or an affiliate of an eligible double default guarantor; or</P>
                <P>(ii) An affiliate of the guarantor.</P>
                <P>(5) The [bank] does not recognize any credit risk mitigation benefits of the guarantee or credit derivative for the hedged exposure other than through application of the double default treatment as provided in this section.</P>
                <P>(6) The [bank] has implemented a process (which has received the prior, written approval of the [AGENCY]) to detect excessive correlation between the creditworthiness of the obligor of the hedged exposure and the protection provider. If excessive correlation is present, the [bank] may not use the double default treatment for the hedged exposure.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Full coverage.</E> If the transaction meets the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section and the protection amount (P) of the guarantee or credit derivative is at least equal to the EAD of the hedged exposure, the [bank] may determine its risk-weighted asset amount for the hedged exposure under paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Partial coverage.</E> If the transaction meets the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section and the protection amount (P) of the guarantee or credit derivative is less than the EAD of the hedged exposure, the [bank] must treat the hedged exposure as two separate exposures (protected and unprotected) <PRTPAGE P="84"/>in order to recognize double default treatment on the protected portion of the exposure.</P>
                <P>(1) For the protected exposure, the [bank] must set EAD equal to P and calculate its risk-weighted asset amount as provided in paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
                <P>(2) For the unprotected exposure, the [bank] must set EAD equal to the EAD of the original exposure minus P and then calculate its risk-weighted asset amount as provided in section 31 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Mismatches.</E> For any hedged exposure to which a [bank] applies double default treatment, the [bank] must make applicable adjustments to the protection amount as required in paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) of section 33 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">The double default dollar risk-based capital requirement.</E> The dollar risk-based capital requirement for a hedged exposure to which a [bank] has applied double default treatment is K<E T="52">DD</E> multiplied by the EAD of the exposure. K<E T="52">DD</E> is calculated according to the following formula: K<E T="52">DD</E> = K<E T="52">o</E> × (0.15 + 160 × PD<E T="52">g</E>),
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:  </FP>
                
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(1)</FP>
                <GPH DEEP="35" SPAN="2">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.016</GID>
                </GPH>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(2) PD<E T="52">g</E> = PD of the protection provider.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(3) PD<E T="52">o</E> = PD of the obligor of the hedged exposure.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(4) LGD<E T="52">g</E> = (i) The lower of the LGD of the hedged exposure (not adjusted to reflect the guarantee or credit derivative) and the LGD of the guarantee or credit derivative, if the guarantee or credit derivative provides the [bank] with the option to receive immediate payout on triggering the protection; or</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(ii) The LGD of the guarantee or credit derivative, if the guarantee or credit derivative does not provide the [bank] with the option to receive immediate payout on triggering the protection.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(5) ρ<E T="52">OS</E> (asset value correlation of the obligor) is calculated according to the appropriate formula for (R) provided in Table 2 in section 31 of this appendix, with PD equal to PD<E T="52">o</E>.</FP>

                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(6) b (maturity adjustment coefficient) is calculated according to the formula for b provided in Table 2 in section 31 of this appendix, with PD equal to the lesser of PD<E T="52">o</E> and PD<E T="52">g</E>.</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(7) M (maturity) is the effective maturity of the guarantee or credit derivative, which may not be less than one year or greater than five years.</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 35. Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Unsettled Transactions</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section:</P>
                <P>(1) <E T="03">Delivery-versus-payment (DvP) transaction</E> means a securities or commodities transaction in which the buyer is obligated to make payment only if the seller has made delivery of the securities or commodities and the seller is obligated to deliver the securities or commodities only if the buyer has made payment.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Payment-versus-payment (PvP) transaction</E> means a foreign exchange transaction in which each counterparty is obligated to make a final transfer of one or more currencies only if the other counterparty has made a final transfer of one or more currencies.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Normal settlement period.</E> A transaction has a <E T="03">normal settlement period</E> if the contractual settlement period for the transaction is equal to or less than the market standard for the instrument underlying the transaction and equal to or less than five business days.</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Positive current exposure.</E> The positive current exposure of a [bank] for a transaction is the difference between the transaction value at the agreed settlement price and the current market price of the transaction, if the difference results in a credit exposure of the [bank] to the counterparty.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section applies to all transactions involving securities, foreign exchange instruments, and commodities that have a risk of delayed settlement or delivery. This section does not apply to:</P>
                <P>(1) Transactions accepted by a qualifying central counterparty that are subject to daily marking-to-market and daily receipt and payment of variation margin;</P>
                <P>(2) Repo-style transactions, including unsettled repo-style transactions (which are addressed in sections 31 and 32 of this appendix);</P>
                <P>(3) One-way cash payments on OTC derivative contracts (which are addressed in sections 31 and 32 of this appendix); or</P>

                <P>(4) Transactions with a contractual settlement period that is longer than the normal settlement period (which are treated as OTC derivative contracts and addressed in sections 31 and 32 of this appendix).<PRTPAGE P="85"/>
                </P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">System-wide failures.</E> In the case of a system-wide failure of a settlement or clearing system, the [AGENCY] may waive risk-based capital requirements for unsettled and failed transactions until the situation is rectified.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Delivery-versus-payment (DvP) and payment-versus-payment (PvP) transactions.</E> A [bank] must hold risk-based capital against any DvP or PvP transaction with a normal settlement period if the [bank]'s counterparty has not made delivery or payment within five business days after the settlement date. The [bank] must determine its risk-weighted asset amount for such a transaction by multiplying the positive current exposure of the transaction for the [bank] by the appropriate risk weight in Table 5.</P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,14.1" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 5.—Risk Weights for Unsettled DvP and PvP Transactions</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Number of business days after contractual settlement date</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Risk weight to be applied to positive current exposure (percent)</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">From 5 to 15</ENT>
                    <ENT>100</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">From 16 to 30</ENT>
                    <ENT>625</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">From 31 to 45</ENT>
                    <ENT>937.5</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">46 or more</ENT>
                    <ENT>1,250</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Non-DvP/non-PvP (non-delivery-versus-payment/non-payment-versus-payment) transactions.</E> (1) A [bank] must hold risk-based capital against any non-DvP/non-PvP transaction with a normal settlement period if the [bank] has delivered cash, securities, commodities, or currencies to its counterparty but has not received its corresponding deliverables by the end of the same business day. The [bank] must continue to hold risk-based capital against the transaction until the [bank] has received its corresponding deliverables.</P>
                <P>(2) From the business day after the [bank] has made its delivery until five business days after the counterparty delivery is due, the [bank] must calculate its risk-based capital requirement for the transaction by treating the current market value of the deliverables owed to the [bank] as a wholesale exposure.</P>
                <P>(i) A [bank] may assign an obligor rating to a counterparty for which it is not otherwise required under this appendix to assign an obligor rating on the basis of the applicable external rating of any outstanding unsecured long-term debt security without credit enhancement issued by the counterparty.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] may use a 45 percent LGD for the transaction rather than estimating LGD for the transaction provided the [bank] uses the 45 percent LGD for all transactions described in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section.</P>
                <P>(iii) A [bank] may use a 100 percent risk weight for the transaction provided the [bank] uses this risk weight for all transactions described in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section.</P>
                <P>(3) If the [bank] has not received its deliverables by the fifth business day after the counterparty delivery was due, the [bank] must deduct the current market value of the deliverables owed to the [bank] 50 percent from tier 1 capital and 50 percent from tier 2 capital.</P>
                <P>(f) <E T="03">Total risk-weighted assets for unsettled transactions.</E> Total risk-weighted assets for unsettled transactions is the sum of the risk-weighted asset amounts of all DvP, PvP, and non-DvP/non-PvP transactions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part V. Risk-Weighted Assets for Securitization Exposures</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 41. Operational Criteria for Recognizing the Transfer of Risk</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Operational criteria for traditional securitizations.</E> A [bank] that transfers exposures it has originated or purchased to a securitization SPE or other third party in connection with a traditional securitization may exclude the exposures from the calculation of its risk-weighted assets only if each of the conditions in this paragraph (a) is satisfied. A [bank] that meets these conditions must hold risk-based capital against any securitization exposures it retains in connection with the securitization. A [bank] that fails to meet these conditions must hold risk-based capital against the transferred exposures as if they had not been securitized and must deduct from tier 1 capital any after-tax gain-on-sale resulting from the transaction. The conditions are:</P>
                <P>(1) The transfer is considered a sale under GAAP;</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank] has transferred to third parties credit risk associated with the underlying exposures; and</P>
                <P>(3) Any clean-up calls relating to the securitization are eligible clean-up calls.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Operational criteria for synthetic securitizations.</E> For synthetic securitizations, a [bank] may recognize for risk-based capital purposes the use of a credit risk mitigant to hedge underlying exposures only if each of the conditions in this paragraph (b) is satisfied. A [bank] that fails to meet these conditions must hold risk-based capital against the underlying exposures as if they had not been synthetically securitized. The conditions are:</P>
                <P>(1) The credit risk mitigant is financial collateral, an eligible credit derivative from an eligible securitization guarantor or an eligible guarantee from an eligible securitization guarantor;</P>

                <P>(2) The [bank] transfers credit risk associated with the underlying exposures to third parties, and the terms and conditions in the credit risk mitigants employed do not include provisions that:<PRTPAGE P="86"/>
                </P>
                <P>(i) Allow for the termination of the credit protection due to deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures;</P>
                <P>(ii) Require the [bank] to alter or replace the underlying exposures to improve the credit quality of the pool of underlying exposures;</P>
                <P>(iii) Increase the [bank]'s cost of credit protection in response to deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures;</P>
                <P>(iv) Increase the yield payable to parties other than the [bank] in response to a deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures; or</P>
                <P>(v) Provide for increases in a retained first loss position or credit enhancement provided by the [bank] after the inception of the securitization;</P>
                <P>(3) The [bank] obtains a well-reasoned opinion from legal counsel that confirms the enforceability of the credit risk mitigant in all relevant jurisdictions; and</P>
                <P>(4) Any clean-up calls relating to the securitization are eligible clean-up calls.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 42. Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Securitization Exposures</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Hierarchy of approaches.</E> Except as provided elsewhere in this section:</P>
                <P>(1) A [bank] must deduct from tier 1 capital any after-tax gain-on-sale resulting from a securitization and must deduct from total capital in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section the portion of any CEIO that does not constitute gain-on-sale.</P>
                <P>(2) If a securitization exposure does not require deduction under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and qualifies for the Ratings-Based Approach in section 43 of this appendix, a [bank] must apply the Ratings-Based Approach to the exposure.</P>
                <P>(3) If a securitization exposure does not require deduction under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and does not qualify for the Ratings-Based Approach, the [bank] may either apply the Internal Assessment Approach in section 44 of this appendix to the exposure (if the [bank], the exposure, and the relevant ABCP program qualify for the Internal Assessment Approach) or the Supervisory Formula Approach in section 45 of this appendix to the exposure (if the [bank] and the exposure qualify for the Supervisory Formula Approach).</P>
                <P>(4) If a securitization exposure does not require deduction under paragraph (a)(1) of this section and does not qualify for the Ratings-Based Approach, the Internal Assessment Approach, or the Supervisory Formula Approach, the [bank] must deduct the exposure from total capital in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
                <P>(5) If a securitization exposure is an OTC derivative contract (other than a credit derivative) that has a first priority claim on the cash flows from the underlying exposures (notwithstanding amounts due under interest rate or currency derivative contracts, fees due, or other similar payments), with approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may choose to set the risk-weighted asset amount of the exposure equal to the amount of the exposure as determined in paragraph (e) of this section rather than apply the hierarchy of approaches described in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this section.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Total risk-weighted assets for securitization exposures.</E> A [bank]'s total risk-weighted assets for securitization exposures is equal to the sum of its risk-weighted assets calculated using the Ratings-Based Approach in section 43 of this appendix, the Internal Assessment Approach in section 44 of this appendix, and the Supervisory Formula Approach in section 45 of this appendix, and its risk-weighted assets amount for early amortization provisions calculated in section 47 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Deductions.</E> (1) If a [bank] must deduct a securitization exposure from total capital, the [bank] must take the deduction 50 percent from tier 1 capital and 50 percent from tier 2 capital. If the amount deductible from tier 2 capital exceeds the [bank]'s tier 2 capital, the [bank] must deduct the excess from tier 1 capital.</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] may calculate any deduction from tier 1 capital and tier 2 capital for a securitization exposure net of any deferred tax liabilities associated with the securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Maximum risk-based capital requirement.</E> Regardless of any other provisions of this part, unless one or more underlying exposures does not meet the definition of a wholesale, retail, securitization, or equity exposure, the total risk-based capital requirement for all securitization exposures held by a single [bank] associated with a single securitization (including any risk-based capital requirements that relate to an early amortization provision of the securitization but excluding any risk-based capital requirements that relate to the [bank]'s gain-on-sale or CEIOs associated with the securitization) may not exceed the sum of:</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank]'s total risk-based capital requirement for the underlying exposures as if the [bank] directly held the underlying exposures; and</P>
                <P>(2) The total ECL of the underlying exposures.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Amount of a securitization exposure.</E> (1) The amount of an on-balance sheet securitization exposure that is not a repo-style transaction, eligible margin loan, or OTC derivative contract (other than a credit derivative) is:</P>

                <P>(i) The [bank]'s carrying value minus any unrealized gains and plus any unrealized losses on the exposure, if the exposure is a security classified as available-for-sale; or<PRTPAGE P="87"/>
                </P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank]'s carrying value, if the exposure is not a security classified as available-for-sale.</P>
                <P>(2) The amount of an off-balance sheet securitization exposure that is not an OTC derivative contract (other than a credit derivative) is the notional amount of the exposure. For an off-balance-sheet securitization exposure to an ABCP program, such as a liquidity facility, the notional amount may be reduced to the maximum potential amount that the [bank] could be required to fund given the ABCP program's current underlying assets (calculated without regard to the current credit quality of those assets).</P>
                <P>(3) The amount of a securitization exposure that is a repo-style transaction, eligible margin loan, or OTC derivative contract (other than a credit derivative) is the EAD of the exposure as calculated in section 32 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(f) <E T="03">Overlapping exposures.</E> If a [bank] has multiple securitization exposures that provide duplicative coverage of the underlying exposures of a securitization (such as when a [bank] provides a program-wide credit enhancement and multiple pool-specific liquidity facilities to an ABCP program), the [bank] is not required to hold duplicative risk-based capital against the overlapping position. Instead, the [bank] may apply to the overlapping position the applicable risk-based capital treatment that results in the highest risk-based capital requirement.</P>
                <P>(g) <E T="03">Securitizations of non-IRB exposures.</E> If a [bank] has a securitization exposure where any underlying exposure is not a wholesale exposure, retail exposure, securitization exposure, or equity exposure, the [bank] must:</P>
                <P>(1) If the [bank] is an originating [bank], deduct from tier 1 capital any after-tax gain-on-sale resulting from the securitization and deduct from total capital in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section the portion of any CEIO that does not constitute gain-on-sale;</P>
                <P>(2) If the securitization exposure does not require deduction under paragraph (g)(1), apply the RBA in section 43 of this appendix to the securitization exposure if the exposure qualifies for the RBA;</P>
                <P>(3) If the securitization exposure does not require deduction under paragraph (g)(1) and does not qualify for the RBA, apply the IAA in section 44 of this appendix to the exposure (if the [bank], the exposure, and the relevant ABCP program qualify for the IAA); and</P>
                <P>(4) If the securitization exposure does not require deduction under paragraph (g)(1) and does not qualify for the RBA or the IAA, deduct the exposure from total capital in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
                <P>(h) <E T="03">Implicit support.</E> If a [bank] provides support to a securitization in excess of the [bank]'s contractual obligation to provide credit support to the securitization (implicit support):</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank] must hold regulatory capital against all of the underlying exposures associated with the securitization as if the exposures had not been securitized and must deduct from tier 1 capital any after-tax gain-on-sale resulting from the securitization; and</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank] must disclose publicly:</P>
                <P>(i) That it has provided implicit support to the securitization; and</P>
                <P>(ii) The regulatory capital impact to the [bank] of providing such implicit support.</P>
                <P>(i) <E T="03">Eligible servicer cash advance facilities.</E> Regardless of any other provisions of this part, a [bank] is not required to hold risk-based capital against the undrawn portion of an eligible servicer cash advance facility.</P>
                <P>(j) <E T="03">Interest-only mortgage-backed securities.</E> Regardless of any other provisions of this part, the risk weight for a non-credit-enhancing interest-only mortgage-backed security may not be less than 100 percent.</P>
                <P>(k) <E T="03">Small-business loans and leases on personal property transferred with recourse.</E> (1) Regardless of any other provisions of this appendix, a [bank] that has transferred small-business loans and leases on personal property (small-business obligations) with recourse must include in risk-weighted assets only the contractual amount of retained recourse if all the following conditions are met:</P>
                <P>(i) The transaction is a sale under GAAP.</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank] establishes and maintains, pursuant to GAAP, a non-capital reserve sufficient to meet the [bank]'s reasonably estimated liability under the recourse arrangement.</P>
                <P>(iii) The loans and leases are to businesses that meet the criteria for a small-business concern established by the Small Business Administration under section 3(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632).</P>
                <P>(iv) The [bank] is well capitalized, as defined in the [AGENCY]'s prompt corrective action regulation—12 CFR part 6 (for national banks), 12 CFR part 208, subpart D (for state member banks or bank holding companies), 12 CFR part 325, subpart B (for state nonmember banks), and 12 CFR part 565 (for savings associations). For purposes of determining whether a [bank] is well capitalized for purposes of this paragraph, the [bank]'s capital ratios must be calculated without regard to the capital treatment for transfers of small-business obligations with recourse specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this section.</P>
                <P>(2) The total outstanding amount of recourse retained by a [bank] on transfers of small-business obligations receiving the capital treatment specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this section cannot exceed 15 percent of the [bank]'s total qualifying capital.</P>

                <P>(3) If a [bank] ceases to be well capitalized or exceeds the 15 percent capital limitation, the preferential capital treatment specified <PRTPAGE P="88"/>in paragraph (k)(1) of this section will continue to apply to any transfers of small-business obligations with recourse that occurred during the time that the [bank] was well capitalized and did not exceed the capital limit.</P>
                <P>(4) The risk-based capital ratios of the [bank] must be calculated without regard to the capital treatment for transfers of small-business obligations with recourse specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this section as provided in 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A (for national banks), 12 CFR part 208, Appendix A (for state member banks), 12 CFR part 225, Appendix A (for bank holding companies), 12 CFR part 325, Appendix A (for state nonmember banks), and 12 CFR 567.6(b)(5)(v) (for savings associations).</P>
                <P>(l) <E T="03">Consolidated ABCP programs.</E> (1) A [bank] that qualifies as a primary beneficiary and must consolidate an ABCP program as a variable interest entity under GAAP may exclude the consolidated ABCP program assets from risk-weighted assets if the [bank] is the sponsor of the ABCP program. If a [bank] excludes such consolidated ABCP program assets from risk-weighted assets, the [bank] must hold risk-based capital against any securitization exposures of the [bank] to the ABCP program in accordance with this part.</P>
                <P>(2) If a [bank] either is not permitted, or elects not, to exclude consolidated ABCP program assets from its risk-weighted assets, the [bank] must hold risk-based capital against the consolidated ABCP program assets in accordance with this appendix but is not required to hold risk-based capital against any securitization exposures of the [bank] to the ABCP program.</P>
                <P>(m) <E T="03">N</E>
                  <E T="53">th</E>
                  <E T="03">-to-default credit derivatives—</E>(1) <E T="03">First-to-default credit derivatives</E>—(i) <E T="03">Protection purchaser.</E> A [bank] that obtains credit protection on a group of underlying exposures through a first-to-default credit derivative must determine its risk-based capital requirement for the underlying exposures as if the [bank] synthetically securitized the underlying exposure with the lowest risk-based capital requirement and had obtained no credit risk mitigant on the other underlying exposures.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Protection provider.</E> A [bank] that provides credit protection on a group of underlying exposures through a first-to-default credit derivative must determine its risk-weighted asset amount for the derivative by applying the RBA in section 43 of this appendix (if the derivative qualifies for the RBA) or, if the derivative does not qualify for the RBA, by setting its risk-weighted asset amount for the derivative equal to the product of:</P>
                <P>(A) The protection amount of the derivative;</P>
                <P>(B) 12.5; and</P>
                <P>(C) The sum of the risk-based capital requirements of the individual underlying exposures, up to a maximum of 100 percent.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Second-or-subsequent-to-default credit derivatives</E>—(i) <E T="03">Protection purchaser.</E> (A) A [bank] that obtains credit protection on a group of underlying exposures through a n<SU>th</SU>-to-default credit derivative (other than a first-to-default credit derivative) may recognize the credit risk mitigation benefits of the derivative only if:</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The [bank] also has obtained credit protection on the same underlying exposures in the form of first-through-(n-1)-to-default credit derivatives; or</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If n-1 of the underlying exposures have already defaulted.</P>

                <P>(B) If a [bank] satisfies the requirements of paragraph (m)(2)(i)(A) of this section, the [bank] must determine its risk-based capital requirement for the underlying exposures as if the [bank] had only synthetically securitized the underlying exposure with the n<E T="51">th</E> lowest risk-based capital requirement and had obtained no credit risk mitigant on the other underlying exposures.</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Protection provider.</E> A [bank] that provides credit protection on a group of underlying exposures through a n<E T="51">th</E>-to-default credit derivative (other than a first-to-default credit derivative) must determine its risk-weighted asset amount for the derivative by applying the RBA in section 43 of this appendix (if the derivative qualifies for the RBA) or, if the derivative does not qualify for the RBA, by setting its risk-weighted asset amount for the derivative equal to the product of:</P>
                <P>(A) The protection amount of the derivative;</P>
                <P>(B) 12.5; and</P>
                <P>(C) The sum of the risk-based capital requirements of the individual underlying exposures (excluding the n-1 underlying exposures with the lowest risk-based capital requirements), up to a maximum of 100 percent.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 43. Ratings-Based Approach (RBA)</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility requirements for use of the RBA</E>—(1) <E T="03">Originating [bank].</E> An originating [bank] must use the RBA to calculate its risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure if the exposure has two or more external ratings or inferred ratings (and may not use the RBA if the exposure has fewer than two external ratings or inferred ratings).</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Investing [bank].</E> An investing [bank] must use the RBA to calculate its risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure if the exposure has one or more external or inferred ratings (and may not use the RBA if the exposure has no external or inferred rating).</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Ratings-based approach.</E> (1) A [bank] must determine the risk-weighted asset <PRTPAGE P="89"/>amount for a securitization exposure by multiplying the amount of the exposure (as defined in paragraph (e) of section 42 of this appendix) by the appropriate risk weight provided in Table 6 and Table 7.</P>
                <P>(2) A [bank] must apply the risk weights in Table 6 when the securitization exposure's applicable external or applicable inferred rating represents a long-term credit rating, and must apply the risk weights in Table 7 when the securitization exposure's applicable external or applicable inferred rating represents a short-term credit rating.</P>
                <P>(i) A [bank] must apply the risk weights in column 1 of Table 6 or Table 7 to the securitization exposure if:</P>
                <P>(A) N (as calculated under paragraph (e)(6) of section 45 of this appendix) is six or more (for purposes of this section only, if the notional number of underlying exposures is 25 or more or if all of the underlying exposures are retail exposures, a [bank] may assume that N is six or more unless the [bank] knows or has reason to know that N is less than six); and</P>
                <P>(B) The securitization exposure is a senior securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] must apply the risk weights in column 3 of Table 6 or Table 7 to the securitization exposure if N is less than six, regardless of the seniority of the securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(iii) Otherwise, a [bank] must apply the risk weights in column 2 of Table 6 or Table 7.</P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,12,12,12" COLS="04" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 6.—Long-Term Credit Rating Risk Weights Under RBA and IAA</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Applicable external or inferred rating <LI>(Illustrative rating example)</LI>
                    </CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Column 1</CHED>
                    <CHED H="2">Risk weights for senior securitization exposures backed by granular pools</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Column 2</CHED>
                    <CHED H="2">Risk weights for non-senior securitization exposures backed by granular pools</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Column 3</CHED>
                    <CHED H="2">Risk weights for securitization exposures backed by non-granular pools</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Applicable external or inferred rating<LI>(Illustrative rating example)</LI>
                    </CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Highest investment grade (for example, AAA)</ENT>
                    <ENT>7%</ENT>
                    <ENT>12%</ENT>
                    <ENT>20%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Second highest investment grade (for example, AA)</ENT>
                    <ENT>8%</ENT>
                    <ENT>15%</ENT>
                    <ENT>25%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Third-highest investment grade—positive designation (for example, A+)</ENT>
                    <ENT>10%</ENT>
                    <ENT>18%</ENT>
                    <ENT>35%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Third-highest investment grade (for example, A)</ENT>
                    <ENT>12%</ENT>
                    <ENT>20%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW RUL="n,n,s">
                    <ENT I="01">Third-highest investment grade—negative designation (for example, A−)</ENT>
                    <ENT>20%</ENT>
                    <ENT>35%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade—positive designation (for example, BBB+)</ENT>
                    <ENT>35%</ENT>
                    <ENT A="01">50%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW RUL="n,s">
                    <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade (for example, BBB)</ENT>
                    <ENT>60%</ENT>
                    <ENT A="01">75%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade—negative designation (for example, BBB−)</ENT>
                    <ENT A="02">100%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade—positive designation (for example, BB+)</ENT>
                    <ENT A="02">250%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade (for example, BB)</ENT>
                    <ENT A="02">425%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade—negative designation (for example, BB−)</ENT>
                    <ENT A="02">650%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">More than one category below investment grade</ENT>
                    <ENT A="02">Deduction from tier 1 and tier 2 capital.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12" COLS="04" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 7.—Short-Term Credit Rating Risk Weights Under RBA and IAA</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Applicable external or inferred rating <LI>(Illustrative rating example)</LI>
                    </CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Column 1</CHED>
                    <CHED H="2">Risk weights for senior securitization exposures backed by granular pools</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Column 2</CHED>
                    <CHED H="2">Risk weights for non-senior securitization exposures backed by granular pools</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Column 3</CHED>
                    <CHED H="2">Risk weights for securitization exposures backed by non-granular pools</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Applicable external or inferred rating<LI>(Illustrative rating example)</LI>
                    </CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Highest investment grade (for example, A1)</ENT>
                    <ENT>7%</ENT>
                    <ENT>12%</ENT>
                    <ENT>20%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Second highest investment grade (for example, A2)</ENT>
                    <ENT>12%</ENT>
                    <ENT>20%</ENT>
                    <ENT>35%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Third highest investment grade (for example, A3)</ENT>
                    <ENT>60%</ENT>
                    <ENT>75%</ENT>
                    <ENT>75%</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">All other ratings</ENT>
                    <ENT A="02">Deduction from tier 1 and tier 2 capital.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 44. Internal Assessment Approach (IAA)</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility requirements.</E> A [bank] may apply the IAA to calculate the risk-weighted asset amount for a securitization exposure that the [bank] has to an ABCP program (such as a liquidity facility or credit enhancement) if the [bank], the ABCP program, and the exposure qualify for use of the IAA.</P>
                <P>(1) <E T="03">[Bank] qualification criteria.</E>  A [bank] qualifies for use of the IAA if the [bank] has received the prior written approval of the [AGENCY]. To receive such approval, the <PRTPAGE P="90"/>[bank] must demonstrate to the [AGENCY]'s satisfaction that the [bank]'s internal assessment process meets the following criteria:</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank]'s internal credit assessments of securitization exposures must be based on publicly available rating criteria used by an NRSRO.</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank]'s internal credit assessments of securitization exposures used for risk-based capital purposes must be consistent with those used in the [bank]'s internal risk management process, management information reporting systems, and capital adequacy assessment process.</P>
                <P>(iii) The [bank]'s internal credit assessment process must have sufficient granularity to identify gradations of risk. Each of the [bank]'s internal credit assessment categories must correspond to an external rating of an NRSRO.</P>
                <P>(iv) The [bank]'s internal credit assessment process, particularly the stress test factors for determining credit enhancement requirements, must be at least as conservative as the most conservative of the publicly available rating criteria of the NRSROs that have provided external ratings to the commercial paper issued by the ABCP program.</P>
                <P>(A) Where the commercial paper issued by an ABCP program has an external rating from two or more NRSROs and the different NRSROs” benchmark stress factors require different levels of credit enhancement to achieve the same external rating equivalent, the [bank] must apply the NRSRO stress factor that requires the highest level of credit enhancement.</P>
                <P>(B) If any NRSRO that provides an external rating to the ABCP program's commercial paper changes its methodology (including stress factors), the [bank] must evaluate whether to revise its internal assessment process.</P>
                <P>(v) The [bank] must have an effective system of controls and oversight that ensures compliance with these operational requirements and maintains the integrity and accuracy of the internal credit assessments. The [bank] must have an internal audit function independent from the ABCP program business line and internal credit assessment process that assesses at least annually whether the controls over the internal credit assessment process function as intended.</P>
                <P>(vi) The [bank] must review and update each internal credit assessment whenever new material information is available, but no less frequently than annually.</P>
                <P>(vii) The [bank] must validate its internal credit assessment process on an ongoing basis and at least annually.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">ABCP-program qualification criteria.</E> An ABCP program qualifies for use of the IAA if all commercial paper issued by the ABCP program has an external rating.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Exposure qualification criteria.</E>  A securitization exposure qualifies for use of the IAA if the exposure meets the following criteria:</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank] initially rated the exposure at least the equivalent of investment grade.</P>
                <P>(ii) The ABCP program has robust credit and investment guidelines (that is, underwriting standards) for the exposures underlying the securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(iii) The ABCP program performs a detailed credit analysis of the sellers of the exposures underlying the securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(iv) The ABCP program's underwriting policy for the exposures underlying the securitization exposure establishes minimum asset eligibility criteria that include the prohibition of the purchase of assets that are significantly past due or of assets that are defaulted (that is, assets that have been charged off or written down by the seller prior to being placed into the ABCP program or assets that would be charged off or written down under the program's governing contracts), as well as limitations on concentration to individual obligors or geographic areas and the tenor of the assets to be purchased.</P>
                <P>(v) The aggregate estimate of loss on the exposures underlying the securitization exposure considers all sources of potential risk, such as credit and dilution risk.</P>
                <P>(vi) Where relevant, the ABCP program incorporates structural features into each purchase of exposures underlying the securitization exposure to mitigate potential credit deterioration of the underlying exposures. Such features may include wind-down triggers specific to a pool of underlying exposures.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Mechanics.</E>  A [bank] that elects to use the IAA to calculate the risk-based capital requirement for any securitization exposure must use the IAA to calculate the risk-based capital requirements for all securitization exposures that qualify for the IAA approach. Under the IAA, a [bank] must map its internal assessment of such a securitization exposure to an equivalent external rating from an NRSRO. Under the IAA, a [bank] must determine the risk-weighted asset amount for such a securitization exposure by multiplying the amount of the exposure (as defined in paragraph (e) of section 42 of this appendix) by the appropriate risk weight in Table 6 and Table 7 in paragraph (b) of section 43 of this appendix.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 45. Supervisory Formula Approach (SFA)</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility requirements.</E> A [bank] may use the SFA to determine its risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure only if the [bank] can calculate on an ongoing basis each of the SFA parameters in paragraph (e) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="91"/>
                </P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Mechanics.</E> Under the SFA, a securitization exposure incurs a deduction from total capital (as described in paragraph (c) of section 42 of this appendix) and/or an SFA risk-based capital requirement, as determined in paragraph (c) of this section. The risk-weighted asset amount for the securitization exposure equals the SFA risk-based capital requirement for the exposure multiplied by 12.5.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">The SFA risk-based capital requirement.</E> (1) If K<E T="52">IRB</E> is greater than or equal to L + T, the entire exposure must be deducted from total capital.</P>
                <P>(2) If K<E T="52">IRB</E> is less than or equal to L, the exposure's SFA risk-based capital requirement is UE multiplied by TP multiplied by the greater of:</P>
                <P>(i) 0.0056 * T; or</P>
                <P>(ii) S[L + T] − S[L].</P>
                <P>(3) If K<E T="52">IRB</E> is greater than L and less than L + T, the [bank] must deduct from total capital an amount equal to UE*TP*(K<E T="52">IRB</E> − L), and the exposure's SFA risk-based capital requirement is UE multiplied by TP multiplied by the greater of:</P>
                <P>(i) 0.0056 * (T − (K<E T="52">IRB</E> − L)); or</P>
                <P>(ii) S[L + T] − S[K<E T="52">IRB</E>].</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">The supervisory formula:</E>
                </P>
                <GPH DEEP="420" SPAN="2">
                  <PRTPAGE P="92"/>
                  <GID>ER07DE07.017</GID>
                </GPH>

                <P>(11) In these expressions, β[Y; a, b] refers to the cumulative beta distribution with parameters a and b evaluated at Y. In the case where N = 1 and EWALGD = 100 percent, S[Y] in formula (1) must be calculated with K[Y] set equal to the product of K<E T="52">IRB</E> and Y, and d set equal to 1 − K<E T="52">IRB</E>.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">SFA parameters</E>—(1) <E T="03">Amount of the underlying exposures</E>
                  <E T="03">(UE).</E> UE is the EAD of any underlying exposures that are wholesale and retail exposures (including the amount of any funded spread accounts, cash collateral accounts, and other similar funded credit enhancements) plus the amount of any underlying exposures that are securitization exposures (as defined in paragraph (e) of section 42 of this appendix) plus the adjusted carrying value of any underlying exposures that are equity exposures (as defined in paragraph (b) of section 51 of this appendix).</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Tranche percentage (TP).</E> TP is the ratio of the amount of the [bank]'s securitization <PRTPAGE P="93"/>exposure to the amount of the tranche that contains the securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Capital requirement on underlying exposures (K</E>
                  <E T="54">IRB</E>
                  <E T="03">).</E> (i) K<E T="52">IRB</E> is the ratio of:</P>
                <P>(A) The sum of the risk-based capital requirements for the underlying exposures plus the expected credit losses of the underlying exposures (as determined under this appendix as if the underlying exposures were directly held by the [bank]); to</P>
                <P>(B) UE.</P>
                <P>(ii) The calculation of K<E T="52">IRB</E> must reflect the effects of any credit risk mitigant applied to the underlying exposures (either to an individual underlying exposure, to a group of underlying exposures, or to the entire pool of underlying exposures).</P>
                <P>(iii) All assets related to the securitization are treated as underlying exposures, including assets in a reserve account (such as a cash collateral account).</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Credit enhancement level (L).</E> (i) L is the ratio of:</P>
                <P>(A) The amount of all securitization exposures subordinated to the tranche that contains the [bank]'s securitization exposure; to</P>
                <P>(B) UE.</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] must determine L before considering the effects of any tranche-specific credit enhancements.</P>
                <P>(iii) Any gain-on-sale or CEIO associated with the securitization may not be included in L.</P>
                <P>(iv) Any reserve account funded by accumulated cash flows from the underlying exposures that is subordinated to the tranche that contains the [bank]'s securitization exposure may be included in the numerator and denominator of L to the extent cash has accumulated in the account. Unfunded reserve accounts (that is, reserve accounts that are to be funded from future cash flows from the underlying exposures) may not be included in the calculation of L.</P>
                <P>(v) In some cases, the purchase price of receivables will reflect a discount that provides credit enhancement (for example, first loss protection) for all or certain tranches of the securitization. When this arises, L should be calculated inclusive of this discount if the discount provides credit enhancement for the securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">Thickness of tranche (T).</E> T is the ratio of:</P>
                <P>(i) The amount of the tranche that contains the [bank]'s securitization exposure; to</P>
                <P>(ii) UE.</P>
                <P>(6) <E T="03">Effective number of exposures (N).</E> (i) Unless the [bank] elects to use the formula provided in paragraph (f) of this section,</P>
                <GPH DEEP="48" SPAN="1">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.018</GID>
                </GPH>
                <FP>where EAD<E T="52">i</E> represents the EAD associated with the ith instrument in the pool of underlying exposures.</FP>
                <P>(ii) Multiple exposures to one obligor must be treated as a single underlying exposure.</P>
                <P>(iii) In the case of a re-securitization (that is, a securitization in which some or all of the underlying exposures are themselves securitization exposures), the [bank] must treat each underlying exposure as a single underlying exposure and must not look through to the originally securitized underlying exposures.</P>
                <P>(7) <E T="03">Exposure-weighted average loss given default (EWALGD).</E> EWALGD is calculated as:</P>
                <GPH DEEP="47" SPAN="1">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.019</GID>
                </GPH>
                <FP>where LGD<E T="52">i</E> represents the average LGD associated with all exposures to the ith obligor. In the case of a re-securitization, an LGD of 100 percent must be assumed for the underlying exposures that are themselves securitization exposures.</FP>
                <P>(f) <E T="03">Simplified method for computing N and EWALGD.</E> (1) If all underlying exposures of a securitization are retail exposures, a [bank] may apply the SFA using the following simplifications:</P>
                <P>(i) h = 0; and</P>
                <P>(ii) v = 0.</P>
                <P>(2) Under the conditions in paragraphs (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, a [bank] may employ a simplified method for calculating N and EWALGD.</P>
                <P>(3) If C<E T="52">1</E> is no more than 0.03, a [bank] may set EWALGD = 0.50 if none of the underlying exposures is a securitization exposure or EWALGD = 1 if one or more of the underlying exposures is a securitization exposure, and may set N equal to the following amount:</P>
                <GPH DEEP="49" SPAN="2">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.020</GID>
                </GPH>
                <PRTPAGE P="94"/>
                <FP>where:</FP>
                <P>(i) C<E T="52">m</E> is the ratio of the sum of the amounts of the ‘m’ largest underlying exposures to UE; and</P>

                <P>(ii) The level of m is to be selected by the [bank].
                </P>
                <P>(4) Alternatively, if only C<E T="52">1</E> is available and C<E T="52">1</E> is no more than 0.03, the [bank] may set EWALGD = 0.50 if none of the underlying exposures is a securitization exposure or EWALGD = 1 if one or more of the underlying exposures is a securitization exposure and may set N = 1/C<E T="52">1</E>.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 46. Recognition of Credit Risk Mitigants for Securitization Exposures</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> An originating [bank] that has obtained a credit risk mitigant to hedge its securitization exposure to a synthetic or traditional securitization that satisfies the operational criteria in section 41 of this appendix may recognize the credit risk mitigant, but only as provided in this section. An investing [bank] that has obtained a credit risk mitigant to hedge a securitization exposure may recognize the credit risk mitigant, but only as provided in this section. A [bank] that has used the RBA in section 43 of this appendix or the IAA in section 44 of this appendix to calculate its risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure whose external or inferred rating (or equivalent internal rating under the IAA) reflects the benefits of a credit risk mitigant provided to the associated securitization or that supports some or all of the underlying exposures may not use the credit risk mitigation rules in this section to further reduce its risk-based capital requirement for the exposure to reflect that credit risk mitigant.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Collateral</E>—(1) <E T="03">Rules of recognition.</E> A [bank] may recognize financial collateral in determining the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure (other than a repo-style transaction, an eligible margin loan, or an OTC derivative contract for which the [bank] has reflected collateral in its determination of exposure amount under section 32 of this appendix) as follows. The [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for the collateralized securitization exposure is equal to the risk-based capital requirement for the securitization exposure as calculated under the RBA in section 43 of this appendix or under the SFA in section 45 of this appendix multiplied by the ratio of adjusted exposure amount (SE*) to original exposure amount (SE), where:</P>
                <P>(i) SE* = max {0, [SE—C x (1−Hs−Hfx)]};</P>
                <P>(ii) SE = the amount of the securitization exposure calculated under paragraph (e) of section 42 of this appendix;</P>
                <P>(iii) C = the current market value of the collateral;</P>
                <P>(iv) Hs = the haircut appropriate to the collateral type; and</P>
                <P>(v) Hfx  =  the haircut appropriate for any currency mismatch between the collateral and the exposure.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Mixed collateral.</E> Where the collateral is a basket of different asset types or a basket of assets denominated in different currencies, the haircut on the basket will be</P>
                <GPH DEEP="23" SPAN="1">
                  <GID>ER07DE07.023</GID>
                </GPH>
                <FP>where a<E T="52">i</E> is the current market value of the asset in the basket divided by the current market value of all assets in the basket and H<E T="52">i</E> is the haircut applicable to that asset.</FP>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Standard supervisory haircuts.</E> Unless a [bank] qualifies for use of and uses own-estimates haircuts in paragraph (b)(4) of this section:</P>
                <P>(i) A [bank] must use the collateral type haircuts (Hs) in Table 3;</P>
                <P>(ii) A [bank] must use a currency mismatch haircut (Hfx) of 8 percent if the exposure and the collateral are denominated in different currencies;</P>
                <P>(iii) A [bank] must multiply the supervisory haircuts obtained in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) by the square root of 6.5 (which equals 2.549510); and</P>
                <P>(iv) A [bank] must adjust the supervisory haircuts upward on the basis of a holding period longer than 65 business days where and as appropriate to take into account the illiquidity of the collateral.</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Own estimates for haircuts.</E> With the prior written approval of the [AGENCY], a [bank] may calculate haircuts using its own internal estimates of market price volatility and foreign exchange volatility, subject to paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of section 32 of this appendix. The minimum holding period (TM) for securitization exposures is 65 business days.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Guarantees and credit derivatives</E>—(1) <E T="03">Limitations on recognition.</E> A [bank] may only recognize an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative provided by an eligible securitization guarantor in determining the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">ECL for securitization exposures.</E> When a [bank] recognizes an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative provided by an eligible securitization guarantor in determining the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for a securitization exposure, the [bank] must also:</P>
                <P>(i) Calculate ECL for the protected portion of the exposure using the same risk parameters that it uses for calculating the risk-weighted asset amount of the exposure as described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section; and</P>

                <P>(ii) Add the exposure's ECL to the [bank]'s total ECL.<PRTPAGE P="95"/>
                </P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">Rules of recognition.</E> A [bank] may recognize an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative provided by an eligible securitization guarantor in determining the [bank]'s risk-based capital requirement for the securitization exposure as follows:</P>
                <P>(i) <E T="03">Full coverage.</E>  If the protection amount of the eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative equals or exceeds the amount of the securitization exposure, the [bank] may set the risk-weighted asset amount for the securitization exposure equal to the risk-weighted asset amount for a direct exposure to the eligible securitization guarantor (as determined in the wholesale risk weight function described in section 31 of this appendix), using the [bank]'s PD for the guarantor, the [bank]'s LGD for the guarantee or credit derivative, and an EAD equal to the amount of the securitization exposure (as determined in paragraph (e) of section 42 of this appendix).</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Partial coverage.</E>  If the protection amount of the eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative is less than the amount of the securitization exposure, the [bank] may set the risk-weighted asset amount for the securitization exposure equal to the sum of:</P>
                <P>(A) <E T="03">Covered portion.</E> The risk-weighted asset amount for a direct exposure to the eligible securitization guarantor (as determined in the wholesale risk weight function described in section 31 of this appendix), using the [bank]'s PD for the guarantor, the [bank]'s LGD for the guarantee or credit derivative, and an EAD equal to the protection amount of the credit risk mitigant; and</P>
                <P>(B) <E T="03">Uncovered portion.</E> (1) 1.0 minus the ratio of the protection amount of the eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative to the amount of the securitization exposure); multiplied by</P>
                <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The risk-weighted asset amount for the securitization exposure without the credit risk mitigant (as determined in sections 42-45 of this appendix).</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">Mismatches.</E> The [bank] must make applicable adjustments to the protection amount as required in paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) of section 33 of this appendix for any hedged securitization exposure and any more senior securitization exposure that benefits from the hedge. In the context of a synthetic securitization, when an eligible guarantee or eligible credit derivative covers multiple hedged exposures that have different residual maturities, the [bank] must use the longest residual maturity of any of the hedged exposures as the residual maturity of all the hedged exposures.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 47. Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Early Amortization Provisions</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) An originating [bank] must hold risk-based capital against the sum of the originating [bank]'s interest and the investors’ interest in a securitization that:</P>
                <P>(i) Includes one or more underlying exposures in which the borrower is permitted to vary the drawn amount within an agreed limit under a line of credit; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Contains an early amortization provision.</P>
                <P>(2) For securitizations described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, an originating [bank] must calculate the risk-based capital requirement for the originating [bank]'s interest under sections 42-45 of this appendix, and the risk-based capital requirement for the investors'  interest under paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Risk-weighted asset amount for investors'  interest.</E> The originating [bank]'s risk-weighted asset amount for the investors’ interest in the securitization is equal to the product of the following 5 quantities:</P>
                <P>(1) The investors'  interest EAD;</P>
                <P>(2) The appropriate conversion factor in paragraph (c) of this section;</P>
                <P>(3) K<E T="52">IRB</E>  (as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of section 45 of this appendix);</P>
                <P>(4) 12.5; and</P>
                <P>(5) The proportion of the underlying exposures in which the borrower is permitted to vary the drawn amount within an agreed limit under a line of credit.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Conversion factor.</E>  (1) (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, to calculate the appropriate conversion factor, a [bank] must use Table 8 for a securitization that contains a controlled early amortization provision and must use Table 9 for a securitization that contains a non-controlled early amortization provision. In circumstances where a securitization contains a mix of retail and nonretail exposures or a mix of committed and uncommitted exposures, a [bank] may take a pro rata approach to determining the conversion factor for the securitization's early amortization provision. If a pro rata approach is not feasible, a [bank] must treat the mixed securitization as a securitization of nonretail exposures if a single underlying exposure is a nonretail exposure and must treat the mixed securitization as a securitization of committed exposures if a single underlying exposure is a committed exposure.</P>

                <P>(ii) To find the appropriate conversion factor in the tables, a [bank] must divide the three-month average annualized excess spread of the securitization by the excess spread trapping point in the securitization structure. In securitizations that do not require excess spread to be trapped, or that specify trapping points based primarily on performance measures other than the three-month average annualized excess spread, the excess spread trapping point is 4.5 percent.<PRTPAGE P="96"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,xs40" COLS="03" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 8.—Controlled Early Amortization Provisions</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1"/>
                    <CHED H="1">Uncommitted</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Committed</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Retail Credit Lines</ENT>
                    <ENT>Three-month average annualized excess spread Conversion Factor (CF)</ENT>
                    <ENT>90% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>133.33% of trapping point or more, 0% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 133.33% to 100% of trapping point, 1% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 100% to 75% of trapping point, 2% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 75% to 50% of trapping point, 10% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 50% to 25% of trapping point, 20% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 25% of trapping point, 40% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Non-retail Credit Lines</ENT>
                    <ENT>90% CF</ENT>
                    <ENT>90% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,xs40" COLS="03" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 9.—Non-Controlled Early Amortization Provisions</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1"/>
                    <CHED H="1">Uncommitted</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Committed</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Retail Credit Lines</ENT>
                    <ENT>Three-month average annualized excess spread Conversion Factor (CF)</ENT>
                    <ENT>100% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>133.33% of trapping point or more, 0% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 133.33% to 100% of trapping point, 5% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 100% to 75% of trapping point, 15% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 75% to 50% of trapping point, 50% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="22"/>
                    <ENT>less than 50% of trapping point, 100% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">Non-retail Credit Lines</ENT>
                    <ENT>100% CF</ENT>
                    <ENT>100% CF</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>(2) For a securitization for which all or substantially all of the underlying exposures are residential mortgage exposures, a [bank] may calculate the appropriate conversion factor using paragraph (c)(1) of this section or may use a conversion factor of 10 percent. If the [bank] chooses to use a conversion factor of 10 percent, it must use that conversion factor for all securitizations for which all or substantially all of the underlying exposures are residential mortgage exposures.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part VI. Risk-Weighted Assets for Equity Exposures</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 51. Introduction and Exposure Measurement</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> To calculate its risk-weighted asset amounts for equity exposures that are not equity exposures to investment funds, a [bank] may apply either the Simple Risk Weight Approach (SRWA) in section 52 of this appendix or, if it qualifies to do so, the Internal Models Approach (IMA) in section 53 of this appendix. A [bank] must use the look-through approaches in section 54 of this appendix to calculate its risk-weighted asset amounts for equity exposures to investment funds.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Adjusted carrying value.</E> For purposes of this part, the adjusted carrying value of an equity exposure is:</P>
                <P>(1) For the on-balance sheet component of an equity exposure, the [bank]'s carrying value of the exposure reduced by any unrealized gains on the exposure that are reflected in such carrying value but excluded from the [bank]'s tier 1 and tier 2 capital; and</P>
                <P>(2) For the off-balance sheet component of an equity exposure, the effective notional principal amount of the exposure, the size of which is equivalent to a hypothetical on-balance sheet position in the underlying equity instrument that would evidence the same change in fair value (measured in dollars) for a given small change in the price of the underlying equity instrument, minus the adjusted carrying value of the on-balance sheet component of the exposure as calculated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. For unfunded equity commitments that are unconditional, the effective notional principal amount is the notional amount of the commitment. For unfunded equity commitments that are conditional, the effective notional principal amount is the [bank]'s best estimate of the amount that would be funded under economic downturn conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 52. Simple Risk Weight Approach (SRWA)</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Under the SRWA, a [bank]'s aggregate risk-weighted asset amount for its equity exposures is equal to the sum of the risk-weighted asset amounts for each of the [bank]'s individual equity exposures (other than equity exposures to an investment fund) as determined in this section and the risk-weighted asset amounts for each of the [bank]'s individual equity exposures to an investment fund as determined in section 54 of this appendix.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">SRWA computation for individual equity exposures.</E> A [bank] must determine the risk-weighted asset amount for an individual equity exposure (other than an equity exposure to an investment fund) by multiplying the adjusted carrying value of the equity exposure or the effective portion and ineffective <PRTPAGE P="97"/>portion of a hedge pair (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section) by the lowest applicable risk weight in this paragraph (b).</P>
                <P>(1) <E T="03">0 percent risk weight equity exposures.</E> An equity exposure to an entity whose credit exposures are exempt from the 0.03 percent PD floor in paragraph (d)(2) of section 31 of this appendix is assigned a 0 percent risk weight.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">20 percent risk weight equity exposures.</E> An equity exposure to a Federal Home Loan Bank or Farmer Mac is assigned a 20 percent risk weight.</P>
                <P>(3) <E T="03">100 percent risk weight equity exposures.</E> The following equity exposures are assigned a 100 percent risk weight:</P>
                <P>(i) <E T="03">Community development equity exposures.</E> An equity exposure that qualifies as a community development investment under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Eleventh), excluding equity exposures to an unconsolidated small business investment company and equity exposures held through a consolidated small business investment company described in section 302 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 682).</P>
                <P>(ii) <E T="03">Effective portion of hedge pairs.</E> The effective portion of a hedge pair.</P>
                <P>(iii) <E T="03">Non-significant equity exposures.</E> Equity exposures, excluding exposures to an investment firm that would meet the definition of a traditional securitization were it not for the [AGENCY]'s application of paragraph (8) of that definition and has greater than immaterial leverage, to the extent that the aggregate adjusted carrying value of the exposures does not exceed 10 percent of the [bank]'s tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital.</P>
                <P>(A) To compute the aggregate adjusted carrying value of a [bank]'s equity exposures for purposes of this paragraph (b)(3)(iii), the [bank] may exclude equity exposures described in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), and (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the equity exposure in a hedge pair with the smaller adjusted carrying value, and a proportion of each equity exposure to an investment fund equal to the proportion of the assets of the investment fund that are not equity exposures or that meet the criterion of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section. If a [bank] does not know the actual holdings of the investment fund, the [bank] may calculate the proportion of the assets of the fund that are not equity exposures based on the terms of the prospectus, partnership agreement, or similar contract that defines the fund's permissible investments. If the sum of the investment limits for all exposure classes within the fund exceeds 100 percent, the [bank] must assume for purposes of this paragraph (b)(3)(iii) that the investment fund invests to the maximum extent possible in equity exposures.</P>
                <P>(B) When determining which of a [bank]'s equity exposures qualify for a 100 percent risk weight under this paragraph, a [bank] first must include equity exposures to unconsolidated small business investment companies or held through consolidated small business investment companies described in section 302 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 682), then must include publicly traded equity exposures (including those held indirectly through investment funds), and then must include non-publicly traded equity exposures (including those held indirectly through investment funds).</P>
                <P>(4) <E T="03">300 percent risk weight equity exposures.</E>  A publicly traded equity exposure (other than an equity exposure described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section and including the ineffective portion of a hedge pair) is assigned a 300 percent risk weight.</P>
                <P>(5) <E T="03">400 percent risk weight equity exposures.</E>  An equity exposure (other than an equity exposure described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section) that is not publicly traded is assigned a 400 percent risk weight.</P>
                <P>(6) <E T="03">600 percent risk weight equity exposures.</E>  An equity exposure to an investment firm that:</P>
                <P>(i) Would meet the definition of a traditional securitization were it not for the [AGENCY]'s application of paragraph (8) of that definition; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Has greater than immaterial leverage is assigned a 600 percent risk weight.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Hedge transactions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Hedge pair.</E>  A hedge pair is two equity exposures that form an effective hedge so long as each equity exposure is publicly traded or has a return that is primarily based on a publicly traded equity exposure.</P>
                <P>(2) <E T="03">Effective hedge.</E>  Two equity exposures form an effective hedge if the exposures either have the same remaining maturity or each has a remaining maturity of at least three months; the hedge relationship is formally documented in a prospective manner (that is, before the [bank] acquires at least one of the equity exposures); the documentation specifies the measure of effectiveness (E) the [bank] will use for the hedge relationship throughout the life of the transaction; and the hedge relationship has an E greater than or equal to 0.8. A [bank] must measure E at least quarterly and must use one of three alternative measures of E:</P>
                <P>(i) Under the dollar-offset method of measuring effectiveness, the [bank] must determine the ratio of value change (RVC). The RVC is the ratio of the cumulative sum of the periodic changes in value of one equity exposure to the cumulative sum of the periodic changes in the value of the other equity exposure. If RVC is positive, the hedge is not effective and E equals 0. If RVC is negative and greater than or equal to −1 (that is, between zero and −1), then E equals the absolute value of RVC. If RVC is negative and less than −1, then E equals 2 plus RVC.</P>
                <P>(ii) Under the variability-reduction method of measuring effectiveness:</P>
                <GPH DEEP="63" SPAN="2">
                  <PRTPAGE P="98"/>
                  <GID>ER07DE07.021</GID>
                </GPH>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(A) X<E T="52">t</E> = A<E T="52">t</E> − B<E T="52">t</E>;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(B)  A<E T="52">t</E> = the value at time t of one exposure in a hedge pair; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">(C)  B<E T="52">t</E> = the value at time t of the other exposure in a hedge pair.</FP>
                <P>(iii) Under the regression method of measuring effectiveness, E equals the coefficient of determination of a regression in which the change in value of one exposure in a hedge pair is the dependent variable and the change in value of the other exposure in a hedge pair is the independent variable. However, if the estimated regression coefficient is positive, then the value of E is zero.</P>
                <P>(3) The effective portion of a hedge pair is E multiplied by the greater of the adjusted carrying values of the equity exposures forming a hedge pair.</P>
                <P>(4) The ineffective portion of a hedge pair is (1-E) multiplied by the greater of the adjusted carrying values of the equity exposures forming a hedge pair.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 53. Internal Models Approach (IMA)</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A [bank] may calculate its risk-weighted asset amount for equity exposures using the IMA by modeling publicly traded and non-publicly traded equity exposures (in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section) or by modeling only publicly traded equity exposures (in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section).</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Qualifying criteria.</E> To qualify to use the IMA to calculate risk-based capital requirements for equity exposures, a [bank] must receive prior written approval from the [AGENCY]. To receive such approval, the [bank] must demonstrate to the [AGENCY]'s satisfaction that the [bank] meets the following criteria:</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank] must have one or more models that:</P>
                <P>(i) Assess the potential decline in value of its modeled equity exposures;</P>
                <P>(ii) Are commensurate with the size, complexity, and composition of the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Adequately capture both general market risk and idiosyncratic risk.</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank]'s model must produce an estimate of potential losses for its modeled equity exposures that is no less than the estimate of potential losses produced by a VaR methodology employing a 99.0 percent, one-tailed confidence interval of the distribution of quarterly returns for a benchmark portfolio of equity exposures comparable to the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures using a long-term sample period.</P>
                <P>(3) The number of risk factors and exposures in the sample and the data period used for quantification in the [bank]'s model and benchmarking exercise must be sufficient to provide confidence in the accuracy and robustness of the [bank]'s estimates.</P>
                <P>(4) The [bank]'s model and benchmarking process must incorporate data that are relevant in representing the risk profile of the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures, and must include data from at least one equity market cycle containing adverse market movements relevant to the risk profile of the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures. In addition, the [bank]'s benchmarking exercise must be based on daily market prices for the benchmark portfolio. If the [bank]'s model uses a scenario methodology, the [bank] must demonstrate that the model produces a conservative estimate of potential losses on the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures over a relevant long-term market cycle. If the [bank] employs risk factor models, the [bank] must demonstrate through empirical analysis the appropriateness of the risk factors used.</P>
                <P>(5) The [bank] must be able to demonstrate, using theoretical arguments and empirical evidence, that any proxies used in the modeling process are comparable to the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures and that the [bank] has made appropriate adjustments for differences. The [bank] must derive any proxies for its modeled equity exposures and benchmark portfolio using historical market data that are relevant to the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures and benchmark portfolio (or, where not, must use appropriately adjusted data), and such proxies must be robust estimates of the risk of the [bank]'s modeled equity exposures.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Risk-weighted assets calculation for a [bank] modeling publicly traded and non-publicly traded equity exposures.</E> If a [bank] models publicly traded and non-publicly traded equity exposures, the [bank]'s aggregate risk-weighted asset amount for its equity exposures is equal to the sum of:</P>

                <P>(1) The risk-weighted asset amount of each equity exposure that qualifies for a 0 percent, 20 percent, or 100 percent risk weight under paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3)(i) of section 52 (as determined under section 52 of this appendix) and each equity exposure to <PRTPAGE P="99"/>an investment fund (as determined under section 54 of this appendix); and</P>
                <P>(2) The greater of:</P>
                <P>(i) The estimate of potential losses on the [bank]'s equity exposures (other than equity exposures referenced in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) generated by the [bank]'s internal equity exposure model multiplied by 12.5; or</P>
                <P>(ii) The sum of:</P>
                <P>(A) 200 percent multiplied by the aggregate adjusted carrying value of the [bank]'s publicly traded equity exposures that do not belong to a hedge pair, do not qualify for a 0 percent, 20 percent, or 100 percent risk weight under paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3)(i) of section 52 of this appendix, and are not equity exposures to an investment fund;</P>
                <P>(B) 200 percent multiplied by the aggregate ineffective portion of all hedge pairs; and</P>
                <P>(C) 300 percent multiplied by the aggregate adjusted carrying value of the [bank]'s equity exposures that are not publicly traded, do not qualify for a 0 percent, 20 percent, or 100 percent risk weight under paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3)(i) of section 52 of this appendix, and are not equity exposures to an investment fund.</P>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Risk-weighted assets calculation for a [bank] using the IMA only for publicly traded equity exposures.</E> If a [bank] models only publicly traded equity exposures, the [bank]'s aggregate risk-weighted asset amount for its equity exposures is equal to the sum of:</P>
                <P>(1) The risk-weighted asset amount of each equity exposure that qualifies for a 0 percent, 20 percent, or 100 percent risk weight under paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3)(i) of section 52 (as determined under section 52 of this appendix), each equity exposure that qualifies for a 400 percent risk weight under paragraph (b)(5) of section 52 or a 600 percent risk weight under paragraph (b)(6) of section 52 (as determined under section 52 of this appendix), and each equity exposure to an investment fund (as determined under section 54 of this appendix); and</P>
                <P>(2) The greater of:</P>
                <P>(i) The estimate of potential losses on the [bank]'s equity exposures (other than equity exposures referenced in paragraph (d)(1) of this section) generated by the [bank]'s internal equity exposure model multiplied by 12.5; or</P>
                <P>(ii) The sum of:</P>
                <P>(A) 200 percent multiplied by the aggregate adjusted carrying value of the [bank]'s publicly traded equity exposures that do not belong to a hedge pair, do not qualify for a 0 percent, 20 percent, or 100 percent risk weight under paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3)(i) of section 52 of this appendix, and are not equity exposures to an investment fund; and</P>
                <P>(B) 200 percent multiplied by the aggregate ineffective portion of all hedge pairs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 54. Equity Exposures to Investment Funds</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Available approaches.</E> (1) Unless the exposure meets the requirements for a community development equity exposure in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of section 52 of this appendix, a [bank] must determine the risk-weighted asset amount of an equity exposure to an investment fund under the Full Look-Through Approach in paragraph (b) of this section, the Simple Modified Look-Through Approach in paragraph (c) of this section, the Alternative Modified Look-Through Approach in paragraph (d) of this section, or, if the investment fund qualifies for the Money Market Fund Approach, the Money Market Fund Approach in paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
                <P>(2) The risk-weighted asset amount of an equity exposure to an investment fund that meets the requirements for a community development equity exposure in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of section 52 of this appendix is its adjusted carrying value.</P>
                <P>(3) If an equity exposure to an investment fund is part of a hedge pair and the [bank] does not use the Full Look-Through Approach, the [bank] may use the ineffective portion of the hedge pair as determined under paragraph (c) of section 52 of this appendix as the adjusted carrying value for the equity exposure to the investment fund. The risk-weighted asset amount of the effective portion of the hedge pair is equal to its adjusted carrying value.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Full Look-Through Approach.</E> A [bank] that is able to calculate a risk-weighted asset amount for its proportional ownership share of each exposure held by the investment fund (as calculated under this appendix as if the proportional ownership share of each exposure were held directly by the [bank]) may either:</P>
                <P>(1) Set the risk-weighted asset amount of the [bank]'s exposure to the fund equal to the product of:</P>
                <P>(i) The aggregate risk-weighted asset amounts of the exposures held by the fund as if they were held directly by the [bank]; and</P>
                <P>(ii) The [bank]'s proportional ownership share of the fund; or</P>
                <P>(2) Include the [bank]'s proportional ownership share of each exposure held by the fund in the [bank]'s IMA.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Simple Modified Look-Through Approach.</E> Under this approach, the risk-weighted asset amount for a [bank]'s equity exposure to an investment fund equals the adjusted carrying value of the equity exposure multiplied by the highest risk weight in Table 10 that applies to any exposure the fund is permitted to hold under its prospectus, partnership agreement, or similar contract that defines the fund's permissible investments (excluding derivative contracts that are used for hedging rather than speculative purposes <PRTPAGE P="100"/>and that do not constitute a material portion of the fund's exposures).</P>
                <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs96,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
                  <TTITLE>Table 10.—Modified Look-Through Approaches for Equity Exposures to Investment Funds</TTITLE>
                  <BOXHD>
                    <CHED H="1">Risk weight</CHED>
                    <CHED H="1">Exposure class</CHED>
                  </BOXHD>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">0 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Sovereign exposures with a long-term applicable external rating in the highest investment-grade rating category and sovereign exposures of the United States.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">20 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Non-sovereign exposures with a long-term applicable external rating in the highest or second-highest investment-grade rating category; exposures with a short-term applicable external rating in the highest investment-grade rating category; and exposures to, or guaranteed by, depository institutions, foreign banks (as defined in 12 CFR 211.2), or securities firms subject to consolidated supervision and regulation comparable to that imposed on U.S. securities broker-dealers that are repo-style transactions or bankers' acceptances.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">50 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Exposures with a long-term applicable external rating in the third-highest investment-grade rating category or a short-term applicable external rating in the second-highest investment-grade rating category.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">100 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Exposures with a long-term or short-term applicable external rating in the lowest investment-grade rating category.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">200 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Exposures with a long-term applicable external rating one rating category below investment grade.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">300 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Publicly traded equity exposures.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">400 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>Non-publicly traded equity exposures; exposures with a long-term applicable external rating two rating categories or more below investment grade; and exposures without an external rating (excluding publicly traded equity exposures).</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                  <ROW>
                    <ENT I="01">1,250 percent</ENT>
                    <ENT>OTC derivative contracts and exposures that must be deducted from regulatory capital or receive a risk weight greater than 400 percent under this appendix.</ENT>
                  </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>(d) <E T="03">Alternative Modified Look-Through Approach.</E> Under this approach, a [bank] may assign the adjusted carrying value of an equity exposure to an investment fund on a pro rata basis to different risk weight categories in Table 10 based on the investment limits in the fund's prospectus, partnership agreement, or similar contract that defines the fund's permissible investments. The risk-weighted asset amount for the [bank]'s equity exposure to the investment fund equals the sum of each portion of the adjusted carrying value assigned to an exposure class multiplied by the applicable risk weight. If the sum of the investment limits for exposure classes within the fund exceeds 100 percent, the [bank] must assume that the fund invests to the maximum extent permitted under its investment limits in the exposure class with the highest risk weight under Table 10, and continues to make investments in order of the exposure class with the next highest risk weight under Table 10 until the maximum total investment level is reached. If more than one exposure class applies to an exposure, the [bank] must use the highest applicable risk weight. A [bank] may exclude derivative contracts held by the fund that are used for hedging rather than for speculative purposes and do not constitute a material portion of the fund's exposures.</P>
                <P>(e) <E T="03">Money Market Fund Approach.</E> The risk-weighted asset amount for a [bank]'s equity exposure to an investment fund that is a money market fund subject to 17 CFR 270.2a-7 and that has an applicable external rating in the highest investment-grade rating category equals the adjusted carrying value of the equity exposure multiplied by 7 percent.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 55. Equity Derivative Contracts</HD>
                <P>Under the IMA, in addition to holding risk-based capital against an equity derivative contract under this part, a [bank] must hold risk-based capital against the counterparty credit risk in the equity derivative contract by also treating the equity derivative contract as a wholesale exposure and computing a supplemental risk-weighted asset amount for the contract under part IV. Under the SRWA, a [bank] may choose not to hold risk-based capital against the counterparty credit risk of equity derivative contracts, as long as it does so for all such contracts. Where the equity derivative contracts are subject to a qualified master netting agreement, a [bank] using the SRWA must either include all or exclude all of the contracts from any measure used to determine counterparty credit risk exposure.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part VII. Risk-Weighted Assets for Operational Risk</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 61. Qualification Requirements for Incorporation of Operational Risk Mitigants</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Qualification to use operational risk mitigants.</E> A [bank] may adjust its estimate of operational risk exposure to reflect qualifying operational risk mitigants if:</P>

                <P>(1) The [bank]'s operational risk quantification system is able to generate an estimate of the [bank]'s operational risk exposure (which does not incorporate qualifying <PRTPAGE P="101"/>operational risk mitigants) and an estimate of the [bank]'s operational risk exposure adjusted to incorporate qualifying operational risk mitigants; and</P>
                <P>(2) The [bank]'s methodology for incorporating the effects of insurance, if the [bank] uses insurance as an operational risk mitigant, captures through appropriate discounts to the amount of risk mitigation:</P>
                <P>(i) The residual term of the policy, where less than one year;</P>
                <P>(ii) The cancellation terms of the policy, where less than one year;</P>
                <P>(iii) The policy's timeliness of payment;</P>
                <P>(iv) The uncertainty of payment by the provider of the policy; and</P>
                <P>(v) Mismatches in coverage between the policy and the hedged operational loss event.</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Qualifying operational risk mitigants.</E> Qualifying operational risk mitigants are:</P>
                <P>(1) Insurance that:</P>
                <P>(i) Is provided by an unaffiliated company that has a claims payment ability that is rated in one of the three highest rating categories by a NRSRO;</P>
                <P>(ii) Has an initial term of at least one year and a residual term of more than 90 days;</P>
                <P>(iii) Has a minimum notice period for cancellation by the provider of 90 days;</P>
                <P>(iv) Has no exclusions or limitations based upon regulatory action or for the receiver or liquidator of a failed depository institution; and</P>
                <P>(v) Is explicitly mapped to a potential operational loss event; and</P>
                <P>(2) Operational risk mitigants other than insurance for which the [AGENCY] has given prior written approval. In evaluating an operational risk mitigant other than insurance, the [AGENCY] will consider whether the operational risk mitigant covers potential operational losses in a manner equivalent to holding regulatory capital.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 62. Mechanics of Risk-Weighted Asset Calculation</HD>
                <P>(a) If a [bank] does not qualify to use or does not have qualifying operational risk mitigants, the [bank]'s dollar risk-based capital requirement for operational risk is its operational risk exposure minus eligible operational risk offsets (if any).</P>
                <P>(b) If a [bank] qualifies to use operational risk mitigants and has qualifying operational risk mitigants, the [bank]'s dollar risk-based capital requirement for operational risk is the greater of:</P>
                <P>(1) The [bank]'s operational risk exposure adjusted for qualifying operational risk mitigants minus eligible operational risk offsets (if any); or</P>
                <P>(2) 0.8 multiplied by the difference between:</P>
                <P>(i) The [bank]'s operational risk exposure; and</P>
                <P>(ii) Eligible operational risk offsets (if any).</P>
                <P>(c) The [bank]'s risk-weighted asset amount for operational risk equals the [bank]'s dollar risk-based capital requirement for operational risk determined under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section multiplied by 12.5.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part VIII. Disclosure</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 71. Disclosure Requirements</HD>
                <P>(a) Each [bank] must publicly disclose each quarter its total and tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and their components (that is, tier 1 capital, tier 2 capital, total qualifying capital, and total risk-weighted assets).<SU>4</SU>
                  <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                  <P>
                    <SU>4</SU> Other public disclosure requirements continue to apply—for example, Federal securities law and regulatory reporting requirements.</P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>[Disclosure paragraph (b)]</P>
                <P>[Disclosure paragraph (c)]</P>
                <STARS/>
              </APPENDIX>
            </REVTXT>
            <P>2.At 72 FR 69429 and 69430, Dec. 7, 2007, Part 3 was amended by amending Appendix C, effective Apr. 1, 2008. For the convenience of the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:</P>
            <REVTXT>
              <APPENDIX>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix C to Part 3—Capital Adequacy Guidelines for [Banks]: Internal-Ratings-Based and Advanced Measurement Approaches</HD>
                <P>a. Remove “[AGENCY]” and add “OCC” in its place wherever it appears.</P>
                <P>b. Remove “[bank]” and add “bank” in its place wherever it appears, remove “[banks]” and add “banks” in its place wherever it appears, remove “[Banks]” and add “Banks” in its place wherever it appears, and remove “[Bank]” and add “Bank” in its place wherever it appears.</P>
                <P>c. Remove “[Appendix_ to Part _]” and add “Appendix C to Part 3” in its place wherever it appears.</P>
                <P>d. Remove “[the general risk-based capital rules]” and add “12 CFR part 3, Appendix A” in its place wherever it appears.</P>
                <P>e. Remove “[the market risk rule]” and add “12 CFR part 3, Appendix B” in its place wherever it appears.</P>
                <P>f. In section 1, revise paragraph (b)(1)(i), the last sentence in paragraph (b)(3), and the last sentence in paragraph (c)(1) to read as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 1. Purpose, Applicability, Reservation of Authority, and Principle of Conservatism</HD>
                <STARS/>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. (1) * * *<PRTPAGE P="102"/>
                </P>
                <P>(i) Has consolidated assets, as reported on the most recent year-end Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report) equal to $250 billion or more; * * *</P>
                <P>(3) * * * In making a determination under this paragraph, the OCC will apply notice and response procedures in the same manner and to the same extent as the notice and response procedures in 12 CFR 3.12.</P>
                <P>(c) <E T="03">Reservation of authority</E>—(1) * * * In making a determination under this paragraph, the OCC will apply notice and response procedures in the same manner and to the same extent as the notice and response procedures in 12 CFR 3.12.</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>g. In section 2, revise the definition of excluded mortgage exposure, the definition of gain-on-sale, and paragraph (2)(i) of the definition of high volatility commercial real estate (HVCRE) exposure to read as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 2. Definitions</HD>
                <STARS/>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Excluded mortgage exposure</E> means any one- to four-family residential pre-sold construction loan for a residence for which the purchase contract is cancelled that would receive a 100 percent risk weight under section 618(a)(2) of the Resolution Trust Corporation Refinancing, Restructuring, and Improvement Act and under and 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A, section 3(a)(3)(iii).</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">Gain-on-sale</E> means an increase in the equity capital (as reported on Schedule RC of the Call Report) of a bank that results from a securitization (other than an increase in equity capital that results from the bank's receipt of cash in connection with the securitization).</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">High volatility commercial real estate (HVCRE) exposure</E> * * *</P>
                <P>(2) * * *</P>
                <P>(i) The loan-to-value ratio is less than or equal to the applicable maximum supervisory loan-to-value ratio in the OCC's real estate lending standards at 12 CFR part 34, Subpart D;</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>h. Revise section 12 to read as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 12. Deductions and Limitations Not Required</HD>
                <P>(a) <E T="03">Deduction of CEIOs</E>. A bank is not required to make the deductions from capital for CEIOs in 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A, section 2(c).</P>
                <P>(b) <E T="03">Deduction of certain equity investments</E>. A bank is not required to make the deductions from capital for nonfinancial equity investments in 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A, section 2(c).</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>i. Revise the first sentence of paragraph (k)(1)(iv) and paragraph (k)(4) of section 42 to read as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 42. Risk-Based Capital Requirement for Securitization Exposures</HD>
                <STARS/>
                <P>(k) * * *</P>
                <P>(1) * * *</P>
                <P>(iv) The bank is well capitalized, as defined in the OCC's prompt corrective action regulation at 12 CFR part 6. * * *</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>(4) The risk-based capital ratios of the bank must be calculated without regard to the capital treatment for transfers of small-business obligations with recourse specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this section as provided in 12 CFR part 3, Appendix A.</P>
                <STARS/>
                <P>j. Remove “[Disclosure paragraph (b)]” and add in its place “(b) A bank must comply with paragraph (b) of section 71 of appendix G to the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR part 225, appendix G) unless it is a consolidated subsidiary of a bank holding company or depository institution that is subject to these requirements.”</P>
                <P>k. Remove “[Disclosure paragraph (c)].”</P>
              </APPENDIX>
            </REVTXT>
          </EFFDNOTP>
        </APPENDIX>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 4</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 4—ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONS, AVAILABILITY AND RELEASE OF INFORMATION, CONTRACTING OUTREACH PROGRAM, POST-EMPLOYMENT RESTRICTIONS FOR SENIOR EXAMINERS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Organization and Functions</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>4.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Washington office.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>District and field offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of national banks.<PRTPAGE P="103"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of Federal agencies and branches.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Availability of Information Under the Freedom of Information Act</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Information available under the FOIA.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public inspection and copying.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Specific requests for records.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Predisclosure notice for confidential commercial information.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Release of Non-Public OCC Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Requirements for a request of records or testimony.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Where to submit a request.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Consideration of requests.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disclosure of non-public OCC information.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Persons and entities with access to OCC information; prohibition on dissemination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.38</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on dissemination of released information.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notification of parties and procedures for sharing and using OCC records in litigation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Appendix A to Subpart C—Model Stipulation for Protective Order and Model Protective Order</APP>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Minority-, Women-, and Individuals With Disabilities-Owned Business Contracting Outreach Program; Contracting for Goods and Services</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Promotion.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Certification.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oversight and monitoring.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—One-Year Restrictions on Post-Employment Activities of Senior Examiners</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.72</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope and purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.73</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.74</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>One-year post-employment restrictions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.75</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Effective date; waivers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.76</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Penalties.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a. Subpart A also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; Subpart B also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; E.O. 12600 (3 CFR 1987 Comp., p. 235). Subpart C also issued under 5 U.S.C. 301, 552; 12 U.S.C. 161, 481, 482, 484(a), 1442, 1817(a)(3), 1818(u) and (v), 1820(d)(6), 1820(k), 1821(c), 1821(o), 1821(t), 1831m, 1831p-1, 1831o, 1867, 1951 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 2601 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 2801 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 2901 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 3401 <E T="03">et seq.</E>; 15 U.S.C. 77uu(b), 78q(c)(3); 18 U.S.C. 641, 1905, 1906; 29 U.S.C. 1204; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 42 U.S.C. 3601; 44 U.S.C. 3506, 3510. Subpart D also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1833e.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Organization and Functions</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart describes the organization and functions of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and provides the OCC's principal addresses.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC supervises and regulates national banks and Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks by examining these institutions to determine compliance with applicable laws and regulations; approving or denying applications for new charters or for changes in corporate or banking structure; approving or denying activities; taking supervisory or enforcement actions; appointing receivers and conservators; and issuing rules and regulations applicable to these institutions, their subsidiaries, and affiliates.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Comptroller of the Currency (Comptroller), as head of the OCC, is responsible for all OCC programs and functions. The Comptroller is appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, for a term of five years. The Comptroller serves as a member of the board of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a member of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, and a member of the board of the Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation. The Comptroller is advised and assisted by OCC staff, who perform the duties and functions that the Comptroller directs.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Washington office.</SUBJECT>

          <P>The Washington office of the OCC is the main office and headquarters of the OCC. The Washington office directs OCC policy, oversees OCC operations, <PRTPAGE P="104"/>and is responsible for the direct supervision of certain national banks, including the largest national banks (through its Multinational Banking Department) and other national banks requiring special supervision. The Washington office is located at 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>District and field offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">District offices.</E> Each district office of the OCC is responsible for the direct supervision of the national banks and Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks in its district, with the exception of the national banks supervised by the Washington office. The six district offices cover the United States, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and the Northern Mariana Islands. The office address and the geographical composition of each district follows:</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs75,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">District</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Office address</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Geographical composition</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Northeastern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 3900, New York, NY 10036</ENT>
              <ENT>Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virgin Islands</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Southeastern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Marquis One Tower, Suite 600, 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE, Atlanta, GA 30303</ENT>
              <ENT>Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, West Virginia</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Central</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, One Financial Place, Suite 2700, 440 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60605</ENT>
              <ENT>Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Wisconsin</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Midwestern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 2345 Grand Ave., Suite 700, Kansas City, MO 64108</ENT>
              <ENT>Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Southwestern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 1600 Lincoln Plaza, 500 N. Akard Street, Dallas, TX 75201</ENT>
              <ENT>Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Western</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 50 Fremont Street, Suite 3900, San Francisco, CA 94105</ENT>
              <ENT>Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Guam, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Northern Mariana Islands, Oregon, Washington, Wyoming, Utah.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Field offices and duty stations.</E> Field offices and duty stations support the bank supervisory responsibilities of the district offices.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of national banks.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC examines national banks pursuant to authority conferred by 12 U.S.C. 481 and the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1820(d). The OCC is required to conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every national bank at least once during each 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">18-month rule for certain small institutions.</E> The OCC may conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of a national bank at least once during each 18-month period, rather than each 12-month period as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, if the following conditions are satisfied:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank has total assets of less than $500 million;</P>
          <P>(2) The bank is well capitalized as defined in part 6 of this chapter;</P>
          <P>(3) At the most recent examination, the OCC:</P>
          <P>(i) Assigned the bank a rating of 1 or 2 for management as part of the bank's rating under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Assigned the bank a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System;</P>
          <P>(4) The bank currently is not subject to a formal enforcement proceeding or order by the FDIC, OCC or the Federal Reserve System; and</P>
          <P>(5) No person acquired control of the bank during the preceding 12-month period in which a full-scope, on-site examination would have been required but for this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Authority to conduct more frequent examinations.</E> This section does not <PRTPAGE P="105"/>limit the authority of the OCC to examine any national bank as frequently as the agency deems necessary.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 16380, Apr. 2, 1998, as amended at 72 FR 17802, Apr. 10, 2007]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of Federal agencies and branches.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC examines Federal agencies and Federal branches (as these entities are defined in § 28.11 (h) and (i), respectively, of this chapter) pursuant to the authority conferred by 12 U.S.C. 3105(c)(1)(C). Except as noted in paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC will conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every Federal branch and agency at least once during each 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">18-month rule for certain small institutions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Mandatory standards.</E> The OCC may conduct a full-scope, on-site examination at least once during each 18-month period, rather than each 12-month period as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, if the Federal branch or agency:</P>
          <P>(i) Has total assets of less than $500 million;</P>
          <P>(ii) Has received a composite ROCA supervisory rating (which rates risk management, operational controls, compliance, and asset quality) of 1 or 2 at its most recent examination;</P>
          <P>(iii) Satisfies the requirements of either the following paragraph (b)(1)(iii) (A) or (B):</P>
          <P>(A) The foreign bank's most recently reported capital adequacy position consists of, or is equivalent to, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 6 percent and 10 percent, respectively, on a consolidated basis; or</P>
          <P>(B) The branch or agency has maintained on a daily basis, over the past three quarters, eligible assets in an amount not less than 108 percent of the preceding quarter's average third party liabilities (determined consistent with applicable federal and state law), and sufficient liquidity is currently available to meet its obligations to third parties;</P>
          <P>(iv) Is not subject to a formal enforcement action or order by the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the OCC; and</P>
          <P>(v) Has not experienced a change in control during the preceding 12-month period in which a full-scope, on-site examination would have been required but for this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Discretionary standards.</E> In determining whether a Federal branch or agency that meets the standards of paragraph (b)(1) of this section should not be eligible for an 18-month examination cycle pursuant to this paragraph (b), the OCC may consider additional factors, including whether:</P>
          <P>(i) Any of the individual components of the ROCA rating of the Federal branch or agency is rated “3” or worse;</P>
          <P>(ii) The results of any off-site supervision indicate a deterioration in the condition of the Federal branch or agency;</P>
          <P>(iii) The size, relative importance, and role of a particular office when reviewed in the context of the foreign bank's entire U.S. operations otherwise necessitate an annual examination; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The condition of the foreign bank gives rise to such a need.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Authority to conduct more frequent examinations.</E> Nothing in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section limits the authority of the OCC to examine any Federal branch or agency as frequently as the OCC deems necessary.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 46120, Aug. 28, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 56952, Oct. 22, 1999; 72 FR 17802, Apr. 10, 2007]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Availability of Information Under the Freedom of Information Act</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This subpart sets forth the standards, policies, and procedures that the OCC applies in administering the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552) to facilitate the OCC's interaction with the banking industry and the public.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> (1) This subpart describes the information that the FOIA requires the OCC to disclose to the public (§ 4.12), and the three methods by which the OCC discloses that information under the FOIA (§§ 4.13, 4.14, and 4.15).</P>

          <P>(2) This subpart also sets forth predisclosure notice procedures that <PRTPAGE P="106"/>the OCC follows, in accordance with Executive Order 12600 (3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 235), when the OCC receives a request under § 4.15 for disclosure of records that arguably are exempt from disclosure as confidential commercial information (§ 4.16). Finally, this subpart describes the fees that the OCC assesses for the services it renders in providing information under the FOIA (§ 4.17).</P>
          <P>(3) This subpart does not apply to a request for records pursuant to the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a). A person requesting records from the OCC pursuant to the Privacy Act should refer to 31 CFR part 1, subpart C, and appendix J of subpart C.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Information available under the FOIA.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> In accordance with the FOIA, OCC records are available to the public, except the exempt records described in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Exemptions from availability.</E> The following records, or portions thereof, are exempt from disclosure under the FOIA:</P>
          <P>(1) A record that is specifically authorized, under criteria established by an Executive order, to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, and that is properly classified pursuant to that Executive order;</P>
          <P>(2) A record relating solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of an agency;</P>
          <P>(3) A record specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552b), provided that the statute requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, establishes particular criteria for withholding, or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld;</P>
          <P>(4) A record that is privileged or contains trade secrets, or commercial or financial information, furnished in confidence, that relates to the business, personal, or financial affairs of any person (see § 4.16 for notice requirements regarding disclosure of confidential commercial information);</P>
          <P>(5) An intra-agency or interagency memorandum or letter not routinely available by law to a private party in litigation, including memoranda, reports, and other documents prepared by OCC employees, and records of deliberations and discussions at meetings of OCC employees;</P>
          <P>(6) A personnel, medical, or similar record, including a financial record, or any portion thereof, where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;</P>
          <P>(7) A record or information compiled for law enforcement purposes, but only to the extent that the OCC reasonably believes that producing the record or information may:</P>
          <P>(i) Interfere with enforcement proceedings;</P>
          <P>(ii) Deprive a person of the right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication;</P>
          <P>(iii) Constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;</P>
          <P>(iv) Disclose the identity of a confidential source, including a State, local, or foreign agency or authority, or any private institution that furnished information on a confidential basis;</P>
          <P>(v) Disclose information furnished by a confidential source, in the case of a record or information compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation, or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation;</P>
          <P>(vi) Disclose techniques and procedures for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions, or disclose guidelines for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions if such disclosure reasonably could be expected to risk circumvention of the law; or</P>
          <P>(vii) Endanger the life or physical safety of any individual;</P>
          <P>(8) A record contained in or related to an examination, operating, or condition report prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of the OCC or any other agency responsible for regulating or supervising financial institutions; and</P>
          <P>(9) A record containing or relating to geological and geophysical information and data, including maps, concerning wells.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Discretionary disclosure of exempt records.</E> Even if a record is exempt under paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC may elect, on a case-by-case basis, not to apply the exemption to the requested record. The OCC's election not <PRTPAGE P="107"/>to apply an exemption to a requested record has no precedential significance as to the application or nonapplication of the exemption to any other requested record, regardless of who requests the record or when the OCC receives the request. The OCC will provide predisclosure notice to submitters of confidential commercial information in accordance with § 4.16.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Segregability.</E> The OCC provides copies of reasonably segregable portions of a record to any person properly requesting the record pursuant to § 4.15, after redacting any portion that is exempt under paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Publication in the Federal Register.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC publishes certain documents in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for the guidance of the public, including the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Proposed and final rules; and</P>
          <P>(b) Certain notices and policy statements of concern to the general public.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public inspection and copying.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Available information.</E> Subject to the exemptions listed in § 4.12(b), the OCC makes the following information readily available for public inspection and copying:</P>
          <P>(1) Any final order, agreement, or other enforceable document issued in the adjudication of an OCC enforcement case, including a final order published pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818(u);</P>
          <P>(2) Any final opinion issued in the adjudication of an OCC enforcement case;</P>

          <P>(3) Any statement of general policy or interpretation of general applicability not published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;</P>
          <P>(4) Any administrative staff manual or instruction to staff that may affect a member of the public as such;</P>
          <P>(5) A current index identifying the information referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section issued, adopted, or promulgated after July 4, 1967;</P>
          <P>(6) A list of available OCC publications;</P>
          <P>(7) A list of forms available from the OCC, and specific forms and instructions; <SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> Some forms and instructions that national banks use, such as the Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (FFIEC 031-034), are not available from the OCC. The OCC will provide information on where persons may obtain these forms and instructions upon request.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(8) Any public Community Reinvestment Act performance evaluation;</P>
          <P>(9) Any public securities-related filing required under part 11 or 16 of this chapter;</P>
          <P>(10) Any public comment letter regarding a proposed rule; and</P>
          <P>(11) The public file (as defined in 12 CFR 5.9) with respect to a pending application described in part 5 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Redaction of identifying details.</E> To the extent necessary to prevent an invasion of personal privacy, the OCC may redact identifying details from any information described in paragraph (a) of this section before making the information available for public inspection and copying.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Addresses.</E> The information described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(10) of this section is available from the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219. The information described in paragraph (a)(11) of this section is available from the Licensing Manager at the appropriate district office at the address listed in § 4.5(a), or in the case of banks supervised by the Multinational Banking Department, from the Licensing Manager, Multinational Banking, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Specific requests for records.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Available information.</E> Subject to the exemptions described in § 4.12(b), any OCC record is available to any person upon specific request in accordance with this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Where to submit request or appeal</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a person requesting a record or filing an administrative appeal under this section must submit the request or appeal to the <PRTPAGE P="108"/>Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exceptions</E>—(i) <E T="03">Records at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</E> A person requesting any of the following records, other than blank forms (see § 4.14(a)(7)), must submit the request to the Disclosure Group, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550-17th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20429, (800) 945-2186:</P>
          <P>(A) Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (FFIEC 031, 032, 033, 034);</P>
          <P>(B) Annual Report of Trust Assets (FFIEC 001);</P>
          <P>(C) Uniform Bank Performance Report; and</P>
          <P>(D) Special Report.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Records of another agency.</E> When the OCC receives a request for records in its possession that another Federal agency either generated or provided to the OCC, the OCC promptly informs the requester and immediately forwards the request to that agency for processing in accordance with that agency's regulations.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Request for records</E>—(1) <E T="03">Content of request for records.</E> A person requesting records under this section must state, in writing:</P>
          <P>(i) The requester's full name, address, and telephone number;</P>
          <P>(ii) A reasonable description of the records sought (including sufficient detail to enable OCC employees who are familiar with the subject matter of the request to locate the records with a reasonable amount of effort);</P>
          <P>(iii) A statement agreeing to pay all fees that the OCC assesses under § 4.17;</P>
          <P>(iv) A description of how the requester intends to use the records, if a requester seeks placement in a lower fee category (i.e., a fee category other than “commercial use requester”) under § 4.17; and</P>
          <P>(v) Whether the requester prefers the OCC to deliver a copy of the records or to allow the requester to inspect the records at the appropriate OCC office.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Initial determination.</E> The OCC's Director of Communications or that person's delegate initially determines whether to grant a request for OCC records.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">If request is granted.</E> If the OCC grants a request for records, in whole or in part, the OCC promptly discloses the records in one of two ways, depending on the requester's stated preference:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC may deliver a copy of the records to the requester. If the OCC delivers a copy of the records to the requester, the OCC duplicates the records at reasonable and proper times that do not interfere with their use by the OCC or preclude other persons from making inspections; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC may allow the requester to inspect the records at reasonable and proper times that do not interfere with their use by the OCC or preclude other persons from making inspections. If the OCC allows the requester to inspect the records, the OCC may place a reasonable limit on the number of records that a person may inspect during a day.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">If request is denied.</E> If the OCC denies a request for records, in whole or in part, the OCC notifies the requester by mail. The notification is dated and contains a brief statement of the reasons for the denial, sets forth the name and title or position of the official making the decision, and advises the requester of the right to an administrative appeal in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Administrative appeal of a denial</E>—(1) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> A requester must submit an administrative appeal of denial of a request for records in writing within 35 days of the date of the initial determination. The appeal must include the circumstances and arguments supporting disclosure of the requested records.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Appellate determination.</E> The Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate determines whether to grant an appeal of a denial of a request for OCC records.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">If appeal is granted.</E> If the OCC grants an appeal, in whole or in part, the OCC treats the request as if it were originally granted, in whole or in part, by the OCC in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">If appeal is denied.</E> If the OCC denies an appeal, in whole or in part, the OCC notifies the requester by mail. The notification contains a brief statement of the reasons for the denial, sets forth <PRTPAGE P="109"/>the name and title or position of the official making the decision, and advises the requester of the right to judicial review of the denial under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Judicial review</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> If the OCC denies an appeal pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, or if the OCC fails to make a determination within the time limits specified in paragraph (f) of this section, the requester may commence an action to compel disclosure of records, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B), in the United States district court in:</P>
          <P>(i) The district where the requester resides;</P>
          <P>(ii) The district where the requester's principal place of business is located;</P>
          <P>(iii) The district where the records are located; or</P>
          <P>(iv) The District of Columbia.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Service of process.</E> In commencing an action described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the requester, in addition to complying with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. appendix) for service upon the United States or agencies thereof, must serve process on the Chief Counsel or the Chief Counsel's delegate at the following location: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Time limits</E>—(1) <E T="03">Request.</E> The OCC makes an initial determination to grant or deny a request for records within 10 business days after the date of receipt of the request, as described in paragraph (g) of this section, except as stated in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Appeal.</E> The OCC makes a determination to grant or deny an administrative appeal within 20 business days after the date of receipt of the appeal, as described in paragraph (g) of this section, except as stated in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Extension of time.</E> The time limits set forth in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section may be extended as follows:</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">In unusual circumstances.</E> The OCC may extend the time limits in unusual circumstances for a maximum of 10 business days. If the OCC extends the time limits, the OCC provides written notice to the person making the request or appeal, containing the reason for the extension and the date on which the OCC expects to make a determination. Unusual circumstances exist when the OCC requires additional time to:</P>
          <P>(A) Search for and collect the requested records from field facilities or other buildings that are separate from the office processing the request or appeal;</P>
          <P>(B) Search for, collect, and appropriately examine a voluminous amount of requested records;</P>
          <P>(C) Consult with another agency that has a substantial interest in the determination of the request; or</P>
          <P>(D) Allow two or more components of the OCC that have substantial interest in the determination of the request to consult with each other;</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">By agreement.</E> A requester may agree to extend the time limits for any amount of time; or</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">By judicial action.</E> If a requester commences an action pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section for failure to comply with the time limits set forth in this paragraph (f), a court with jurisdiction may, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(C), allow the OCC additional time to complete the review of the records requested.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Date of receipt of request or appeal.</E> The date of receipt of a request for records or an appeal is the date that OCC Communications Division receives a request that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) or (d)(1) of this section, except as provided in § 4.17(d).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Predisclosure notice for confidential commercial information.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Confidential commercial information</E> means records that arguably contain material exempt from release under Exemption 4 of the FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4); § 4.12(b)(4)), because disclosure reasonably could cause substantial competitive harm to the submitter.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Submitter</E> means any person or entity that provides confidential commercial information to the OCC. This term includes corporations, State governments, foreign governments, and <PRTPAGE P="110"/>banks and their employees, officers, directors, and principal shareholders.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice to submitter</E>—(1) <E T="03">When provided.</E> In accordance with Executive Order 12600 (3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 235), when the OCC receives a request under § 4.15(c) or, where appropriate, an appeal under § 4.15(d) for disclosure of confidential commercial information, the OCC provides a submitter with prompt written notice of the receipt of that request (except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section) in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(i) With respect to confidential commercial information submitted to the OCC prior to January 1, 1988, if:</P>
          <P>(A) The records are less than 10 years old and the submitter designated the information as confidential commercial information;</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC reasonably believes that disclosure of the information may cause substantial competitive harm to the submitter; or</P>
          <P>(C) The information is subject to a prior express OCC commitment of confidentiality; and</P>
          <P>(ii) With respect to confidential commercial information submitted to the OCC on or after January 1, 1988, if:</P>
          <P>(A) The submitter in good faith designated the information as confidential commercial information;</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC designated the class of information to which the requested information belongs as confidential commercial information; or</P>
          <P>(C) The OCC reasonably believes that disclosure of the information may cause substantial competitive harm to the submitter.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> The OCC generally does not provide notice under paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the OCC determines that:</P>
          <P>(i) It will not disclose the information;</P>
          <P>(ii) The information already has been disclosed officially to the public;</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC is required by law (other than 5 U.S.C. 552) to disclose the information;</P>
          <P>(iv) The OCC acquired the information in the course of a lawful investigation of a possible violation of criminal law;</P>
          <P>(v) The submitter had an opportunity to designate the requested information as confidential commercial information at the time of submission of the information or a reasonable time thereafter and did not do so, unless the OCC has substantial reason to believe that disclosure of the information would result in competitive harm; or</P>
          <P>(vi) The OCC determines that the submitter's designation under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section is frivolous; in such case, however, the OCC will provide the submitter with written notice of any final administrative determination to disclose the information at least 10 business days prior to the date that the OCC intends to disclose the information.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Content of notice.</E> The OCC either describes in the notice the exact nature of the confidential commercial information requested or includes with the notice copies of the records or portions of records containing that information.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Expiration of notice period.</E> The OCC provides notice under this paragraph (b) with respect to information that the submitter designated under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section only for a period of 10 years after the date of the submitter's designation, unless the submitter requests and justifies to the OCC's satisfaction a specific notice period of greater duration.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Certification of confidentiality.</E> If possible, the submitter should support the claim of confidentiality with a statement or certification that the requested information is confidential commercial information that the submitter has not disclosed to the public. This statement should be prepared by an officer or authorized representative if the submitter is a corporation or other entity.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Notice to requester.</E> If the OCC provides notice to a submitter under paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC notifies the person requesting confidential commercial information (requester) that it has provided notice to the submitter. The OCC also advises the requester that if there is a delay in its decision whether to grant or deny access to the information sought, the delay may be considered a denial of access to the information, and that the requester may proceed with an administrative appeal or seek judicial review. However, the requester may agree to a <PRTPAGE P="111"/>voluntary extension of time to allow the OCC to review the submitter's objection to disclosure (see § 4.15(f)(3)(ii)).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Opportunity to object to disclosure.</E> Within 10 days after receiving notice under paragraph (b) of this section, the submitter may provide the OCC with a detailed statement of objection to disclosure of the information. That statement must specify the grounds for withholding any of the information under any exemption of the FOIA. Any statement that the submitter provides under this paragraph (d) may be subject to disclosure under the FOIA.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Notice of intent to disclose.</E> The OCC considers carefully a submitter's objection and specific grounds for nondisclosure prior to determining whether to disclose the requested information. If the OCC decides to disclose information over the objection of the submitter, the OCC provides to the submitter, with a copy to the requester, a written notice that includes:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement of the OCC's reasons for not sustaining the submitter's objections to disclosure;</P>
          <P>(2) A description of the information to be disclosed;</P>
          <P>(3) The anticipated disclosure date, which is not less than 10 business days after the OCC mails the written notice required under this paragraph (e); and</P>
          <P>(4) A statement that the submitter must notify the OCC immediately if the submitter intends to seek injunctive relief.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Notice of requester's lawsuit.</E> Whenever the OCC receives service of process indicating that a requester has brought suit seeking to compel the OCC to disclose information covered by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the OCC promptly notifies the submitter.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Actual costs</E> means those expenditures that the OCC incurs in providing services (including searching for, reviewing, and duplicating records) in response to a request for records under § 4.15.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Search</E> means the process of locating a record in response to a request, including page-by-page or line-by-line identification of material within a record. The OCC may perform a search manually or by electronic means.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Review</E> means the process of examining a record located in response to a request to determine which portions of that record should be released. It also includes processing a record for disclosure.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Duplication</E> means the process of copying a record in response to a request. A copy may take the form of a paper copy, microform, audiovisual materials, or machine readable material (e.g., magnetic tape or disk), among others.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Commercial use requester</E> means a person who seeks records for a use or purpose that furthers the commercial, trade, or profit interests of the requester or the person on whose behalf the request is made.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Educational institution requester</E> means a person who seeks records on behalf of a public or private educational institution, including a preschool, an elementary or secondary school, an institution of undergraduate or graduate higher education, an institution of professional education, or an institution of vocational education that operates a program of scholarly research.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Noncommercial scientific institution requester</E> means a person who is not a “commercial use requester,” as that term is defined in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, and who seeks records on behalf of an institution operated solely for the purpose of conducting scientific research, the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Requester who is a representative of the news media</E> means a person who seeks records for the purpose of gathering news (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> information about current events or of current interest to the public) on behalf of, or a free-lance journalist who reasonably expects to have his or her work product published or broadcast by, an entity organized and operated to publish or broadcast news to the public.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Fees</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The hourly and per page rate that the OCC generally charges requesters is set forth in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” (Notice) described in 12 CFR 8.8. <PRTPAGE P="112"/>Any interested person may request a copy of the Notice from the OCC by mail or may obtain a copy at the location described in § 4.14(c). The OCC may contract with a commercial service to search for, duplicate, or disseminate records, provided that the OCC determines that the fee assessed upon a requester is no greater than if the OCC performed the tasks itself. The OCC does not contract out responsibilities that the FOIA provides that the OCC alone may discharge, such as determining the applicability of an exemption or whether to waive or reduce a fee.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Fee categories.</E> The OCC assesses a fee based on the fee category in which the OCC places the requester. If the request states how the requester intends to use the requested records (see § 4.15(c)(1)(iv)), the OCC may place the requester in a lower fee category; otherwise, the OCC categorizes the requester as a “commercial use requester.” If the OCC reasonably doubts the requester's stated intended use, or if that use is not clear from the request, the OCC may place the requester in the “commercial use” category or may seek additional clarification. The fee categories are as follows:</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Commercial use requesters.</E> The OCC assesses a fee for a requester in this category for the actual cost of search, review, and duplication. A requester in this category does not receive any free search, review, or duplication services.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Educational institution requesters, noncommercial scientific institution requesters, and requesters who are representatives of the news media.</E> The OCC assesses a fee for a requester in this category for the actual cost of duplication. A requester in this category receives 100 free pages.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">All other requesters.</E> The OCC assesses a fee for a requester who does not fit into either of the above categories for the actual cost of search and duplication. A requester in this category receives 100 free pages and two hours of free search time.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Special services.</E> The OCC may, in its discretion, accommodate a request for special services. The OCC may recover the actual cost of providing any special services.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Waiving or reducing a fee.</E> The OCC may waive or reduce a fee under this section whenever, in its opinion, disclosure of records is in the public interest because the disclosure:</P>
          <P>(i) Is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Fee for unsuccessful search.</E> The OCC may assess a fee for time spent searching for records, even if the OCC does not locate the records requested.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Payment of fees</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC generally assesses a fee when it delivers the records in response to the request, if any. A requester must send payment within 30 calendar days of the billing date to the Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Fee likely to exceed $25.</E> If the OCC estimates that a fee is likely to exceed $25, the OCC notifies the requester of the estimated fee, unless the requester has indicated in advance a willingness to pay a fee as high as the estimated fee. If so notified by the OCC, the requester may confer with OCC employees to revise the request to reflect a lower fee.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Fee likely to exceed $250.</E> If the OCC estimates that a fee is likely to exceed $250, the OCC notifies the requester of the estimated fee. In this circumstance, the OCC may require, as a condition to processing the request, that the requester:</P>
          <P>(i) Provide satisfactory assurance of full payment, if the requester has a history of prompt payment; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Pay the estimated fee in full, if the requester does not have a history of prompt payment.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Failure to pay a fee.</E> If the requester fails to pay a fee within 30 days of the date of the billing, the OCC may require, as a condition to processing any further request, that the requester pay any unpaid fee, plus interest (as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section), and any estimated fee in full for that further request.<PRTPAGE P="113"/>
          </P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Interest on unpaid fee.</E> The OCC may assess interest charges on an unpaid fee beginning on the 31st day following the billing date. The OCC charges interest at the rate prescribed in 31 U.S.C. 3717.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Tolling of time limits.</E> Under the circumstances described in paragraphs (c) (2), (3), and (4) of this section, the time limits set forth in § 4.15(f) (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> 10 business days from the receipt of a request for records and 20 business days from the receipt of an administrative appeal, plus any permissible extension) begin only after the OCC receives a revised request under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an assurance of payment under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, or the required payments under paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (c)(4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Aggregating requests.</E> When the OCC reasonably believes that a requester or group of requesters is attempting to break a request into a series of requests for the purpose of evading the assessment of a fee, the OCC may aggregate the requests and assess a fee accordingly.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Release of Non-Public OCC Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purposes of this subpart are to:</P>
          <P>(1) Afford an orderly mechanism for the OCC to process expeditiously requests for non-public OCC information; to address the release of non-public OCC information without a request; and, when appropriate, for the OCC to assert evidentiary privileges in litigation;</P>
          <P>(2) Recognize the public's interest in obtaining access to relevant and necessary information and the countervailing public interest of maintaining the effectiveness of the OCC supervisory process and appropriate confidentiality of OCC supervisory information;</P>
          <P>(3) Ensure that the OCC's information is used in a manner that supports the public interest and the interests of the OCC;</P>
          <P>(4) Ensure that OCC resources are used in the most efficient manner consistent with the OCC's statutory mission;</P>
          <P>(5) Minimize burden on national banks, the public, and the OCC;</P>
          <P>(6) Limit the expenditure of government resources for private purposes; and</P>
          <P>(7) Maintain the OCC's impartiality among private litigants.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> (1) This subpart applies to requests for, and dissemination of, non-public OCC information, including requests for records or testimony arising out of civil lawsuits and administrative proceedings to which the OCC is not a party and the release of non-public OCC information without a specific request. Lawsuits and administrative proceedings to which the OCC is not a party include proceedings in which a Federal agency is a party in opposition to the private requester.</P>
          <P>(2) This subpart does not apply to:</P>
          <P>(i) A request for a record or testimony in a proceeding in which the OCC is a party; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A request for a record that is required to be disclosed under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), as described in § 4.12.</P>
          <P>(3) A request for a record or testimony made by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a government agency of the United States or a foreign government, a state agency with authority to investigate violations of criminal law, or a state bank regulatory agency is governed solely by § 4.37(c).</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998; 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Complete request</E> means a request containing sufficient information to allow the OCC to make an informed decision.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Non-public OCC information.</E> Non-public OCC information:</P>
          <P>(1) Means information that the OCC is not required to release under the FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552) or that the OCC has not yet published or made available pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818(u) and includes:</P>

          <P>(i) A record created or obtained by the OCC in connection with the OCC's <PRTPAGE P="114"/>performance of its responsibilities, such as a record concerning supervision, licensing, regulation, and examination of a national bank, a bank holding company, or an affiliate;</P>
          <P>(ii) A record compiled by the OCC in connection with the OCC's enforcement responsibilities;</P>
          <P>(iii) A report of examination, supervisory correspondence, an investigatory file compiled by the OCC in connection with an investigation, and any internal agency memorandum, whether the information is in the possession of the OCC or some other individual or entity;</P>
          <P>(iv) Confidential OCC information obtained by a third party or otherwise incorporated in the records of a third party, including another government agency;</P>
          <P>(v) Testimony from, or an interview with, a current or former OCC employee, officer, or agent concerning information acquired by that person in the course of his or her performance of official duties with the OCC or due to that person's official status at the OCC;</P>
          <P>(vi) Confidential information relating to operating and no longer operating national banks as well as their subsidiaries and their affiliates; and</P>
          <P>(vii) A Suspicious Activity Report filed by the OCC, a national bank, or a Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank licensed or chartered by the OCC under 12 CFR 21.11; and</P>
          <P>(2) Is the property of the Comptroller. A report of examination is loaned to the bank or holding company for its confidential use only.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Relevant</E> means could contribute substantially to the resolution of one or more specifically identified issues in the case.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Show a compelling need</E> means, in support of a request for testimony, demonstrate with as much detail as is necessary under the circumstances, that the requested information is relevant and that the relevant material contained in the testimony is not available from any other source. Sources, without limitation, include the books and records of other persons or entities and non-public OCC records that have been, or might be, released.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Supervised entity</E> includes a national bank, a subsidiary of a national bank, a Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank licensed by the OCC as defined under 12 CFR 28.11(h) and (i), or any other entity supervised by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Testimony</E> means an interview or sworn testimony on the record.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998; 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Requirements for a request of records or testimony.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Generally</E>—(1) <E T="03">Form of request.</E> A person seeking non-public OCC information must submit a request in writing to the OCC. The requester must explain, in as detailed a description as is necessary under the circumstances, the bases for the request and how the requested non-public OCC information relates to the issues in the lawsuit or matter.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Expedited request.</E> A requester seeking a response in less than 60 days must explain why the request was not submitted earlier and why the OCC should expedite the request.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Request arising from adversarial matters.</E> Where the requested information is to be used in connection with an adversarial matter:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC generally will require that the lawsuit or administrative action has been filed before it will consider the request;</P>
          <P>(ii) The request must include:</P>
          <P>(A) A copy of the complaint or other pleading setting forth the assertions in the case;</P>
          <P>(B) The caption and docket number of the case;</P>
          <P>(C) The name, address, and phone number of counsel to each party in the case; and</P>
          <P>(D) A description of any prior judicial decisions or pending motions in the case that may bear on the asserted relevance of the requested information;</P>
          <P>(iii) The request must also:</P>
          <P>(A) Show that the information is relevant to the purpose for which it is sought;</P>

          <P>(B) Show that other evidence reasonably suited to the requester's needs is not available from any other source;<PRTPAGE P="115"/>
          </P>
          <P>(C) Show that the need for the information outweighs the public interest considerations in maintaining the confidentiality of the OCC information and outweighs the burden on the OCC to produce the information;</P>
          <P>(D) Explain how the issues in the case and the status of the case warrant that the OCC allow disclosure; and</P>
          <P>(E) Identify any other issue that may bear on the question of waiver of privilege by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Request for records.</E> If the request is for a record, the requester must adequately describe the record or records sought by type and date.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Request for testimony</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> A requester seeking testimony:</P>
          <P>(i) Must show a compelling need for the requested information; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Should request OCC testimony with sufficient time to obtain the testimony in deposition form.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Trial or hearing testimony.</E> A requester seeking testimony at a trial or hearing must show that a deposition would not suffice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Where to submit a request.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">A request for non-public OCC information.</E> A person requesting information under this subpart, requesting authentication of a record under § 4.39(d), or submitting a notification of the issuance of a subpoena or compulsory process under § 4.37, shall send the request or notification to: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219, Attention: Director, Litigation Division.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Combined requests for non-public and other OCC information.</E> A person requesting public OCC information and non-public OCC information under this subpart may submit a combined request for both to the address in paragraph (a) of this section. If a requester decides to submit a combined request under this section, the OCC will process the combined request under this subpart and not under subpart B of this part (FOIA).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Request by government agencies.</E> A request made pursuant to § 4.37(c) must be submitted:</P>
          <P>(1) In a civil action, to the Director of the OCC's Litigation Division at the Washington office; or</P>
          <P>(2) In a criminal action, to the appropriate district counsel or the Director of the OCC's Enforcement and Compliance Division at the Washington office.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Consideration of requests.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general</E>—(1) <E T="03">OCC discretion.</E> The OCC decides whether to release non-public OCC information based on its weighing of all appropriate factors including the requestor's fulfilling of the requirements enumerated in § 4.33. Each decision is at the sole discretion of the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate and is a final agency decision. OCC action on a request for non-public OCC information exhausts administrative remedies for discovery of the information.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Bases for denial.</E> The OCC may deny a request for non-public OCC information for reasons that include the following:</P>
          <P>(i) The requester was unsuccessful in showing that the information is relevant to the pending matter;</P>
          <P>(ii) The requester seeks testimony and the requestor did not show a compelling need for the information;</P>
          <P>(iii) The request arises from an adversarial matter and other evidence reasonably suited to the requester's need is available from another source;</P>
          <P>(iv) A lawsuit or administrative action has not yet been filed and the request was made in connection with potential litigation; or</P>
          <P>(v) The production of the information would be contrary to the public interest or unduly burdensome to the OCC.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Additional information.</E> A requester must submit a complete request. The OCC may require the requester to provide additional information to complete a request. Consistent with the purposes stated in § 4.31, the OCC may inquire into the circumstances of any case underlying the request and rely on sources of information other than the requester, including other parties.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Time required by the OCC to respond.</E> The OCC generally will process requests in the order in which they are received. The OCC will notify the requester in writing of the final decision. Absent exigent or unusual circumstances, the OCC will respond to a <PRTPAGE P="116"/>request within 60 days from the date that the OCC receives a request that it deems a complete request. Consistent with § 4.33(a)(2), the OCC weighs a request to respond to provide information in less than 60 days against the unfairness to other requesters whose pending requests may be delayed and the burden imposed on the OCC by the expedited processing.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Notice to subject national banks.</E> Following receipt of a request for non-public OCC information, the OCC generally notifies the national bank that is the subject of the requested information, unless the OCC, in its discretion, determines that to do so would advantage or prejudice any of the parties in the matter at issue.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Testimony.</E> (1) The OCC generally will not authorize a current OCC employee to provide expert or opinion evidence for a private party.</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC may restrict the scope of any authorized testimony and may act to ensure that the scope of testimony given by the OCC employee adheres to the scope authorized by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(3) Once a request for testimony has been submitted, and before the requested testimony occurs, a party to the relevant case, who did not join in the request and who wishes to question the witness beyond the scope of testimony sought by the request, shall timely submit the party's own request for OCC information pursuant to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(4) The OCC may offer the requester the employee's written declaration in lieu of testimony.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Release of non-public OCC information by others.</E> In appropriate cases, the OCC may respond to a request for information by authorizing a party to the case who is in possession of non-public OCC information to release the information to the requester. An OCC authorization to release records does not preclude the party in possession from asserting its own privilege, arguing that the records are not relevant, or asserting any other argument for which it has standing to protect the records from release.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disclosure of non-public OCC information.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Discretionary disclosure of non-public OCC information.</E> The OCC may make non-public OCC information available to a supervised entity and to other persons, that in the sole discretion of the Comptroller may be necessary or appropriate, without a request for records or testimony.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">OCC policy.</E> It is the OCC's policy regarding non-public OCC information that such information is confidential and privileged. Accordingly, the OCC will not normally disclose this information to third parties.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Conditions and limitations.</E> The OCC may impose any conditions or limitations on disclosures under this section, including the restrictions on dissemination contained in § 4.38, that it determines are necessary to effect the purposes of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Unauthorized disclosures prohibited.</E> All non-public OCC information remains the property of the OCC. No supervised entity, government agency, person, or other party to whom the information is made available, or any officer, director, employee, or agent thereof, may disclose non-public OCC information without the prior written permission of the OCC, except in published statistical material that does not disclose, either directly or when used in conjunction with other publicly available information, the affairs of any individual, corporation, or other entity. Except as authorized by the OCC, no person obtaining access to non-public OCC information under this section may make a copy of the information and no person may remove non-public OCC information from the premises of the institution, agency, or other party in authorized possession of the information.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Persons and entities with access to OCC information; prohibition on dissemination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Current and former OCC employees or agents</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> Except as authorized by this subpart or otherwise by the OCC, no current or former OCC employee or agent may, in any manner, disclose or permit the disclosure of <PRTPAGE P="117"/>any non-public OCC information to anyone other than an employee or agent of the Comptroller for use in the performance of OCC duties.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Duty of person served.</E> Any current or former OCC employee or agent subpoenaed or otherwise requested to provide information covered by this subpart must immediately notify the OCC as provided in this paragraph. The OCC may intervene, attempt to have the compulsory process withdrawn, and register appropriate objections when a current or former OCC employee or agent receives a subpoena and the subpoena requires the current or former employee or agent to appear or produce OCC information. If necessary, the current or former employee or agent must appear as required and respectfully decline to produce the information sought, citing this subpart as authority and United States ex rel. Touhy v. Ragen, 340 U.S. 462 (1951). The current or former OCC employee or agent must immediately notify the OCC if subpoenaed or otherwise asked for non-public OCC information:</P>
          <P>(i) In a civil action, by notifying the Director of the OCC's Litigation Division at the Washington office; or</P>
          <P>(ii) In a criminal action, by notifying the appropriate district counsel for current and former district employees or agents; or the Director of the OCC's Enforcement and Compliance Division at the Washington office, for current and former Washington employees or agents.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Non-OCC employees or entities</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> (i) Without OCC approval, no person, national bank, or other entity, including one in lawful possession of non-public OCC information under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may disclose information covered by this subpart in any manner, except:</P>
          <P>(A) After the requester has sought the information from the OCC pursuant to the procedures set forth in this subpart; and</P>
          <P>(B) As ordered by a Federal court in a judicial proceeding in which the OCC has had the opportunity to appear and oppose discovery.</P>
          <P>(ii) Any person who discloses or uses non-public OCC information except as expressly permitted by the Comptroller of the Currency or as ordered by a Federal court, under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, may be subject to the penalties provided in 18 U.S.C. 641.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exception for national banks.</E> When necessary or appropriate for bank business purposes, a national bank or holding company, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, may disclose non-public OCC information, including information contained in, or related to, OCC reports of examination, to a person or organization officially connected with the bank as officer, director, employee, attorney, auditor, or independent auditor. A national bank or holding company or a director, officer, or employee thereof may also release non-public OCC information to a consultant under this paragraph if the consultant is under a written contract to provide services to the bank and the consultant has a written agreement with the bank in which the consultant:</P>
          <P>(i) States its awareness of, and agreement to abide by, the prohibition on the dissemination of non-public OCC information contained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Agrees not to use the non-public OCC information for any purpose other than as provided under its contract to provide services to the bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Duty of person or entity served.</E> Any person, national bank, or other entity served with a request, subpoena, order, motion to compel, or other judicial or administrative process to provide non-public OCC information shall:</P>
          <P>(i) Immediately notify the Director of the OCC's Litigation Division at the Washington, DC office and inform the Director of all relevant facts, including the documents and information requested, so that the OCC may intervene in the judicial or administrative action if appropriate;</P>
          <P>(ii) Inform the requester of the substance of these rules and, in particular, of the obligation to follow the request procedures in §§ 4.33 and 4.34; and</P>
          <P>(iii) At the appropriate time, inform the court or tribunal that issued the process of the substance of these rules.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Actions of the OCC following notice of service.</E> Following receipt of notice pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the OCC may direct the requester to comply with §§ 4.33 and 4.34, intervene in the judicial or administrative <PRTPAGE P="118"/>action, attempt to have the compulsory process withdrawn, or register other appropriate objections.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Return of records.</E> The OCC may require any person in possession of OCC records to return the records to the OCC.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Disclosure to government agencies.</E> When not prohibited by law, the Comptroller may make available to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and, in the Comptroller's sole discretion, to certain other government agencies of the United States and foreign governments, state agencies with authority to investigate violations of criminal law, and state bank regulatory agencies, a copy of a report of examination, testimony, or other non-public OCC information for their use, when necessary, in the performance of their official duties. All non-public OCC information made available pursuant to this paragraph is OCC property, and the OCC may condition its use on appropriate confidentiality protections, including the mechanisms identified in § 4.37.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Intention of OCC not to waive rights.</E> The possession by any of the entities or individuals described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section of non-public OCC information does not constitute a waiver by the OCC of its right to control, or impose limitations on, the subsequent use and dissemination of the information.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated and amended at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998; 64 FR 29217, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.38</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on dissemination of released information.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Records.</E> The OCC may condition a decision to release non-public OCC information on entry of a protective order by the court or administrative tribunal presiding in the particular case or, in non-adversarial matters, on a written agreement of confidentiality. In a case in which a protective order has already been entered, the OCC may condition approval for release of non-public OCC information upon the inclusion of additional or amended provisions in the protective order. The OCC may authorize a party who obtained records for use in one case to provide them to another party in another case.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Testimony.</E> The OCC may condition its authorization of deposition testimony on an agreement of the parties to appropriate limitations, such as an agreement to keep the transcript of the testimony under seal or to make the transcript available only to the parties, the court, and the jury. Upon request or on its own initiative, the OCC may allow use of a transcript in other litigation. The OCC may require the requester, at the requester's expense, to furnish the OCC with a copy of the transcript. The OCC employee whose deposition was transcribed does not waive his or her right to review the transcript and to note errors.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notification of parties and procedures for sharing and using OCC records in litigation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Responsibility of litigants to notify parties of a request for testimony.</E> Upon submitting a request to the OCC for the testimony of an OCC employee or former employee, the requester shall notify all other parties to the case that a request has been submitted.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Responsibility of litigants to share released records.</E> The requester shall promptly notify other parties to a case of the release of non-public OCC information obtained pursuant to this subpart, and, upon entry of a protective order, shall provide copies of OCC information, including OCC information obtained pursuant to § 4.15, to the other parties.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Retrieval and destruction of released records.</E> At the conclusion of an action:</P>
          <P>(1) The requester shall retrieve any non-public OCC information from the court's file as soon as the court no longer requires the information;</P>
          <P>(2) Each party shall destroy the non-public OCC information covered by the protective order; and</P>
          <P>(3) Each party shall certify to the OCC that the non-public OCC information covered by the protective order has been destroyed.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Authentication for use as evidence.</E> Upon request, the OCC authenticates released records to facilitate their use as evidence. Requesters who require <PRTPAGE P="119"/>authenticated records or certificates of nonexistence of records should, as early as possible, request certificates from the OCC's Litigation Division pursuant to § 4.34(a).</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Fees for records search, copying, and certification.</E> The requester shall pay a fee to the OCC, or to a commercial copier under contract to the OCC, for any records search, copying, or certification in accordance with the standards specified in § 4.17. The OCC may require a requester to remit payment prior to providing the requested information.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Witness fees and mileage.</E> A person whose request for testimony of a current OCC employee is approved shall, upon completion of the testimonial appearance, tender promptly to the OCC payment for the witness fees and mileage. The litigant shall compute these amounts in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1821. A litigant whose request for testimony of a former OCC employee is approved shall tender promptly to the witness any witness fees or mileage due in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1821.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 4, Subpt. C, App. A</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 4—Model Stipulation for Protective Order and Model Protective Order</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Model Stipulation</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">CASE CAPTION</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Model Stipulation for Protective Order</HD>
          <P>Whereas, counsel for ______ have applied to the Comptroller of the Currency (hereinafter “Comptroller”) pursuant to 12 CFR Part 4, Subpart C, for permission to have made available, in connection with the captioned action, certain records; and</P>
          <P>Whereas, such records are deemed by the Comptroller to be confidential and privileged, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 481; 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8); 18 U.S.C. 641, 1906; and 12 CFR 4.12, and Part 4, Subpart C; and</P>
          <P>Whereas, following consideration by the Comptroller of the application of the above described party, the Comptroller has determined that the particular circumstances of the captioned action warrant making certain possibly relevant records as denoted in Appendix “A” to this Stipulation [records to be specified by type and date] available to the parties in this action, provided that appropriate protection of their confidentiality can be secured;</P>
          <P>Therefore, it is hereby stipulated by and between the parties hereto, through their respective attorneys that they will be bound by the following protective order which may be entered by the Court without further notice.</P>
          <P>Dated this ______ day of _______, 19__.
          </P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <FP>Attorney for Plaintiff</FP>
          
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <FP>Attorney for Defendant</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Model Protective Order</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">CASE CAPTION</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Model Protective Order</HD>
          <P>Whereas, counsel for ______ have applied to the Comptroller of the Currency (hereinafter Comptroller”) pursuant to 12 CFR Part 4, Subpart C, for permission to have made available, in connection with the captioned action, certain records; and</P>
          <P>Whereas, such records are deemed by the Comptroller to be confidential and privileged, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 481; 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8); 18 U.S.C. 641, 1906; and 12 CFR 4.12, and Part 4, Subpart C;</P>
          <P>Whereas, following consideration by the Comptroller of the application of the above described party, the Comptroller has determined that the particular circumstances of the captioned action warrant making certain possibly relevant records available to the parties in this action, provided that appropriate protection of their confidentiality can be secured;</P>
          <P>Now, Therefore, it is Ordered That:</P>
          <P>1. The records, as denoted in Appendix “A” to the Stipulation for this Protective Order, upon being furnished [or released for use] by the Comptroller, shall be disclosed only to the parties to this action, their counsel, and the court [and the jury].</P>
          <P>2. The parties to this action and their counsel shall keep such records and any information contained in such records confidential and shall in no way divulge the same to any person or entity, except to such experts, consultants and non-party witnesses to whom the records and their contents shall be disclosed, solely for the purpose of properly preparing for and trying the action.</P>

          <P>3. No person to whom information and records covered by this Order are disclosed shall make any copies or otherwise use such information or records or their contents for any purpose whatsoever, except in connection with this action.<PRTPAGE P="120"/>
          </P>
          <P>4. Any party or other person who wishes to use the information or records or their contents in any other action shall make a separate application to the Comptroller pursuant to 12 CFR Part 4, Subpart C.</P>
          <P>5. Should any records covered by this Order be filed with the Court or utilized as exhibits at depositions in the captioned action, or should information or records or their contents covered by this Order be disclosed in the transcripts of depositions or the trial in the captioned action, such records, exhibits and transcripts shall be filed in sealed envelopes or other sealed containers marked with the title of this action, identifying each document and article therein and bearing a statement substantially in the following form:</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">CONFIDENTIAL</HD>
          <P>Pursuant to the Order of the Court dated ______ this envelope containing the above-identified papers filed by (the name of the party) is not to be opened nor the contents thereof displayed or revealed except to the parties to this action or their counsel or by further Order of the Court.</P>

          <P>6. FOR JURY TRIAL: Any party offering any of the records into evidence shall offer only those pages, or portions thereof, that are relevant and material to the issues to be decided in the action and shall block out any portion of any page that contains information not relevant or material. Furthermore, the name of any person or entity contained on any page of the records who is not a party to this action, or whose name is not otherwise relevant or material to the action, shall be blocked out prior to the admission of such page into evidence. Any disagreement regarding what portion of any page that should be blocked out in this manner shall be resolved by the Court <E T="03">in camera,</E> and the Court shall decide its admissibility into evidence.</P>

          <P>7. At the conclusion of this action, all parties shall certify to the Comptroller that the records covered by this Order have been destroyed. Furthermore, counsel for ______, pursuant to 12 CFR 4.39(c), shall retrieve any records covered by this Order that may have been filed with the Court.
          </P>
          <P>So Ordered:
          </P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <FP>Judge</FP>
          
          <P>Date</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 29217, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </APPENDIX>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Minority- , Women- , and Individuals With Disabilities-Owned Business Contracting Outreach Program; Contracting for Goods and Services</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>

          <P>Pursuant to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, Sec. 1216(c), Pub. L. 101-73, 103 Stat. 183, 529 (12 U.S.C. 1833e(c)) and consistent with the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), this subpart establishes the OCC Minority- , Women- , and Individuals with Disabilities-Owned Business Contracting Outreach Program (Outreach Program). The Outreach Program is intended to ensure that firms owned and operated by minorities, women, and individuals with disabilities have the opportunity to participate, to the maximum extent possible, in all contracting activities of the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Minority- and/or women-owned (small and large) businesses and entities owned by minorities and women (MWOB)</E> means firms at least 51 percent unconditionally-owned by one or more members of a minority group or by one or more women who are citizens of the United States. In the case of publicly-owned companies, at least 51 percent of each class of voting stock must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members of a minority group or by one or more women who are citizens of the United States. In the case of a partnership, at least 51 percent of the partnership interest must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members of a minority group or by one or more women who are citizens of the United States. Additionally, for the foregoing cases, the management and daily business operations must be controlled by one or more such individuals.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Minority</E> means any African American, Native American (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> American Indian, Eskimo, Aleut and Native Hawaiian), Hispanic American, Asian-Pacific American, or Subcontinent-Asian American.<PRTPAGE P="121"/>
          </P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Individual with disabilities-owned (small and large) businesses and entities owned by individuals with disabilities (IDOB)</E> means firms at least 51 percent unconditionally-owned by one or more members who are individuals with disabilities and citizens of the United States. In the case of publicly-owned companies, at least 51 percent of each class of voting stock must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members who are individuals with disabilities and who are citizens of the United States. In the case of a partnership, at least 51 percent of the partnership interest must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members who are individuals with disabilities and citizens of the United States. Additionally, for the foregoing cases, the management and daily business operations must be controlled by one or more such individuals.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Individual with disabilities</E> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of such person's major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment. For purposes of this part, it does not include an individual who is currently engaging in the illegal use of drugs nor an individual who has a currently contagious disease or infection and who, by reason of such disease or infection, would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or who, by reason of the currently contagious disease or infection, is unable to perform the duties of the job as defined by the IDOB.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Unconditional ownership</E> means ownership that is not subject to conditions or similar arrangements which cause the benefits of the Outreach Program to accrue to persons other than the participating MWOB or IDOB.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC's policy is to ensure that MWOBs and IDOBs have the opportunity to participate, to the maximum extent possible, in contracts awarded by the OCC. The OCC awards contracts consistent with the principles of full and open competition and best value acquisition, and with the concept of contracting for agency needs at the lowest practicable cost. The OCC ensures that MWOBs and IDOBs have the opportunity to participate fully in all contracting activities that the OCC enters into for goods and services, whether generated by the headquarters office in Washington, DC, or any other office of the OCC. Contracting opportunities may include small purchase awards, contracts above the small purchase threshold, and delivery orders issued against other governmental agency contracts.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Promotion.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Scope.</E> The OCC, under the direction of the Deputy Comptroller for Resource Management, engages in promotion and outreach activities designed to identify MWOBs and IDOBs capable of providing goods and services needed by the OCC, to facilitate interaction between the OCC and the MWOBs and IDOBs community, and to indicate the OCC's commitment to doing business with that community. The Outreach Program is designed to facilitate OCC's participation in business promotion events sponsored by other government agencies and attended by minorities, women and individuals with disabilities. Once the OCC has identified a prospective participant, it will assist the minority- or women-owned business or individual with disabilities-owned business in understanding the OCC's needs and contracting process.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Outreach activities.</E> OCC's Outreach Program includes the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Obtaining various lists and directories of MWOBs and IDOBs maintained by government agencies;</P>
          <P>(2) Contacting appropriate firms for participation in the OCC's Outreach Program;</P>
          <P>(3) Participating in business promotion events comprised of or attended by MWOBs and IDOBs to explain OCC contracting opportunities and to obtain names of potential MWOBs and IDOBs;</P>
          <P>(4) Ensuring that the OCC contracting staff understands and actively promotes this Outreach Program; and</P>

          <P>(5) Registering MWOBs and IDOBs in the Department of the Treasury's database to facilitate their participation in the competitive procurement process for OCC contracts. This database is <PRTPAGE P="122"/>used by OCC procurement staff to identify firms to be solicited for OCC procurements.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Certification.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Objective.</E> To preserve the integrity and foster the Outreach Program's objectives, each prospective MWOB or IDOB must demonstrate that it meets the ownership and control requirements for participation in the Outreach Program.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">MWOB.</E> A prospective MWOB may demonstrate its eligibility for participation in the Outreach Program by:</P>
          <P>(1) Submitting a valid MWOB certification received from another government agency whose definition of MWOB is substantially similar to that specified in § 4.62(a);</P>
          <P>(2) Self-certifying MWOB ownership status by filing with the OCC a completed and signed certification form as prescribed by the Federal Acquisition Regulation, 48 CFR 53.301-129; or</P>
          <P>(3) Submitting a valid MWOB certification received from the Small Business Administration.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">IDOB.</E> A prospective IDOB may demonstrate its eligibility for participation in the Outreach Program by:</P>
          <P>(1) Submitting a valid IDOB certification received from another government agency whose definition of IDOB is substantially similar to that specified in § 4.62(c); or</P>

          <P>(2) Self-certifying IDOB ownership status by filing with the OCC a completed and signed certification as prescribed in the Federal Acquisition Regulation, 48 CFR 53.301-129, and adding an additional certifying statement to read as follows:
          </P>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>I certify that I am an individual with disabilities as defined in 12 CFR 4.62(d), and that my firm, (Name of Firm) qualifies as an individual with disabilities-owned business as defined in 12 CFR 4.62(c).</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oversight and monitoring.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Deputy Comptroller for Resource Management shall appoint an Outreach Program Manager, who shall appoint an Outreach Program Specialist. The Outreach Program Manager is primarily responsible for program advocacy, oversight and monitoring.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—One-Year Restrictions on Post-Employment Activities of Senior Examiners</HD>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>70 FR 69637, Nov. 17, 2005, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.72</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope and purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart describes those OCC examiners who are subject to the post-employment restrictions set forth in section 10(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDI Act) (12 U.S.C. 1820(k)) and implements those restrictions for officers and employees of the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.73</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For purposes of this subpart:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Bank holding company</E> means any company that controls a bank (as provided in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 <E T="03">et seq.</E>)).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Consultant.</E> For purposes of this subpart, a consultant for a national bank, bank holding company, or other company shall include only an individual who works directly on matters for, or on behalf of, such bank, bank holding company, or other company.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Control</E> has the meaning given in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)). For purposes of this subpart, a foreign bank shall be deemed to control any branch or agency of the foreign bank.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Depository institution</E> has the meaning given in section 3 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)). For purposes of this subpart, a depository institution includes an uninsured branch or agency of a foreign bank, if such branch or agency is located in any State.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Federal Reserve</E> means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Reserve Banks.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Foreign bank</E> means any foreign bank or company described in section 8(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(a)).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Insured depository institution</E> has the meaning given in section 3 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)(2)).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">National bank</E> means a national banking association or a Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank.<PRTPAGE P="123"/>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Senior examiner.</E> For purposes of this subpart, an officer or employee of the OCC is considered to be the “senior examiner” for a particular national bank if—</P>
          <P>(1) The officer or employee has been authorized by the OCC to conduct examinations on behalf of the OCC;</P>
          <P>(2) The officer or employee has been assigned continuing, broad, and lead responsibility for examining the national bank; and</P>
          <P>(3) The officer's or employee's responsibilities for examining the national bank—</P>
          <P>(i) Represent a substantial portion of the officer's or employee's assigned responsibilities; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Require the officer or employee to interact routinely with officers or employees of the national bank or its affiliates.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.74</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>One-year post-employment restrictions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>An officer or employee of the OCC who serves as the senior examiner of a national bank for two or more months during the last twelve months of such individual's employment with the OCC may not, within one year after leaving the employment of the OCC, knowingly accept compensation as an employee, officer, director or consultant from the national bank, or any company (including a bank holding company) that controls the national bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.75</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Effective date; waivers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The post-employment restrictions set forth in section 10(k) of the FDI Act and § 4.74 do not apply to any officer or employee of the OCC, or any former officer or employee of the OCC, if—</P>
          <P>(a) The individual ceased to be an officer or employee of the OCC before December 17, 2005; or</P>
          <P>(b) The Comptroller of the Currency certifies, in writing and on a case-by-case basis, that granting the individual a waiver of the restrictions would not affect the integrity of the OCC's supervisory program.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.76</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Penalties.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Penalties under section 10(k) of FDI Act.</E> If a senior examiner of a national bank, after leaving the employment of the OCC, accepts compensation as an employee, officer, director, or consultant from that bank, or any company (including a bank holding company) that controls that bank, then the examiner shall, in accordance with section 10(k)(6) of the FDI Act, be subject to one of the following penalties—</P>
          <P>(1) An order—</P>
          <P>(i) Removing the individual from office or prohibiting the individual from further participation in the affairs of the relevant national bank, bank holding company, or other company that controls such institution for a period of up to five years; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Prohibiting the individual from participating in the affairs of any insured depository institution for a period of up to five years; or</P>
          <P>(2) A civil monetary penalty of not more than $250,000.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Enforcement by appropriate Federal banking agency.</E> Violations of § 4.74 shall be administered or enforced by the appropriate Federal banking agency for the depository institution or depository institution holding company that provided compensation to the former senior examiner. For purposes of this paragraph, the appropriate Federal banking agency for a company that is not a depository institution or depository institution holding company shall be the Federal banking agency that formerly employed the senior examiner.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope of prohibition orders.</E> Any senior examiner who is subject to an order issued under paragraph (a) of this section shall, as required by 12 U.S.C. 1820(k)(6)(B), be subject to paragraphs (6) and (7) of section 8(e) of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(6)-(7)) in the same manner and to the same extent as a person subject to an order issued under section 8(e).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> The procedures applicable to actions under paragraph (a) of this section are provided in section 10(k)(6) of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1820(k)(6)) and in 12 CFR part 19.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Remedies not exclusive.</E> The OCC may seek both of the penalties described in paragraph (a) of this section. In addition, a senior examiner who accepts compensation as described in § 4.74 may be subject to other administrative, civil or criminal remedies or penalties as provided in law.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <PRTPAGE P="124"/>
      <EAR>Pt. 5</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—RULES, POLICIES, AND PROCEDURES FOR CORPORATE ACTIVITIES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>5.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Rules of General Applicability</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing required.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investigations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public availability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comments.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Hearings and other meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Computation of time.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decisions.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Initial Activities</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Organizing a bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conversion.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.26</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Expansion of Activities</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.30</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment, acquisition, and relocation of a branch.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Expedited procedures for certain reorganizations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Business combinations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank service companies.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Other equity investments.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investment in bank premises.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Financial subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Other Changes in Activities and Operations</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in location of main office.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.42</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate title.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.46</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in permanent capital.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.47</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Subordinated debt as capital.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.48</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voluntary liquidation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.50</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in bank control; reporting of stock loans.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.51</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in directors and senior executive officers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.52</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change of address.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.53</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in asset composition.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Payment of Dividends</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.60</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, scope, and exceptions to rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Date of declaration of dividend.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital limitation under 12 U.S.C. 56.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Earnings limitation under 12 U.S.C. 60.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on undercapitalized institutions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Dividends payable in property other than cash.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.67</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fractional shares.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Federal Branches and Agencies</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.70</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Federal branches and agencies.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 93a, 215a-2, 215a-3, 481, and section 5136A of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a).</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 5.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>This part establishes rules, policies and procedures of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) for corporate activities and transactions involving national banks. It contains information on rules of general and specific applicability, where and how to file, and requirements and policies applicable to filings. This part also establishes the corporate filing procedures for Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Rules of General Applicability</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The rules in this subpart apply to all sections in this part unless otherwise stated.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> The OCC may adopt materially different procedures for a particular filing, or class of filings, in exceptional circumstances or for unusual transactions, after providing notice of the change to the applicant and to any other party that the OCC determines should receive notice.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional information.</E> The “Comptroller's Licensing Manual” (Manual) provides additional guidance, including policies, procedures, and sample forms. The Manual is available on the OCC's Internet Web page at <E T="03">http://www.occ.treas.gov.</E> Printed copies are available for a fee from Publications, Communications Division, Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219-0001.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Electronic filing.</E> The OCC may permit electronic filing for any class of filings. The Manual identifies filings that may be made electronically and <PRTPAGE P="125"/>describes the procedures that the OCC requires in those cases.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 17892, Apr. 14, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicant</E> means a person or entity that submits a notice or application to the OCC under this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Application</E> means a submission requesting OCC approval to engage in various corporate activities and transactions.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Appropriate district office</E> means:</P>
          <P>(1) The Licensing Department for all national bank subsidiaries of those holding companies assigned to the Washington, DC, licensing unit;</P>
          <P>(2) The appropriate OCC district office for all national bank subsidiaries of certain holding companies assigned to a district office licensing unit;</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC's district office where the national bank's supervisory office is located for all other banks; or</P>
          <P>(4) The licensing unit in the Northeastern District Office for Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Capital and surplus</E> means:</P>
          <P>(1) A bank's Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital calculated under the OCC's risk-based capital standards set forth in Appendix A to 12 CFR part 3 as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161; plus</P>
          <P>(2) The balance of a bank's allowance for loan and lease losses not included in the bank's Tier 2 capital, for purposes of the calculation of risk-based capital described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Central city</E> means the city or cities identified as central cities by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Depository institution</E> means any bank or savings association.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Eligible bank</E> means a national bank that:</P>
          <P>(1) Is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1);</P>
          <P>(2) Has a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS);</P>

          <P>(3) Has a Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), 12 U.S.C. 2901 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> rating of “Outstanding” or “Satisfactory”; and</P>

          <P>(4) Is not subject to a cease and desist order, consent order, formal written agreement, or Prompt Corrective Action directive (<E T="03">see</E> 12 CFR part 6, subpart B) or, if subject to any such order, agreement, or directive, is informed in writing by the OCC that the bank may be treated as an “eligible bank” for purposes of this part.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Eligible depository institution</E> means a state bank or a Federal or state savings association that meets the criteria for an “eligible bank” under § 5.3(g) and is FDIC-insured.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Filing</E> means an application or notice submitted to the OCC under this part.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">National bank</E> means any national banking association and any bank or trust company located in the District of Columbia operating under the OCC's supervision.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Notice</E> means a submission notifying the OCC that a national bank intends to engage in or has commenced certain corporate activities or transactions.</P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">Short-distance relocation</E> means moving the premises of a branch or main office within a:</P>
          <P>(1) One thousand foot-radius of the site if the branch is located within a central city of an MSA;</P>
          <P>(2) One-mile radius of the site if the branch is not located within a central city, but is located within an MSA; or</P>
          <P>(3) Two-mile radius of the site if the branch is not located within an MSA.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999; 68 FR 70698, Dec. 19, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing required.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing.</E> A depository institution shall file an application or notice with the OCC to engage in corporate activities and transactions as described in this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Availability of forms.</E> Individual sample forms and instructions for filings are available in the Manual and from each district office.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Other applications accepted.</E> At the request of the applicant, the OCC may accept an application form or other filing submitted to another Federal agency that covers the proposed action or <PRTPAGE P="126"/>transaction and contains substantially the same information as required by the OCC. The OCC may also require the applicant to submit supplemental information.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Where to file.</E> An applicant should address a filing or other submission under this part to the attention of the Licensing Manager at the appropriate district office. However, the OCC may advise an applicant through a pre-filing communication to send the filing or submission directly to the Bank Organization and Structure Department or elsewhere as otherwise directed by the OCC. Relevant addresses are listed in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Incorporation of other material.</E> An applicant may incorporate any material contained in any other application or filing filed with the OCC or other Federal agency by reference, provided that the material is attached to the application and is current and responsive to the information requested by the OCC. The filing must clearly indicate that the information is so incorporated and include a cross-reference to the information incorporated.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
          <P>An applicant shall submit the appropriate filing fee, if any, in connection with its filing. An applicant shall pay the fee by check payable to the Comptroller of the Currency or by other means acceptable to the OCC. The OCC publishes a fee schedule annually in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees,” described in 12 CFR 8.8. The OCC generally does not refund the filing fees.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.6</SECTNO>
          <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investigations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> The OCC may examine or investigate and evaluate facts related to a filing to the extent necessary to reach an informed decision.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Fees.</E> The OCC may assess fees for investigations or examinations conducted under paragraph (a) of this section. The OCC publishes the rates, described in 12 CFR 8.6, annually in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees.”</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> An applicant shall publish a public notice of its filing in a newspaper of general circulation in the community in which the applicant proposes to engage in business, on the date of filing, or as soon as practicable before or after the date of filing.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of the public notice.</E> The public notice shall state that a filing is being made, the date of the filing, the name of the applicant, the subject matter of the filing, that the public may submit comments to the OCC, the address of the appropriate office(s) where comments should be sent, the closing date of the public comment period, and any other information that the OCC requires.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Confirmation of public notice.</E> The applicant shall mail or otherwise deliver a statement containing the date of publication, the name and address of the newspaper that published the public notice, a copy of the public notice, and any other information that the OCC requires, to the appropriate district office promptly following publication.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Multiple transactions.</E> The OCC may consider more than one transaction, or a series of transactions, to be a single filing for purposes of the publication requirements of this section. When filing a single public notice for multiple transactions, the applicant shall explain in the notice how the transactions are related.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Joint public notices accepted.</E> Upon the request of an applicant for a transaction subject to the OCC's public notice requirements and public notice required by another Federal agency, the OCC may accept publication of a single joint notice containing the information required by both the OCC and the other Federal agency, provided that the notice states that comments must be submitted to both the OCC and, if applicable, the other Federal agency.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Public notice by the OCC.</E> In addition to the foregoing, the OCC may require or give public notice and request comment on any filing and in any manner the OCC determines appropriate for the particular filing.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="127"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public availability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC provides a copy of the public file to any person who requests it. A requestor should submit a request for the public file concerning a pending application to the appropriate district office. A requestor should submit a request for the public file concerning a decided or closed application to the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, at the address listed in the Manual. Requests should be in writing. The OCC may impose a fee in accordance with 12 CFR 4.17 and with the rates the OCC publishes annually in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” described in 12 CFR 8.8.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Public file.</E> A public file consists of the portions of the filing, supporting data, supplementary information, and information submitted by interested persons, to the extent that those documents have not been afforded confidential treatment. Applicants and other interested persons may request that confidential treatment be afforded information submitted to the OCC pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Confidential treatment.</E> The applicant or an interested person submitting information may request that specific information be treated as confidential under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (<E T="03">see</E> 12 CFR 4.12(b)). A submitter should draft its request for confidential treatment narrowly to extend only to those portions of a document it considers to be confidential. If a submitter requests confidential treatment for information that the OCC does not consider to be confidential, the OCC may include that information in the public file after providing notice to the submitter. Moreover, at its own initiative, the OCC may determine that certain information should be treated as confidential and withhold that information from the public file. A person requesting information withheld from the public file should submit the request to the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, under the procedures described in 12 CFR part 4, subpart B. That request may be subject to the predisclosure notice procedures of 12 CFR 4.16.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comments.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Submission of comments.</E> During the comment period, any person may submit written comments on a filing to the appropriate district office.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Comment period—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Unless otherwise stated, the comment period is 30 days after publication of the public notice required by § 5.8(a).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Extension.</E> The OCC may extend the comment period if:</P>
          <P>(i) The applicant fails to file all required publicly available information on a timely basis to permit review by interested persons or makes a request for confidential treatment not granted by the OCC that delays the public availability of that information;</P>
          <P>(ii) Any person requesting an extension of time satisfactorily demonstrates to the OCC that additional time is necessary to develop factual information that the OCC determines is necessary to consider the application; or</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC determines that other extenuating circumstances exist.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Applicant response.</E> The OCC may give the applicant an opportunity to respond to comments received.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Hearings and other meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Hearing requests.</E> Prior to the end of the comment period, any person may submit to the appropriate district office a written request for a hearing on a filing. The request must describe the nature of the issues or facts to be presented and the reasons why written submissions would be insufficient to make an adequate presentation of those issues or facts to the OCC. A person requesting a hearing shall simultaneously submit a copy of the request to the applicant.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Action on a hearing request.</E> The OCC may grant or deny a request for a hearing and may limit the issues to those it deems relevant or material. The OCC generally grants a hearing request only if the OCC determines that written submissions would be insufficient or that a hearing would otherwise benefit the decisionmaking process. The OCC also may order a hearing if it concludes that a hearing would be in the public interest.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Denial of a hearing request.</E> If the OCC denies a hearing request, it shall <PRTPAGE P="128"/>notify the person requesting the hearing of the reason for the denial.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">OCC procedures prior to the hearing—</E>(1) <E T="03">Notice of Hearing.</E> The OCC issues a Notice of Hearing if it grants a request for a hearing or orders a hearing because it is in the public interest. The OCC sends a copy of the Notice of Hearing to the applicant, to the person requesting the hearing, and anyone else requesting a copy. The Notice of Hearing states the subject and date of the filing, the time and place of the hearing, and the issues to be addressed.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Presiding officer.</E> The OCC appoints a presiding officer to conduct the hearing. The presiding officer is responsible for all procedural questions not governed by this section.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Participation in the hearing.</E> Any person who wishes to appear (participant) shall notify the appropriate district office of his or her intent to participate in the hearing within ten days from the date the OCC issues the Notice of Hearing. At least five days before the hearing, each participant shall submit to the appropriate district office, the applicant, and any other person the OCC requires, the names of witnesses, and one copy of each exhibit the participant intends to present.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Transcripts.</E> The OCC arranges for a hearing transcript. The person requesting the hearing generally bears the cost of one copy of the transcript for his or her use.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Conduct of the hearing—</E>(1) <E T="03">Presentations.</E> Subject to the rulings of the presiding officer, the applicant and participants may make opening statements and present witnesses, material, and data.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Information submitted.</E> A person presenting documentary material shall furnish one copy to the OCC, and one copy to the applicant and each participant.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Laws not applicable to hearings.</E> The Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), the Federal Rules of Evidence (28 U.S.C. Appendix), the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. Rule 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), and the OCC's Rules of Practice and Procedure (12 CFR part 19) do not apply to hearings under this section.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Closing the hearing record.</E> At the applicant's or participant's request, the OCC may keep the hearing record open for up to 14 days following the OCC's receipt of the transcript. The OCC resumes processing the filing after the record closes.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Other meetings</E>—(1) <E T="03">Public meetings.</E> The OCC may arrange for a public meeting in connection with an application, either upon receipt of a written request for such a meeting which is made during the comment period, or upon the OCC's own initiative. Public meetings will be arranged and presided over by a presiding officer.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Private meetings.</E> The OCC may arrange a meeting with an applicant or other interested parties to an application, or with an applicant and other interested parties to an application, to clarify and narrow the issues and to facilitate the resolution of the issues.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Computation of time.</SUBJECT>

          <P>In computing the period of days, the OCC includes the day of the act (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> the date an application is received by the OCC) from which the period begins to run and the last day of the period, regardless of whether it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decisions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC may approve, conditionally approve, or deny a filing after appropriate review and consideration of the record. In deciding an application under this part, the OCC may consider the activities, resources, or condition of an affiliate of the applicant that may reasonably reflect on or affect the applicant.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Conditional approval.</E> The OCC may impose conditions on any approval, including to address a significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern, if the OCC determines that the conditions are necessary or appropriate to ensure that approval is consistent with relevant statutory and regulatory standards and OCC policies thereunder and safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> The OCC grants eligible banks expedited review within a specified time after filing or commencement of the public comment period, including any extension of the <PRTPAGE P="129"/>comment period granted pursuant to § 5.10, as described in applicable sections of this part.</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC may extend the expedited review process for a filing subject to the CRA up to an additional 10 days if a comment contains specific assertions concerning a bank's CRA performance that, if true, would indicate a reasonable possibility that:</P>
          <P>(A) A bank's CRA rating would be less than satisfactory, institution-wide, or, where applicable, in a state or multistate MSA; or</P>
          <P>(B) A bank's CRA performance would be less than satisfactory in an MSA, or in the non-MSA portion of a state, in which it seeks to expand through approval of an application for a deposit facility as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2902(3).</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC will remove a filing from expedited review procedures, if the OCC concludes that the filing, or an adverse comment regarding the filing, presents a significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue, requiring additional OCC review. The OCC will provide the applicant with a written explanation if it decides not to process an application from an eligible bank under expedited review pursuant to this paragraph (a)(2)(ii). For purposes of this section, a significant CRA concern exists if the OCC concludes that:</P>
          <P>(A) A bank's CRA rating is less than satisfactory, institution-wide, or, where applicable, in a state or multistate MSA; or</P>
          <P>(B) A bank's CRA performance is less than satisfactory in an MSA, or in the non-MSA portion of a state, in which it seeks to expand through approval of an application for a deposit facility as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2902(3).</P>

          <P>(iii) Adverse comments that the OCC determines do not raise a significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern, or a significant legal or policy issue, or are frivolous, filed primarily as a means of delaying action on the filing, or that raise a CRA concern that the OCC determines has been satisfactorily resolved, do not affect the OCC's decision under paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section. The OCC considers a CRA concern to have been satisfactorily resolved if the OCC previously reviewed (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> in an examination or an application) a concern presenting substantially the same issue in substantially the same assessment area during substantially the same time, and the OCC determines that the concern would not warrant denial or imposition of a condition on approval of the application.</P>
          <P>(iv) If a bank files an application for any activity or transaction that is dependent upon the approval of another application under this part, or if requests for approval for more than one activity or transaction are combined in a single application under applicable sections of this part, none of the subject applications may be deemed approved upon expiration of the applicable time periods, unless all of the applications are subject to expedited review procedures and the longest of the time periods expires without the OCC issuing a decision or notifying the bank that the filings are not eligible for expedited review under the standards in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Denial.</E> The OCC may deny a filing if:</P>
          <P>(1) A significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern exists with respect to the applicant;</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of the filing is inconsistent with applicable law, regulation, or OCC policy thereunder; or</P>
          <P>(3) The applicant fails to provide information requested by the OCC that is necessary for the OCC to make an informed decision.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Required information and abandonment of filing.</E> A filing must contain information required by the applicable section set forth in this part. To the extent necessary to evaluate an application, the OCC may require an applicant to provide additional information. The OCC may deem a filing abandoned if information required or requested by the OCC in connection with the filing is not furnished within the time period specified by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Notification of final disposition.</E> The OCC notifies the applicant, and any person who makes a written request, of the final disposition of a filing, including confirmation of an expedited review under this part. If the OCC denies <PRTPAGE P="130"/>a filing, the OCC notifies the applicant in writing of the reasons for the denial.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Publication of decision.</E> The OCC will issue a public decision when a decision represents a new or changed policy or presents issues of general interest to the public or the banking industry. In rendering its decisions, the OCC may elect not to disclose information that the OCC deems to be private or confidential.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Appeal.</E> An applicant may file an appeal of an OCC decision with the Deputy Comptroller for Bank Organization and Structure or with the Ombudsman. Relevant addresses and telephone numbers are located in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Extension of time.</E> When the OCC approves or conditionally approves a filing, the OCC generally gives the applicant a specified period of time to commence that new or expanded activity. The OCC does not generally grant an extension of the time specified to commence a new or expanded corporate activity approved under this part, unless the OCC determines that the delay is beyond the applicant's control.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Nullifying a decision</E>—(1) <E T="03">Material misrepresentation or omission.</E> An applicant shall certify that any filing or supporting material submitted to the OCC contains no material misrepresentations or omissions. The OCC may review and verify any information filed in connection with a notice or an application. If the OCC discovers a material misrepresentation or omission after the OCC has rendered a decision on the filing, the OCC may nullify its decision. Any person responsible for any material misrepresentation or omission in a filing or supporting materials may be subject to enforcement action and other penalties, including criminal penalties provided in 18 U.S.C. 1001.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Other nullifications.</E> The OCC may nullify any decision on a filing that is:</P>
          <P>(i) Contrary to law, regulation, or OCC policy thereunder; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Granted due to clerical or administrative error, or a material mistake of law or fact.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Initial Activities</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Organizing a bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 21, 22, 24(Seventh), 26, 27, 92a, 93a, 1814(b), 1816, and 2903.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> Any person desiring to establish a national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the procedures and requirements governing OCC review and approval of an application to establish a national bank, including a national bank with a special purpose. Information regarding an application to establish an interim national bank solely to facilitate a business combination is set forth in § 5.33.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Bankers' bank</E> means a bank owned exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are required by law) by other depository institutions or depository institution holding companies (as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813), the activities of which are limited by its articles of association exclusively to providing services to or for other depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and to providing correspondent banking services at the request of other depository institutions or their holding companies.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Control</E> means control as used in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Final approval</E> means the OCC action issuing a charter certificate and authorizing a national bank to open for business.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Holding company</E> means any company that controls or proposes to control a national bank whether or not the company is a bank holding company under section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(1).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Lead depository institution</E> means the largest depository institution controlled by a bank holding company based on a comparison of the average <PRTPAGE P="131"/>total assets controlled by each depository institution as reported in its Consolidated Report of Condition and Income required to be filed for the immediately preceding four calendar quarters.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Organizing group</E> means five or more persons acting on their own behalf, or serving as representatives of a sponsoring holding company, who apply to the OCC for a national bank charter.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Preliminary approval</E> means a decision by the OCC permitting an organizing group to go forward with the organization of the proposed national bank. A preliminary approval generally is subject to certain conditions that an applicant must satisfy before the OCC will grant final approval.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Statutory requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC charters a national bank under the authority of the National Bank Act of 1864, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E> The bank may be a special purpose bank that limits its activities to fiduciary activities or to any other activities within the business of banking. A special purpose bank that conducts activities other than fiduciary activities must conduct at least one of the following three core banking functions: receiving deposits; paying checks; or lending money. The name of a proposed bank must include the word “national.” In determining whether to approve an application to establish a national bank, the OCC verifies that the proposed national bank has complied with the following requirements of the National Bank Act. A national bank shall:</P>
          <P>(i) Draft and file articles of association with the OCC;</P>
          <P>(ii) Draft and file an organization certificate containing specified information with the OCC;</P>
          <P>(iii) Ensure that all capital stock is paid in; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Have at least five elected directors.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Community Reinvestment Act.</E> Twelve CFR part 25 requires the OCC to take into account a proposed insured national bank's description of how it will meet its CRA objectives.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Policy</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The marketplace is normally the best regulator of economic activity, and competition within the marketplace promotes efficiency and better customer service. Accordingly, it is the OCC's policy to approve proposals to establish national banks, including minority-owned institutions, that have a reasonable chance of success and that will be operated in a safe and sound manner. It is not the OCC's policy to ensure that a proposal to establish a national bank is without risk to the organizers or to protect existing institutions from healthy competition from a new national bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Policy considerations.</E> (i) In evaluating an application to establish a national bank, the OCC considers whether the proposed bank:</P>
          <P>(A) Has organizers who are familiar with national banking laws and regulations;</P>
          <P>(B) Has competent management, including a board of directors, with ability and experience relevant to the types of services to be provided;</P>
          <P>(C) Has capital that is sufficient to support the projected volume and type of business;</P>
          <P>(D) Can reasonably be expected to achieve and maintain profitability; and</P>
          <P>(E) Will be operated in a safe and sound manner.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC may also consider additional factors listed in section 6 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1816, including the risk to the Federal deposit insurance fund, and whether the proposed bank's corporate powers are consistent with the purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the National Bank Act.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">OCC evaluation.</E> The OCC evaluates a proposed national bank's organizing group and its business plan or operating plan together. The OCC's judgment concerning one may affect the evaluation of the other. An organizing group and its business plan or operating plan must be stronger in markets where economic conditions are marginal or competition is intense.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Organizing group</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Strong organizing groups generally include diverse business and financial interests and community involvement. An organizing group must have the experience, competence, willingness, and ability to be active in directing the proposed national bank's affairs in a <PRTPAGE P="132"/>safe and sound manner. The bank's initial board of directors generally is comprised of many, if not all, of the organizers. The business plan or operating plan and other information supplied in the application must demonstrate an organizing group's collective ability to establish and operate a successful bank in the economic and competitive conditions of the market to be served. Each organizer should be knowledgeable about the business plan or business plan or operating plan. A poor business plan or operating plan reflects adversely on the organizing group's ability, and the OCC generally denies applications with poor business plans or operating plans.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Management selection.</E> The initial board of directors must select competent senior executive officers before the OCC grants final approval. Early selection of executive officers, especially the chief executive officer, contributes favorably to the preparation and review of a business plan or operating plan that is accurate, complete, and appropriate for the type of bank proposed and its market, and reflects favorably upon an application. As a condition of the charter approval, the OCC retains the right to object to and preclude the hiring of any officer, or the appointment or election of any director, for a two-year period from the date the bank commences business.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Financial resources.</E> (i) Each organizer must have a history of responsibility, personal honesty, and integrity. Personal wealth is not a prerequisite to become an organizer or director of a national bank. However, directors' stock purchases, individually and in the aggregate, should reflect a financial commitment to the success of the national bank that is reasonable in relation to their individual and collective financial strength. A director should not have to depend on bank dividends, fees, or other compensation to satisfy financial obligations.</P>
          <P>(ii) Because directors are often the primary source of additional capital for a bank not affiliated with a holding company, it is desirable that an organizer who is also proposed as a director of the national bank be able to supply or have a realistic plan to enable the bank to obtain capital when needed.</P>
          <P>(iii) Any financial or other business arrangement, direct or indirect, between the organizing group or other insider and the proposed national bank must be on nonpreferential terms.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Organizational expenses.</E> (i) Organizers are expected to contribute time and expertise to the organization of the bank. Organizers should not bill excessive charges to the bank for professional and consulting services or unduly rely upon these fees as a source of income.</P>
          <P>(ii) A proposed national bank shall not pay any fee that is contingent upon an OCC decision. Such action generally is grounds for denial of the application or withdrawal of preliminary approval. Organizational expenses for denied applications are the sole responsibility of the organizing group.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Sponsor's experience and support.</E> A sponsor must be financially able to support the new bank's operations and to provide or locate capital when needed. The OCC primarily considers the financial and managerial resources of the sponsor and the sponsor's record of performance, rather than the financial and managerial resources of the organizing group, if an organizing group is sponsored by:</P>
          <P>(i) An existing holding company;</P>
          <P>(ii) Individuals currently affiliated with other depository institutions; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Individuals who, in the OCC's view, are otherwise collectively experienced in banking and have demonstrated the ability to work together effectively.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Business plan or Operating plan</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> (i) Organizers of a proposed national bank shall submit a business plan or operating plan that adequately addresses the statutory and policy considerations set forth in paragraphs (e) and (f)(2) of this section. The plan must reflect sound banking principles and demonstrate realistic assessments of risk in light of economic and competitive conditions in the market to be served.</P>

          <P>(ii) The OCC may offset deficiencies in one factor by strengths in one or more other factors. However, deficiencies in some factors, such as unrealistic earnings prospects, may have a negative influence on the evaluation of other factors, such as capital adequacy, <PRTPAGE P="133"/>or may be serious enough by themselves to result in denial. The OCC considers inadequacies in a business plan or operating plan to reflect negatively on the organizing group's ability to operate a successful bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Earnings prospects.</E> The organizing group shall submit <E T="03">pro forma</E> balance sheets and income statements as part of the business plan or operating plan. The OCC reviews all projections for reasonableness of assumptions and consistency with the business plan or operating plan.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Management.</E> (i) The organizing group shall include in the business plan or operating plan information sufficient to permit the OCC to evaluate the overall management ability of the organizing group. If the organizing group has limited banking experience or community involvement, the senior executive officers must be able to compensate for such deficiencies.</P>
          <P>(ii) The organizing group may not hire an officer or elect or appoint a director if the OCC objects to that person at any time prior to the date the bank commences business.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Capital.</E> A proposed bank must have sufficient initial capital, net of any organizational expenses that will be charged to the bank's capital after it begins operations, to support the bank's projected volume and type of business.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Community service.</E> (i) The business plan or operating plan must indicate the organizing group's knowledge of and plans for serving the community. The organizing group shall evaluate the banking needs of the community, including its consumer, business, nonprofit, and government sectors. The business plan or operating plan must demonstrate how the proposed bank responds to those needs consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank. The provisions of this paragraph may not apply to an application to organize a bank for a special purpose.</P>
          <P>(ii) As part of its business plan or operating plan, the organizing group shall submit a statement that demonstrates its plans to achieve CRA objectives.</P>
          <P>(iii) Because community support is important to the long-term success of a bank, the organizing group shall include plans for attracting and maintaining community support.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Safety and soundness.</E> The business plan or operating plan must demonstrate that the organizing group (and the sponsoring company, if any), is aware of, and understands, national banking laws and regulations, and safe and sound banking operations and practices. The OCC will deny an application that does not meet these safety and soundness requirements.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Fiduciary services.</E> The business plan or operating plan must indicate if the proposed bank intends to offer fiduciary services. The information required by § 5.26 shall be filed with the charter application. A separate application is not required.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">Prefiling meeting.</E> The OCC normally requires a prefiling meeting with the organizers of a proposed national bank before the organizers file an application. Organizers should be familiar with the OCC's chartering policy and procedural requirements in the Manual before the prefiling meeting. The prefiling meeting normally is held in the district office where the application will be filed but may be held at another location at the request of the applicant.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Business plan or operating plan.</E> An organizing group shall file a business plan or operating plan that addresses the subjects discussed in paragraph (h) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Spokesperson.</E> The organizing group shall designate a spokesperson to represent the organizing group in all contacts with the OCC. The spokesperson shall be an organizer and proposed director of the new bank, except a representative of the sponsor or sponsors may serve as spokesperson if an application is sponsored by an existing holding company, individuals currently affiliated with other depository institutions, or individuals who, in the OCC's view, are otherwise collectively experienced in banking and have demonstrated the ability to work together effectively.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Decision notification.</E> The OCC notifies the spokesperson and other interested persons in writing of its decision on an application.<PRTPAGE P="134"/>
          </P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Post-decision activities.</E> (i) Before the OCC grants final approval, a proposed national bank must be established as a legal entity. A national bank becomes a legal entity after it has filed its organization certificate and articles of association with the OCC as required by law. In addition, the organizing group shall elect a board of directors. The proposed bank may not conduct the business of banking until the OCC grants final approval.</P>
          <P>(ii) For all capital obtained through a public offering a proposed national bank shall use an offering circular that complies with the OCC's securities offering regulations, 12 CFR part 16.</P>
          <P>(iii) A national bank in organization shall raise its capital before it commences business. Preliminary approval expires if a national bank in organization does not raise the required capital within 12 months from the date the OCC grants preliminary approval. Approval expires if the national bank does not commence business within 18 months from the date the OCC grants preliminary approval.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An application to establish a full-service national bank that is sponsored by a bank holding company whose lead depository institution is an eligible bank or eligible depository institution is deemed preliminarily approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the public comment period or the 45th day after the filing is received by the OCC, whichever is later, unless the OCC:</P>
          <P>(1) Notifies the applicant prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review process is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2); or</P>
          <P>(2) Notifies the applicant prior to that date that the OCC has determined that the proposed bank will offer banking services that are materially different than those offered by the lead depository institution.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">National bankers' banks</E>—(1) <E T="03">Activities and customers.</E> In addition to the other requirements of this section, when an organizing group seeks to organize a national bankers' bank, the organizing group shall list in the application the anticipated activities and customers or clients of the proposed national bankers' bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Waiver of requirements.</E> At the organizing group's request, the OCC may waive requirements that are applicable to national banks in general if those requirements are inappropriate for a national bankers' bank and would impede its ability to provide desired services to its market. An applicant must submit a request for a waiver with the application and must support the request with adequate justification and legal analysis. A national bankers' bank that is already in operation may also request a waiver. The OCC cannot waive statutory provisions that specifically apply to national bankers' banks pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 27(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Investments.</E> A national bank may invest up to ten percent of its capital and surplus in a bankers' bank and may own five percent or less of any class of a bankers' bank's voting securities.</P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">Special purpose banks.</E> An applicant for a national bank charter that will limit its activities to fiduciary activities, credit card operations, or another special purpose shall adhere to established charter procedures with modifications appropriate for the circumstances as determined by the OCC. An applicant for a national bank charter that will have a community development focus shall also adhere to established charter procedures with modifications appropriate for the circumstances as determined by the OCC. In addition to the other requirements in this section, a bank limited to fiduciary activities, credit card operations, or another special purpose may not conduct that business until the OCC grants final approval for the bank to commence operations. A national bank that seeks to invest in a bank with a community development focus must comply with applicable requirements of 12 CFR part 24.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 70129, Dec. 17, 2003; 69 FR 50297, Aug. 16, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conversion.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 35, 93a, 214a, 214b, 214c, and 2903.<PRTPAGE P="135"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A state bank (including a “state bank” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) or a Federal savings association shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval to convert to a national bank charter. A national bank shall give notice to the OCC before converting to a state bank (including a “state bank” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) or Federal savings association.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes procedures and standards governing OCC review and approval of an application by a state bank or Federal savings association to convert to a national bank charter. This section also describes notice procedures for a national bank seeking to convert to a state bank or Federal savings association.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Conversion of a state bank or Federal savings association to a national bank—</E>(1) <E T="03">Policy.</E> Consistent with the OCC's chartering policy, it is OCC policy to allow conversion to a national bank charter by another financial institution that can operate safely and soundly as a national bank in compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The OCC may deny an application by any state bank (including a “state bank” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) and any Federal savings association to convert to a national bank charter on the basis of the standards for denial set forth in § 5.13(b), or when conversion would permit the applicant to escape supervisory action by its current regulator.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> (i) Prefiling communications. The applicant should consult with the appropriate district office prior to filing if it anticipates that its application will raise unusual or complex issues. If a prefiling meeting is appropriate, it will normally be held in the district office where the application will be filed, but may be held at another location at the request of the applicant.</P>
          <P>(ii) A state bank (including a state bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) or Federal savings association shall submit its application to convert to a national bank to the appropriate district office. The application must:</P>
          <P>(A) Be signed by the president or other duly authorized officer;</P>
          <P>(B) Identify each branch that the resulting bank expects to operate after conversion;</P>
          <P>(C) Include the institution's most recent audited financial statements (if any);</P>
          <P>(D) Include the latest report of condition and report of income (the most recent daily statement of condition will suffice if the institution does not file these reports);</P>
          <P>(E) Unless otherwise advised by the OCC in a prefiling communication, include an opinion of counsel that, in the case of a state bank, the conversion is not in contravention of applicable state law, or in the case of a Federal savings association, the conversion is not in contravention of applicable Federal law;</P>
          <P>(F) State whether the institution wishes to exercise fiduciary powers after the conversion;</P>
          <P>(G) Identify all subsidiaries that will be retained following the conversion, and provide the information and analysis of the subsidiaries' activities that would be required if the converting bank or savings association were a national bank establishing each subsidiary pursuant to §§ 5.34 or 5.39; and</P>
          <P>(H) Identify any nonconforming assets (including nonconforming subsidiaries) and nonconforming activities that the institution engages in, and describe the plans to retain or divest those assets.</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC may permit a national bank to retain such nonconforming assets of a state bank, subject to conditions and an OCC determination of the carrying value of the retained assets, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 35.</P>
          <P>(iv) Approval for an institution to convert to a national bank expires if the conversion has not occurred within six months of the OCC's preliminary approval of the application.</P>

          <P>(v) When the OCC determines that the applicant has satisfied all statutory and regulatory requirements, including those set forth in 12 U.S.C. 35, and any other conditions, the OCC issues a charter certificate. The certificate provides that the institution is authorized to begin conducting business as a national bank as of a specified date.<PRTPAGE P="136"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An application by an eligible depository institution to convert to a national bank charter is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 30th day after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the applicant prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review under § 5.13(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Conversion of a national bank to a state bank—</E>(1) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> A national bank may convert to a state bank, in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 214c, without prior OCC approval. Termination of the national bank's status as a national bank occurs upon the bank's completion of the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a, and upon the appropriate district office's receipt of the bank's national bank charter (or copy) in connection with the consummation of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Notice of intent.</E> A national bank that desires to convert to a state bank shall submit to the appropriate district office a notice of its intent to convert. The national bank shall file this notice when it first submits a request to convert to the appropriate state authorities. The appropriate district office then provides instructions to the national bank for terminating its status as a national bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to the rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.5 through 5.8, and 5.10 through 5.13, do not apply to the conversion of a national bank to a state bank.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Conversion of a national bank to a Federal savings association.</E> A national bank may convert to a Federal savings association without prior OCC approval. The requirements and procedures set forth in paragraph (e) of this section and 12 U.S.C. 214a and 12 U.S.C. 214c apply to a conversion to a Federal savings association, except as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) In paragraph (e) of this section references to “appropriate state authorities” mean “appropriate Federal authorities”; and</P>
          <P>(2) References in 12 U.S.C. 214c to the “law of the State in which the national banking association is located” and “any State authority” mean “laws and regulations governing Federal savings associations” and “Office of Thrift Supervision,” respectively.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 12910, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.26</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 92a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank must submit an application and obtain prior approval from, or in certain circumstances file a notice with, the OCC in order to exercise fiduciary powers. No approval or notice is required in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(1) Where two or more national banks consolidate or merge, and any of the banks has, prior to the consolidation or merger, received OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers and that approval is in force at the time of the consolidation or merger, the resulting bank may exercise fiduciary powers in the same manner and to the same extent as the national bank to which approval was originally granted; and</P>
          <P>(2) Where a national bank with prior OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers is the resulting bank in a merger or consolidation with a state bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the procedures governing OCC review and approval of an application, and in certain cases the filing of a notice, by a national bank to exercise fiduciary powers. A national bank's fiduciary activities are subject to the provisions of 12 CFR part 9.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Policy.</E> The exercise of fiduciary powers is primarily a management decision of the national bank. The OCC generally permits a national bank to exercise fiduciary powers if the bank is operating in a satisfactory manner, the proposed activities comply with applicable statutes and regulations, and the bank retains qualified fiduciary management.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The following institutions must obtain approval from the OCC in order to offer fiduciary services to the public:</P>
          <P>(i) A national bank without fiduciary powers;<PRTPAGE P="137"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) A national bank without fiduciary powers that desires to exercise fiduciary powers after merging with a state bank or savings association with fiduciary powers; and</P>
          <P>(iii) A national bank that results from the conversion of a state bank or a state or Federal savings association that was exercising fiduciary powers prior to the conversion.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Application.</E> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, a national bank that desires to exercise fiduciary powers shall submit to the OCC an application requesting approval. The application must contain:</P>
          <P>(A) A statement requesting full or limited powers (specifying which powers);</P>
          <P>(B) An opinion of counsel that the proposed activities do not violate applicable Federal or state law, including citations to applicable law;</P>
          <P>(C) A statement that the capital and surplus of the national bank is not less than the capital and surplus required by state law of state banks, trust companies, and other corporations exercising comparable fiduciary powers;</P>
          <P>(D) Sufficient biographical information on proposed trust management personnel to enable the OCC to assess their qualifications; and</P>
          <P>(E) A description of the locations where the bank will conduct fiduciary activities.</P>
          <P>(ii) If approval to exercise fiduciary powers is desired in connection with any other transaction subject to an application under this part, the applicant covered under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) or (e)(1)(iii) of this section may include a request for approval of fiduciary powers, including the information required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, as part of its other application. The OCC does not require a separate application requesting approval to exercise fiduciary powers under these circumstances.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> (i) An application by an eligible bank to exercise fiduciary powers is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 30th day after the application is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review under § 5.13(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(ii) An eligible bank applying for fiduciary powers may omit the opinion of counsel required by paragraph (e)(2)(i)(B) of this section unless such opinion is specifically requested by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Permit.</E> Approval of an application under this section constitutes a permit under 12 U.S.C. 92a to conduct the fiduciary powers requested in the application.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Notice of fiduciary activities in additional states.</E> No further application under this section is required when a national bank with existing OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers plans to engage in any of the activities specified in § 9.7(d) of this chapter or to conduct activities ancillary to its fiduciary business, in a state in addition to the state described in the application for fiduciary powers that the OCC has approved. Instead, unless the bank provides notice through other means (such as a merger application), the bank shall provide written notice to the OCC no later than ten days after it begins to engage in any of the activities specified in § 9.7(d) of this chapter in the new state. The written notice must identify the new state or states involved, identify the fiduciary activities to be conducted, and describe the extent to which the activities differ materially from the fiduciary activities that the bank was previously authorized to conduct. No notice is required if the bank is conducting only activities ancillary to its fiduciary business through a trust representative office or otherwise.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank does not commence fiduciary activities within 18 months from the date of approval.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34797, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <PRTPAGE P="138"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Expansion of Activities</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.30</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment, acquisition, and relocation of a branch.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 1-42, and 2901-2907.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval in order to establish or relocate a branch.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the procedures and standards governing OCC review and approval of a national bank's application to establish a new branch or to relocate a branch. The standards of this section and, as applicable, 12 U.S.C. 36(b), but not the procedures set forth in this section, apply to a branch established as a result of a business combination approved under § 5.33. A branch established through a business combination is subject only to the procedures set forth in § 5.33.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Branch</E> includes any branch bank, branch office, branch agency, additional office, or any branch place of business established by a national bank in the United States or its territories at which deposits are received, checks paid, or money lent. A branch does not include an automated teller machine (ATM) or a remote service unit.</P>
          <P>(i) A branch established by a national bank includes a mobile facility, temporary facility, drop box or a seasonal agency, as described in 12 U.S.C. 36(c).</P>
          <P>(ii) A facility otherwise described in this paragraph (d)(1) is not a branch if:</P>

          <P>(A) The bank establishing the facility does not permit members of the public to have physical access to the facility for purposes of making deposits, paying checks, or borrowing money (<E T="03">e.g</E>., an office established by the bank that receives deposits only through the mail); or</P>
          <P>(B) It is located at the site of, or is an extension of, an approved main or branch office of the national bank. The OCC determines whether a facility is an extension of an existing main or branch office on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Home state</E> means the state in which the national bank's main office is located.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Messenger service</E> has the meaning set forth in 12 CFR 7.1012.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Mobile branch</E> is a branch, other than a messenger service branch, that does not have a single, permanent site, and includes a vehicle that travels to various public locations to enable customers to conduct their banking business. A mobile branch may provide services at various regularly scheduled locations or it may be open at irregular times and locations such as at county fairs, sporting events, or school registration periods. A branch license is needed for each mobile unit.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Temporary branch</E> means a branch that is located at a fixed site and which, from the time of its opening, is scheduled to, and will, permanently close no later than a certain date (not longer than one year after the branch is first opened) specified in the branch application and the public notice.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Policy.</E> In determining whether to approve an application to establish or relocate a branch, the OCC is guided by the following principles:</P>
          <P>(1) Maintaining a sound banking system;</P>
          <P>(2) Encouraging a national bank to help meet the credit needs of its entire community;</P>
          <P>(3) Relying on the marketplace as generally the best regulator of economic activity; and</P>
          <P>(4) Encouraging healthy competition to promote efficiency and better service to customers.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, each national bank proposing to establish a branch shall submit to the appropriate district office a separate application for each proposed branch.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Messenger services.</E> A national bank may request approval, through a single application, for multiple messenger services to serve the same general geographic area. (<E T="03">See</E> 12 CFR 7.1012). Unless otherwise required by law, the bank need not list the specific locations to be served.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Jointly established branches.</E> If a national bank proposes to establish a branch jointly with one or more national banks or depository institutions, only one of the national banks must submit a branch application. The national bank submitting the application may act as agent for all national banks in the group of depository institutions <PRTPAGE P="139"/>proposing to share the branch. The application must include the name and main office address of each national bank in the group.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Authorization.</E> The OCC authorizes operation of the branch when all requirements and conditions for opening are satisfied.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An application submitted by an eligible bank to establish or relocate a branch is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the applicable public comment period, or the 45th day after the filing is received by the OCC, whichever is later, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review process is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2). An application to establish or relocate more than one branch is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the last public comment period.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Interstate branches.</E> A national bank that seeks to establish and operate a de novo branch in any state other than the bank's home state or a state in which the bank already has a branch shall satisfy the standards and requirements of 12 U.S.C. 36(g).</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> (1) A national bank filing an application for a mobile branch or messenger service branch shall publish a public notice, as described in § 5.8, in the communities in which the bank proposes to engage in business.</P>
          <P>(2) The comment period on an application to engage in a short-distance branch relocation is 15 days.</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC may waive or reduce the public notice and comment period, as appropriate, with respect to an application to establish a branch to restore banking services to a community affected by a disaster or to temporarily replace banking facilities where, because of an emergency, the bank cannot provide services or must curtail banking services.</P>
          <P>(4) The OCC may waive or reduce the public notice and comment period, as appropriate, for an application by a national bank with a CRA rating of Satisfactory or better to establish a temporary branch which, if it were established by a state bank to operate in the manner proposed, would be permissible under state law without state approval.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a branch has not commenced business within 18 months after the date of approval.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Branch closings.</E> A national bank shall comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1831r-1 with respect to procedures for branch closings.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Expedited procedures for certain reorganizations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 215a-2.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section prescribes the procedures for OCC review and approval of a national bank's reorganization to become a subsidiary of a bank holding company or a company that will, upon consummation of such reorganization, become a bank holding company. For purposes of this section, a “bank holding company” means any company that owns or controls a national bank, or will own or control one as a result of the reorganization.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application to, and obtain approval from, the OCC prior to participating in a reorganization described in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> An application filed in accordance with this section shall be deemed approved on the 30th day after the OCC receives the application, unless the OCC notifies the bank otherwise. Approval is subject to the condition that the bank provide the OCC with 60 days' prior notice of any significant deviation from the bank's business plan or any significant deviation from the proposed changes to the bank's business plan described in the bank's plan of reorganization.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Reorganization plan.</E> The application must include a reorganization plan that:</P>
          <P>(i) Specifies the manner in which the reorganization shall be carried out;</P>
          <P>(ii) Is approved by a majority of the entire board of directors of the national bank;</P>
          <P>(iii) Specifies:</P>

          <P>(A) The amount and type of consideration that the bank holding company will provide to the shareholders of the reorganizing bank for their shares of stock of the bank;<PRTPAGE P="140"/>
          </P>
          <P>(B) The date as of which the rights of each shareholder to participate in that exchange will be determined; and</P>
          <P>(C) The manner in which the exchange will be carried out;</P>
          <P>(iv) Is submitted to the shareholders of the reorganizing bank at a meeting to be held at the call of the directors in accordance with the procedures prescribed in connection with a merger of a national bank under section 3 of the National Bank Consolidation and Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 215a(a)(2); and</P>
          <P>(v) Describes any changes to the bank's business plan resulting from the reorganization.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Financial and managerial resources and future prospects.</E> In reviewing an application under this section, the OCC will consider the impact of the proposed affiliation on the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the national bank.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Rights of dissenting shareholders.</E> Any shareholder of a bank who has voted against an approved reorganization at the meeting referred to in paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section, or who has given notice of dissent in writing to the presiding officer at or prior to that meeting, is entitled to receive the value of his or her shares by providing a written request to the bank within 30 days after the consummation of the reorganization, as provided by section 3 of the National Bank Consolidation and Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 215a(b) and (c), for the merger of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Approval under the Bank Holding Company Act.</E> This section does not affect the applicability of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. Applicants shall indicate in their application the status of any application required to be filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank has not completed the reorganization within one year of the date of approval.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Adequacy of disclosure.</E> (1) An applicant shall inform shareholders of all material aspects of a reorganization and comply with applicable requirements of the Federal securities laws, including the OCC's securities regulations at 12 CFR part 11.</P>
          <P>(2) Any applicant not subject to the registration provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall submit the proxy materials or information statements it uses in connection with the reorganization to the appropriate district office no later than when the materials are sent to the shareholders.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 70129, Dec. 17, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Business combinations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh), 93a, 181, 214a, 214b, 215, 215a, 215a-1, 215a-3, 215c, 1815(d)(3), 1828(c), 1831u, and 2903.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the provisions governing business combinations and the standards for:</P>
          <P>(1) OCC review and approval of an application for a business combination between a national bank and another depository institution resulting in a national bank or between a national bank and one of its nonbank affiliates; and</P>
          <P>(2) Requirements of notices and other procedures for national banks involved in other combinations with depository institutions.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval for a business combination between the national bank and another depository institution when the resulting institution is a national bank. A national bank shall give notice to the OCC prior to engaging in a combination where the resulting institution will not be a national bank. A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval for any merger between the national bank and one or more of its nonbank affiliates.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Bank</E> means any national bank or any state bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Business combination</E> means any merger or consolidation between a national bank and one or more depository institutions in which the resulting institution is a national bank, the acquisition by a national bank of all, or substantially all, of the assets of another depository institution, the assumption by a national bank of deposit liabilities of another depository institution, or a merger between a national bank and one or more of its nonbank affiliates.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Business reorganization means either:</E>
            <PRTPAGE P="141"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) A business combination between eligible banks, or between an eligible bank and an eligible depository institution, that are controlled by the same holding company or that will be controlled by the same holding company prior to the combination; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A business combination between an eligible bank and an interim bank chartered in a transaction in which a person or group of persons exchanges its shares of the eligible bank for shares of a newly formed holding company and receives after the transaction substantially the same proportional share interest in the holding company as it held in the eligible bank (except for changes in interests resulting from the exercise of dissenters' rights), and the reorganization involves no other transactions involving the bank.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Company</E> means a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, business trust, association, or similar organization.</P>

          <P>(5) For business combinations under § 5.33(g)(4) and (5), a company or shareholder is deemed to <E T="03">control</E> another company if:</P>
          <P>(i) Such company or shareholder, directly or indirectly, or acting through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the other company, or</P>
          <P>(ii) Such company or shareholder controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the other company. No company shall be deemed to own or control another company by virtue of its ownership or control of shares in a fiduciary capacity.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Home state</E> means, with respect to a national bank, the state in which the main office of the bank is located and, with respect to a state bank, the state by which the bank is chartered.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Interim bank</E> means a national bank that does not operate independently but exists solely as a vehicle to accomplish a business combination.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Nonbank affiliate</E> of a national bank means any company (other than a bank or Federal savings association) that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the national bank.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Policy</E>—(1) <E T="03">Factors.</E> The OCC considers the following factors in evaluating an application for a business combination:</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Competition.</E> (A) The OCC considers the effect of a proposed business combination on competition. The applicant shall provide a competitive analysis of the transaction, including a definition of the relevant geographic market or markets. An applicant may refer to the Manual for procedures to expedite its competitive analysis.</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC will deny an application for a business combination if the combination would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any part of the United States. The OCC also will deny any proposed business combination whose effect in any section of the United States may be substantially to lessen competition, or tend to create a monopoly, or which in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the probable effects of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community clearly outweigh the anticompetitive effects of the transaction. For purposes of weighing against anticompetitive effects, a business combination may have favorable effects in meeting the convenience and needs of the community if the depository institution being acquired has limited long-term prospects, or if the resulting national bank will provide significantly improved, additional, or less costly services to the community.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Financial and managerial resources and future prospects.</E> The OCC considers the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the existing or proposed institutions.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Convenience and needs of community.</E> The OCC considers the probable effects of the business combination on the convenience and needs of the community served. The applicant shall describe these effects in its application, including any planned office closings or reductions in services following the business combination and the likely impact on the community. The OCC also considers additional relevant factors, including the resulting national <PRTPAGE P="142"/>bank's ability and plans to provide expanded or less costly services to the community.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Community reinvestment.</E> The OCC considers the performance of the applicant and the other depository institutions involved in the business combination in helping to meet the credit needs of the relevant communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(v) <E T="03">Money laundering.</E> The OCC considers the effectiveness of any insured depository institution involved in the business combination in combating money laundering activities, including in overseas branches.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acquisition and retention of branches.</E> An applicant shall disclose the location of any branch it will acquire and retain in a business combination. The OCC considers the acquisition and retention of a branch under the standards set out in § 5.30, but it does not require a separate application under § 5.30.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Subsidiaries.</E> (i) An applicant must identify any subsidiary to be acquired in a business combination and state the activities of each subsidiary. The OCC does not require a separate application under § 5.34 or a separate notice under § 5.39.</P>
          <P>(ii) An applicant proposing to acquire, through a business combination, a subsidiary of any entity other than a national bank must provide the same information and analysis of the subsidiary's activities that would be required if the applicant were establishing the subsidiary pursuant to §§ 5.34 or 5.39.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Interim bank</E>—(i) <E T="03">Application.</E> An applicant for a business combination that plans to use an interim bank to accomplish the transaction shall file an application to organize an interim bank as part of the application for the related business combination.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Conditional approval.</E> The OCC grants conditional approval to form an interim bank when it acknowledges receipt of the application for the related business combination.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Corporate status.</E> An interim bank becomes a legal entity and may enter into legally valid agreements when it has filed, and the OCC has accepted, the interim bank's duly executed articles of association and organization certificate. OCC acceptance occurs:</P>
          <P>(A) On the date the OCC advises the interim bank that its articles of association and organization certificate are acceptable; or</P>
          <P>(B) On the date the interim bank files articles of association and an organization certificate that conform to the form for those documents provided by the OCC in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Other corporate procedures.</E> An applicant should consult the Manual to determine what other information is necessary to complete the chartering of the interim bank as a national bank.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Nonconforming assets.</E> An applicant shall identify any nonconforming activities and assets, including nonconforming subsidiaries, of other institutions involved in the business combination, that will not be disposed of or discontinued prior to consummation of the transaction. The OCC generally requires a national bank to divest or conform nonconforming assets, or discontinue nonconforming activities, within a reasonable time following the business combination.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Fiduciary powers.</E> An applicant shall state whether the resulting bank intends to exercise fiduciary powers pursuant to § 5.26(b) (1) or (2).</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval of a business combination, and conditional approval to form an interim bank charter, if applicable, expires if the business combination is not consummated within one year after the date of OCC approval.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Adequacy of disclosure.</E> (i) An applicant shall inform shareholders of all material aspects of a business combination and shall comply with any applicable requirements of the Federal securities laws and securities regulations of the OCC. Accordingly, an applicant shall ensure that all proxy and information statements prepared in connection with a business combination do not contain any untrue or misleading statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.<PRTPAGE P="143"/>
          </P>

          <P>(ii) A national bank applicant with one or more classes of securities subject to the registration provisions of section 12 (b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E>(b) or 78<E T="03">l</E>(g), shall file preliminary proxy material or information statements for review with the Director, Securities and Corporate Practices Division, OCC, Washington, DC 20219, and with the appropriate district office. Any other applicant shall submit the proxy materials or information statements it uses in connection with the combination to the appropriate district office no later than when the materials are sent to the shareholders.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability</E>—(1) <E T="03">National bank applicant.</E> Section 5.8 (a) through (c) does not apply to a national bank applicant that is subject to specific statutory notice requirements for a business combination. A national bank applicant shall follow, as applicable, the public notice requirements contained in 12 U.S.C. 1828(c)(3) (business combinations), 12 U.S.C. 215(a) (consolidation under a national bank charter), 12 U.S.C. 215a(a)(2) (merger under a national bank charter), paragraph (g)(2) of this section (merger or consolidation with a Federal savings association resulting in a national bank), paragraph (g)(4) of this section (merger with a nonbank affiliate under a national bank charter), and paragraph (g)(5) of this section (merger with nonbank affiliate not under national bank charter). Sections 5.10 and 5.11 do not apply to mergers of a national bank with its nonbank affiliate. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that some or all provisions in §§ 5.10 and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Interim bank.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to an application to organize an interim bank. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply. The OCC treats an application to organize an interim bank as part of the related application to engage in a business combination and does not require a separate public notice and public comment process.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">State bank or Federal savings association as resulting institution.</E> Sections 5.2 and 5.5 through 5.13 do not apply to transactions covered by paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Approval procedures and treatment of dissenting shareholders in consolidations and mergers</E>—(1) <E T="03">Consolidations and mergers with other national banks and state banks as defined in 12 U.S.C. 215b(1) resulting in a national bank.</E> A national bank entering into a consolidation or merger authorized pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 215 or 215a, respectively, is subject to the approval procedures and requirements with respect to treatment of dissenting shareholders set forth in those provisions.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Consolidations and mergers with Federal savings associations under 12 U.S.C. 215c resulting in a national bank.</E> (i) With the approval of the OCC, any national bank and any Federal savings association may consolidate or merge with a national bank as the resulting institution by complying with the following procedures:</P>
          <P>(A) A national bank entering into the consolidation or merger shall follow the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215 or 215a, respectively, as if the Federal savings association were a state or national bank.</P>
          <P>(B) A Federal savings association entering into the consolidation or merger also shall follow the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215 or 215a, respectively, as if the Federal savings association were a state bank or national bank, except where the laws or regulations governing Federal savings associations specifically provide otherwise.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC may conduct an appraisal or reappraisal of dissenters' shares of stock in a national bank involved in a consolidation or merger with a Federal savings association if all parties agree that the determination is final and binding on each party.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Merger or consolidation of a national bank resulting in a state bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a) or a Federal savings association</E>—(i) <E T="03">Policy.</E> Prior OCC approval is not required for the merger or consolidation of a national <PRTPAGE P="144"/>bank with a state bank or Federal savings association when the resulting institution will be a state bank or Federal savings association. Termination of a national bank's status as a national banking association is automatic upon completion of the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a, in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 214c, in the case of a merger or consolidation when the resulting institution is a state bank, or paragraph (g)(3)(iii) of this section, in the case of a merger or consolidation when the resulting institution is a Federal savings association, and consummation of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> A national bank desiring to merge or consolidate with a state bank or a Federal savings association when the resulting institution will be a state bank or Federal savings association shall submit a notice to the appropriate district office advising of its intention. The national bank shall submit this notice at the time the application to merge or consolidate is filed with the responsible agency under the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c). The OCC then provides instructions to the national bank for terminating its status as a national bank, including requiring the bank to provide the appropriate district office with the bank's charter (or a copy) in connection with the consummation of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Special procedures for merger or consolidation into a Federal savings association.</E> (A) With the exception of the procedures in paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(B) of this section, a national bank entering into a merger or consolidation with a Federal savings association when the resulting institution will be a Federal savings association shall comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a and 12 U.S.C. 214c as if the Federal savings association were a state bank. However, for these purposes the references in 12 U.S.C. 214c to “law of the State in which such national banking association is located” and “any State authority” mean “laws and regulations governing Federal savings associations” and “Office of Thrift Supervision,” respectively.</P>
          <P>(B) National bank shareholders who dissent from a plan to merge or consolidate may receive in cash the value of their national bank shares if they comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a as if the Federal savings association were a state bank. The OCC conducts an appraisal or reappraisal of the value of the national bank shares held by dissenting shareholders only if all parties agree that the determination will be final and binding. The parties shall also agree on how the total expenses of the OCC in making the appraisal will be divided among the parties and paid to the OCC. The plan of merger or consolidation must provide, consistent with the requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the manner of disposing of the shares of the resulting Federal savings association not taken by the dissenting shareholders of the national bank.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Mergers of a national bank with its nonbank affiliates under 12 U.S.C. 215a-3 resulting in a national bank.</E> (i) With the approval of the OCC, a national bank may merge with one or more of its nonbank affiliates, with the national bank as the resulting institution, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, provided that the law of the state or other jurisdiction under which the nonbank affiliate is organized allows the nonbank affiliate to engage in such mergers. The transaction is also subject to approval by the FDIC under the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c). In determining whether to approve the merger, the OCC shall consider the purpose of the transaction, its impact on the safety and soundness of the bank, and any effect on the bank's customers, and may deny the merger if it would have a negative effect in any such respect.</P>
          <P>(ii) A national bank entering into the merger shall follow the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215a as if the nonbank affiliate were a state bank, except as otherwise provided herein.</P>
          <P>(iii) A nonbank affiliate entering into the merger shall follow the procedures for such mergers set out in the law of the state or other jurisdiction under which the nonbank affiliate is organized.</P>

          <P>(iv) The rights of dissenting shareholders and appraisal of dissenters' shares of stock in the nonbank affiliate entering into the merger shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the law of the state or other jurisdiction <PRTPAGE P="145"/>under which the nonbank affiliate is organized.</P>
          <P>(v) The corporate existence of each institution participating in the merger shall be continued in the resulting national bank, and all the rights, franchises, property, appointments, liabilities, and other interests of the participating institutions shall be transferred to the resulting national bank, as set forth in 12 U.S.C. 215a(a), (e), and (f) in the same manner and to the same extent as in a merger between a national bank and a state bank under 12 U.S.C. 215a(a), as if the nonbank affiliate were a state bank.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Mergers of an uninsured national bank with its nonbank affiliates under 12 U.S.C. 215a-3 resulting in a nonbank affiliate.</E> (i) With the approval of the OCC, a national bank that is not an insured bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(h) may merge with one or more of its nonbank affiliates, with the nonbank affiliate as the resulting entity, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, provided that the law of the state or other jurisdiction under which the nonbank affiliate is organized allows the nonbank affiliate to engage in such mergers. In determining whether to approve the merger, the OCC shall consider the purpose of the transaction, its impact on the safety and soundness of the bank, and any effect on the bank's customers, and may deny the merger if it would have a negative effect in any such respect.</P>
          <P>(ii) A national bank entering into the merger shall follow the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 214a, as if the nonbank affiliate were a state bank, except as otherwise provided in this section.</P>
          <P>(iii) A nonbank affiliate entering into the merger shall follow the procedures for such mergers set out in the law of the state or other jurisdiction under which the nonbank affiliate is organized.</P>
          <P>(iv) (A) National bank shareholders who dissent from an approved plan to merge may receive in cash the value of their national bank shares if they comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a as if the nonbank affiliate were a state bank. The OCC may conduct an appraisal or reappraisal of dissenters' shares of stock in a national bank involved in the merger if all parties agree that the determination is final and binding on each party and agree on how the total expenses of the OCC in making the appraisal will be divided among the parties and paid to the OCC.</P>
          <P>(B) The rights of dissenting shareholders and appraisal of dissenters' shares of stock in the nonbank affiliate involved in the merger shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the law of the state or other jurisdiction under which the nonbank affiliate is organized.</P>
          <P>(v) The corporate existence of each entity participating in the merger shall be continued in the resulting nonbank affiliate, and all the rights, franchises, property, appointments, liabilities, and other interests of the participating national bank shall be transferred to the resulting nonbank affiliate as set forth in 12 U.S.C. 214b, in the same manner and to the same extent as in a merger between a national bank and a state bank under 12 U.S.C. 214a, as if the nonbank affiliate were a state bank.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Interstate combinations.</E> A business combination between banks under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 1831u(a)(1) must satisfy the standards and requirements and comply with the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 1831u and the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215 and 215a as applicable. For purposes of this section, the acquisition of a branch without the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a bank is treated as the acquisition of a bank whose home state is the state in which the branch is located.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Expedited review for business reorganizations and streamlined applications.</E> A filing that qualifies as a business reorganization as defined in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, or a filing that qualifies as a streamlined application as described in paragraph (j) of this section, is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 45th day after the application is received by the OCC, or the 15th day after the close of the comment period, whichever is later, unless the OCC notifies the applicant that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review process is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2). An application under <PRTPAGE P="146"/>this paragraph must contain all necessary information for the OCC to determine if it qualifies as a business reorganization or streamlined application.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Streamlined applications.</E> (1) An applicant may qualify for a streamlined business combination application in the following situations:</P>
          <P>(i) At least one party to the transaction is an eligible bank, and all other parties to the transaction are eligible banks or eligible depository institutions, the resulting national bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, and the total assets of the target institution are no more than 50 percent of the total assets of the acquiring bank, as reported in each institution's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed for the quarter immediately preceding the filing of the application;</P>
          <P>(ii) The acquiring bank is an eligible bank, the target bank is not an eligible bank or an eligible depository institution, the resulting national bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, and the applicants in a prefiling communication request and obtain approval from the appropriate district office to use the streamlined application;</P>
          <P>(iii) The acquiring bank is an eligible bank, the target bank is not an eligible bank or an eligible depository institution, the resulting bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, and the total assets acquired do not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the acquiring national bank, as reported in each institution's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed for the quarter immediately preceding the filing of the application; or</P>
          <P>(iv) In the case of a transaction under paragraph (g)(4) of this section, the acquiring bank is an eligible bank, the resulting national bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, the applicants in a prefiling communication request and obtain approval from the appropriate district office to use the streamlined application, and the total assets acquired do not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the acquiring national bank, as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed for the quarter immediately preceding the filing of the application.</P>
          <P>(2) When a business combination qualifies for a streamlined application, the applicant should consult the Manual to determine the abbreviated application information required by the OCC. The OCC encourages prefiling communications between the applicants and the appropriate district office before filing under paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999; 65 FR 12911, Mar. 10, 2000; 68 FR 70129, Dec. 17, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), 24a, 93a, 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank must file a notice or application as prescribed in this section to acquire or establish an operating subsidiary, or to commence a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth authorized activities and application or notice procedures for national banks engaging in activities through an operating subsidiary. The procedures in this section do not apply to financial subsidiaries authorized under § 5.39. Unless provided otherwise, this section applies to a Federal branch or agency that acquires, establishes, or maintains any subsidiary that a national bank is authorized to acquire or establish under this section in the same manner and to the same extent as if the Federal branch or agency were a national bank, except that the ownership interest required in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(5)(i)(B) of this section shall apply to the parent foreign bank of the Federal branch or agency and not to the Federal branch or agency.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this § 5.34:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Authorized product</E> means a product that would be defined as insurance under section 302(c) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1407) (GLBA) (15 U.S.C. 6712) that, as of January 1, 1999, the OCC had determined in writing that <PRTPAGE P="147"/>national banks may provide as principal or national banks were in fact lawfully providing the product as principal, and as of that date no court of relevant jurisdiction had, by final judgment, overturned a determination by the OCC that national banks may provide the product as principal. An authorized product does not include title insurance, or an annuity contract the income of which is subject to treatment under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 72).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> means the capital level described in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1) or, in the case of a Federal branch or agency, the capital level described in 12 CFR 4.7(b)(1)(iii).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Well managed</E> means, unless otherwise determined in writing by the OCC:</P>
          <P>(i) In the case of a national bank:</P>
          <P>(A) The national bank has received a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System in connection with its most recent examination; or</P>
          <P>(B) In the case of any national bank that has not been examined, the existence and use of managerial resources that the OCC determines are satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of a Federal branch or agency:</P>
          <P>(A) The Federal branch or agency has received a composite ROCA supervisory rating (which rates risk management, operational controls, compliance, and asset quality) of 1 or 2 at its most recent examination; or</P>
          <P>(B) In the case of a Federal branch or agency that has not been examined, the existence and use of managerial resources that the OCC determines are satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Standards and requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Authorized activities.</E> A national bank may conduct in an operating subsidiary activities that are permissible for a national bank to engage in directly either as part of, or incidental to, the business of banking, as determined by the OCC, or otherwise under other statutory authority, including:</P>
          <P>(i) Providing authorized products as principal; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Providing title insurance as principal if the national bank or subsidiary thereof was actively and lawfully underwriting title insurance before November 12, 1999, and no affiliate of the national bank (other than a subsidiary) provides insurance as principal. A subsidiary may not provide title insurance as principal if the state had in effect before November 12, 1999, a law which prohibits any person from underwriting title insurance with respect to real property in that state.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Qualifying subsidiaries.</E> An operating subsidiary in which a national bank may invest includes a corporation, limited liability company, or similar entity if the parent bank owns more than 50 percent of the voting (or similar type of controlling) interest of the operating subsidiary; or the parent bank otherwise controls the operating subsidiary and no other party controls more than 50 percent of the voting (or similar type of controlling) interest of the operating subsidiary. However, the following subsidiaries are not operating subsidiaries subject to this section:</P>

          <P>(i) A subsidiary in which the bank's investment is made pursuant to specific authorization in a statute or OCC regulation (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a bank service company under 12 U.S.C. 1861 <E T="03">et seq.</E> or a financial subsidiary under section 5136A of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a)); and</P>
          <P>(ii) A subsidiary in which the bank has acquired, in good faith, shares through foreclosure on collateral, by way of compromise of a doubtful claim, or to avoid a loss in connection with a debt previously contracted.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Examination and supervision.</E> An operating subsidiary conducts activities authorized under this section pursuant to the same authorization, terms and conditions that apply to the conduct of such activities by its parent national bank. If, upon examination, the OCC determines that the operating subsidiary is operating in violation of law, regulation, or written condition, or in an unsafe or unsound manner or otherwise threatens the safety or soundness of the bank, the OCC will direct the bank or operating subsidiary to take appropriate remedial action, which may include requiring the bank to divest or liquidate the operating subsidiary, or discontinue specified activities. OCC authority under this paragraph is subject to the limitations <PRTPAGE P="148"/>and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Consolidation of figures</E>—(i) <E T="03">National banks.</E> Pertinent book figures of the parent national bank and its operating subsidiary shall be combined for the purpose of applying statutory or regulatory limitations when combination is needed to effect the intent of the statute or regulation, e.g., for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 56, 60, 84, and 371d.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Federal branch or agencies.</E> Transactions conducted by all of a foreign bank's Federal branches and agencies and State branches and agencies, and their operating subsidiaries, shall be combined for the purpose of applying any limitation or restriction as provided in 12 CFR 28.14.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(i) <E T="03">Application required.</E> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) or (e)(5)(vi) of this section, a national bank that intends to acquire or establish an operating subsidiary, or to perform a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary, must first submit an application to, and receive approval from, the OCC. The application must include a complete description of the bank's investment in the subsidiary, the proposed activities of the subsidiary, the organizational structure and management of the subsidiary, the relations between the bank and the subsidiary, and other information necessary to adequately describe the proposal. To the extent the application relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable. The application must state whether the operating subsidiary will conduct any activity at a location other than the main office or a previously approved branch of the bank. The OCC may require the applicant to submit a legal analysis if the proposal is novel, unusually complex, or raises substantial unresolved legal issues. In these cases, the OCC encourages applicants to have a pre-filing meeting with the OCC.</P>
          <P>(B) A national bank must file an application and obtain prior approval before acquiring or establishing an operating subsidiary, or performing a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary, if the bank controls the subsidiary but owns 50 percent or less of the voting (or similar type of controlling) interest of the subsidiary. These applications are not subject to the filing exemption in paragraph (e)(5)(vi) of this section and are not eligible for the notice procedures in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that some or all provisions in §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">OCC review and approval.</E> The OCC reviews a national bank's application to determine whether the proposed activities are legally permissible and to ensure that the proposal is consistent with safe and sound banking practices and OCC policy and does not endanger the safety or soundness of the parent national bank. As part of this process, the OCC may request additional information and analysis from the applicant.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Notice process for certain activities.</E> A national bank that is “well capitalized” and “well managed” may acquire or establish an operating subsidiary, or perform a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary, by providing the appropriate district office written notice within 10 days after acquiring or establishing the subsidiary, or commencing the activity, if the activity is listed in paragraph (e)(5)(v) of this section. The written notice must include a complete description of the bank's investment in the subsidiary and of the activity conducted and a representation and undertaking that the activity will be conducted in accordance with OCC policies contained in guidance issued by the OCC regarding the activity. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with <PRTPAGE P="149"/>a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable. Any bank receiving approval under this paragraph is deemed to have agreed that the subsidiary will conduct the activity in a manner consistent with published OCC guidance.</P>
          <P>(v) <E T="03">Activities eligible for notice.</E> The following activities qualify for the notice procedures, provided the activity is conducted pursuant to the same terms and conditions as would be applicable if the activity were conducted directly by a national bank:</P>
          <P>(A) Holding and managing assets acquired by the parent bank, including investment assets and property acquired by the bank through foreclosure or otherwise in good faith to compromise a doubtful claim, or in the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted;</P>
          <P>(B) Providing services to or for the bank or its affiliates, including accounting, auditing, appraising, advertising and public relations, and financial advice and consulting;</P>
          <P>(C) Making loans or other extensions of credit, and selling money orders, savings bonds, and travelers checks;</P>
          <P>(D) Purchasing, selling, servicing, or warehousing loans or other extensions of credit, or interests therein;</P>
          <P>(E) Providing courier services between financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(F) Providing management consulting, operational advice, and services for other financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(G) Providing check guaranty, verification and payment services;</P>
          <P>(H) Providing data processing, data warehousing and data transmission products, services, and related activities and facilities, including associated equipment and technology, for the bank or its affiliates;</P>
          <P>(I) Acting as investment adviser (including an adviser with investment discretion) or financial adviser or counselor to governmental entities or instrumentalities, businesses, or individuals, including advising registered investment companies and mortgage or real estate investment trusts, furnishing economic forecasts or other economic information, providing investment advice related to futures and options on futures, and providing consumer financial counseling;</P>
          <P>(J) Providing tax planning and preparation services;</P>
          <P>(K) Providing financial and transactional advice and assistance, including advice and assistance for customers in structuring, arranging, and executing mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, leveraged buyouts, swaps, foreign exchange, derivative transactions, coin and bullion, and capital restructurings;</P>
          <P>(L) Underwriting and reinsuring credit related insurance to the extent permitted under section 302 of the GLBA (15 U.S.C. 6712);</P>
          <P>(M) Leasing of personal property and acting as an agent or adviser in leases for others;</P>
          <P>(N) Providing securities brokerage or acting as a futures commission merchant, and providing related credit and other related services;</P>
          <P>(O) Underwriting and dealing, including making a market, in bank permissible securities and purchasing and selling as principal, asset backed obligations;</P>
          <P>(P) Acting as an insurance agent or broker, including title insurance to the extent permitted under section 303 of the GLBA (15 U.S.C. 6713);</P>

          <P>(Q) Reinsuring mortgage insurance on loans originated, purchased, or serviced by the bank, its subsidiaries, or its affiliates, provided that if the subsidiary enters into a quota share agreement, the subsidiary assumes less than 50 percent of the aggregate insured risk covered by the quota share agreement. A “quota share agreement” is an agreement under which the reinsurer is liable to the primary insurance underwriter for an agreed upon percentage of every claim arising out of the covered book of business ceded by the primary insurance underwriter to the reinsurer;<PRTPAGE P="150"/>
          </P>
          <P>(R) Acting as a finder pursuant to 12 CFR 7.1002 to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent; <SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E> the OCC's monthly publication “Interpretations and Actions.” Beginning with the May 1996 issue, the OCC's Web site provides access to electronic versions of “Interpretations and Actions” (<E T="03">www.occ.treas.gov</E>).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(S) Offering correspondent services to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent;</P>
          <P>(T) Acting as agent or broker in the sale of fixed or variable annuities;</P>
          <P>(U) Offering debt cancellation or debt suspension agreements;</P>
          <P>(V) Providing real estate settlement, closing, escrow, and related services; and real estate appraisal services for the subsidiary, parent bank, or other financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(W) Acting as a transfer or fiscal agent;</P>
          <P>(X) Acting as a digital certification authority to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent, subject to the terms and conditions contained in that precedent; and</P>
          <P>(Y) Providing or selling public transportation tickets, event and attraction tickets, gift certificates, prepaid phone cards, promotional and advertising material, postage stamps, and Electronic Benefits Transfer (EBT) script, and similar media, to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent, subject to the terms and conditions contained in that precedent.</P>
          <P>(vi) <E T="03">No application or notice required.</E> A national bank may acquire or establish an operating subsidiary without filing an application or providing notice to the OCC, if the bank is adequately capitalized or well capitalized and the:</P>
          <P>(A) Activities of the new subsidiary are limited to those activities previously reported by the bank in connection with the establishment or acquisition of a prior operating subsidiary;</P>
          <P>(B) Activities in which the new subsidiary will engage continue to be legally permissible for the subsidiary; and</P>
          <P>(C) Activities of the new subsidiary will be conducted in accordance with any conditions imposed by the OCC in approving the conduct of these activities for any prior operating subsidiary of the bank.</P>
          <P>(vii) <E T="03">Fiduciary powers.</E> If an operating subsidiary proposes to exercise investment discretion on behalf of customers or provide investment advice for a fee, the national bank must have prior OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers pursuant to § 5.26.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries</E>—(i) <E T="03">Filing requirement.</E> Each national bank shall prepare and file with the OCC an Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries containing the information set forth in paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section for each of its operating subsidiaries that:</P>
          <P>(A) Is not functionally regulated within the meaning of section 5(c)(5) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5)); and</P>
          <P>(B) Does business directly with consumers in the United States. For purposes of paragraph (e)(6) of this section, an operating subsidiary, or any subsidiary thereof, does business directly with consumers if, in the ordinary course of its business, it provides products or services to individuals to be used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Information required.</E> The Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries must contain the following information for each covered operating subsidiary listed:</P>
          <P>(A) The name and charter number of the parent national bank;</P>
          <P>(B) The name (include any “dba” (doing business as), abbreviated names, or trade names used to identify the operating subsidiary when it does business directly with consumers), mailing address (include the street address or post office box, city, state, and zip code), e-mail address (if any), and telephone number of the operating subsidiary;</P>
          <P>(C) The principal place of business of the operating subsidiary, if different from the address provided pursuant to paragraph (e)(6)(ii)(B) of this section; and</P>

          <P>(D) The lines of business in which the operating subsidiary is doing business directly with consumers by designating the appropriate code contained in appendix B (NAICS Activity Codes for Commonly Reported Activities) to the <PRTPAGE P="151"/>Instructions for Preparation of Report of Changes in Organizational Structure, Form FR Y-10, a copy of which is set forth on the OCC's Web site at <E T="03">http://www.occ.gov.</E> If the operating subsidiary is engaged in an activity not set forth in this list, a national bank shall report the code 0000 and provide a brief description of the activity.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Filing time frames and availability of information.</E> Each national bank's Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries shall contain information current as of December 31st for the year prior to the year the report is filed. The national bank shall submit its first Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries (for information as of December 31, 2004) to the OCC on or before January 31, 2005, and on or before January 31st each year thereafter. The national bank may submit the Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries electronically or in another format prescribed by the OCC. The OCC will make available to the public the information contained in the Annual Report on Operating Subsidiaries on its Web site at <E T="03">http://www.occ.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <CITA>[65 FR 12911, Mar. 10, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 49097, Sept. 26, 2001; 66 FR 62914, Dec. 4, 2001; 68 FR 70131, Dec. 17, 2003; 69 FR 64481, Nov. 5, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank service companies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 1861-1867.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> Except where otherwise provided, a national bank shall submit a notice and obtain prior OCC approval to invest in the equity of a bank service company or to perform new activities in an existing bank service company.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the procedures and requirements regarding OCC review and approval of a notice to invest in a bank service company.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Bank service company</E> means a corporation or limited liability company organized to provide services authorized by the Bank Service Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1861 <E T="03">et seq</E>., all of whose capital stock is owned by one or more insured banks in the case of a corporation, or all of the members of which are one or more insured banks in the case of a limited liability company.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Limited liability company</E> means any non-corporate company, partnership, trust, or similar business entity organized under the law of a State (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act) which provides that a member or manager of such company is not personally liable for a debt, obligation, or liability of the company solely by reason of being, or acting as, a member or manager of such company.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Depository institution,</E> for purposes of this section, means an insured bank, a financial institution subject to examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the National Credit Union Administration Board, or a financial institution whose accounts or deposits are insured or guaranteed under state law and eligible to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Administration Board.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Invest</E> includes making any advance of funds to a bank service company, whether by the purchase of stock, the making of a loan, or otherwise, except a payment for rent earned, goods sold and delivered, or services rendered before the payment was made.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Principal investor</E> means the insured bank that has the largest amount invested in the equity of a bank service company. In any case where two or more insured banks have equal amounts invested, the bank service company shall designate one of the banks as its principal investor.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Standards and requirements.</E> A national bank may invest in a bank service company that conducts activities described in paragraphs (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, and activities (other than taking deposits) permissible for the national bank and other state and national bank shareholders or members in the bank service company.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">OCC notice and approval required.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(2) and (f)(4) of this section, a national bank that intends to make an investment in a bank service company, or to perform new activities in an existing bank service company, must submit a notice to and receive prior approval from the OCC. The OCC approves or denies a proposed investment within 60 days after the filing is <PRTPAGE P="152"/>received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing presents a significant supervisory or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue. The notice must include the information required by paragraph (g) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Notice process only for certain activities.</E> A national bank that is “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined in § 5.34(d) may invest in a bank service company, or perform a new activity in an existing bank service company, by providing the appropriate district office written notice within 10 days after the investment, if the bank service company engages only in the activities listed in § 5.34(e)(5)(v). No prior OCC approval is required. The written notice must include a complete description of the bank's investment in the bank service company and of the activity conducted and a representation and undertaking that the activity will be conducted in accordance with OCC guidance. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable. Any bank receiving approval under this paragraph is deemed to have agreed that the bank service company will conduct the activity in a manner consistent with the published OCC guidance.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Investments requiring no approval.</E> A national bank does not need OCC approval to invest in a bank service company, or to perform a new activity in an existing bank service company, if the bank service company will provide the following services only for depository institutions: check and deposit posting and sorting; computation and posting of interest and other credits and charges; preparation and mailing of checks, statements, notices, and similar items; or any other clerical, bookkeeping, accounting, statistical, or similar function.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Federal Reserve approval.</E> A national bank also may, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board), invest in the equity of a bank service company that provides any other service (except deposit taking) that the Federal Reserve Board has determined, by regulation, to be permissible for a bank holding company under 12 U.S.C. 1843(c)(8).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to a request for approval to invest in a bank service corporation. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Required information.</E> A notice required under paragraph (f)(1), of this section must contain the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The name and location of the bank service company;</P>
          <P>(2) A complete description of the activities the bank service company will conduct. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(3) Information demonstrating that the bank will comply with the investment limitations of paragraph (i) of this section;</P>
          <P>(4) Information demonstrating that the bank service company and all banks investing in the bank service company are located in the same state, unless the Federal Reserve Board has approved an exception to this requirement under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 1864(b); and</P>

          <P>(5) Information demonstrating that the bank service company will conduct these activities only at locations in a state where the investing bank could be authorized to perform the activities directly.<PRTPAGE P="153"/>
          </P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Examination and supervision.</E> Each bank service company in which a national bank is the principal investor is subject to examination and supervision by the OCC in the same manner and to the same extent as that national bank. OCC authority under this paragraph is subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Investment and other limitations—</E>(1) <E T="03">Investment limitations.</E> A bank may not invest more than ten percent of its capital and surplus in a bank service company. In addition, the bank's total investments in all bank service companies may not exceed five percent of the bank's total assets.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Other limitations.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (f)(4) of this section, a bank service company shall only conduct activities that the national bank could conduct directly. If the bank service company has both national and state bank shareholders or members, the activities conducted must also be permissible for the state bank shareholders or members. </P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999; 65 FR 12913, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Other equity investments.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 24(Seventh), and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> National banks are permitted to make various types of equity investments pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) and other statutes. These investments are in addition to those subject to §§ 5.34, 5.35, and 5.37. This section describes the procedure governing the filing of the notice that the OCC requires in connection with certain of these investments. Other investments authorized under this section may be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this § 5.36:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Enterprise</E> means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, or similar business entity.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> means the capital level described in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Well managed</E> has the meaning set forth in § 5.34(d)(3).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> (1) A national bank must provide the appropriate district office with written notice within ten days after making an equity investment in the following:</P>
          <P>(i) An agricultural credit corporation;</P>
          <P>(ii) A savings association eligible to be acquired under section 13 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1823); and</P>
          <P>(iii) Any other equity investment that may be authorized by statute after February 12, 1990, if not covered by other applicable OCC regulation.</P>
          <P>(2) The written notice required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section must include a description, and the amount, of the bank's investment.</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC reserves the right to require additional information as necessary.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Non-controlling investments.</E> A national bank may make a non-controlling investment, directly or through its operating subsidiary, in an enterprise that engages in the activities described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section by filing a written notice. The written notice must be filed with the appropriate district office no later than 10 days after making the investment and must:</P>
          <P>(1) Describe the structure of the investment and the activity or activities conducted by the enterprise in which the bank is investing. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>

          <P>(2) State which paragraphs of § 5.34(e)(5)(v) describe the activity or activities, or state that, and describe how, the activity is substantively the same as that contained in published OCC precedent approving a non-controlling investment by a national bank or its operating subsidiary, state that <PRTPAGE P="154"/>the activity will be conducted in accordance with the same terms and conditions applicable to the activity covered by the precedent, and provide the citation to the applicable precedent;</P>
          <P>(3) Certify that the bank is well managed and well capitalized at the time of the investment;</P>
          <P>(4) Describe how the bank has the ability to prevent the enterprise from engaging in activities that are not set forth in § 5.34(e)(5)(v) or not contained in published OCC precedent approving a non-controlling investment by a national bank or its operating subsidiary, or how the bank otherwise has the ability to withdraw its investment;</P>
          <P>(5) Certify that the bank will account for its investment under this section under the equity or cost method of accounting;</P>
          <P>(6) Describe how the investment is convenient and useful to the bank in carrying out its business and not a mere passive investment unrelated to the bank's banking business;</P>
          <P>(7) Certify that the bank's loss exposure is limited, as a legal and accounting matter, and the bank does not have open-ended liability for the obligations of the enterprise; and</P>
          <P>(8) Certify that the enterprise in which the bank is investing agrees to be subject to OCC supervision and examination, subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Non-controlling investments by Federal branches.</E> A Federal branch that satisfies the well capitalized and well managed standards in 12 CFR 4.7(b)(1)(iii) and § 5.34(d)(3)(ii) may make a non-controlling investment in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section in the same manner and subject to the same conditions and requirements as a national bank, and subject to any additional requirements that may apply under 12 CFR 28.10(c).</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11 of this part do not apply to filings for other equity investments.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 12913, Mar. 10, 2000; 65 FR 41560, July 6, 2000; 68 FR 70698, Dec. 19, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investment in bank premises.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 29, 93a, and 371d.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the procedures governing OCC review and approval of applications by national banks to invest in bank premises or in certain bank premises related investments, loans, or indebtedness, as described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definition—Bank premises</E> for purposes of this section includes the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Premises that are owned and occupied (or to be occupied, if under construction) by the bank, its branches, or its consolidated subsidiaries;</P>
          <P>(2) Capitalized leases and leasehold improvements, vaults, and fixed machinery and equipment;</P>
          <P>(3) Remodeling costs to existing premises;</P>
          <P>(4) Real estate acquired and intended, in good faith, for use in future expansion; or</P>
          <P>(5) Parking facilities that are used by customers or employees of the bank, its branches, and its consolidated subsidiaries.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Application.</E> (i) A national bank shall submit an application to the appropriate supervisory office to invest in bank premises, or in the stock, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations of any corporation holding the premises of the bank, or to make loans to or upon the security of the stock of such corporation, if the aggregate of all such investments and loans, together with the indebtedness incurred by any such corporation that is an affiliate of the bank, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 221a, will exceed the amount of the capital stock of the bank.</P>
          <P>(ii) The application must include:</P>
          <P>(A) A description of the bank's present investment in bank premises;</P>
          <P>(B) The investment in bank premises that the bank intends to make, and the business reason for making the investment; and</P>

          <P>(C) The amount by which the bank's aggregate investment will exceed the amount of the bank's capital stock.<PRTPAGE P="155"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Approval.</E> An application for national bank investment in bank premises or in certain bank premises' related investments, loans or indebtedness, as described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, is deemed approved as of the 30th day after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing presents a significant supervisory, or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue. An approval for a specified amount under this section remains valid up to that amount until the OCC notifies the bank otherwise.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, a bank that is rated 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS) may make an aggregate investment in bank premises up to 150 percent of the bank's capital and surplus without the OCC's prior approval, provided that the bank is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR part 6 and will continue to be well capitalized after the investment or loan is made. However, the bank shall notify the appropriate supervisory office in writing of the investment within 30 days after the investment or loan is made. The written notice must include a description of the bank's investment.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Financial subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and section 121 of Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1373.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Approval requirements.</E> A national bank must file a notice as prescribed in this section prior to acquiring a financial subsidiary or engaging in activities authorized pursuant to section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a) through a financial subsidiary. When a financial subsidiary proposes to conduct a new activity permitted under § 5.34, the bank shall follow the procedures in § 5.34(e)(5) instead of paragraph (i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth authorized activities, approval procedures, and, where applicable, conditions for national banks engaging in activities through a financial subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this § 5.39:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Affiliate</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), except that the term “affiliate” for purposes of paragraph (h)(5) of this section shall have the meaning set forth in sections 23A or 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c and 371c-1), as applicable.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Appropriate Federal banking agency</E> has the meaning set forth in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Company</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), and includes a limited liability company (LLC).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Control</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Eligible debt</E> means unsecured long-term debt that is:</P>
          <P>(i) Not supported by any form of credit enhancement, including a guaranty or standby letter of credit; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Not held in whole or in any significant part by any affiliate, officer, director, principal shareholder, or employee of the bank or any other person acting on behalf of or with funds from the bank or an affiliate of the bank.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Financial subsidiary</E> means any company that is controlled by one or more insured depository institutions, other than a subsidiary that:</P>
          <P>(i) Engages solely in activities that national banks may engage in directly and that are conducted subject to the same terms and conditions that govern the conduct of these activities by national banks; or</P>

          <P>(ii) A national bank is specifically authorized to control by the express terms of a Federal statute (other than section 5136A of the Revised Statutes), and not by implication or interpretation, such as by section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601-604a), <PRTPAGE P="156"/>section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611-631), or the Bank Service Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1861 <E T="03">et seq.</E>)</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Insured depository institution</E> has the meaning set forth in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Long term debt</E> means any debt obligation with an initial maturity of 360 days or more.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Subsidiary</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Tangible equity</E> has the meaning set forth in 12 CFR 6.2(g).</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> with respect to a depository institution means the capital level designated as “well capitalized” by the institution's appropriate Federal banking agency pursuant to section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831o).</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Well managed</E> means:</P>
          <P>(i) Unless otherwise determined in writing by the appropriate Federal banking agency, the institution has received a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (or an equivalent rating under an equivalent rating system) in connection with the most recent examination or subsequent review of the depository institution and, at least a rating of 2 for management, if such a rating is given; or</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of any depository institution that has not been examined by its appropriate Federal banking agency, the existence and use of managerial resources that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines are satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Authorized activities.</E> A financial subsidiary may engage only in the following activities:</P>
          <P>(1) Activities that are financial in nature and activities incidental to a financial activity, authorized pursuant to 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a) (to the extent not otherwise permitted under paragraph (e)(2) of this section), including:</P>
          <P>(i) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities;</P>
          <P>(ii) Engaging as agent or broker in any state for purposes of insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, death, defects in title, or providing annuities as agent or broker;</P>
          <P>(iii) Providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising an investment company as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3);</P>
          <P>(iv) Issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly;</P>
          <P>(v) Underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities;</P>
          <P>(vi) Engaging in any activity that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has determined, by order or regulation in effect on November 12, 1999, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto (subject to the same terms and conditions contained in the order or regulation, unless the order or regulation is modified by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System);</P>
          <P>(vii) Engaging, in the United States, in any activity that a bank holding company may engage in outside the United States and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has determined, under regulations prescribed or interpretations issued pursuant to section 4(c)(13) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(c)(13)) as in effect on November 11, 1999, to be usual in connection with the transaction of banking or other financial operations abroad; and</P>
          <P>(viii) Activities that the Secretary of the Treasury in consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as provided in section 5136A of the Revised Statutes, determines to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity; and</P>
          <P>(2) Activities that may be conducted by an operating subsidiary pursuant to § 5.34.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Impermissible activities.</E> A financial subsidiary may not engage as principal in the following activities:</P>

          <P>(1) Insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability or death, or defects in title (except to the extent permitted under sections 302 or 303(c) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA)), 113 Stat. 1407-1409, (15 U.S.C. 6712 or 15 U.S.C. 6713) or providing or issuing annuities the income of which is subject <PRTPAGE P="157"/>to tax treatment under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 72);</P>
          <P>(2) Real estate development or real estate investment, unless otherwise expressly authorized by law; and</P>
          <P>(3) Activities authorized for bank holding companies by section 4(k)(4)(H) or (I) (12 U.S.C. 1843) of the Bank Holding Company Act, except activities authorized under section 4(k)(4)(H) that may be permitted in accordance with section 122 of the GLBA, 113 Stat. 1381.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Qualifications.</E> A national bank may, directly or indirectly, control a financial subsidiary or hold an interest in a financial subsidiary only if:</P>
          <P>(1) The national bank and each depository institution affiliate of the national bank are well capitalized and well managed;</P>
          <P>(2) The aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of 45 percent of the consolidated total assets of the parent bank or $50 billion (or such greater amount as is determined according to an indexing mechanism jointly established by regulation by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System); and</P>
          <P>(3) If the national bank is one of the 100 largest insured banks, determined on the basis of the bank's consolidated total assets at the end of the calendar year, the bank has at least one issue of outstanding eligible debt that is currently rated in one of the three highest investment grade rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. If the national bank is one of the second 50 largest insured banks, it may either satisfy this requirement or satisfy alternative criteria the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System establish jointly by regulation. This paragraph (g)(3) does not apply if the financial subsidiary is engaged solely in activities in an agency capacity.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Safeguards.</E> The following safeguards apply to a national bank that establishes or maintains a financial subsidiary:</P>
          <P>(1) For purposes of determining regulatory capital:</P>
          <P>(i) The national bank must deduct the aggregate amount of its outstanding equity investment, including retained earnings, in its financial subsidiaries from its total assets and tangible equity and deduct such investment from its total risk-based capital (this deduction shall be made equally from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital); and</P>
          <P>(ii) The national bank may not consolidate the assets and liabilities of a financial subsidiary with those of the bank;</P>
          <P>(2) Any published financial statement of the national bank shall, in addition to providing information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, separately present financial information for the bank in the manner provided in paragraph (h)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(3) The national bank must have reasonable policies and procedures to preserve the separate corporate identity and limited liability of the bank and the financial subsidiaries of the bank;</P>
          <P>(4) The national bank must have procedures for identifying and managing financial and operational risks within the bank and the financial subsidiary that adequately protect the national bank from such risks;</P>
          <P>(5) Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c and 371c-1) apply to transactions involving a financial subsidiary in the following manner:</P>
          <P>(i) A financial subsidiary shall be deemed to be an affiliate of the bank and shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary of the bank;</P>
          <P>(ii) The restrictions contained in section 23A(a)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act shall not apply with respect to covered transactions between a bank and any individual financial subsidiary of the bank;</P>
          <P>(iii) The bank's investment in the financial subsidiary shall not include retained earnings of the financial subsidiary;</P>

          <P>(iv) Any purchase of, or investment in, the securities of a financial subsidiary of a bank by an affiliate of the bank will be considered to be a purchase of or investment in such securities by the bank; and<PRTPAGE P="158"/>
          </P>
          <P>(v) Any extension of credit by an affiliate of a bank to a financial subsidiary of the bank may be considered an extension of credit by the bank to the financial subsidiary if the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System determines that such treatment is necessary or appropriate to prevent evasions of the Federal Reserve Act and the GLBA.</P>

          <P>(6) A financial subsidiary shall be deemed a subsidiary of a bank holding company and not a subsidiary of the bank for purposes of the anti-tying prohibitions set forth in 12 U.S.C. 1971 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Procedures to engage in activities through a financial subsidiary.</E> A national bank that intends, directly or indirectly, to acquire control of, or hold an interest in, a financial subsidiary, or to commence a new activity in an existing financial subsidiary, must obtain OCC approval through the procedures set forth in paragraph (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Certification with subsequent notice.</E> (i) At any time, a national bank may file a “Financial Subsidiary Certification” with the appropriate district office listing the bank's depository institution affiliates and certifying that the bank and each of those affiliates is well capitalized and well managed.</P>
          <P>(ii) Thereafter, at such time as the bank seeks OCC approval to acquire control of, or hold an interest in, a new financial subsidiary, or commence a new activity authorized under section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a) in an existing subsidiary, the bank may file a written notice with the appropriate district office at the time of acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, a financial subsidiary, or commencing such activity in an existing subsidiary. The written notice must be labeled “Financial Subsidiary Notice” and must:</P>
          <P>(A) State that the bank's Certification remains valid;</P>
          <P>(B) Describe the activity or activities conducted by the financial subsidiary. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(C) Cite the specific authority permitting the activity to be conducted by the financial subsidiary. (Where the authority relied on is an agency order or interpretation under section 4(c)(8) or 4(c)(13), respectively, of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, a copy of the order or interpretation should be attached);</P>
          <P>(D) Certify that the bank will be well capitalized after making adjustments required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(E) Demonstrate the aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of 45 percent of the bank's consolidated total assets or $50 billion (or the increased level established by the indexing mechanism); and</P>
          <P>(F) If applicable, certify that the bank meets the eligible debt requirement in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Combined certification and notice.</E> A national bank may file a combined certification and notice with the appropriate district office at least five business days prior to acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, a financial subsidiary, or commencing a new activity authorized pursuant to section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes in an existing subsidiary. The written notice must be labeled “Financial Subsidiary Certification and Notice” and must:</P>
          <P>(i) List the bank's depository institution affiliates and certify that the bank and each depository institution affiliate of the bank is well capitalized and well managed;</P>

          <P>(ii) Describe the activity or activities to be conducted in the financial subsidiary. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company <PRTPAGE P="159"/>holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(iii) Cite the specific authority permitting the activity to be conducted by the financial subsidiary. (Where the authority relied on is an agency order or interpretation under section 4(c)(8) or 4(c)(13), respectively, of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, a copy of the order or interpretation should be attached);</P>
          <P>(iv) Certify that the bank will remain well capitalized after making the adjustments required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(v) Demonstrate the aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of 45% of the bank's consolidated total assets or $50 billion (or the increased level established by the indexing mechanism); and</P>
          <P>(vi) If applicable, certify that the bank meets the eligible debt requirement in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13 do not apply to activities authorized under this section.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Community Reinvestment Act (CRA).</E> A national bank may not apply under this paragraph (i) to commence a new activity authorized under section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a), or directly or indirectly acquire control of a company engaged in any such activity, if the bank or any of its insured depository institution affiliates received a CRA rating of less than “satisfactory record of meeting community credit needs” on its most recent CRA examination prior to when the bank would file a notice under this section.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Failure to continue to meet certain qualification requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Qualifications and safeguards.</E> A national bank, or, as applicable, its affiliated depository institutions, must continue to satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section and the safeguards in paragraphs (h)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this section following its acquisition of control of, or an interest in, a financial subsidiary. A national bank that fails to continue to satisfy these requirements will be subject to the following procedures and requirements:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC shall give notice to the national bank and, in the case of an affiliated depository institution to that depository institution's appropriate Federal banking agency, promptly upon determining that the national bank, or, as applicable, its affiliated depository institution, does not continue to meet the requirements in paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of this section or the safeguards in paragraph (h)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section. The bank shall be deemed to have received such notice three business days after mailing of the letter by the OCC;</P>
          <P>(ii) Not later than 45 days after receipt of the notice under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section, or any additional time as the OCC may permit, the national bank shall execute an agreement with the OCC to comply with the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) and (h)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section;</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC may impose limitations on the conduct or activities of the national bank or any subsidiary of the national bank as the OCC determines appropriate under the circumstances and consistent with the purposes of section 5136A of the Revised Statutes; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The OCC may require a national bank to divest control of a financial subsidiary if the national bank does not correct the conditions giving rise to the notice within 180 days after receipt of the notice provided under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Eligible debt rating requirement.</E> A national bank that does not continue to meet the qualification requirement set forth in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, applicable where the bank's financial subsidiary is engaged in activities other than solely in an agency capacity, may not directly or through a subsidiary, purchase or acquire any additional equity capital of any such financial subsidiary until the bank meets the requirement in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (j)(2), the term “equity capital” includes, in addition to any equity investment, any debt instrument issued <PRTPAGE P="160"/>by the financial subsidiary if the instrument qualifies as capital of the subsidiary under federal or state law, regulation, or interpretation applicable to the subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Examination and supervision.</E> A financial subsidiary is subject to examination and supervision by the OCC, subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the GLBA (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <CITA>[65 FR 12914, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Other Changes in Activities and Operations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in location of main office.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority</E> 12 U.S.C. 30, 93a, and 2901 through 2907.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall give prior notice to the OCC to relocate its main office within city, town, or village limits to an authorized branch location. A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval to relocate its main office to any other location in the city, town, or village, or within 30 miles of the limits of the city, town, or village in which the main office of the bank is located.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes OCC procedures and approval standards for an application or a notice by a national bank to change the location of its main office.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Main office relocation to an authorized branch location within city, town, or village limits.</E> A national bank may change the location of its main office to an authorized branch location (approved or existing branch site) within the limits of the same city, town, or village. The national bank shall submit a notice to the appropriate district office before the relocation. The notice must include the new address of the main office and the effective date of the relocation.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">To any other location.</E> To relocate its main office to any other location, a national bank shall file an application to relocate with the appropriate district office. If relocating the main office outside the limits of its city, town, or village, a national bank shall also:</P>
          <P>(i) Obtain the approval of shareholders owning two-thirds of the voting stock of the bank; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Amend its articles of association.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Establishment of a branch at site of former main office.</E> A national bank desiring to establish a branch at its former main office location shall obtain OCC approval pursuant to the standards of § 5.30.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> A main office relocation application submitted by an eligible bank under paragraph (d)(2) of this section is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the public comment period or the 45th day after the filing is received by the OCC, whichever is later, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that time that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review period is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> (i) Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to a main office relocation to an authorized branch location within the limits of the city, town, or village as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. However, if the OCC concludes that the notice under paragraph (d)(1) of this section presents a significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issue, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(ii) The comment period on any application filed under paragraph (d)(2) of this section to engage in a short-distance relocation of a main office is 15 days.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if the national bank has not opened its main office at the relocated site within 18 months of the date of approval.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.42</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate title.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 21a, 30, and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the method by which a national bank may change its corporate title.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Standards.</E> A national bank may change its corporate title provided that <PRTPAGE P="161"/>the new title includes the word “national” and complies with other applicable Federal laws, including 18 U.S.C. 709, regarding false advertising and the misuse of names to indicate a Federal agency, and any applicable OCC guidance.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedures—</E>(1) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> A national bank shall promptly notify the appropriate district office if it changes its corporate title. The notice must contain the old and new titles and the effective date of the change.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Amendment to articles of association.</E> A national bank whose corporate title is specified in its articles of association shall amend its articles, in accordance with the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 21a, to change its title.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13(a) do not apply to a national bank's change of corporate title. However, if the OCC concludes that the application presents a significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issue, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13(a) apply.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.46</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in permanent capital.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 21a, 51, 51a, 51b, 51b-1, 52, 56, 57, 59, 60, and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain OCC approval to decrease its permanent capital. Generally, a national bank need only submit a notice to increase its permanent capital, although, in certain circumstances, a national bank shall be required to submit an application and obtain OCC approval.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes procedures and standards relating to a transaction resulting in a change in a national bank's permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to changes in a national bank's permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For the purposes of this section the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Capital plan</E> means a plan describing the manner and schedule by which a national bank will attain specified capital levels or ratios, including a plan to achieve minimum capital ratios filed with the appropriate district office under 12 CFR 3.7 and a capital restoration plan filed with the OCC under 12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR 6.5.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Capital stock</E> means the total amount of common stock and preferred stock.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Capital surplus</E> means the total of:</P>
          <P>(i) The amount paid in on capital stock in excess of the par or stated value;</P>
          <P>(ii) Direct capital contributions representing the amounts paid in to the national bank other than for capital stock;</P>
          <P>(iii) The amount transferred from undivided profits required by 12 U.S.C. 60; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The amount transferred from undivided profits reflecting stock dividends.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Permanent capital</E> means the sum of capital stock and capital surplus.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Policy.</E> In determining whether to approve a proposed change to a national bank's permanent capital, the OCC considers whether the change is:</P>
          <P>(1) Consistent with law, regulation, and OCC policy thereunder;</P>
          <P>(2) Provides an adequate capital structure; and</P>
          <P>(3) If appropriate, complies with the bank's capital plan.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Increases in permanent capital—</E>(1) <E T="03">Prior approval—</E>(i) <E T="03">Criteria.</E> A national bank need not obtain prior OCC approval to increase its permanent capital unless the bank is:</P>
          <P>(A) Required to receive OCC approval pursuant to letter, order, directive, written agreement or otherwise;</P>
          <P>(B) Selling common or preferred stock for consideration other than cash; or</P>
          <P>(C) Receiving a material noncash contribution to capital surplus.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Application and letter of notification.</E> A national bank that proposes to increase its permanent capital and that must receive OCC approval under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section shall file an application under paragraph (i)(1) of this section and a letter of notification under paragraph (i)(3) of this section. A national bank not required to obtain prior approval under paragraph (g)(1)(i) <PRTPAGE P="162"/>of this section for an increase in capital shall file only the letter of notification under paragraph (i)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Preferred stock.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, in the case of a sale of preferred stock, the national bank shall also submit provisions in the articles of association concerning preferred stock dividends, voting and conversion rights, retirement of the stock, and rights to exercise control over management to the appropriate district office prior to the sale of the preferred stock. The provisions will be deemed approved by the OCC within 30 days of its receipt, unless the OCC notifies the applicant otherwise, including a statement of the reason for the delay.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Decreases in permanent capital.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior approval under paragraph (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section for any reduction of its permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) Prior approval. A national bank proposing to make a change in its permanent capital that requires prior OCC approval under paragraphs (g) or (h) of this section shall submit an application to the appropriate district office. The application must:</P>
          <P>(i) Describe the type and amount of the proposed change in permanent capital and explain the reason for the change;</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of a reduction in capital, provide a schedule detailing the present and proposed capital structure;</P>
          <P>(iii) In the case of a material noncash contribution to capital, provide a description of the method of valuing the contribution; and</P>
          <P>(iv) State if the bank is subject to a capital plan with the OCC and how the proposed change would conform to a capital plan or if a capital plan is otherwise required in connection with the proposed change in permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An eligible bank's application is deemed approved by the OCC 30 days after the date the OCC receives the application described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the application is not eligible for expedited review under § 5.13(a)(2). A bank seeking to decrease its capital may request OCC approval for up to four consecutive quarters. An eligible bank may decrease its capital pursuant to such a plan only if the bank maintains its eligible bank status before and after each decrease in its capital.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Letter of notification.</E> After a bank completes an increase in capital it shall submit a letter of notification to the appropriate district office in order to obtain a certification from the OCC. The proposed change is deemed approved by the OCC and certified seven days after the date on which the OCC receives the letter of notification. The letter of notification must be acknowledged before a notary public by the bank's president, vice president, or cashier and contain:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of the transaction, unless already provided pursuant to paragraph (i)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(ii) The amount, including the par value of the stock, and effective date of the increase;</P>
          <P>(iii) A certification that the funds have been paid in, if applicable;</P>
          <P>(iv) A certified copy of the amendment to the articles of association, if required; and</P>
          <P>(v) A statement that the bank has complied with all laws, regulations and conditions imposed by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> A national bank that decreases its capital in accordance with paragraphs (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section shall notify the appropriate district office following the completion of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank has not completed its change in permanent capital within one year of the date of approval.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Offers and sales of stock.</E> A national bank shall comply with the Securities Offering Disclosure Rules in 12 CFR part 16 for offers and sales of common and preferred stock.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Shareholder approval.</E> A national bank shall obtain the necessary shareholder approval required by statute for any change in its permanent capital.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.47</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Subordinated debt as capital.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank does not need prior OCC approval <PRTPAGE P="163"/>to issue subordinated debt, or to prepay subordinated debt (including payment pursuant to an acceleration clause or redemption prior to maturity) provided the bank remains an eligible bank after the transaction, unless the OCC has previously notified the bank that prior approval is required, or unless prior approval is required by law. No prior approval is required for the bank to count the subordinated debt as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital. However, a bank issuing subordinated debt shall notify the OCC after issuance if the debt is to be counted as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the procedures for OCC review and approval of an application to issue or prepay subordinated debt.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions—</E>(1) <E T="03">Capital plan</E> means a plan describing the means and schedule by which a national bank will attain specified capital levels or ratios, including a plan to achieve minimum capital ratios filed with the appropriate district office under 12 CFR 3.7 and a capital restoration plan filed with the OCC under 12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR 6.5.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> has the same meaning as set forth in 12 CFR 3.2(d).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Tier 3 capital</E> has the same meaning as set forth in 12 CFR part 3, appendix B, section 2(d).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Qualification as regulatory capital.</E> (1) A national bank's subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital if the subordinated debt meets the requirements in 12 CFR part 3, appendix A, section 2(b)(4), and complies with the “OCC Guidelines for Subordinated Debt” in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(2) A national bank's subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 3 capital if the subordinated debt meets the requirements in 12 CFR part 3, section 2(d) of Appendix B.</P>
          <P>(3) If the OCC notifies a national bank that it must obtain OCC approval before issuing subordinated debt, the subordinated debt will not qualify as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital until the bank obtains OCC approval for its inclusion in capital.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Prior approval procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Application.</E> A national bank required to obtain OCC approval before issuing or prepaying subordinated debt shall submit an application to the appropriate district office. The application must include:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of the terms and amount of the proposed issuance or prepayment;</P>
          <P>(ii) A statement of whether the bank is subject to a capital plan or required to file a capital plan with the OCC and, if so, how the proposed change conforms to the capital plan;</P>
          <P>(iii) A copy of the proposed subordinated note format and note agreement; and</P>
          <P>(iv) A statement of whether the subordinated debt issue complies with all laws, regulations, and the “OCC Guidelines for Subordinated Debt” in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Approval—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> The application is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 30th day after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing presents a significant supervisory, or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital.</E> When the OCC notifies the bank that the OCC approves the bank's application to issue or prepay the subordinated debt, it also notifies the bank whether the subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank does not complete the sale of the subordinated debt within one year of approval.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Notice procedure.</E> If a national bank is not required to obtain approval before issuing subordinated debt, the bank shall notify the appropriate district office in writing within ten days after issuing subordinated debt that is to be counted as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital. The notice must include:</P>
          <P>(1) The terms of the issuance;</P>
          <P>(2) The amount and date of receipt of funds;</P>
          <P>(3) A copy of the final subordinated note format and note agreement; and</P>
          <P>(4) A statement that the issue complies with all laws, regulations, and the “OCC Guidelines for Subordinated Debt Instruments” in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do <PRTPAGE P="164"/>not apply to the issuance of subordinated debt.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Issuance of subordinated debt.</E> A national bank shall comply with the Securities Offering Disclosure Rules in 12 CFR part 16 when issuing subordinated debt even if the bank is not required to obtain prior approval to issue subordinated debt.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.48</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voluntary liquidation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a, 181, and 182.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank considering going into voluntary liquidation shall notify the OCC. The bank shall also file a notice with the OCC once a liquidation plan is definite.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to a voluntary liquidation. However, if the OCC concludes that the notice presents significant and novel policy, supervisory or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Standards.</E> A national bank may liquidate in accordance with the terms of 12 U.S.C. 181 and 182.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Procedure</E>—(1) <E T="03">Notice of voluntary liquidation.</E> When the shareholders of a solvent national bank have voted to voluntarily liquidate, the bank shall file a notice with the appropriate district office and publish public notice in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 182.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Report of condition.</E> The liquidating bank shall submit reports of the condition of its commercial, trust, and other departments to the appropriate district office by filing the quarterly Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Reports).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Report of progress.</E> The liquidating agent or committee shall submit a “Report of Progress of Liquidation” annually to the appropriate district office until the liquidation is complete.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Expedited liquidations in connection with acquisitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> When an acquiring depository institution in a business combination purchases all the assets, and assumes all the liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of a target national bank, the acquiring depository institution may dissolve the target national bank immediately after the combination. However, if any liabilities will remain in the target national bank, then the standard liquidation procedures apply.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> After its shareholders have voted to liquidate and the national bank has notified the appropriate district office of its plans, the bank may surrender its charter and dissolve immediately, if:</P>
          <P>(i) The acquiring depository institution certifies to the OCC that it has purchased all the assets and assumed all the liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of the national bank in liquidation; and</P>
          <P>(ii) The acquiring depository institution and the national bank in liquidation have published notice that the bank will dissolve after the purchase and assumption to the acquiror. This is included in the notice and publication for the purchase and assumption required under the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c).</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">National bank as acquiror.</E> If another national bank plans to acquire a national bank in liquidation through merger or through the purchase of the assets and the assumption of the liabilities of the bank in liquidation, the acquiring bank shall comply with the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c), and § 5.33.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.50</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in bank control; reporting of stock loans.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 1817(j).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> Any person seeking to acquire control of a national bank shall provide 60 days prior written notice of a change in control to the OCC, except where otherwise provided in this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> This section describes the procedures and standards governing OCC review of notices for a change in control of a national bank and reports of stock loans.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exempt transactions.</E> The following transactions are not subject to the requirements of this section:</P>
          <P>(i) The acquisition of additional shares of a national bank by a person who:</P>

          <P>(A) Has, continuously since March 9, 1979, (or since that institution commenced business, if later) held power to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities of that bank; or<PRTPAGE P="165"/>
          </P>
          <P>(B) Under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, would be presumed to have controlled that bank continuously since March 9, 1979, if the transaction will not result in that person's direct or indirect ownership or power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the national bank; or, in other cases, where the OCC determines that the person has controlled the bank continuously since March 9, 1979;</P>
          <P>(ii) Unless the OCC otherwise provides in writing, the acquisition of additional shares of a national bank by a person who has lawfully acquired and maintained continuous control of the bank under paragraph (f) of this section after complying with the procedures and filing the notice required by this section;</P>
          <P>(iii) A transaction subject to approval under section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1842, section 18 of Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828, or section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1467a;</P>
          <P>(iv) Any transaction described in section 2(a)(5) or 3(a) (A) or (B) of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5) and 1842(a) (A) and (B), by a person described in those provisions;</P>

          <P>(v) A customary one-time proxy solicitation or receipt of <E T="03">pro rata</E> stock dividends; and</P>
          <P>(vi) The acquisition of shares of a foreign bank that has a Federally licensed branch in the United States. This exemption does not extend to the reports and information required under paragraph (h) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Prior notice exemption.</E> The following transactions are not subject to the prior notice requirements of this section but are otherwise subject to this section, including filing a notice and paying the appropriate filing fee, within 90 calendar days after the transaction occurs:</P>
          <P>(i) The acquisition of control as a result of acquisition of voting shares of a national bank through testate or intestate succession;</P>
          <P>(ii) The acquisition of control as a result of acquisition of voting shares of a national bank as a bona fide gift;</P>
          <P>(iii) The acquisition of voting shares of a national bank resulting from a redemption of voting securities;</P>
          <P>(iv) The acquisition of control of a national bank as a result of actions by third parties (including the sale of securities) that are not within the control of the acquiror; and</P>
          <P>(v) The acquisition of control as a result of the acquisition of voting shares of a national bank in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith.</P>
          <P>(A) “Good faith” means that a person must either make or acquire a loan secured by voting securities of a national bank in advance of any known default. A person who purchases a previously defaulted loan secured by voting securities of a national bank may not rely on this paragraph (c)(3)(v) to foreclose on that loan, seize or purchase the underlying collateral, and acquire control of the national bank without complying with the prior notice requirements of this section.</P>
          <P>(B) To ensure compliance with this section, the acquiror of a defaulted loan secured by a controlling amount of a national bank's voting securities shall file a notice prior to the time the loan is acquired unless the acquiror can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OCC that the voting securities are not the anticipated source of repayment for the loan.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> As used in this section:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Acquisition</E> includes a purchase, assignment, transfer, or pledge of voting securities, or an increase in percentage ownership of a national bank resulting from a redemption of voting securities.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acting in concert</E> means:</P>
          <P>(i) Knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards a common goal of acquiring control whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or</P>

          <P>(ii) A combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.<PRTPAGE P="166"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Control</E> means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of a national bank or to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Notice</E> means a filing by a person in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Person</E> means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, or any other form of entity, and includes voting trusts and voting agreements and any group of persons acting in concert.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Voting securities</E> means:</P>
          <P>(i) Shares of common or preferred stock, or similar interests, if the shares or interests, by statute, charter, or in any manner, allow the holder to vote for or select directors (or persons exercising similar functions) of the issuing national bank, or to vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the issuing national bank. However, preferred stock or similar interests are not voting securities if:</P>
          <P>(A) Any voting rights associated with the shares or interests are limited solely to voting rights customarily provided by statute regarding matters that would significantly affect the rights or preference of the security or other interest. This includes the issuance of additional amounts of classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the security or interest, the dissolution of the issuing national bank, or the payment of dividends by the issuing national bank when preferred dividends are in arrears;</P>
          <P>(B) The shares or interests are a passive investment or financing device and do not otherwise provide the holder with control over the issuing national bank; and</P>
          <P>(C) The shares or interests do not allow the holder by statute, charter, or in any manner, to select or to vote for the selection of directors (or persons exercising similar functions) of the issuing national bank.</P>
          <P>(ii) Securities, other instruments, or similar interests that are immediately convertible, at the option of the owner or holder thereof, into voting securities.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Policy</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC seeks to enhance and maintain public confidence in the banking system by preventing a change in control of a national bank that could have serious adverse effects on a bank's financial stability or management resources, the interests of the bank's customers, the Federal deposit insurance fund, or competition.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acquisitions subject to the Bank Holding Company Act.</E> (i) If corporations, partnerships, certain trusts, associations, and similar organizations, that are not already bank holding companies, are not required to secure prior Federal Reserve Board approval to acquire control of a bank under section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1842, they are subject to the notice requirements of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) Certain transactions, including foreclosures by depository institutions and other institutional lenders, fiduciary acquisitions by depository institutions, and increases of majority holdings by bank holding companies, are described in sections 2(a)(5)(D) and 3(a) (A) and (B) of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5)(D) and 12 U.S.C. 1842(a) (A) and (B), but do not require the Federal Reserve Board's prior approval. For purposes of this section, they are considered subject to section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C 1842, and do not require either a prior or subsequent notice to the OCC under this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Assessing financial condition.</E> In assessing the financial condition of the acquiring person, the OCC weighs any debt servicing requirements in light of the acquiring person's overall financial strength; the institution's earnings performance, asset condition, capital adequacy, and future prospects; and the likelihood of the acquiring party making unreasonable demands on the resources of the institution.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedures—</E>(1) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8(a), 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13(a) through (f) do not apply to filings under this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Who must file.</E> (i) Any person seeking to acquire the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies, or to vote 25 percent or more <PRTPAGE P="167"/>of a class of voting securities of a national bank, shall file a notice with the OCC 60 days prior to the proposed acquisition, unless the acquisition is exempt under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC presumes, unless rebutted, that an acquisition or other disposition of voting securities through which any person proposes to acquire ownership of, or the power to vote, ten percent or more of a class of voting securities of a national bank is an acquisition by a person of the power to direct the bank's management or policies if:</P>
          <P>(A) The securities to be acquired or voted are subject to the registration requirements of section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78l; or</P>
          <P>(B) Immediately after the transaction no other person will own or have the power to vote a greater proportion of that class of voting securities.</P>
          <P>(iii) Other transactions resulting in a person's control of less than 25 percent of a class of voting securities of a national bank are not deemed by the OCC to result in control for purposes of this section.</P>
          <P>(iv) If two or more persons, not acting in concert, each propose to acquire simultaneously equal percentages of ten percent or more of a class of a national bank's voting securities, and either the acquisitions are of a class of securities subject to the registration requirements of section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78l, or immediately after the transaction no other shareholder of the national bank would own or have the power to vote a greater percentage of the class, each of the acquiring persons shall either file a notice or rebut the presumption of control.</P>
          <P>(v) An acquiring person may seek to rebut the presumption established in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section by presenting relevant information in writing to the appropriate district office. The OCC shall respond in writing to any person that seeks to rebut the presumption of control. No rebuttal filing is effective unless the OCC indicates in writing that the information submitted has been found to be sufficient to rebut the presumption of control.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Filings.</E> (i) The OCC does not accept a notice of a change in control unless it is technically complete, i.e., the information provided is responsive to every item listed in the notice form and is accompanied by the appropriate fee.</P>
          <P>(A) The notice must contain personal and biographical information, detailed financial information, details of the proposed change in control, information on any structural or managerial changes contemplated for the institution, and other relevant information required by the OCC. The OCC may waive any of the informational requirements of the notice if the OCC determines that it is in the public interest.</P>
          <P>(B) When the acquiring person is an individual, or group of individuals acting in concert, the requirement to provide personal financial data may be satisfied with a current statement of assets and liabilities and an income summary, together with a statement of any material changes since the date of the statement or summary. However, the OCC may require additional information, if appropriate.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC has 60 days from the date it declares the notice to be technically complete to review the notice.</P>
          <P>(A) When the OCC declares a notice technically complete, the appropriate district office sends a letter of acknowledgment to the applicant indicating the technically complete date.</P>
          <P>(B) As set forth in paragraph (g) of this section, the applicant shall publish an announcement within 10 days of filing the notice with the OCC. The publication of the announcement triggers a 20-day public comment period. The OCC may waive or shorten the public comment period if an emergency exists. The OCC also may shorten the comment period for other good cause. The OCC may act on a proposed change in control prior to the expiration of the public comment period if the OCC makes a written determination that an emergency exists.</P>

          <P>(C) An applicant shall notify the OCC immediately of any material changes in a notice submitted to the OCC, including changes in financial or other <PRTPAGE P="168"/>conditions, that may affect the OCC's decision on the filing.</P>
          <P>(iii) Within the 60-day period, the OCC may inform the applicant that the acquisition has been disapproved, has not been disapproved, or that the OCC will extend the 60-day review period. The applicant may request a hearing by the OCC within 10 days of receipt of a disapproval (see 12 CFR part 19, subpart H, for hearing initiation procedures). Following final agency action under 12 CFR part 19, further review by the courts is available.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Disapproval of notice.</E> The OCC may disapprove a notice if it finds that any of the following factors exist:</P>
          <P>(i) The proposed acquisition of control would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or to attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any part of the United States;</P>
          <P>(ii) The effect of the proposed acquisition of control in any section of the country may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly or the proposed acquisition of control would in any other manner be in restraint of trade, and the anticompetitive effects of the proposed acquisition of control are not clearly outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served;</P>
          <P>(iii) The financial condition of any acquiring person is such as might jeopardize the financial stability of the bank or prejudice the interests of the depositors of the bank;</P>
          <P>(iv) The competence, experience, or integrity of any acquiring person, or of any of the proposed management personnel, indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors of the bank, or in the interest of the public, to permit that person to control the bank;</P>
          <P>(v) An acquiring person neglects, fails, or refuses to furnish the OCC all the information it requires; or</P>
          <P>(vi) The OCC determines that the proposed transaction would result in an adverse effect on the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Disapproval notification.</E> If the OCC disapproves a notice, it mails a written notification to the proposed acquiring person within three days after the decision containing a statement of the basis for disapproval.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Disclosure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Announcement.</E> The applicant shall publish an announcement in a newspaper of general circulation in the community where the affected national bank is located within ten days of filing. The OCC may authorize a delayed announcement if an immediate announcement would not be in the public interest.</P>

          <P>(i) In addition to the information required by § 5.8(b), the announcement must include the name of the national bank named in the notice and the comment period (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> 20 days from the date of the announcement). The announcement also must state that the public portion of the notice is available upon request.</P>
          <P>(ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph (g), if the OCC determines in writing that an emergency exists and that the announcement requirements of this paragraph (g) would seriously threaten the safety and soundness of the national bank to be acquired, including situations where the OCC must act immediately in order to prevent the probable failure of a national bank, the OCC may waive or shorten the publication requirement.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Release of information.</E> (i) Upon the request of any person, the OCC releases the information provided in the public portion of the notice and makes it available for public inspection and copying as soon as possible after a notice has been filed. In certain circumstances the OCC may determine that the release of the information would not be in the public interest. In addition, the OCC makes a public announcement of a technically complete notice, the disposition of the notice, and the consummation date of the transaction, if applicable, in the OCC's “Weekly Bulletin.”</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC handles requests for the non-public portion of the notice as requests under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, and other applicable law.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Reporting of stock loans—</E>(1) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> (i) Any foreign bank, or any <PRTPAGE P="169"/>affiliate thereof, shall file a consolidated report with the appropriate district office of the national bank if the foreign bank or any affiliate thereof, has credit outstanding to any person or group of persons that, in the aggregate, is secured, directly or indirectly, by 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the same national bank.</P>
          <P>(ii) The foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, shall also file a copy of the report with its appropriate district office if that office is different from the national bank's appropriate district office. If the foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, is not supervised by the OCC, it shall file a copy of the report filed with the OCC with its appropriate Federal banking agency.</P>
          <P>(iii) Any shares of the national bank held by the foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, as principal must be included in the calculation of the number of shares in which the foreign bank or any affiliate thereof has a security interest for purposes of paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this paragraph (h):</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Foreign bank and affiliate</E> have the same meanings as in section 1 of the International Banking Act of 1978, 12 U.S.C. 3101.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Credit outstanding</E> includes any loan or extension of credit; the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit, including an endorsement or standby letter of credit; and any other type of transaction that extends credit or financing to a person or group of persons.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Group of persons</E> includes any number of persons that a foreign bank, or an affiliate thereof, has reason to believe:</P>
          <P>(A) Are acting together, in concert, or with one another to acquire or control shares of the same insured national bank, including an acquisition of shares of the same national bank at approximately the same time under substantially the same terms; or</P>
          <P>(B) Have made, or propose to make, a joint filing under 15 U.S.C. 78m regarding ownership of the shares of the same depository institution.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> Compliance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section is not required if:</P>
          <P>(i) The person or group of persons referred to in paragraph (h)(1) of this section has disclosed the amount borrowed and the security interest therein to the appropriate district office in connection with a notice filed under this section or any other application filed with the appropriate district office as a substitute for a notice under this section, such as for a national bank charter; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The transaction involves a person or group of persons that has been the owner or owners of record of the stock for a period of one year or more or, if the transaction involves stock issued by a newly chartered bank, before the bank's opening.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Report requirements.</E> (i) The consolidated report must indicate the number and percentage of shares securing each applicable extension of credit, the identity of the borrower, and the number of shares held as principal by the foreign bank and any affiliate thereof.</P>
          <P>(ii) The foreign bank and all affiliates thereof shall file the consolidated report in writing within 30 days of the date on which the foreign bank or affiliate thereof first believes that the security for any outstanding credit consists of 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Other reporting requirements.</E> A foreign bank or any affiliate thereof, supervised by the OCC and required to report credit outstanding secured by the shares of a depository institution to another Federal banking agency also shall file a copy of the report with its appropriate district office.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.51</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in directors and senior executive officers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 1831i.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the circumstances when a national bank must notify the OCC of a change in its directors and senior executive officers, and the OCC's authority to disapprove those notices.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions—</E>(1) <E T="03">Director</E> means a person who serves on the board of directors of a national bank except:</P>

          <P>(i) A director of a foreign bank that operates a Federal branch; and<PRTPAGE P="170"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) An advisory director who does not have the authority to vote on matters before the board of directors and provides solely general policy advice to the board of directors.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">National bank,</E> as defined in § 5.3(j), includes a Federal branch for purposes of this section only.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Senior executive officer</E> means the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief lending officer, chief investment officer, and any other individual the OCC identifies to the national bank who exercises significant influence over, or participates in, major policy making decisions of the bank without regard to title, salary, or compensation. The term also includes employees of entities retained by a national bank to perform such functions in lieu of directly hiring the individuals, and, with respect to a Federal branch operated by a foreign bank, the individual functioning as the chief managing official of the Federal branch.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Technically complete notice</E> means a notice that provides all the information requested in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, including complete explanations where material issues arise regarding the competence, experience, character, or integrity of proposed directors or senior executive officers, and any additional information that the OCC may request following a determination that the original submission of the notice was not technically complete.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Technically complete notice date</E> means the date on which the OCC has received a technically complete notice.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Troubled condition</E> means a national bank that:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a composite rating of 4 or 5 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS);</P>
          <P>(ii) Is subject to a cease and desist order, a consent order, or a formal written agreement, unless otherwise informed in writing by the OCC; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Is informed in writing by the OCC that as a result of an examination it has been designated in “troubled condition” for purposes of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Prior notice.</E> A national bank shall provide written notice to the OCC at least 90 days before adding or replacing any member of its board of directors, employing any person as a senior executive officer of the national bank, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the person would assume a different executive officer position, if:</P>
          <P>(1) The national bank is not in compliance with minimum capital requirements applicable to such institution, as prescribed in 12 CFR part 3, or is otherwise in troubled condition; or</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC determines, in connection with the review by the agency of the plan required under section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 USC 1831o, or otherwise, that such prior notice is appropriate.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Procedures—</E>(1) <E T="03">Filing notice.</E> A national bank shall file a notice with its appropriate supervisory office. When a national bank files a notice, the individual to whom the filing pertains shall attest to the validity of the information pertaining to that individual. The 90-day review period begins on the technically complete notice date.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Content of notice.</E> A notice must contain the identity, personal history, business background, and experience of each person whose designation as a director or senior executive officer is subject to this section. The notice must include:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of his or her material business activities and affiliations during the five years preceding the date of the notice;</P>
          <P>(ii) A description of any material pending legal or administrative proceedings to which he or she is a party;</P>
          <P>(iii) Any criminal indictment or conviction by a state or Federal court; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Legible fingerprints of the person, except that fingerprints are not required for any person who, within the three years immediately preceding the date of the present notice, has been subject to a notice filed with the OCC pursuant to section 32 of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. 1831i, or this section and has previously submitted fingerprints.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Requests for additional information.</E> Following receipt of a technically complete notice, the OCC may request additional information, in writing where feasible, and may specify a time period during which the information must be provided.<PRTPAGE P="171"/>
          </P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Notice of disapproval.</E> The OCC may disapprove an individual proposed as a member of the board of directors or as a senior executive officer if the OCC determines on the basis of the individual's competence, experience, character, or integrity that it would not be in the best interests of the depositors of the national bank or the public to permit the individual to be employed by, or associated with, the national bank. The OCC sends a notice of disapproval to both the national bank and the disapproved individual stating the basis for disapproval.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Notice of intent not to disapprove.</E> An individual proposed as a member of the board of directors or as a senior executive officer may begin service before the expiration of the review period if the OCC notifies the national bank that the OCC does not disapprove the proposed director or senior executive officer.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Waiver of prior notice.</E> (i) A national bank may send a letter to the appropriate supervisory office requesting a waiver of the prior notice requirement. The OCC may waive the prior notice requirement but not the filing required under this section. The OCC may grant a waiver if it finds that delay could harm the national bank or the public interest, or that other extraordinary circumstances justify waiving the prior notice requirement. The length of any waiver depends on the circumstances in each case. If the OCC grants a waiver, the national bank shall file the required notice within the time period specified in the waiver, and the proposed individual may assume the position on an interim basis until the individual and the national bank receive a notice of disapproval or, if an appeal has been filed, until a notice of disapproval has been upheld on appeal as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If the required notice is not filed within the time period specified in the waiver, the proposed individual shall resign his or her position. Thereafter, the individual may assume the position on a permanent basis only after the national bank receives a notice of intent not to disapprove, after the review period elapses, or after a notice of disapproval has been overturned on appeal as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. A waiver does not affect the OCC's authority to issue a notice of disapproval within 30 days of the expiration of such waiver.</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of the election at a meeting of the shareholders of a new director not proposed by management, a waiver is granted automatically and the elected individual may begin service as a director. However, under these circumstances, the national bank shall file the required notice with the appropriate supervisory office as soon as practical, but not later than seven days from the date the individual is notified of the election. The individual's continued service is subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Commencement of service.</E> An individual proposed as a member of the board of directors or as a senior executive officer may assume the office following the end of the review period, which begins on the technically complete notice date, unless:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC issues a notice of disapproval during the review period; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The national bank does not provide additional information within the time period required by the OCC pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section and the OCC deems the notice to be abandoned pursuant to § 5.13(c).</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13 (a) through (f) do not apply to a notice for a change in directors and senior executive officers.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Appeal—</E>(1) If the national bank, the proposed individual, or both, disagree with a disapproval, they may seek review by appealing the disapproval to the Comptroller, or an authorized delegate, within 15 days of the receipt of the notice of disapproval. The national bank or the individual may appeal on the grounds that the reasons for disapproval are contrary to fact or insufficient to justify disapproval. The appellant shall submit all documents and written arguments that the appellant wishes to be considered in support of the appeal.</P>

          <P>(2) The Comptroller, or an authorized delegate, may designate an appellate official who was not previously involved in the decision leading to the appeal at issue. The Comptroller, an <PRTPAGE P="172"/>authorized delegate, or the appellate official considers all information submitted with the original notice, the material before the OCC official who made the initial decision, and any information submitted by the appellant at the time of the appeal.</P>
          <P>(3) The Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official shall independently determine whether the reasons given for the disapproval are contrary to fact or insufficient to justify the disapproval. If either is determined to be the case, the Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official may reverse the disapproval.</P>
          <P>(4) Upon completion of the review, the Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official shall notify the appellant in writing of the decision. If the original decision is reversed, the individual may assume the position in the bank for which he or she was proposed.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.52</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change of address.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a, 161, and 481.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the obligation of a national bank to notify the OCC of any change in its address. However, no notice is required if the change in address results from a transaction approved under this part.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> Any national bank with a change in the address of its main office or in its post office box shall send a written notice to the appropriate district office.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13 do not apply to changes in a national bank's address.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.53</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in asset composition.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a, 1818.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section requires a national bank to obtain the approval of the OCC before changing the composition of all, or substantially all, of its assets through sales or other dispositions, or, having sold or disposed of all, or substantially all, of its assets, through subsequent purchases or other acquisitions or other expansions of its operations. This section does not apply to a change in composition of all, or substantially all, of a bank's assets that the bank undertakes in response to direction from the OCC (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, in an enforcement action pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818) or as part of a voluntary liquidation pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 181 and 182 and 12 CFR 5.48, if the liquidating bank has stipulated in its notice of liquidation to the OCC that its liquidation will be completed, the bank dissolved and its charter returned to the OCC within one year of the date it filed this notice, unless the OCC extends the time period. This section does not apply to changes in asset composition that occur as a result of a bank's ordinary and ongoing business of originating and securitizing loans.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Approval requirement.</E> (1) A national bank must file an application and obtain the prior written approval of the OCC before changing the composition of all, or substantially all, of its assets (i) through sales or other dispositions, or, (ii) having sold or disposed of all or substantially all of its assets, through subsequent purchases or other acquisitions or other expansions of its operations.</P>
          <P>(2) In determining whether to approve an application under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the OCC will consider the purpose of the transaction, its impact on the safety and soundness of the bank, and any effect on the bank's customers. The OCC may deny the application if the transaction would have a negative effect in any of these respects. The OCC's review of any change in asset composition through purchase or other acquisition or other expansions of its operations under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section will include, in addition to the foregoing factors, the factors governing the organization of a bank under § 5.20.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Exceptions to Rules of General Applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply with respect to applications filed pursuant to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant or novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that some or all of the provisions of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <CITA>[69 FR 50297, Aug. 16, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <PRTPAGE P="173"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Payment of Dividends</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.60</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, scope, and exceptions to rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 56, 60, and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> Except as otherwise provided, the restrictions in this subpart apply to the declaration and payment of all dividends by a national bank, including dividends paid in property. However, the provisions contained in § 5.64 do not apply to dividends paid in stock of the bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Exceptions to the rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For the purposes of subpart E, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital stock, capital surplus,</E> and <E T="03">permanent capital</E> have the same meaning as set forth in § 5.46.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Retained net income</E> means the net income of a specified period less the total amount of all dividends declared in that period.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Date of declaration of dividend.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall use the date a dividend is declared for the purposes of determining compliance with this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital limitation under 12 U.S.C. 56.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General limitation.</E> Except as provided by 12 U.S.C. 59 and § 5.46, a national bank may not withdraw, or permit to be withdrawn, either in the form of a dividend or otherwise, any portion of its permanent capital. Further, a national bank may not declare a dividend in excess of undivided profits.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Preferred stock.</E> The provisions of 12 U.S.C. 56 do not apply to dividends on preferred stock. However, if the undivided profits of the national bank are not sufficient to cover a proposed dividend on preferred stock, the proposed dividend constitutes a reduction in capital subject to 12 U.S.C. 59 and § 5.46.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Earnings limitation under 12 U.S.C. 60.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Transfers to capital surplus.</E> Subject to the restrictions in 12 U.S.C. 56 and this subpart, the directors of a national bank may declare and pay dividends as frequently and of such amount of undivided profits as they judge prudent. However, a national bank may not declare a dividend unless capital surplus equals or exceeds the capital stock of the bank, except:</P>
          <P>(1) In the case of an annual dividend, the bank may declare a dividend if the bank transfers 10 percent of its net income for the preceding four quarters to capital surplus; or</P>
          <P>(2) In the case of a quarterly or semiannual dividend, or any other special dividend, the bank may declare a dividend if the bank transfers 10 percent of its net income for the preceding two quarters to capital surplus.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Earnings limitation.</E> For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 60, a national bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends (common and preferred), including the proposed dividend, declared by the national bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the national bank's retained net income of that year to date, combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years, unless the dividend is approved by the OCC. A national bank shall submit a request for OCC approval of a dividend under 12 U.S.C. 60 to the appropriate supervisory office.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Surplus surplus.</E> Any amount in capital surplus in excess of capital stock required by 12 U.S.C. 60(a) (referred to as “surplus surplus”) may be transferred to undivided profits and available as dividends, provided:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank can demonstrate that the surplus came from earnings of prior periods, excluding the effect of any stock dividend; and</P>
          <P>(2) The board of directors of the bank approves the transfer of the surplus surplus from capital surplus to undivided profits.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on undercapitalized institutions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Notwithstanding any other provision in this subpart, a national bank may not declare or pay any dividend if, after making the dividend, the national bank would be “undercapitalized” as defined in 12 CFR part 6.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="174"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Dividends payable in property other than cash.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In addition to cash dividends, directors of a national bank may declare dividends payable in property, with the approval of the OCC. Even though the property distributed has been previously charged down or written off entirely, the dividend is equivalent to a cash dividend in an amount equal to the actual current value of the property. Before the dividend is declared, the bank should show the excess of the actual value over book value on the books of the national bank as a recovery, and the dividend should then be declared in the amount of the full book value (equivalent to the actual current value) of the property being distributed.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.67</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fractional shares.</SUBJECT>
          <P>To avoid complicated recordkeeping in connection with fractional shares, a national bank issuing additional stock by stock dividend, upon consolidation or merger, or otherwise, may adopt arrangements such as the following to preclude the issuance of fractional shares. The bank may:</P>
          <P>(a) Issue scripts or warrants for trading;</P>
          <P>(b) Make reasonable arrangements to provide those to whom fractional shares would otherwise be issued an opportunity to realize at a fair price upon the fraction not being issued through its sale, or the purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share, if there is an established and active market in the national bank's stock;</P>
          <P>(c) Remit the cash equivalent of the fraction not being issued to those to whom fractional shares would otherwise be issued. The cash equivalent is based on the market value of the stock, if there is an established and active market in the national bank's stock. In the absence of such a market, the cash equivalent is based on a reliable and disinterested determination as to the fair market value of the stock if such stock is available; or</P>

          <P>(d) Sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction, or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers. The national bank shall distribute the proceeds of the sale <E T="03">pro rata</E> to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Federal Branches and Agencies</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.70</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Federal branches and agencies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This subpart describes the filing requirements for corporate activities and transactions involving Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks. Substantive rules and policies for specific applications are contained in 12 CFR part 28.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this subpart:</P>
          <P>(1) To <E T="03">establish</E> a Federal branch or agency means to:</P>
          <P>(i) Open and conduct business through an initial or additional Federal branch or agency;</P>
          <P>(ii) Acquire directly, through merger, consolidation, or similar transaction with another foreign bank, the operations of a Federal branch or agency that is open and conducting business;</P>
          <P>(iii) Acquire a Federal branch or agency through the acquisition of a foreign bank subsidiary that will cease to operate in the same corporate form following the acquisition;</P>
          <P>(iv) Convert a state branch or state agency operated by a foreign bank, or a commercial lending company controlled by a foreign bank, into a Federal branch or agency;</P>
          <P>(v) Relocate a Federal branch or agency within a state or from one state to another; or</P>
          <P>(vi) Convert a Federal agency or a limited Federal branch into a Federal branch.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Federal branch</E> includes a limited Federal branch unless otherwise provided.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Filing requirements—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Unless otherwise provided in 12 CFR part 28, a Federal branch or agency shall comply with the applicable requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Applications.</E> A foreign bank shall submit an application and obtain prior approval from the OCC before it:</P>
          <P>(i) Establishes a Federal branch or agency; or<PRTPAGE P="175"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) Exercises fiduciary powers at a Federal branch. A foreign bank may submit an application to exercise fiduciary powers at the time of filing an application for a Federal branch license or at any subsequent date.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 68 FR 70698, Dec. 19, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 6</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 6—PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Capital Categories</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>6.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, scope, and other supervisory authority.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of capital category.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital measures and capital category definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital restoration plans.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions under section 38.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Directives To Take Prompt Corrective Action</HD>
          <SECTNO>6.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.22</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision and issuance of a prompt corrective action directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Request for modification or rescission of directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Enforcement of directive.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 1831o.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>57 FR 44891, Sept. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Capital Categories</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, scope, and other supervisory authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> This part is issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) pursuant to section 38 (section 38) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDI Act) as added by section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (Pub. L. 102-242, 105 Stat. 2236 (1991)) (12 U.S.C. 1831o).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> Section 38 of the FDI Act establishes a framework of supervisory actions for insured depository institutions that are not adequately capitalized. The principal purpose of this subpart is to define, for insured national banks, the capital measures and capital levels, and for insured federal branches, comparable asset-based measures and levels, that are used for determining the supervisory actions authorized under section 38 of the FDI Act. This part 6 also establishes procedures for submission and review of capital restoration plans and for issuance and review of directives and orders pursuant to section 38.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This subpart implements the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act as they apply to insured national banks and insured federal branches. Certain of these provisions also apply to officers, directors and employees of these insured institutions. Other provisions apply to any company that controls an insured national bank or insured federal branch and to the affiliates of an insured national bank or insured federal branch.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other supervisory authority.</E> Neither section 38 nor this part in any way limits the authority of the OCC under any other provision of law to take supervisory actions to address unsafe or unsound practices, deficient capital levels, violations of law, unsafe or unsound conditions, or other practices. Action under section 38 of the FDI Act and this part may be taken independently of, in conjunction with, or in addition to any other enforcement action available to the OCC, including issuance of cease and desist orders, capital directives, approval or denial of applications or notices, assessment of civil money penalties, or any other actions authorized by law.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Disclosure of capital categories.</E> The assignment of an insured national bank or insured federal branch under this subpart within a particular capital category is for purposes of implementing and applying the provisions of section 38. Unless permitted by the OCC or otherwise required by law, no bank may state in any advertisement or promotional material its capital category under this subpart or that the OCC or any other federal banking agency has assigned the bank to a particular capital category.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>

          <P>For purposes of section 38 and this part, the definitions related to capital in part 3 of this chapter shall apply. In addition, except as modified in this <PRTPAGE P="176"/>section or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used in this subpart have the same meanings as set forth in section 38 and section 3 of the FDI Act.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank</E> means all insured national banks and all insured federal branches, except where otherwise provided in this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b)(1) <E T="03">Control</E> has the same meaning assigned to it in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841), and the term controlled shall be construed consistently with the term control.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exclusion for fiduciary ownership.</E> No insured depository institution or company controls another insured depository institution or company by virtue of its ownership or control of shares in a fiduciary capacity. Shares shall not be deemed to have been acquired in a fiduciary capacity if the acquiring insured depository institution or company has sole discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect thereto.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exclusion for debts previously contracted.</E> No insured depository institution or company controls another insured depository institution or company by virtue of its ownership or control of shares acquired in securing or collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, until two years after the date of acquisition. The two-year period may be extended at the discretion of the appropriate federal banking agency for up to three one-year periods.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Controlling person</E> means any person having control of an insured depository institution and any company controlled by that person.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Leverage ratio</E> means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Management fee</E> means any payment of money or provision of any other thing of value to a company or individual for the provision of management services or advice to the bank or related overhead expenses, including payments related to supervisory, executive, managerial, or policymaking functions, other than compensation to an individual in the individual's capacity as an officer or employee of the bank.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Risk-weighted assets</E> means total risk weighted assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Tangible equity</E> means the amount of Tier 1 capital elements in the OCC's Risk-Based Capital Guidelines (appendix A to part 3 of this chapter) plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus) minus all intangible assets except mortgage servicing assets to the extent permitted in Tier 1 capital under section 2(c)(2) in appendix A to part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> means the amount of Tier 1 capital as defined in the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio</E> means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Total assets</E> means quarterly average total assets as reported in a bank's Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report), minus intangible assets as provided in the definition of tangible equity. The OCC reserves the right to require a bank to compute and maintain its capital ratios on the basis of actual, rather than average, total assets when computing tangible equity.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Total risk-based capital ratio</E> means the ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <CITA>[57 FR 44891, Sept. 29, 1992, as amended at 60 FR 39229, Aug. 1, 1995; 63 FR 42674, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of capital category.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Effective date of determination of capital category.</E> A bank shall be deemed to be within a given capital category for purposes of section 38 of the FDI Act and this part as of the date the bank is notified of, or is deemed to have notice of, its capital category pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice of capital category.</E> A bank shall be deemed to have been notified of its capital levels and its capital category as of the most recent date:<PRTPAGE P="177"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) A Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report) is required to be filed with the OCC;</P>
          <P>(2) A final report of examination is delivered to the bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) Written notice is provided by the OCC to the bank of its capital category for purposes of section 38 of the FDI Act and this part or that the bank's capital category has changed as provided in paragraph (c) of this section or § 6.1 of this subpart and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Adjustments to reported capital levels and capital category—</E>(1) <E T="03">Notice of adjustment by bank.</E> A bank shall provide the OCC with written notice that an adjustment to the bank's capital category may have occurred no later than 15 calendar days following the date that any material event has occurred that would cause the bank to be placed in a lower capital category from the category assigned to the bank for purposes of section 38 and this part on the basis of the bank's most recent Call Report or report of examination.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Determination to change capital category.</E> After receiving notice pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the OCC shall determine whether to change the capital category of the bank and shall notify the bank of the OCC's determination.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital measures and capital category definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital measures.</E> For purposes of section 38 and this part, the relevant capital measures shall be:</P>
          <P>(1) The total risk-based capital ratio;</P>
          <P>(2) The Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio;</P>
          <P>(3) The leverage ratio.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Capital categories.</E> For purposes of the provisions of section 38 and this part, a bank shall be deemed to be:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> if the bank:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Has a leverage ratio of 5.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Is not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the OCC pursuant to section 8 of the FDI Act, the International Lending Supervision Act of 1983 (12 U.S.C. 3907), or section 38 of the FDI Act, or any regulation thereunder, to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Adequately capitalized</E> if the bank:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Has:</P>
          <P>(A) A leverage ratio of 4.0 percent or greater; or</P>
          <P>(B) A leverage ratio of 3.0 percent or greater if the bank is rated 1 in the most recent examination of the bank; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Does not meet the definition of a well capitalized bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Undercapitalized</E> if the bank:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(iii) (A) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) (B) of this section, has a leverage ratio that is less than 4.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(B) If the bank is rated 1 in the most recent examination of the bank, has a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0 percent.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Significantly undercapitalized</E> if the bank has:</P>
          <P>(i) A total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(iii) A leverage ratio that is less than 3.0 percent.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Critically undercapitalized</E> if the bank has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Capital categories for insured federal branches.</E> For purposes of the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act and this part, an insured federal branch shall be deemed to be:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> if the insured federal branch:</P>
          <P>(i) Maintains the pledge of assets required under 12 CFR 347.210; and</P>

          <P>(ii) Maintains the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 347.211 at 108 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured branch's third-party liabilities; and<PRTPAGE P="178"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iii) Has not received written notification from:</P>
          <P>(A) The OCC to increase its capital equivalency deposit pursuant to § 28.6(a) of this chapter, or to comply with asset maintenance requirements pursuant to § 28.9 of this chapter; or</P>
          <P>(B) The FDIC to pledge additional assets pursuant to 12 CFR 346.19 or to maintain a higher ratio of eligible assets pursuant to 12 CFR 346.20.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Adequately Capitalized</E> if the insured federal branch:</P>
          <P>(i) Maintains the pledge of assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.19; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Maintains the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 106 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured branch's third-party liabilities; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Does not meet the definition of a well capitalized insured federal branch.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Undercapitalized</E> if the insured federal branch:</P>
          <P>(i) Fails to maintain the pledge of assets required under 12 CFR 346.19; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Fails to maintain the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 106 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured branch's third-party liabilities.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Significantly undercapitalized</E> if it fails to maintain the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 104 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured federal branch's third-party liabilities.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Critically undercapitalized</E> if it fails to maintain the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 102 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured federal branch's third-party liabilities.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Reclassification based on supervisory criteria other than capital.</E> The OCC may reclassify a well capitalized bank as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized or an undercapitalized bank to comply with certain mandatory or discretionary supervisory actions as if the bank were in the next lower capital category (except that the OCC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized bank as critically undercapitalized) (each of these actions are hereinafter referred to generally as reclassifications) in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Unsafe or unsound condition.</E> The OCC has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing pursuant to subpart M of part 19 of this chapter, that the bank is in unsafe or unsound condition; or</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Unsafe or unsound practice.</E> The OCC has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing pursuant to subpart M of part 19 of this chapter, that in the most recent examination of the bank, the bank received, and has not corrected a less-than-satisfactory rating for any of the categories of asset quality, management, earnings, or liquidity.</P>
          <CITA>[57 FR 44891, Sept. 29, 1992, as amended at 68 FR 70131, Dec. 17, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital restoration plans.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Schedule for filing plan</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> A bank shall file a written capital restoration plan with the OCC within 45 days of the date that the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that the bank is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, unless the OCC notifies the bank in writing that the plan is to be filed within a different period. An adequately capitalized bank that has been required pursuant to § 6.4 and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter to comply with supervisory actions as if the bank were undercapitalized is not required to submit a capital restoration plan solely by virtue of the reclassification.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Additional capital restoration plans.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a bank that has already submitted and is operating under a capital restoration plan approved under section 38 and this subpart is not required to submit an additional capital restoration plan based on a revised calculation of its capital measures or a reclassification of the institution under § 6.4 and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter unless the OCC notifies the bank that it must submit a new or revised capital plan. A bank that is notified that it must submit a new or revised capital restoration plan shall file the plan in writing with the OCC within 45 days of receiving such notice, unless the OCC notifies the bank in writing that the plan must be filed within a different period.<PRTPAGE P="179"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of plan.</E> All financial data submitted in connection with a capital restoration plan shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions provided on the Call Report, unless the OCC instructs otherwise. The capital restoration plan shall include all of the information required to be filed under section 38(e)(2) of the FDI Act. A bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan as the result of a reclassification of the bank, pursuant to § 6.4 and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter, shall include a description of the steps the bank will take to correct the unsafe or unsound condition or practice. No plan shall be accepted unless it includes any performance guarantee described in section 38(e)(2)(C) of that Act by each company that controls the bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Review of capital restoration plans.</E> Within 60 days after receiving a capital restoration plan under this subpart, the OCC shall provide written notice to the bank of whether the plan has been approved. The OCC may extend the time within which notice regarding approval of a plan shall be provided.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Disapproval of capital restoration plan.</E> If a capital restoration plan is not approved by the OCC, the bank shall submit a revised capital restoration plan within the time specified by the OCC. Upon receiving notice that its capital restoration plan has not been approved, any undercapitalized bank (as defined in § 6.4) shall be subject to all of the provisions of section 38 and this part applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions. These provisions shall be applicable until such time as a new or revised capital restoration plan submitted by the bank has been approved by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Failure to submit a capital restoration plan.</E> A bank that is undercapitalized (as defined in § 6.4) and that fails to submit a written capital restoration plan within the period provided in this section shall, upon the expiration of that period, be subject to all of the provisions of section 38 and this part applicable to significantly undercapitalized banks.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Failure to implement a capital restoration plan.</E> Any undercapitalized bank that fails, in any material respect, to implement a capital restoration plan shall be subject to all of the provisions of section 38 and this part applicable to significantly undercapitalized banks.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Amendment of capital restoration plan.</E> A bank that has submitted an approved capital restoration plan may, after prior written notice to and approval by the OCC, amend the plan to reflect a change in circumstance. Until such time as a proposed amendment has been approved, the bank shall implement the capital restoration plan as approved prior to the proposed amendment.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Notice to FDIC.</E> Within 45 days of the effective date of OCC approval of a capital restoration plan, or any amendment to a capital restoration plan, the OCC shall provide a copy of the plan or amendment to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Performance guarantee by companies that control a bank</E>—(1) <E T="03">Limitation on liability</E>—(i) <E T="03">Amount limitation.</E> The aggregate liability under the guarantee provided under section 38 and this subpart for all companies that control a specific bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan under this subpart shall be limited to the lesser of:</P>
          <P>(A) An amount equal to 5.0 percent of the bank's total assets at the time the bank was notified or deemed to have notice that the bank was undercapitalized; or</P>
          <P>(B) The amount necessary to restore the relevant capital measures of the bank to the levels required for the bank to be classified as adequately capitalized, as those capital measures and levels are defined at the time that the bank initially fails to comply with a capital restoration plan under this subpart.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Limit on duration.</E> The guarantee and limit of liability under section 38 and this subpart shall expire after the OCC notifies the bank that it has remained adequately capitalized for each of four consecutive calendar quarters. The expiration or fulfillment by a company of a guarantee of a capital restoration plan shall not limit the liability of the company under any guarantee required or provided in connection with any capital restoration plan <PRTPAGE P="180"/>filed by the same bank after expiration of the first guarantee.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Collection on guarantee.</E> Each company that controls a given bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the guarantee for such bank as required under section 38 and this subpart, and the OCC may require payment of the full amount of that guarantee from any or all of the companies issuing the guarantee.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Failure to provide guarantee.</E> In the event that a bank that is controlled by any company submits a capital restoration plan that does not contain the guarantee required under section 38(e)(2) of the FDI Act, the bank shall, upon submission of the plan, be subject to the provisions of section 38 and this part that are applicable to banks that have not submitted an acceptable capital restoration plan.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Failure to perform guarantee.</E> Failure by any company that controls a bank to perform fully its guarantee of any capital plan shall constitute a material failure to implement the plan for purposes of section 38(f) of the FDI Act. Upon such failure, the bank shall be subject to the provisions of section 38 and this part that are applicable to banks that have failed in a material respect to implement a capital restoration plan.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Enforcement of capital restoration plan.</E> The failure of a bank to implement, in any material respect, a capital restoration plan required under section 38 and this section shall subject the bank to the assessment of civil money penalties pursuant to section 8(i)(2)(A) of the FDI Act.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions under section 38.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Mandatory supervisory actions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Provisions applicable to all banks.</E> All banks are subject to the restrictions contained in section 38(d) of the FDI Act on payment of capital distributions and management fees.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Provisions applicable to undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized banks.</E> Immediately upon receiving notice or being deemed to have notice, as provided in § 6.3, that the bank is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, the bank shall become subject to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act—</P>
          <P>(i) Restricting payment of capital distributions and management fees (section 38(d));</P>
          <P>(ii) Requiring that the OCC monitor the condition of the bank (section 38(e)(1));</P>
          <P>(iii) Requiring submission of a capital restoration plan within the schedule established in this subpart (section 38(e)(2));</P>
          <P>(iv) Restricting the growth of the bank's assets (section 38(e)(3)); and</P>
          <P>(v) Requiring prior approval of certain expansion proposals (section 38(e)(4)).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Additional provisions applicable to significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized banks.</E> In addition to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, immediately upon receiving notice or being deemed to have notice, as provided in this subpart, that the bank is significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized or that the bank is subject to the provisions applicable to institutions that are significantly undercapitalized because it has failed to submit or implement, in any material respect, an acceptable capital restoration plan, the bank shall become subject to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act that restrict compensation paid to senior executive officers of the institution (section 38(f)(4)).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Additional provisions applicable to critically undercapitalized banks.</E> In addition to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act described in paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section, immediately upon receiving notice or being deemed to have notice, as provided in § 6.3, that the bank is critically undercapitalized, the bank shall become subject to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act—</P>
          <P>(i) Restricting the activities of the bank (section 38(h)(1)); and</P>
          <P>(ii) Restricting payments on subordinated debt of the bank (section 38(h)(2)).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Discretionary supervisory actions.</E> In taking any action under section 38 that is within the OCC's discretion to take in connection with a bank that is <PRTPAGE P="181"/>deemed to be undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, or has been reclassified as undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized; an officer or director of such bank; or a company that controls such bank, the OCC shall follow the procedures for issuing directives under subpart B of this part and subpart N of part 19 of this chapter, unless otherwise provided in section 38 or this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Directives To Take Prompt Corrective Action</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The rules and procedures set forth in this subpart apply to insured national banks, insured federal branches and senior executive officers and directors of banks that are subject to the provisions of section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (section 38) and subpart A of this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice of intent to issue a directive</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> The OCC shall provide an undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized bank prior written notice of the OCC's intention to issue a directive requiring such bank or company to take actions or to follow proscriptions described in section 38 that are within the OCC's discretion to require or impose under section 38 of the FDI Act, including section 38 (e)(5), (f)(2), (f)(3), or (f)(5). The bank shall have such time to respond to a proposed directive as provided under § 6.22.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Immediate issuance of final directive.</E> If the OCC finds it necessary in order to carry out the purposes of section 38 of the FDI Act, the OCC may, without providing the notice prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, issue a directive requiring a bank immediately to take actions or to follow proscriptions described in section 38 that are within the OCC's discretion to require or impose under section 38 of the FDI Act, including section 38 (e)(5), (f)(2), (f)(3), or (f)(5). A bank that is subject to such an immediately effective directive may submit a written appeal of the directive to the OCC. Such an appeal must be received by the OCC within 14 calendar days of the issuance of the directive, unless the OCC permits a longer period. The OCC shall consider any such appeal, if filed in a timely matter, within 60 days of receiving the appeal. During such period of review, the directive shall remain in effect unless the OCC, in its sole discretion, stays the effectiveness of the directive.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of notice.</E> A notice of intention to issue a directive shall include:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement of the bank's capital measures and capital levels;</P>
          <P>(2) A description of the restrictions, prohibitions or affirmative actions that the OCC proposes to impose or require;</P>
          <P>(3) The proposed date when such restrictions or prohibitions would be effective or the proposed date for completion of such affirmative actions; and</P>
          <P>(4) The date by which the bank subject to the directive may file with the OCC a written response to the notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.22</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Time for response.</E> A bank may file a written response to a notice of intent to issue a directive within the time period set by the OCC. The date shall be at least 14 calendar days from the date of the notice unless the OCC determines that a shorter period is appropriate in light of the financial condition of the bank or other relevant circumstances.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Content of response.</E> The response should include:</P>
          <P>(1) An explanation why the action proposed by the OCC is not an appropriate exercise of discretion under section 38;</P>
          <P>(2) Any recommended modification of the proposed directive; and</P>
          <P>(3) Any other relevant information, mitigating circumstances, documentation, or other evidence in support of the position of the bank regarding the proposed directive.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Failure to file response.</E> Failure by a bank to file with the OCC, within the specified time period, a written response to a proposed directive shall constitute a waiver of the opportunity to respond and shall constitute consent to the issuance of the directive.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="182"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision and issuance of a prompt corrective action directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">OCC consideration of response.</E> After considering the response, the OCC may:</P>
          <P>(1) Issue the directive as proposed or in modified form;</P>
          <P>(2) Determine not to issue the directive and so notify the bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) Seek additional information or clarification of the response from the bank, or any other relevant source.</P>
          <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Request for modification or rescission of directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Any bank that is subject to a directive under this subpart may, upon a change in circumstances, request in writing that the OCC reconsider the terms of the directive, and may propose that the directive be rescinded or modified. Unless otherwise ordered by the OCC, the directive shall continue in place while such request is pending before the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Enforcement of directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Judicial remedies.</E> Whenever a bank fails to comply with a directive issued under section 38, the OCC may seek enforcement of the directive in the appropriate United States district court pursuant to section 8(i)(1) of the FDI Act.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Administrative remedies.</E> Pursuant to section 8(i)(2)(A) of the FDI Act, the OCC may assess a civil money penalty against any bank that violates or otherwise fails to comply with any final directive issued under section 38 and against any institution-affiliated party who participates in such violation or noncompliance.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Other enforcement action.</E> In addition to the actions described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the OCC may seek enforcement of the provisions of section 38 or this part through any other judicial or administrative proceeding authorized by law.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 7</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 7—BANK ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Bank Powers</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>7.1000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank ownership of property.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as general insurance agent.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as finder.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Money lent at banking offices or at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans originating at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Credit decisions at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loan agreement providing for a share in profits, income, or earnings or for stock warrants.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acceptances.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preparing income tax returns for customers or public.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank holding collateral stock as nominee.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Postal service by national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as payroll issuer.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Messenger service.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of money orders at nonbanking outlets.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Receipt of stock from a small business investment company.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Independent undertakings to pay against documents.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank as guarantor or surety on indemnity bond.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Automatic payment plan account.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purchase of open accounts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank participation in financial literacy programs.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Corporate Practices</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.2000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate governance procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of shareholders' meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Director or attorney as proxy.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Annual meeting for election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Honorary directors or advisory boards.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Ownership of stock necessary to qualify as director.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cumulative voting in election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filling vacancies and increasing board of directors other than by shareholder action.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oath of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Quorum of the board of directors; proxies not permissible.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Directors' responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Compensation plans.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>President as director; chief executive officer.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2013</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fidelity bonds covering officers and employees.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Indemnification of institution-affiliated parties.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cashier.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restricting transfer of stock and record dates.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Facsimile signatures on bank stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Lost stock certificates.<PRTPAGE P="183"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2019</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans secured by a bank's own shares.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acquisition and holding of shares as treasury stock.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preemptive rights.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2022</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voting trusts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2023</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reverse stock splits.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2024</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Staggered terms for national bank directors and size of bank board.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Bank Operations</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.3000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank hours and closings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.3001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sharing space and employees.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Preemption</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.4000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Visitorial powers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Charging interest at rates permitted competing institutions; charging interest to corporate borrowers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank charges.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a remote service unit by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a deposit production office by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Combination of loan production office, deposit production office, and remote service unit.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of State law to national bank operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposit-taking.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Lending.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of state law to national bank operations.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Electronic Activities</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.5000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Electronic activities that are part of, or incidental to, the business of banking.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Furnishing of products and services by electronic means and facilities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Composite authority to engage in electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of excess electronic capacity and by-products.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as digital certification authority.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Data processing.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Correspondent services.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location of national bank conducting electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location under 12 U.S.C. 85 of national banks operating exclusively through the Internet.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Shared electronic space.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 71, 71a, 92, 92a, 93, 93a, 481, 484, and 1818.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Bank Powers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank ownership of property.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Investment in real estate necessary for the transaction of business</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Under 12 U.S.C. 29(First), a national bank may invest in real estate that is necessary for the transaction of its business.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Type of real estate.</E> For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 29(First), this real estate includes:</P>
          <P>(i) Premises that are owned and occupied (or to be occupied, if under construction) by the bank, its branches, or its consolidated subsidiaries;</P>
          <P>(ii) Real estate acquired and intended, in good faith, for use in future expansion;</P>
          <P>(iii) Parking facilities that are used by customers or employees of the bank, its branches, and its consolidated subsidiaries;</P>
          <P>(iv) Residential property for the use of bank officers or employees who are:</P>
          <P>(A) Located in remote areas where suitable housing at a reasonable price is not readily available; or</P>
          <P>(B) Temporarily assigned to a foreign country, including foreign nationals temporarily assigned to the United States; and</P>
          <P>(v) Property for the use of bank officers, employees, or customers, or for the temporary lodging of such persons in areas where suitable commercial lodging is not readily available, provided that the purchase and operation of the property qualifies as a deductible business expense for Federal tax purposes.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Permissible means of holding.</E> A national bank may acquire and hold real estate under this paragraph (a) by any reasonable and prudent means, including ownership in fee, a leasehold estate, or in an interest in a cooperative. The bank may hold this real estate directly or through one or more subsidiaries. The bank may organize a bank premises subsidiary as a corporation, partnership, or similar entity (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a limited liability company).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Fixed assets.</E> A national bank may own fixed assets necessary for the transaction of its business, such as fixtures, furniture, and data processing equipment.<PRTPAGE P="184"/>
          </P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Investment in bank premises—</E>(1) <E T="03">Investment limitation; approval.</E> 12 U.S.C. 371d governs when OCC approval is required for national bank investment in bank premises. A bank may seek approval from the OCC in accordance with the procedures set forth in 12 CFR 5.37.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Option to purchase.</E> An unexercised option to purchase bank premises or stock in a corporation holding bank premises is not an investment in bank premises. A national bank must receive OCC approval to exercise the option if the price of the option and the bank's other investments in bank premises exceed the amount of the bank's capital stock.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other real property</E>—(1) <E T="03">Lease financing of public facilities.</E> A national bank may purchase or construct a municipal building, school building, or other similar public facility and, as holder of legal title, lease the facility to a municipality or other public authority having resources sufficient to make all rental payments as they become due. The lease agreement must provide that the lessee will become the owner of the building or facility upon the expiration of the lease.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Purchase of employee's residence.</E> To facilitate the efficient use of bank personnel, a national bank may purchase the residence of an employee who has been transferred to another area in order to spare the employee a loss in the prevailing real estate market. The bank must arrange for early divestment of title to such property.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 60387, Nov. 27, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as general insurance agent.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 92, a national bank may act as an agent for any fire, life, or other insurance company in any place the population of which does not exceed 5,000 inhabitants. This provision is applicable to any office of a national bank when the office is located in a community having a population of less than 5,000, even though the principal office of such bank is located in a community whose population exceeds 5,000.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as finder.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> It is part of the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) for a national bank to act as a finder, bringing together interested parties to a transaction.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Permissible finder activities.</E> A national bank that acts as a finder may identify potential parties, make inquiries as to interest, introduce or arrange contacts or meetings of interested parties, act as an intermediary between interested parties, and otherwise bring parties together for a transaction that the parties themselves negotiate and consummate. The following list provides examples of permissible finder activities. This list is illustrative and not exclusive; the OCC may determine that other activities are permissible pursuant to a national bank's authority to act as a finder.</P>
          <P>(1) Communicating information about providers of products and services, and proposed offering prices and terms to potential markets for these products and services;</P>
          <P>(2) Communicating to the seller an offer to purchase or a request for information, including forwarding completed applications, application fees, and requests for information to third-party providers;</P>
          <P>(3) Arranging for third-party providers to offer reduced rates to those customers referred by the bank;</P>
          <P>(4) Providing administrative, clerical, and record keeping functions related to the bank's finder activity, including retaining copies of documents, instructing and assisting individuals in the completion of documents, scheduling sales calls on behalf of sellers, and conducting market research to identify potential new customers for retailers;</P>
          <P>(5) Conveying between interested parties expressions of interest, bids, offers, orders, and confirmations relating to a transaction;</P>
          <P>(6) Conveying other types of information between potential buyers, sellers, and other interested parties; and</P>

          <P>(7) Establishing rules of general applicability governing the use and operation of the finder service, including rules that:<PRTPAGE P="185"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) Govern the submission of bids and offers by buyers, sellers, and other interested parties that use the finder service and the circumstances under which the finder service will pair bids and offers submitted by buyers, sellers, and other interested parties; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Govern the manner in which buyers, sellers, and other interested parties may bind themselves to the terms of a specific transaction.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Limitation.</E> The authority to act as a finder does not enable a national bank to engage in brokerage activities that have not been found to be permissible for national banks.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Advertisement and fee.</E> Unless otherwise prohibited by Federal law, a national bank may advertise the availability of, and accept a fee for, the services provided pursuant to this section.</P>
          <CITA>[67 FR 35004, May 17, 2002]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Money lent at banking offices or at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> For purposes of what constitutes a branch within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j) and 12 CFR 5.30, “money” is deemed to be “lent” only at the place, if any, where the borrower in-person receives loan proceeds directly from bank funds:</P>
          <P>(1) From the lending bank or its operating subsidiary; or</P>
          <P>(2) At a facility that is established by the lending bank or its operating subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Receipt of bank funds representing loan proceeds.</E> Loan proceeds directly from bank funds may be received by a borrower in person at a place that is not the bank's main office and is not licensed as a branch without violating 12 U.S.C. 36, 12 U.S.C. 81 and 12 CFR 5.30, provided that a third party is used to deliver the funds and the place is not established by the lending bank or its operating subsidiary. A third party includes a person who satisfies the requirements of § 7.1012(c)(2), or one who customarily delivers loan proceeds directly from bank funds under accepted industry practice, such as an attorney or escrow agent at a real estate closing.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans originating at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may use the services of, and compensate persons not employed by, the bank for originating loans.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Approval.</E> An employee or agent of a national bank or of its operating subsidiary may originate a loan at a site other than the main office or a branch office of the bank. This action does not violate 12 U.S.C. 36 and 12 U.S.C. 81 if the loan is approved and made at the main office or a branch office of the bank or at an office of the operating subsidiary located on the premises of, or contiguous to, the main office or branch office of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Credit decisions at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank and its operating subsidiary may make a credit decision regarding a loan application at a site other than the main office or a branch office of the bank without violating 12 U.S.C. 36 and 12 U.S.C. 81, provided that “money” is not deemed to be “lent” at those other sites within the meaning of § 7.1003.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loan agreement providing for a share in profits, income, or earnings or for stock warrants.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may take as consideration for a loan a share in the profit, income, or earnings from a business enterprise of a borrower. A national bank also may take as consideration for a loan a stock warrant issued by a business enterprise of a borrower, provided that the bank does not exercise the warrant. The share or stock warrant may be taken in addition to, or in lieu of, interest. The borrower's obligation to repay principal, however, may not be conditioned upon the value of the profit, income, or earnings of the business enterprise or upon the value of the warrant received.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acceptances.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank is not limited in the character of acceptances it may make in financing credit transactions. Bankers' acceptances may be used for such purpose, since the making of acceptances is an essential part of banking authorized by 12 U.S.C. 24.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="186"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preparing income tax returns for customers or public.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may assist its customers in preparing their tax returns, either gratuitously or for a fee.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 70131, Dec. 17, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank holding collateral stock as nominee.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank that accepts stock as collateral for a loan may have such stock transferred to the bank's name as nominee.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Postal service by national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may maintain and operate a postal substation on banking premises and receive income from it. The services performed by the substation are those permitted under applicable rules of the United States Postal Service and may include meter stamping of letters and packages, and the sale of related insurance. The bank may advertise, develop, and extend the services of the substation for the purpose of attracting customers to the bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Postal regulations.</E> A national bank operating a postal substation shall do so in accordance with the rules and regulations of the United States Postal Service. The national bank shall keep the books and records of the substation separate from those of other banking operations. Under 39 U.S.C. 404 and any regulations issued pursuant thereto, the United States Postal Service may inspect the books and records of the substation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as payroll issuer.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may disburse to an employee of a customer payroll funds deposited with the bank by that customer. The bank may disburse those funds by direct payment to the employee, by crediting an account in the employee's name at the disbursing bank, or by forwarding funds to another institution in which an employee maintains an account.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Messenger service.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition.</E> For purposes of this section, a “messenger service” means any service, such as a courier service or armored car service, used by a national bank and its customers to pick up from, and deliver to, specific customers at locations such as their homes or offices, items relating to transactions between the bank and those customers.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Pick-up and delivery of items constituting nonbranching activities.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), a national bank may establish and operate a messenger service, or use, with its customers, a third party messenger service. The bank may use the messenger service to transport items relevant to the bank's transactions with its customers without regard to the branching limitations set forth in 12 U.S.C. 36, provided the service does not engage in branching functions within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j). In establishing or using such a facility, the national bank may establish terms, conditions, and limitations consistent with this section and appropriate to assure compliance with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Pick-up and delivery of items constituting branching functions by a messenger service established by a third party.</E> (1) Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), a national bank and its customers may use a messenger service to pick up from, and deliver to customers items that relate to branching functions within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36, provided the messenger service is established and operated by a third party. In using such a facility, a national bank may establish terms, conditions, and limitations, consistent with this section and appropriate to assure compliance with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC reviews whether a messenger service is established by a third party on a case-by-case basis, considering all of the circumstances. However, a messenger service is clearly established by a third party if:</P>
          <P>(i) A party other than the national bank owns or rents the messenger service and its facilities and employs the persons who provide the service;</P>

          <P>(ii)(A) The messenger service retains the discretion to determine in its own business judgment which customers and geographic areas it will serve; or<PRTPAGE P="187"/>
          </P>
          <P>(B) If the messenger service and the bank are under common ownership or control, the messenger service actually provides its services to the general public, including other depository institutions, and retains the discretion to determine in its own business judgment which customers and geographic areas it will serve;</P>
          <P>(iii) The messenger service maintains ultimate responsibility for scheduling, movement, and routing;</P>
          <P>(iv) The messenger service does not operate under the name of the bank, and the bank and the messenger service do not advertise, or otherwise represent, that the bank itself is providing the service, although the bank may advertise that its customers may use one or more third party messenger services to transact business with the bank;</P>
          <P>(v) The messenger service assumes responsibility for the items during transit and for maintaining adequate insurance covering thefts, employee fidelity, and other in-transit losses; and</P>
          <P>(vi) The messenger service acts as the agent for the customer when the items are in transit. The bank deems items intended for deposit to be deposited when credited to the customer's account at the bank's main office, one of its branches, or another permissible facility, such as a back office facility that is not a branch. The bank deems items representing withdrawals to be paid when the items are given to the messenger service.</P>
          <P>(3) A national bank may defray all or part of the costs incurred by a customer in transporting items through a messenger service. Payment of those costs may only cover expenses associated with each transaction involving the customer and the messenger service. The national bank may impose terms, conditions, and limitations that it deems appropriate with respect to the payment of such costs.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Pickup and delivery of items pertaining to branching activities where the messenger service is established by the national bank.</E> A national bank may establish and operate a messenger service to transport items relevant to the bank's transactions with its customers if such transactions constitute one or more branching functions within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j), provided the bank receives approval to establish a branch pursuant to 12 CFR 5.30.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of money orders at nonbanking outlets.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may designate bonded agents to sell the bank's money orders at nonbanking outlets. The responsibility of both the bank and its agent should be defined in a written agreement setting forth the duties of both parties and providing for remuneration of the agent. The bank's agents need not report on sales and transmit funds from the nonbanking outlets more frequently than at the end of the third business day following receipt of the funds.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Receipt of stock from a small business investment company.</SUBJECT>

          <P>A national bank may purchase the stock of a small business investment company (SBIC) (<E T="03">see</E> 15 U.S.C. 682(b)), and may receive the benefits of such stock ownership (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> stock dividends). The receipt and retention of a dividend by a national bank from an SBIC in the form of stock of a corporate borrower of the SBIC is not a purchase of stock within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Independent undertakings to pay against documents.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General authority.</E> A national bank may issue and commit to issue letters of credit and other independent undertakings within the scope of the applicable laws or rules of practice recognized by law.<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/> Under such letters of credit <PRTPAGE P="188"/>and other independent undertakings, the bank's obligation to honor depends upon the presentation of specified documents and not upon nondocumentary conditions or resolution of questions of fact or law at issue between the applicant and the beneficiary. A national bank may also confirm or otherwise undertake to honor or purchase specified documents upon their presentation under another person's independent undertaking within the scope of such laws or rules.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>1</SU> Examples of such laws or rules of practice include: The applicable version of Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) (1962, as amended 1990) or revised Article 5 of the UCC (as amended 1995) (available from West Publishing Co., 1/800/328-4880); the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) Publication No. 500) (available from ICC Publishing, Inc., 212/206-1150; <E T="03">http://www.iccwbo.org</E>); the International Standby Practices (ISP98) (ICC Publication No. 590) (available from the Institute of International Banking Law &amp; Practice, 301/869-9840; <E T="03">http://www.iiblp.org</E>); the United Nations Convention on Independent Guarantees and <PRTPAGE/>Stand-by Letters of Credit (adopted by the U.N. General Assembly in 1995 and signed by the U.S. in 1997) (available from the U.N. Commission on International Trade Law, 212/963-5353); and the Uniform Rules for Bank-to-Bank Reimbursements Under Documentary Credits (ICC Publication No. 525) (available from ICC Publishing, Inc., 212/206-1150; <E T="03">http://www.iccwbo.org</E>); as any of the foregoing may be amended from time to time.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Safety and soundness considerations</E>—(1) <E T="03">Terms.</E> As a matter of safe and sound banking practice, banks that issue independent undertakings should not be exposed to undue risk. At a minimum, banks should consider the following:</P>
          <P>(i) The independent character of the undertaking should be apparent from its terms (such as terms that subject it to laws or rules providing for its independent character);</P>
          <P>(ii) The undertaking should be limited in amount;</P>
          <P>(iii) The undertaking should:</P>
          <P>(A) Be limited in duration; or</P>
          <P>(B) Permit the bank to terminate the undertaking either on a periodic basis (consistent with the bank's ability to make any necessary credit assessments) or at will upon either notice or payment to the beneficiary; or</P>
          <P>(C) Entitle the bank to cash collateral from the applicant on demand (with a right to accelerate the applicant's obligations, as appropriate); and</P>
          <P>(iv) The bank either should be fully collateralized or have a post-honor right of reimbursement from the applicant or from another issuer of an independent undertaking. Alternatively, if the bank's undertaking is to purchase documents of title, securities, or other valuable documents, the bank should obtain a first priority right to realize on the documents if the bank is not otherwise to be reimbursed.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Additional considerations in special circumstances.</E> Certain undertakings require particular protections against credit, operational, and market risk:</P>
          <P>(i) In the event that the undertaking is to honor by delivery of an item of value other than money, the bank should ensure that market fluctuations that affect the value of the item will not cause the bank to assume undue market risk;</P>
          <P>(ii) In the event that the undertaking provides for automatic renewal, the terms for renewal should be consistent with the bank's ability to make any necessary credit assessments prior to renewal;</P>
          <P>(iii) In the event that a bank issues an undertaking for its own account, the underlying transaction for which it is issued must be within the bank's authority and comply with any safety and soundness requirements applicable to that transaction.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Operational expertise.</E> The bank should possess operational expertise that is commensurate with the sophistication of its independent undertaking activities.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Documentation.</E> The bank must accurately reflect the bank's undertakings in its records, including any acceptance or deferred payment or other absolute obligation arising out of its contingent undertaking.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Coverage.</E> An independent undertaking within the meaning of this section is not subject to the provisions of § 7.1017.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999; 68 FR 70131, Dec. 17, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank as guarantor or surety on indemnity bond.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may lend its credit, bind itself as a surety to indemnify another, or otherwise become a guarantor (including, pursuant to 12 CFR 28.4, guaranteeing the deposits and other liabilities of its Edge corporations and Agreement corporations and of its corporate instrumentalities in foreign countries), if:</P>

          <P>(a) The bank has a substantial interest in the performance of the transaction involved (for example, a bank, as fiduciary, has a sufficient interest in <PRTPAGE P="189"/>the faithful performance by a cofiduciary of its duties to act as surety on the bond of such cofiduciary); or</P>
          <P>(b) The transaction is for the benefit of a customer and the bank obtains from the customer a segregated deposit that is sufficient in amount to cover the bank's total potential liability. A segregated deposit under this section includes collateral:</P>
          <P>(1) In which the bank has perfected its security interest (for example, if the collateral is a printed security, the bank must have obtained physical control of the security, and, if the collateral is a book entry security, the bank must have properly recorded its security interest); and</P>
          <P>(2) That has a market value, at the close of each business day, equal to the bank's total potential liability and is composed of:</P>
          <P>(i) Cash;</P>
          <P>(ii) Obligations of the United States or its agencies;</P>
          <P>(iii) Obligations fully guaranteed by the United States or its agencies as to principal and interest; or</P>
          <P>(iv) Notes, drafts, or bills of exchange or bankers' acceptances that are eligible for rediscount or purchase by a Federal Reserve Bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) That has a market value, at the close of each business day, equal to 110 percent of the bank's total potential liability and is composed of obligations of a State or political subdivision of a State.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Automatic payment plan account.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may, for the benefit and convenience of its savings depositors, adopt an automatic payment plan under which a savings account will earn dividends at the current rate paid on regular savings accounts. The depositor, upon reaching a previously designated age, receives his or her accumulated savings and earned interest in installments of equal amounts over a specified period.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purchase of open accounts.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The purchase of open accounts is a part of the business of banking and within the power of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Export transactions.</E> A national bank may purchase open accounts in connection with export transactions; the accounts should be protected by insurance such as that provided by the Foreign Credit Insurance Association and the Export-Import Bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank participation in financial literacy programs.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may participate in a financial literacy program on the premises of, or at a facility used by, a school. The school premises or facility will not be considered a branch of the bank if:</P>
          <P>(a) The bank does not establish and operate the school premises or facility on which the financial literacy program is conducted; and</P>
          <P>(b) The principal purpose of the financial literacy program is educational. For example, a program is educational if it is designed to teach students the principles of personal economics or the benefits of saving for the future, and is not designed for the purpose of profit-making.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Corporate Practices</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate governance procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank proposing to engage in a corporate governance procedure shall comply with applicable Federal banking statutes and regulations, and safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Other sources of guidance.</E> To the extent not inconsistent with applicable Federal banking statutes or regulations, or bank safety and soundness, a national bank may elect to follow the corporate governance procedures of the law of the state in which the main office of the bank is located, the law of the state in which the holding company of the bank is incorporated, the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter), or the Model Business Corporation Act (1984, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter). A national bank shall designate in its bylaws the body of law selected <PRTPAGE P="190"/>for its corporate governance procedures.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">No-objection procedures.</E> The OCC also considers requests for its staff's position on the ability of a national bank to engage in a particular corporate governance procedure in accordance with the no-objection procedures set forth in Banking Circular 205 or any subsequently published agency procedures.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/> Requests should demonstrate how the proposed practice is not inconsistent with applicable Federal statutes or regulations, and is consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Available upon request from the OCC Communications Division, 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219, (202) 874-4700.</P>
          </FTNT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of shareholders' meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank must mail shareholders notice of the time, place, and purpose of all shareholders' meetings at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. Where a national bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder is permitted to waive notice of the shareholder's meeting. The articles of association, bylaws, or law applicable to a national bank may require a longer period of notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Director or attorney as proxy.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Any person or group of persons, except the bank's officers, clerks, tellers, or bookkeepers, may be designated to act as proxy. The bank's directors or attorneys may act as proxy if they are not also employed as an officer, clerk, teller or bookkeeper of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Annual meeting for election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When the day fixed for the regular annual meeting of the shareholders falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the bank is located, the shareholders' meeting shall be held, and the directors elected, on the next following banking day.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Honorary directors or advisory boards.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may appoint honorary or advisory members of a board of directors to act in advisory capacities without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the bank. Any listing of honorary or advisory directors must distinguish between them and the bank's board of directors or indicate their advisory status.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Ownership of stock necessary to qualify as director.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank director must own a qualifying equity interest in a national bank or a company that has control of a national bank. The director must own the qualifying equity interest in his or her own right and meet a certain minimum threshold ownership.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Qualifying equity interest</E>—(1) <E T="03">Minimum required equity interest.</E> For purposes of this section, a qualifying equity interest includes common or preferred stock of the bank or of a company that controls the bank that has not less than an aggregate par value of $1,000, an aggregate shareholders' equity of $1,000, or an aggregate fair market value of $1,000.</P>
          <P>(i) The value of the common or preferred stock held by a national bank director is valued as of the date purchased or the date on which the individual became a director, whichever value is greater.</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of a company that owns more than one national bank, a director may use his or her equity interest in the controlling company to satisfy, in whole or in part, the equity interest requirement for any or all of the controlled national banks.</P>
          <P>(iii) Upon request, the OCC may consider whether other interests in a company controlling a national bank constitute an interest equivalent to $1,000 par value of national bank stock.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Joint ownership and tenancy in common.</E> Shares held jointly or as a tenant in common are qualifying shares held by a director in his or her own right only to the extent of the aggregate value of the shares which the director <PRTPAGE P="191"/>would be entitled to receive on dissolution of the joint tenancy or tenancy in common.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Shares in a living trust.</E> Shares deposited by a person in a living trust (inter vivos trust) as to which the person is a trustee and retains an absolute power of revocation are shares owned by the person in his or her own right.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Other arrangements</E>—(i) <E T="03">Shares held through retirement plans and similar arrangements.</E> A director may hold his or her qualifying interest through a profit-sharing plan, individual retirement account, retirement plan, or similar arrangement, if the director retains beneficial ownership and legal control over the shares.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Shares held subject to buyback agreements.</E> A director may acquire and hold his or her qualifying interest pursuant to a stock repurchase or buyback agreement with a transferring shareholder under which the director purchases the qualifying shares subject to an agreement that the transferring shareholder will repurchase the shares when, for any reason, the director ceases to serve in that capacity. The agreement may give the transferring shareholder a right of first refusal to repurchase the qualifying shares if the director seeks to transfer ownership of the shares to a third person.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Assignment of right to dividends or distributions.</E> A director may assign the right to receive all dividends or distributions on his or her qualifying shares to another, including a transferring shareholder, if the director retains beneficial ownership and legal control over the shares.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Execution of proxy.</E> A director may execute a revocable or irrevocable proxy authorizing another, including a transferring shareholder, to vote his or her qualifying shares, provided the director retains beneficial ownership and legal control over the shares.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Non-qualifying ownership.</E> The following are not shares held by a director in his or her own right:</P>
          <P>(1) Shares pledged by the holder to secure a loan. However, all or part of the funds used to purchase the required qualifying equity interest may be borrowed from any party, including the bank or its affiliates;</P>
          <P>(2) Shares purchased subject to an absolute option vested in the seller to repurchase the shares within a specified period; and</P>
          <P>(3) Shares deposited in a voting trust where the depositor surrenders:</P>
          <P>(i) Legal ownership (depositor ceases to be registered owner of the stock);</P>
          <P>(ii) Power to vote the stock or to direct how it shall be voted; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Power to transfer legal title to the stock.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cumulative voting in election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When electing directors, a shareholder shall have as many votes as the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of the shareholder's shares. The shareholder may cast all these votes for one candidate, or distribute the votes among as many candidates as the shareholder chooses. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filling vacancies and increasing board of directors other than by shareholder action.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Increasing board of directors.</E> If authorized by the bank's articles of association, between shareholder meetings a majority of the board of directors may increase the number of the bank's directors within the limits specified in 12 U.S.C. 71a. The board of directors may increase the number of directors only by up to two directors, when the number of directors last elected by shareholders was 15 or fewer, and by up to four directors, when the number of directors last elected by shareholders was 16 or more.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Vacancies.</E> If a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, the vacancy may be filled by the shareholders, a majority of the board of directors remaining in office, or, if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum, by an affirmative vote of a <PRTPAGE P="192"/>majority of all the directors remaining in office.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oath of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Administration of the oath.</E> A notary public, including one who is a director but not an officer of the national bank, may administer the oath of directors. Any person, other than an officer of the bank, having an official seal and authorized by the state to administer oaths, may also administer the oath.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Execution of the oath.</E> Each director attending the organization meeting shall execute either a joint or individual oath. A director not attending the organization meeting (the first meeting after the election of the directors) shall execute the individual oath. A director shall take another oath upon re-election, notwithstanding uninterupted service. Appropriate sample oaths are located in the “Comptroller's Corporate Manual”.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Filing and recordkeeping.</E> A national bank must file the original executed oaths of directors with the OCC and retain a copy in the bank's records in accordance with the Comptroller's Corporate Manual filing and recordkeeping instructions for executed oaths of directors.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Quorum of the board of directors; proxies not permissible.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall provide in its articles of association or bylaws that for the transaction of business, a quorum of the board of directors is at least a majority of the entire board then in office. A national bank director may not vote by proxy.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Directors' responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The business and affairs of the bank shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors. The board of directors should refer to OCC published guidance for additional information regarding responsibilities of directors.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Compensation plans.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Consistent with safe and sound banking practices and the compensation provisions of 12 CFR part 30, a national bank may adopt compensation plans, including, among others, the following:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Bonus and profit-sharing plans.</E> A national bank may adopt a bonus or profit-sharing plan designed to ensure adequate remuneration of bank officers and employees.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Pension plans.</E> A national bank may provide employee pension plans and make reasonable contributions to the cost of the pension plan.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Employee stock option and stock purchase plans.</E> A national bank may provide employee stock option and stock purchase plans.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>President as director; chief executive officer.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 76, the president of a national bank must be a member of the board of directors, but a director other than the president may be elected chairman of the board. A person other than the president may serve as chief executive officer, and this person is not required to be a director of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2013</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fidelity bonds covering officers and employees.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Adequate coverage.</E> All officers and employees of a national bank must have adequate fidelity coverage. The failure of directors to require bonds with adequate sureties and in sufficient amount may make the directors liable for any losses that the bank sustains because of the absence of such bonds. Directors should not serve as sureties on such bonds.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Factors.</E> The board of directors should determine the amount of such coverage, premised upon a consideration of factors, including:</P>
          <P>(1) Internal auditing safeguards employed;</P>
          <P>(2) Number of employees;</P>
          <P>(3) Amount of deposit liabilities; and</P>
          <P>(4) Amount of cash and securities normally held by the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Indemnification of institution-affiliated parties.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Administrative proceedings or civil actions initiated by Federal banking agencies.</E> A national bank may only <PRTPAGE P="193"/>make or agree to make indemnification payments to an institution-affiliated party with respect to an administrative proceeding or civil action initiated by any Federal banking agency, that are reasonable and consistent with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and the implementing regulations thereunder. The term “institution-affiliated party” has the same meaning as set forth at 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Administrative proceeding or civil actions not initiated by a Federal banking agency</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In cases involving an administrative proceeding or civil action not initiated by a Federal banking agency, a national bank may indemnify an institution-affiliated party for damages and expenses, including the advancement of expenses and legal fees, in accordance with the law of the state in which the main office of the bank is located, the law of the state in which the bank's holding company is incorporated, or the relevant provisions of the Model Business Corporation Act (1984, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter), or Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter), provided such payments are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. A national bank shall designate in its bylaws the body of law selected for making indemnification payments under this paragraph.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Insurance premiums.</E> A national bank may provide for the payment of reasonable premiums for insurance covering the expenses, legal fees, and liability of institution-affiliated parties to the extent that the expenses, fees, or liability could be indemnified under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cashier.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank's bylaws, board of directors, or a duly designated officer may assign some or all of the duties previously performed by the bank's cashier to its president, chief executive officer, or any other officer.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restricting transfer of stock and record dates.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Conditions for stock transfer.</E> Under 12 U.S.C. 52, a national bank may impose conditions upon the transfer of its stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the bank with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholders' meetings, and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Record dates.</E> A national bank may close its stock records for a reasonable period to ascertain shareholders for voting purposes. The board of directors may fix a record date for determining the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders. The record date should be in reasonable proximity to the date that notice is given to the shareholders of the meeting.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Facsimile signatures on bank stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The president and cashier, or other officers authorized by the bank's bylaws, shall sign each national bank stock certificate. The signatures may be manual or facsimile, including electronic means of signature. Each certificate must be sealed with the seal of the association.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Lost stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <P>If a national bank does not provide for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates in its articles of association or bylaws, the bank may adopt procedures in accordance with § 7.2000.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2019</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans secured by a bank's own shares.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Permitted agreements, relating to bank shares.</E> A national bank may require a borrower holding shares of the bank to execute agreements:</P>
          <P>(1) Not to pledge, give away, transfer, or otherwise assign such shares;</P>
          <P>(2) To pledge such shares at the request of the bank when necessary to prevent loss; and</P>
          <P>(3) To leave such shares in the bank's custody.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Use of capital notes and debentures.</E> A national bank may not make loans secured by a pledge of the bank's own capital notes and debentures. Such notes and debentures must be subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuing bank, and are, therefore, capital instruments within the purview of 12 U.S.C. 83.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="194"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acquisition and holding of shares as treasury stock.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Acquisition of outstanding shares.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 59, including the requirements for prior approval by the bank's shareholders and the OCC imposed by that statute, a national bank may acquire its outstanding shares and hold them as treasury stock, if the acquisition and retention of the shares is, and continues to be, for a legitimate corporate purpose.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Legitimate corporate purpose.</E> Examples of legitimate corporate purposes include the acquisition and holding of treasury stock to:</P>
          <P>(1) Have shares available for use in connection with employee stock option, bonus, purchase, or similar plans;</P>
          <P>(2) Sell to a director for the purpose of acquiring qualifying shares;</P>
          <P>(3) Purchase a director's qualifying shares upon the cessation of the director's service in that capacity if there is no ready market for the shares;</P>
          <P>(4) Reduce the number of shareholders in order to qualify as a Subchapter S corporation; and</P>
          <P>(5) Reduce costs associated with shareholder communications and meetings.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Prohibition.</E> It is not a legitimate corporate purpose to acquire or hold treasury stock on speculation about changes in its value.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preemptive rights.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank in its articles of association must grant or deny preemptive rights to the bank's shareholders. Any amendment to a national bank's articles of association which modifies such preemptive rights must be approved by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the bank's outstanding voting shares.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2022</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voting trusts.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The shareholders of a national bank may establish a voting trust under the applicable law of a state selected by the participants and designated in the trust agreement, provided the implementation of the trust is consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2023</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reverse stock splits.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority to engage in reverse stock splits.</E> A national bank may engage in a reverse stock split if the transaction serves a legitimate corporate purpose and provides adequate dissenting shareholders' rights.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Legitimate corporate purpose.</E> Examples of legitimate corporate purposes include a reverse stock split to:</P>
          <P>(1) Reduce the number of shareholders in order to qualify as a Subchapter S corporation; and</P>
          <P>(2) Reduce costs associated with shareholder communications and meetings.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2024</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Staggered terms for national bank directors and size of bank board.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Staggered terms.</E> Any national bank may adopt bylaws that provide for staggering the terms of its directors. National banks shall provide the OCC with copies of any bylaws so amended.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Maximum term.</E> Any national bank director may hold office for a term that does not exceed three years.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Number of directors.</E> A national bank's board of directors shall consist of no fewer than 5 and no more than 25 members. A national bank may, after notice to the OCC, increase the size of its board of directors above the 25 member limit. A national bank seeking to increase the number of its directors must notify the OCC any time the proposed size would exceed 25 directors. The bank's notice shall specify the reason(s) for the increase in the size of the board of directors beyond the statutory limit.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 70131, Dec. 17, 2003]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Bank Operations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.3000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank hours and closings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank hours.</E> A national bank's board of directors should review its banking hours, and, independently of any other bank, take appropriate action to establish a schedule of banking hours.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Emergency closings.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 95(b)(1), the Comptroller of the Currency (Comptroller), a state, or a <PRTPAGE P="195"/>legally authorized state official may declare a day a legal holiday if emergency conditions exist. That day is a legal holiday for national banks or their offices in the affected geographic area (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> throughout the country, in a state, or in part of a state). Emergency conditions include natural disasters and civil and municipal emergencies (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> severe flooding, or a power emergency declared by a local power company or government requesting that businesses in the affected area close). The Comptroller issues a proclamation authorizing the emergency closing in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 95 at the time of the emergency condition, or soon thereafter. When the Comptroller, a State, or a legally authorized State official declares a legal holiday due to emergency conditions, a national bank may temporarily limit or suspend operations at its affected offices. Alternatively, the national bank may continue its operations unless the Comptroller by written order directs otherwise.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Ceremonial closings.</E> A state or a legally authorized state official may declare a day a legal holiday for ceremonial reasons. When a state or a legally authorized state official declares a day to be a legal holiday for ceremonial reasons, a national bank may choose to remain open or to close.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Liability.</E> A national bank should assure that all liabilities or other obligations under the applicable law due to the bank's closing are satisfied.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.3001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sharing space and employees.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Sharing space.</E> A national bank may:</P>
          <P>(1) Lease excess space on bank premises to one or more other businesses (including other banks and financial institutions);</P>
          <P>(2) Share space jointly held with one or more other businesses; or</P>
          <P>(3) Offer its services in space owned or leased to other businesses.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Sharing employees.</E> When sharing space with other businesses as described in paragraph (a) of this section, a national bank may provide, under one or more written agreements among the bank, the other businesses, and their employees, that:</P>
          <P>(1) A bank employee may act as agent for the other business; or</P>
          <P>(2) An employee of the other business may act as agent for the bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Supervisory conditions.</E> When a national bank engages in arrangements of the types listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the bank shall ensure that:</P>
          <P>(1) The other business is conspicuously, accurately, and separately identified;</P>
          <P>(2) Shared employees clearly and fully disclose the nature of their agency relationship to customers of the bank and of the other businesses so that customers will know the identity of the bank or business that is providing the product or service;</P>
          <P>(3) The arrangement does not constitute a joint venture or partnership with the other business under applicable state law;</P>
          <P>(4) All aspects of the relationship between the bank and the other business are conducted at arm's length, unless a special arrangement is warranted because the other business is a subsidiary of the bank;</P>
          <P>(5) Security issues arising from the activities of the other business on the premises are addressed;</P>
          <P>(6) The activities of the other business do not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the bank;</P>
          <P>(7) The shared employees or the entity for which they perform services are duly licensed or meet qualification requirements of applicable statutes and regulations pertaining to agents or employees of such other business; and</P>
          <P>(8) The assets and records of the parties are segregated.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other legal requirements.</E> When entering into arrangements, of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, and in conducting operations pursuant to those arrangements the bank must ensure that each arrangement complies with 12 U.S.C. 29 and 36 and with any other applicable laws and regulations. If the arrangement involves an affiliate or a shareholder, director, officer or employee of the bank:<PRTPAGE P="196"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) The bank must ensure compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions governing bank transactions with these persons or entities;</P>
          <P>(2) The parties must comply with all applicable fiduciary duties; and</P>
          <P>(3) The parties, if they are in competition with each other, must consider limitations, if any, imposed by applicable antitrust laws.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Preemption</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Visitorial powers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> (1) Only the OCC or an authorized representative of the OCC may exercise visitorial powers with respect to national banks, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. State officials may not exercise visitorial powers with respect to national banks, such as conducting examinations, inspecting or requiring the production of books or records of national banks, or prosecuting enforcement actions, except in limited circumstances authorized by federal law. However, production of a bank's records (other than non-public OCC information under 12 CFR part 4, subpart C) may be required under normal judicial procedures.</P>
          <P>(2) For purposes of this section, visitorial powers include:</P>
          <P>(i) Examination of a bank;</P>
          <P>(ii) Inspection of a bank's books and records;</P>
          <P>(iii) Regulation and supervision of activities authorized or permitted pursuant to federal banking law; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Enforcing compliance with any applicable federal or state laws concerning those activities.</P>
          <P>(3) Unless otherwise provided by Federal law, the OCC has exclusive visitorial authority with respect to the content and conduct of activities authorized for national banks under Federal law.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Exceptions to the general rule.</E> Under 12 U.S.C. 484, the OCC's exclusive visitorial powers are subject to the following exceptions:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Exceptions authorized by Federal law.</E> National banks are subject to such visitorial powers as are provided by Federal law. Examples of laws vesting visitorial power in other governmental entities include laws authorizing state or other Federal officials to:</P>
          <P>(i) Inspect the list of shareholders, provided that the official is authorized to assess taxes under state authority (12 U.S.C. 62; this section also authorizes inspection of the shareholder list by shareholders and creditors of a national bank);</P>
          <P>(ii) Review, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to a bank, the bank's records solely to ensure compliance with applicable state unclaimed property or escheat laws upon reasonable cause to believe that the bank has failed to comply with those laws (12 U.S.C. 484(b));</P>
          <P>(iii) Verify payroll records for unemployment compensation purposes (26 U.S.C. 3305(c));</P>
          <P>(iv) Ascertain the correctness of Federal tax returns (26 U.S.C. 7602);</P>
          <P>(v) Enforce the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. 211); and</P>
          <P>(vi) Functionally regulate certain activities, as provided under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Pub. L. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338 (Nov. 12, 1999).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exception for courts of justice.</E> National banks are subject to such visitorial powers as are vested in the courts of justice. This exception pertains to the powers inherent in the judiciary and does not grant state or other governmental authorities any right to inspect, superintend, direct, regulate or compel compliance by a national bank with respect to any law, regarding the content or conduct of activities authorized for national banks under Federal law.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exception for Congress.</E> National banks are subject to such visitorial powers as shall be, or have been, exercised or directed by Congress or by either House thereof or by any committee of Congress or of either House duly authorized.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Report of examination.</E> The report of examination made by an OCC examiner is designated solely for use in the supervision of the bank. The bank's copy of the report is the property of the OCC and is loaned to the bank and any holding company thereof solely for its confidential use. The bank's directors, in keeping with their responsibilities both to depositors and to shareholders, should thoroughly review the <PRTPAGE P="197"/>report. The report may be made available to other persons only in accordance with the rules on disclosure in 12 CFR part 4.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999; 69 FR 1904, Jan. 13, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Charging interest at rates permitted competing institutions; charging interest to corporate borrowers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition.</E> The term “interest” as used in 12 U.S.C. 85 includes any payment compensating a creditor or prospective creditor for an extension of credit, making available of a line of credit, or any default or breach by a borrower of a condition upon which credit was extended. It includes, among other things, the following fees connected with credit extension or availability: numerical periodic rates, late fees, creditor-imposed not sufficient funds (NSF) fees charged when a borrower tenders payment on a debt with a check drawn on insufficient funds, overlimit fees, annual fees, cash advance fees, and membership fees. It does not ordinarily include appraisal fees, premiums and commissions attributable to insurance guaranteeing repayment of any extension of credit, finders' fees, fees for document preparation or notarization, or fees incurred to obtain credit reports.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Authority.</E> A national bank located in a state may charge interest at the maximum rate permitted to any state-chartered or licensed lending institution by the law of that state. If state law permits different interest charges on specified classes of loans, a national bank making such loans is subject only to the provisions of state law relating to that class of loans that are material to the determination of the permitted interest. For example, a national bank may lawfully charge the highest rate permitted to be charged by a state-licensed small loan company, without being so licensed, but subject to state law limitations on the size of loans made by small loan companies.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Effect on state definitions of interest.</E> The Federal definition of the term “interest” in paragraph (a) of this section does not change how interest is defined by the individual states (nor how the state definition of interest is used) solely for purposes of state law. For example, if late fees are not “interest” under state law where a national bank is located but state law permits its most favored lender to charge late fees, then a national bank located in that state may charge late fees to its intrastate customers. The national bank may also charge late fees to its interstate customers because the fees are interest under the Federal definition of interest and an allowable charge under state law where the national bank is located. However, the late fees would not be treated as interest for purposes of evaluating compliance with state usury limitations because state law excludes late fees when calculating the maximum interest that lending institutions may charge under those limitations.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Usury.</E> A national bank located in a state the law of which denies the defense of usury to a corporate borrower may charge a corporate borrower any rate of interest agreed upon by a corporate borrower.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank charges.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority to impose charges and fees.</E> A national bank may charge its customers non-interest charges and fees, including deposit account service charges.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Considerations.</E> (1) All charges and fees should be arrived at by each bank on a competitive basis and not on the basis of any agreement, arrangement, undertaking, understanding, or discussion with other banks or their officers.</P>
          <P>(2) The establishment of non-interest charges and fees, their amounts, and the method of calculating them are business decisions to be made by each bank, in its discretion, according to sound banking judgment and safe and sound banking principles. A national bank establishes non-interest charges and fees in accordance with safe and sound banking principles if the bank employs a decision-making process through which it considers the following factors, among others:</P>

          <P>(i) The cost incurred by the bank in providing the service;<PRTPAGE P="198"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) The deterrence of misuse by customers of banking services;</P>
          <P>(iii) The enhancement of the competitive position of the bank in accordance with the bank's business plan and marketing strategy; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The maintenance of the safety and soundness of the institution.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Interest.</E> Charges and fees that are “interest” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 85 are governed by § 7.4001 and not by this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">State law.</E> The OCC applies preemption principles derived from the United States Constitution, as interpreted through judicial precedent, when determining whether State laws apply that purport to limit or prohibit charges and fees described in this section.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">National bank as fiduciary.</E> This section does not apply to charges imposed by a national bank in its capacity as a fiduciary, which are governed by 12 CFR part 9.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a remote service unit by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A remote service unit (RSU) is an automated facility, operated by a customer of a bank, that conducts banking functions, such as receiving deposits, paying withdrawals, or lending money. A national bank may establish and operate an RSU pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh). An RSU includes an automated teller machine, automated loan machine, and automated device for receiving deposits. An RSU may be equipped with a telephone or televideo device that allows contact with bank personnel. An RSU is not a “branch” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j), and is not subject to state geographic or operational restrictions or licensing laws.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a deposit production office by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> A national bank or its operating subsidiary may engage in deposit production activities at a site other than the main office or a branch of the bank. A deposit production office (DPO) may solicit deposits, provide information about deposit products, and assist persons in completing application forms and related documents to open a deposit account. A DPO is not a branch within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j) and 12 CFR 5.30(d)(1) so long as it does not receive deposits, pay withdrawals, or make loans. All deposit and withdrawal transactions of a bank customer using a DPO must be performed by the customer, either in person at the main office or a branch office of the bank, or by mail, electronic transfer, or a similar method of transfer.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Services of other persons.</E> A national bank may use the services of, and compensate, persons not employed by the bank in its deposit production activities.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Combination of loan production office, deposit production office, and remote service unit.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A location at which a national bank operates a loan production office (LPO), a deposit production office (DPO), and a remote service unit (RSU) is not a “branch” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j) by virtue of that combination. Since an LPO, DPO, or RSU is not, individually, a branch under 12 U.S.C. 36(j), any combination of these facilities at one location does not create a branch.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of State law to national bank operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Unless otherwise provided by Federal law or OCC regulation, State laws apply to national bank operating subsidiaries to the same extent that those laws apply to the parent national bank.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposit-taking.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority of national banks.</E> A national bank may receive deposits and engage in any activity incidental to receiving deposits, including issuing evidence of accounts, subject to such terms, conditions, and limitations prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency and any other applicable Federal law.<PRTPAGE P="199"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability of state law.</E> (1) Except where made applicable by Federal law, state laws that obstruct, impair, or condition a national bank's ability to fully exercise its Federally authorized deposit-taking powers are not applicable to national banks.</P>
          <P>(2) A national bank may exercise its deposit-taking powers without regard to state law limitations concerning:</P>
          <P>(i) Abandoned and dormant accounts;<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>3</SU> This does not apply to state laws of the type upheld by the United States Supreme Court in <E T="03">Anderson Nat'l Bank</E> v. <E T="03">Luckett,</E> 321 U.S. 233 (1944), which obligate a national bank to “pay [deposits] to the persons entitled to demand payment according to the law of the state where it does business.” <E T="03">Id.</E> at 248-249.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Checking accounts;</P>
          <P>(iii) Disclosure requirements;</P>
          <P>(iv) Funds availability;</P>
          <P>(v) Savings account orders of withdrawal;</P>
          <P>(vi) State licensing or registration requirements (except for purposes of service of process); and</P>
          <P>(vii) Special purpose savings services; <SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU> State laws purporting to regulate national bank fees and charges are addressed in 12 CFR 7.4002.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">State laws that are not preempted.</E> State laws on the following subjects are not inconsistent with the deposit-taking powers of national banks and apply to national banks to the extent that they only incidentally affect the exercise of national banks' deposit-taking powers:</P>
          <P>(1) Contracts;</P>
          <P>(2) Torts;</P>
          <P>(3) Criminal law; <SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU>
              <E T="03">But see</E> the distinction drawn by the Supreme Court in <E T="03">Easton</E> v. <E T="03">Iowa,</E> 188 U.S. 220, 238 (1903) between “crimes defined and punishable at common law or by the general statutes of a state and crimes and offences cognizable under the authority of the United States.” The Court stated that “[u]ndoubtedly a state has the legitimate power to define and punish crimes by general laws applicable to all persons within its jurisdiction * * *. But it is without lawful power to make such special laws applicable to banks organized and operating under the laws of the United States.” <E T="03">Id.</E> at 239 (holding that Federal law governing the operations of national banks preempted a state criminal law prohibiting insolvent banks from accepting deposits).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(4) Rights to collect debts;</P>
          <P>(5) Acquisition and transfer of property;</P>
          <P>(6) Taxation;</P>
          <P>(7) Zoning; and</P>
          <P>(8) Any other law the effect of which the OCC determines to be incidental to the deposit-taking operations of national banks or otherwise consistent with the powers set out in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
          <CITA>[69 FR 1916, Jan. 13, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Lending.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority of national banks.</E> A national bank may make, sell, purchase, participate in, or otherwise deal in loans and interests in loans that are not secured by liens on, or interests in, real estate, subject to such terms, conditions, and limitations prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency and any other applicable Federal law.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Standards for loans.</E> A national bank shall not make a consumer loan subject to this § 7.4008 based predominantly on the bank's realization of the foreclosure or liquidation value of the borrower's collateral, without regard to the borrower's ability to repay the loan according to its terms. A bank may use any reasonable method to determine a borrower's ability to repay, including, for example, the borrower's current and expected income, current and expected cash flows, net worth, other relevant financial resources, current financial obligations, employment status, credit history, or other relevant factors.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Unfair and deceptive practices.</E> A national bank shall not engage in unfair or deceptive practices within the meaning of section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 45(a)(1), and regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with loans made under this § 7.4008.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Applicability of state law.</E> (1) Except where made applicable by Federal law, state laws that obstruct, impair, or condition a national bank's ability to fully exercise its Federally authorized non-real estate lending powers are not applicable to national banks.<PRTPAGE P="200"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) A national bank may make non-real estate loans without regard to state law limitations concerning:</P>
          <P>(i) Licensing, registration (except for purposes of service of process), filings, or reports by creditors;</P>
          <P>(ii) The ability of a creditor to require or obtain insurance for collateral or other credit enhancements or risk mitigants, in furtherance of safe and sound banking practices;</P>
          <P>(iii) Loan-to-value ratios;</P>
          <P>(iv) The terms of credit, including the schedule for repayment of principal and interest, amortization of loans, balance, payments due, minimum payments, or term to maturity of the loan, including the circumstances under which a loan may be called due and payable upon the passage of time or a specified event external to the loan;</P>
          <P>(v) Escrow accounts, impound accounts, and similar accounts;</P>
          <P>(vi) Security property, including leaseholds;</P>
          <P>(vii) Access to, and use of, credit reports;</P>
          <P>(viii) Disclosure and advertising, including laws requiring specific statements, information, or other content to be included in credit application forms, credit solicitations, billing statements, credit contracts, or other credit-related documents;</P>
          <P>(ix) Disbursements and repayments; and</P>
          <P>(x) Rates of interest on loans.<SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>6</SU> The limitations on charges that comprise rates of interest on loans by national banks are determined under Federal law. <E T="03">See</E> 12 U.S.C. 85; 12 CFR 7.4001. State laws purporting to regulate national bank fees and charges that do not constitute interest are addressed in 12 CFR 7.4002.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">State laws that are not preempted.</E> State laws on the following subjects are not inconsistent with the non-real estate lending powers of national banks and apply to national banks to the extent that they only incidentally affect the exercise of national banks' non-real estate lending powers:</P>
          <P>(1) Contracts;</P>
          <P>(2) Torts;</P>
          <P>(3) Criminal law;<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU>
              <E T="03">See supra</E> note 5 regarding the distinction drawn by the Supreme Court in <E T="03">Easton</E> v. <E T="03">Iowa,</E> 188 U.S. 220, 238 (1903) between “crimes defined and punishable at common law or by the general statutes of a state and crimes and offences cognizable under the authority of the United States.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(4) Rights to collect debts;</P>
          <P>(5) Acquisition and transfer of property;</P>
          <P>(6) Taxation;</P>
          <P>(7) Zoning; and</P>
          <P>(8) Any other law the effect of which the OCC determines to be incidental to the non-real estate lending operations of national banks or otherwise consistent with the powers set out in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
          <CITA>[69 FR 1916, Jan. 13, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of state law to national bank operations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority of national banks.</E> A national bank may exercise all powers authorized to it under Federal law, including conducting any activity that is part of, or incidental to, the business of banking, subject to such terms, conditions, and limitations prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency and any applicable Federal law.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability of state law.</E> Except where made applicable by Federal law, state laws that obstruct, impair, or condition a national bank's ability to fully exercise its powers to conduct activities authorized under Federal law do not apply to national banks.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Applicability of state law to particular national bank activities.</E> (1) The provisions of this section govern with respect to any national bank power or aspect of a national bank's operations that is not covered by another OCC regulation specifically addressing the applicability of state law.</P>
          <P>(2) State laws on the following subjects are not inconsistent with the powers of national banks and apply to national banks to the extent that they only incidentally affect the exercise of national bank powers:</P>
          <P>(i) Contracts;</P>
          <P>(ii) Torts;</P>
          <P>(iii) Criminal law <SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>8</SU> 8 <E T="03">Id</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iv) Rights to collect debts;</P>
          <P>(v) Acquisition and transfer of property;</P>
          <P>(vi) Taxation;</P>
          <P>(vii) Zoning; and<PRTPAGE P="201"/>
          </P>
          <P>(viii) Any other law the effect of which the OCC determines to be incidental to the exercise of national bank powers or otherwise consistent with the powers set out in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
          <CITA>[69 FR 1917, Jan. 13, 2004]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Electronic Activities</HD>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>67 FR 35004, May 17, 2002, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart applies to a national bank's use of technology to deliver services and products consistent with safety and soundness.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Electronic activities that are part of, or incidental to, the business of banking.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This section identifies the criteria that the OCC uses to determine whether an electronic activity is authorized as part of, or incidental to, the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) or other statutory authority.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Restrictions and conditions on electronic activities.</E> The OCC may determine that activities are permissible under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) or other statutory authority only if they are subject to standards or conditions designed to provide that the activities function as intended and are conducted safely and soundly, in accordance with other applicable statutes, regulations, or supervisory policies.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Activities that are part of the business of banking.</E> (1) An activity is authorized for national banks as part of the business of banking if the activity is described in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) or other statutory authority. In determining whether an electronic activity is part of the business of banking, the OCC considers the following factors:</P>
          <P>(i) Whether the activity is the functional equivalent to, or a logical outgrowth of, a recognized banking activity;</P>
          <P>(ii) Whether the activity strengthens the bank by benefiting its customers or its business;</P>
          <P>(iii) Whether the activity involves risks similar in nature to those already assumed by banks; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Whether the activity is authorized for state-chartered banks.</P>
          <P>(2) The weight accorded each factor set out in paragraph (c)(1) of this section depends on the facts and circumstances of each case.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Activities that are incidental to the business of banking.</E> (1) An electronic banking activity is authorized for a national bank as incidental to the business of banking if it is convenient or useful to an activity that is specifically authorized for national banks or to an activity that is otherwise part of the business of banking. In determining whether an activity is convenient or useful to such activities, the OCC considers the following factors:</P>
          <P>(i) Whether the activity facilitates the production or delivery of a bank's products or services, enhances the bank's ability to sell or market its products or services, or improves the effectiveness or efficiency of the bank's operations, in light of risks presented, innovations, strategies, techniques and new technologies for producing and delivering financial products and services; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Whether the activity enables the bank to use capacity acquired for its banking operations or otherwise avoid economic loss or waste.</P>
          <P>(2) The weight accorded each factor set out in paragraph (d)(1) of this section depends on the facts and circumstances of each case.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Furnishing of products and services by electronic means and facilities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Use of electronic means and facilities.</E> A national bank may perform, provide, or deliver through electronic means and facilities any activity, function, product, or service that it is otherwise authorized to perform, provide, or deliver, subject to § 7.5001(b) and applicable OCC guidance. The following list provides examples of permissible activities under this authority. This list is illustrative and not exclusive; the OCC may determine that other activities are permissible pursuant to this authority.</P>
          <P>(1) Acting as an electronic finder by:<PRTPAGE P="202"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) Establishing, registering, and hosting commercially enabled web sites in the name of sellers;</P>
          <P>(ii) Establishing hyperlinks between the bank's site and a third-party site, including acting as a “virtual mall” by providing a collection of links to web sites of third-party vendors, organized by-product type and made available to bank customers;</P>
          <P>(iii) Hosting an electronic marketplace on the bank's Internet web site by providing links to the web sites of third-party buyers or sellers through the use of hypertext or other similar means;</P>
          <P>(iv) Hosting on the bank's servers the Internet web site of:</P>
          <P>(A) A buyer or seller that provides information concerning the hosted party and the products or services offered or sought and allows the submission of interest, bids, offers, orders and confirmations relating to such products or services; or</P>
          <P>(B) A governmental entity that provides information concerning the services or benefits made available by the governmental entity, assists persons in completing applications to receive such services or benefits and permits persons to transmit their applications for such services or benefits;</P>
          <P>(v) Operating an Internet web site that permits numerous buyers and sellers to exchange information concerning the products and services that they are willing to purchase or sell, locate potential counter-parties for transactions, aggregate orders for goods or services with those made by other parties, and enter into transactions between themselves;</P>
          <P>(vi) Operating a telephone call center that provides permissible finder services; and</P>
          <P>(vii) Providing electronic communications services relating to all aspects of transactions between buyers and sellers;</P>
          <P>(2) Providing electronic bill presentment services;</P>
          <P>(3) Offering electronic stored value systems; and</P>
          <P>(4) Safekeeping for personal information or valuable confidential trade or business information, such as encryption keys.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability of guidance and requirements not affected.</E> When a national bank performs, provides, or delivers through electronic means and facilities an activity, function, product, or service that it is otherwise authorized to perform, provide, or deliver, the electronic activity is not exempt from the regulatory requirements and supervisory guidance that the OCC would apply if the activity were conducted by non-electronic means or facilities.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">State laws.</E> As a general rule, and except as provided by Federal law, State law is not applicable to a national bank's conduct of an authorized activity through electronic means or facilities if the State law, as applied to the activity, would be preempted pursuant to traditional principles of Federal preemption derived from the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution and applicable judicial precedent. Accordingly, State laws that stand as an obstacle to the ability of national banks to exercise uniformly their Federally authorized powers through electronic means or facilities, are not applicable to national banks.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Composite authority to engage in electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Unless otherwise prohibited by Federal law, a national bank may engage in an electronic activity that is comprised of several component activities if each of the component activities is itself part of or incidental to the business of banking or is otherwise permissible under Federal law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of excess electronic capacity and by-products.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A national bank may, in order to optimize the use of the bank's resources or avoid economic loss or waste, market and sell to third parties electronic capacities legitimately acquired or developed by the bank for its banking business.</P>
          <P>(b) With respect to acquired equipment or facilities, legitimate excess electronic capacity that may be sold to others can arise in a variety of situations, including the following:</P>

          <P>(1) Due to the characteristics of the desired equipment or facilities available in the market, the capacity of the most practical optimal equipment or <PRTPAGE P="203"/>facilities available to meet the bank's requirements exceeds its present needs;</P>
          <P>(2) The acquisition and retention of additional capacity, beyond present needs, reasonably may be necessary for planned future expansion or to meet the expected future banking needs during the useful life of the equipment;</P>
          <P>(3) Requirements for capacity fluctuate because a bank engages in batch processing of banking transactions or because a bank must have capacity to meet peak period demand with the result that the bank has periods when its capacity is underutilized; and</P>
          <P>(4) After the initial acquisition of capacity thought to be fully needed for banking operations, the bank experiences either a decline in level of the banking operations or an increase in the efficiency of the banking operations using that capacity.</P>
          <P>(c) Types of electronic capacity in equipment or facilities that banks may have legitimately acquired and that may be sold to third parties if excess to the bank's needs for banking purposes include:</P>
          <P>(1) Data processing services;</P>
          <P>(2) Production and distribution of non-financial software;</P>
          <P>(3) Providing periodic back-up call answering services;</P>
          <P>(4) Providing full Internet access;</P>
          <P>(5) Providing electronic security system support services;</P>
          <P>(6) Providing long line communications services; and</P>
          <P>(7) Electronic imaging and storage.</P>
          <P>(d) A national bank may sell to third parties electronic by-products legitimately acquired or developed by the bank for its banking business. Examples of electronic by-products that banks may have legitimately acquired that may be sold to third parties if excess to the bank's needs include:</P>
          <P>(1) Software acquired (not merely licensed) or developed by the bank for banking purposes or to support its banking business; and</P>
          <P>(2) Electronic databases, records, or media (such as electronic images) developed by the bank for or during the performance of its permissible data processing activities.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as digital certification authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) It is part of the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) for a national bank to act as a certificate authority and to issue digital certificates verifying the identity of persons associated with a particular public/private key pair. As part of this service, the bank may also maintain a listing or repository of public keys.</P>
          <P>(b) A national bank may issue digital certificates verifying attributes in addition to identity of persons associated with a particular public/private key pair where the attribute is one for which verification is part of or incidental to the business of banking. For example, national banks may issue digital certificates verifying certain financial attributes of a customer as of the current or a previous date, such as account balance as of a particular date, lines of credit as of a particular date, past financial performance of the customer, and verification of customer relationship with the bank as of a particular date.</P>
          <P>(c) When a national bank issues a digital certificate relating to financial capacity under this section, the bank shall include in that certificate an express disclaimer stating that the bank does not thereby promise or represent that funds will be available or will be advanced for any particular transaction.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Data processing.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligible activities.</E> It is part of the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) for a national bank to provide data processing, and data transmission services, facilities (including equipment, technology, and personnel), data bases, advice and access to such services, facilities, data bases and advice, for itself and for others, where the data is banking, financial, or economic data, and other types of data if the derivative or resultant product is banking, financial, or economic data. For this purpose, economic data includes anything of value in banking and financial decisions.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Other data.</E> A national bank also may perform the activities described in paragraph (a) of this section for itself and others with respect to additional <PRTPAGE P="204"/>types of data to the extent convenient or useful to provide the data processing services described in paragraph (a), including where reasonably necessary to conduct those activities on a competitive basis. The total revenue attributable to the bank's data processing activities under this section must be derived predominantly from processing the activities described in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Correspondent services.</SUBJECT>
          <P>It is part of the business of banking for a national bank to offer as a correspondent service to any of its affiliates or to other financial institutions any service it may perform for itself. The following list provides examples of electronic activities that banks may offer correspondents under this authority. This list is illustrative and not exclusive; the OCC may determine that other activities are permissible pursuant to this authority.</P>
          <P>(a) The provision of computer networking packages and related hardware;</P>
          <P>(b) Data processing services;</P>
          <P>(c) The sale of software that performs data processing functions;</P>
          <P>(d) The development, operation, management, and marketing of products and processing services for transactions conducted at electronic terminal devices;</P>
          <P>(e) Item processing services and related software;</P>
          <P>(f) Document control and record keeping through the use of electronic imaging technology;</P>
          <P>(g) The provision of Internet merchant hosting services for resale to merchant customers;</P>
          <P>(h) The provision of communication support services through electronic means; and</P>
          <P>(i) Digital certification authority services.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location of a national bank conducting electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall not be considered located in a State solely because it physically maintains technology, such as a server or automated loan center, in that state, or because the bank's products or services are accessed through electronic means by customers located in the state.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location under 12 U.S.C. 85 of national banks operating exclusively through the Internet.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 85, the main office of a national bank that operates exclusively through the Internet is the office identified by the bank under 12 U.S.C. 22(Second) or as relocated under 12 U.S.C. 30 or other appropriate authority.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Shared electronic space.</SUBJECT>
          <P>National banks that share electronic space, including a co-branded web site, with a bank subsidiary, affiliate, or another third-party must take reasonable steps to clearly, conspicuously, and understandably distinguish between products and services offered by the bank and those offered by the bank's subsidiary, affiliate, or the third-party.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 8</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 8—ASSESSMENT OF FEES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>8.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Semiannual assessment.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fees for special examinations and investigations.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Payment of interest on delinquent assessments and examination and investigation fees.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 481, 482, 1867, 3102, and 3108; and 15 U.S.C. 78c and 78<E T="03">l</E>.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT>

        <P>The assessments contained in this part are made pursuant to the authority contained in 12 U.S.C. 93a, 481, 482, 1867, 3102, and 3108; and 15 U.S.C. 78c and 78<E T="03">l</E>.</P>
        <CITA>[70 FR 69643, Nov. 17, 2005]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Semiannual assessment.</SUBJECT>

        <P>(a) Each national bank shall pay to the Comptroller of the Currency a semiannual assessment fee, due by March 31 and September 30 of each year, for the six month period beginning on January 1 and July 1 before each payment date. The Comptroller of the Currency will calculate the amount due under this section and provide a notice of assessments to each national <PRTPAGE P="205"/>bank no later than 7 business days prior to March 31 and September 30 of each year. The semiannual assessment will be calculated as follows:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="10,10,10,10,10" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">If the bank's total assets (consolidated domestic and<LI>foreign subsidiaries) are:</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Over—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Column A</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">But not over—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Column B</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">The semiannual assessment is:</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">This amount—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Base amount</CHED>
            <CHED H="4">Column C</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Plus</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Marginal rates</CHED>
            <CHED H="4">Column D</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Of excess over—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Column E</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">Million</ENT>
            <ENT O="oi0">Million</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi0">Million</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$2</ENT>
            <ENT>X1</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
            <ENT>X2</ENT>
            <ENT>Y1</ENT>
            <ENT>$2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">20</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>X3</ENT>
            <ENT>Y2</